Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
     
þ   Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
for the fiscal year December 31, 2009.
     
o   Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
for the transition period from                      to                      .
Commission file number 0-19969
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   71-0673405
     
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
3801 Old Greenwood Road, Fort Smith, Arkansas   72903
     
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code 479-785-6000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
    Name of each exchange
Title of each class   on which registered
     
Common Stock, $.01 Par Value   The NASDAQ Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o
        (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2009, was $610,165,080.
The number of shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, outstanding as of February 18, 2010, was 25,300,405.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with the registrant’s Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be held April 22, 2010, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.
 
 

 


Table of Contents

(This page intentionally left blank.)

 

2


 

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
ITEM   PAGE  
NUMBER   NUMBER  
 
       
PART I
 
       
    5  
 
       
    10  
 
       
    17  
 
       
    18  
 
       
    18  
 
       
    18  
 
       
PART II
 
       
    19  
 
       
    20  
 
       
    21  
 
       
    40  
 
       
    42  
 
       
    76  
 
       
    76  
 
       
    79  
 
       
PART III
 
       
    79  
 
       
    79  
 
       
    79  
 
       
    79  
 
       
    79  
 
       
PART IV
 
       
    80  
 
       
    82  
 
       
  Exhibit 10.3
  Exhibit 10.17
  Exhibit 10.18
  Exhibit 10.19
  Exhibit 10.20
  Exhibit 10.21
  Exhibit 10.22
  Exhibit 10.23
  Exhibit 10.24
  Exhibit 10.25
  Exhibit 10.26
  Exhibit 21
  Exhibit 23
  Exhibit 31.1
  Exhibit 31.2
  Exhibit 32

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I
Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, included or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, including, but not limited to, those under “Business” in Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Item 1A, “Legal Proceedings” in Item 3 and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7, are forward-looking statements. These statements are based on management’s belief and assumptions using currently available information and expectations as of the date hereof, are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks and uncertainties. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot assure you that our expectations will prove to be correct. Therefore, actual outcomes and results could materially differ from what is expressed, implied or forecast in these statements. Any differences could be caused by a number of factors including, but not limited to:
   
recessionary economic conditions;
   
competitive initiatives, pricing pressures and the effect of volatility in fuel prices and the associated changes in fuel surcharges on securing increases in base freight rates;
   
the impact of any limitations on our customers’ access to adequate financial resources;
   
availability and cost of capital;
   
shifts in market demand;
   
weather conditions;
   
the performance and needs of industries served by Arkansas Best Corporation’s subsidiaries;
   
future costs of operating expenses such as fuel and related taxes;
   
self-insurance claims and insurance premium costs;
   
relationships with employees, including unions;
   
union and nonunion employee wages and benefits, including changes in required contributions to multiemployer pension plans;
   
governmental regulations and policies;
   
future climate change legislation;
   
costs of continuing investments in technology;
   
the timing and amount of capital expenditures;
   
the cost, integration and performance of any future acquisitions; and
   
other financial, operational and legal risks and uncertainties detailed from time to time in Arkansas Best Corporation’s Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) public filings.
Cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations are set forth in this Form 10-K, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K that are referred to above. When considering forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements set forth in this Form 10-K in “Risk Factors” under Item 1A. All forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K and all subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements. The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and, other than as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

4


Table of Contents

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
(a) General Development of Business
Corporate Profile
Arkansas Best Corporation (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, is a holding company engaged through its subsidiaries primarily in motor carrier freight transportation. The Company’s principal operations are conducted through ABF Freight System, Inc. and other subsidiaries of the Company (collectively “ABF”).
Historical Background

The Company was publicly owned from 1966 until 1988, when it was acquired in a leveraged buyout by a corporation organized by Kelso & Company, L.P. (“Kelso”).
In 1992, the Company completed a public offering of its Common Stock, par value $.01 (the “Common Stock”). The Company also repurchased substantially all of the remaining shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Kelso, thus ending Kelso’s investment in the Company.
In 1993, the Company completed a public offering of 1,495,000 shares of $2.875 Series A Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock (“Preferred Stock”). The Company’s Preferred Stock was traded on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “ABFSP.” In July 2000, the Company purchased 105,000 shares of its Preferred Stock at $37.375 per share, for a total cost of $3.9 million. All of the shares purchased were retired. In August 2001, the Company announced the call for redemption of the 1,390,000 shares of Preferred Stock that remained outstanding. At the end of the extended redemption period in September 2001, 1,382,650 shares of the Preferred Stock were converted to 3,511,439 shares of Common Stock. The remaining 7,350 shares of Preferred Stock were redeemed at the redemption price of $50.58 per share for a total cost of $0.4 million. The Company delisted its Preferred Stock from trading on The Nasdaq National Market in September 2001.
In 1995, pursuant to a tender offer, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company purchased the outstanding shares of common stock of WorldWay Corporation (“WorldWay”), for a total purchase price of approximately $76.0 million. WorldWay was a publicly held company engaged through its subsidiaries in motor carrier freight transportation.
In 1999, the Company acquired 2,457,000 shares of Treadco, Inc. (“Treadco”) common stock for $23.7 million via a cash tender offer pursuant to a definitive merger agreement. As a result of the transaction, Treadco became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. In September 2000, Treadco entered into a joint venture agreement with The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company (“Goodyear”) to contribute its business to a new limited liability company called Wingfoot Commercial Tire Systems, LLC (“Wingfoot”). In April 2003, the Company sold its 19.0% ownership interest in Wingfoot to Goodyear for $71.3 million.
In 2001, the Company sold the stock of G.I. Trucking Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company acquired as part of the WorldWay transaction, for $40.5 million to a company formed by the senior executives of G.I. Trucking Company and Estes Express Lines.
In 2003, Clipper Exxpress Company (“Clipper”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company acquired in 1994, sold all customer and vendor lists related to Clipper’s less-than-truckload (“LTL”) freight business to Hercules Forwarding, Inc. of Vernon, California for $2.7 million. With this sale, Clipper exited the LTL business.
In June 2006, the Company sold Clipper to a division of Wheels Group for $21.5 million. With this sale, the Company exited the intermodal transportation business.
(b) Financial Information about Industry Segments
The response to this portion of Item 1 is included in Note L to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

5


Table of Contents

ITEM 1. BUSINESS — continued
(c) Narrative Description of Business
General
The Company is headquartered in Fort Smith, Arkansas. ABF, which is engaged in motor carrier freight transportation, is the Company’s only reportable operating segment. Note L to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains additional information regarding the Company’s operating segment for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Employees
At December 31, 2009, the Company and its subsidiaries had a total of 10,347 active employees of which approximately 72% were members of labor unions.
Motor Carrier Freight Transportation
General
The Company’s LTL motor carrier operations are conducted through ABF Freight System, Inc., the Company’s largest subsidiary; ABF Freight System (B.C.), Ltd.; ABF Freight System Canada, Ltd.; ABF Cartage, Inc.; and Land-Marine Cargo, Inc. (collectively “ABF”).
ABF provides shipping services to its customers by transporting a wide variety of large and small shipments to geographically dispersed destinations. Typically, shipments are picked up at customers’ places of business and consolidated at a local terminal. Shipments are consolidated by destination for transportation by intercity units to their destination cities or to distribution centers. At distribution centers, shipments from various terminals can be reconsolidated for other distribution centers or, more typically, local terminals. Once delivered to a local terminal, a shipment is delivered to the customer by local trucks operating from the terminal. In some cases, when one large shipment or a sufficient number of different shipments at one origin terminal are going to a common destination, they can be combined to make a full trailer load. A trailer is then dispatched to that destination without rehandling. In addition to the traditional long-haul model, the Company has implemented a regional network to facilitate its customers’ next-day and second-day delivery needs. Development and expansion of the regional network required added labor flexibility, strategically positioned freight exchange points and increased door capacity at a number of key locations. Through a multi-phased program, ABF’s regional network now covers the eastern two-thirds of the United States. Marketing of the regional initiative was initiated in August 2006 in the East Coast states and in January 2007 in the South and Central regions. Further operational changes, which were implemented in August 2008 and marketed beginning in September 2008, reduced transit times in the regional network and in certain of ABF’s long-haul lanes. Although the timing is not certain, ABF expects to expand the regional network to the Western region of the United States in the future.
Competition, Pricing and Industry Factors
The trucking industry is highly competitive. The Company’s LTL motor carrier subsidiaries actively compete for freight business with other national, regional and local motor carriers and, to a lesser extent, with private carriage, freight forwarders, railroads and airlines. Competition is based primarily on price, service and personal relationships. Competition for freight revenue has resulted in price reductions. In an effort to maintain and improve its market share, the Company’s LTL motor carrier subsidiaries offer and negotiate various discounts from established pricing. ABF also charges a fuel surcharge based upon changes in diesel fuel prices compared to a national index. Throughout 2009, the fuel surcharge mechanism continued to have strong market acceptance among ABF customers, although certain nonstandard arrangements with some of ABF’s customers have limited the amount of fuel surcharge recovered.
The trucking industry, including the Company’s LTL motor carrier subsidiaries, is directly affected by the state of the residential and commercial construction, manufacturing and retail sectors of the North American economy. The trucking industry faces rising costs, including costs of compliance with government regulations on safety, equipment design and maintenance, driver utilization and fuel economy. The trucking industry is dependent upon the availability of adequate fuel supplies. The Company has not experienced a lack of available fuel but could be adversely impacted if a fuel shortage were to develop. Freight shipments, operating costs and earnings are also adversely affected by inclement weather conditions. In addition, seasonal fluctuations affect tonnage levels. The second and third calendar quarters of each year usually have the

 

6


Table of Contents

ITEM 1. BUSINESS — continued
highest tonnage levels while the first quarter generally has the lowest, although other factors, including the state of the economy, may influence quarterly freight tonnage levels.
ABF competes with nonunion and union LTL carriers. Competitors include YRC National Transportation, YRC Regional Transportation, FedEx Freight, FedEx National LTL, UPS Freight, Con-way Freight, Old Dominion Freight Line, Inc., Saia, Inc. and Vitran Corporation, Inc.
The final hours of service rules regulating driving time for commercial truck drivers, announced by the U.S. Department of Transportation (“DOT”) in April 2003, became effective in January 2009. The rules, which were implemented by ABF in January 2004, allow a driver to drive up to 11 hours within a 14-hour nonextendable window from the start of the workday, following at least 10 consecutive hours off duty. The hours of service rules have been challenged in federal court, and future modifications to the rules, if any, may impact ABF’s operating practices. The operational impact of these rules on ABF’s over-the-road linehaul relay network has been to provide modest opportunity to increase driver and equipment utilization and improve transit times. The rules also have allowed LTL carriers, such as ABF, to adjust their over-the-road linehaul relay network to take advantage of the 11 hours of drive time during a tour of duty. Impacts on the truckload industry have included a decline in driver utilization and flexibility and, as a result, truckload carriers have increased charges for stop-off and detention services, making LTL carriers somewhat more competitive on many larger shipments.
Insurance, Safety and Security
Generally, claims exposure in the motor carrier industry consists of cargo loss and damage, third-party casualty and workers’ compensation. The Company’s motor carrier subsidiaries are effectively self-insured for the first $1.0 million of each cargo loss, $1.0 million of each workers’ compensation loss and generally $1.0 million of each third-party casualty loss. The Company maintains insurance which it believes is adequate to cover losses in excess of such self-insured amounts. However, the Company has experienced situations where excess insurance carriers have become insolvent (see Note O to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). The Company pays assessments and fees to state guaranty funds in states where it has workers’ compensation self-insurance authority. In some of these states, depending on each state’s rules, the guaranty funds may pay excess claims if the insurer cannot pay due to insolvency. However, there can be no certainty of the solvency of individual state guaranty funds. The Company has been able to obtain what it believes to be adequate insurance coverage for 2010 and is not aware of any matters which would significantly impair its ability to obtain adequate insurance coverage at market rates for its motor carrier operations in the foreseeable future.
ABF has been subject to cargo security and transportation regulations issued by the Transportation Security Administration (“TSA”) since 2001 and regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (“DHS”) since 2002. ABF is not able to accurately predict how past or future events will affect government regulations and the transportation industry. ABF believes that any additional security measures that may be required by future regulations could result in additional costs; however, other carriers would be similarly affected.
ABF
ABF accounted for 94% of the Company’s consolidated revenues for 2009. ABF is one of North America’s largest LTL motor carriers and provides direct service to more than 98% of U.S. cities having a population of 30,000 or more. ABF provides interstate and intrastate direct service to more than 44,000 communities through 281 service centers in all 50 states, Canada and Puerto Rico. Through arrangements with trucking companies in Mexico, ABF provides motor carrier services to customers in that country as well. ABF has been in continuous service since 1923. ABF was incorporated in Delaware in 1982 and is the successor to Arkansas Motor Freight, a business originally organized in 1935. Arkansas Motor Freight was the successor to a business originally organized in 1923.
ABF offers transportation of general commodities through standard, expedited and guaranteed LTL services. General commodities include all freight except hazardous waste, dangerous explosives, commodities of exceptionally high value and commodities in bulk. ABF’s shipments of general commodities differ from shipments of bulk raw materials, which are commonly transported by railroad, truckload tank car, pipeline and water carrier. General commodities transported by ABF include, among other things, food, textiles, apparel, furniture, appliances, chemicals, nonbulk petroleum products, rubber, plastics, metal and metal products, wood, glass, automotive parts, machinery and miscellaneous manufactured products. During the year ended December 31, 2009, no single customer accounted for more than 3.0% of ABF’s revenues, and the ten largest customers accounted for 8.8% of ABF’s revenues.

 

7


Table of Contents

ITEM 1. BUSINESS — continued
Employees
At December 31, 2009, ABF had a total of 9,814 active employees. Employee compensation and related costs are the largest components of ABF’s operating expenses. In 2009, such costs amounted to 70.1% of ABF’s revenues. Approximately 75% of ABF’s employees are covered under a collective bargaining agreement with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters (“IBT”). ABF’s current five-year agreement with the IBT extends through March 31, 2013. The agreement provides for compounded annual contractual wage and benefit increases of approximately 4%, subject to wage rate cost-of-living adjustments, which includes ABF contributions to various multiemployer plans maintained for the benefit of its employees who are members of the IBT. Amendments to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), pursuant to the Multiemployer Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980 (the “MPPA Act”), substantially expanded the potential liabilities of employers who participate in such plans. Under ERISA, as amended by the MPPA Act, an employer who contributes to a multiemployer pension plan and the members of such employer’s controlled group are jointly and severally liable for their share of the plan’s unfunded vested liabilities in the event the employer ceases to have an obligation to contribute to the plan or substantially reduces its contributions to the plan (i.e., in the event of plan termination or withdrawal by the Company from the multiemployer plans). See Note I to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more specific disclosures regarding the multiemployer plans.
ABF operates in a highly competitive industry with both union and nonunion motor carriers. The Company’s nonunion competitors generally have a lower fringe benefit cost structure, and certain carriers reduced their wage rates for their freight-handling and driving personnel during 2009. In addition, wage and benefit concessions granted to certain union competitors allow for a lower cost structure than that of ABF. Competitors with lower labor cost structures have reduced freight rates resulting in increased pricing competition in the LTL market. The Company believes that union companies experience lower employee turnover, higher productivity, lower loss and damage claims and lower accident rates compared to some nonunion firms. Due to its national reputation, its working conditions and its wages and benefits, ABF has not historically experienced any significant long-term difficulty in attracting or retaining qualified employees, although short-term difficulties have been encountered in certain situations.
Environmental and Other Government Regulations
The Company is subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations relating to, among other things: emissions control, transportation of hazardous materials, underground storage tanks, contingency planning for spills of petroleum products and disposal of waste oil. New tractor engine design requirements mandated by the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) intended to reduce emissions became effective on January 1, 2007, and more restrictive EPA emission-control design requirements became effective for engines built beginning January 1, 2010.
The Company’s subsidiaries store fuel for use in tractors and trucks in 69 underground tanks located in 23 states. Maintenance of such tanks is regulated at the federal and, in some cases, state levels. The Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with all such regulations. The Company’s underground storage tanks are required to have leak detection systems. The Company is not aware of any leaks from such tanks that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The Company has received notices from the EPA and others that it has been identified as a potentially responsible party under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, or other federal or state environmental statutes, at several hazardous waste sites. After investigating the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ involvement in waste disposal or waste generation at such sites, the Company has either agreed to de minimis settlements (aggregating approximately $0.1 million over the last ten years, primarily at six sites) or believes its obligations, other than those specifically accrued for with respect to such sites, would involve immaterial monetary liability, although there can be no assurances in this regard.
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s reserve for estimated environmental clean-up costs of properties currently or previously operated by the Company included in accrued expenses totaled $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively. Amounts accrued reflect management’s best estimate of the Company’s future undiscounted exposure related to identified properties based on current environmental regulations. It is anticipated that the resolution of the Company’s environmental matters could take place over several years. The Company’s estimate is based on management’s experience with similar environmental matters and on testing performed at certain sites.

 

8


Table of Contents

ITEM 1. BUSINESS — continued
Certain states have enacted legislation relating to engine emissions. At the present time, management believes that these regulations will not result in significant additional costs to the Company. However, there can be no assurance that more restrictive regulations will not be enacted. In addition, legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress related to climate change. The Company is unable to determine with any certainty the effects of the proposals that have been introduced. However, emission-related regulatory actions have historically resulted in increased costs of revenue equipment and diesel fuel, and future legislation, if passed, could result in increases in these and other costs.
Reputation and Responsibility
The Company has a corporate culture focused on quality service and responsibility. In March 2009, the Company received the highest ranking of LTL carriers in FORTUNE magazine’s “World’s Most Admired Companies.” In September 2009, ABF was listed on Information Week magazine’s “2009 Information Week 500,” which spotlights innovators in information technology. For the eighth consecutive year, ABF was ranked in the top ten on Selling Power magazine’s list of “Best Company to Sell For.” In February 2010, ABF was honored as one of the 2010 “Training Top 125” companies by Training magazine. The employees of the Company are committed to the communities in which they live and work. In February 2009, the Company received the 2008 Outstanding Philanthropic Corporation Award by the Arkansas Community Foundation in recognition of the service that our employees have provided to exemplify the spirit of good citizenship, concern for the community and support of worthy philanthropic endeavors.
ABF is dedicated to safety and security in providing transportation and freight-handling services to its customers. ABF is the only five-time winner of the American Trucking Associations President’s Trophy for Safety, the only five-time winner of the Excellence in Security Award and the only four-time winner of the Excellence in Claims/Loss Prevention Award. ABF is the only carrier to earn both the Excellence in Claims/Loss Prevention Award and the Excellence in Security Award in the same year, which it has accomplished twice.
ABF is actively involved in efforts to promote a cleaner environment by reducing both fuel consumption and emissions. For many years, ABF voluntarily limited the maximum speed of its trucks, which reduces fuel consumption and emissions and contributes to ABF’s safety record. Fuel consumption and emissions have also been minimized through a strict equipment maintenance schedule and equipment replacement program. In 2006, ABF was accepted in the EPA’s SmartWay Transportation Partnership, a voluntary collaboration between the EPA and the freight industry designed to increase energy efficiency while significantly reducing air pollution. Furthermore, in association with the American Trucking Association’s Sustainability Task Force, ABF is participating in other opportunities to address environmental issues.
(d) Financial Information About Geographic Areas
Classifications of operations or revenues by geographic location beyond the descriptions previously provided are impractical and, therefore, are not provided. The Company’s foreign operations are not significant.
(e) Available Information
The Company files its Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, amendments to those reports, proxy and information statements and other information electronically with the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”). All reports and financial information filed with, or furnished to, the SEC can be obtained, free of charge, through the Company’s Web site located at arkbest.com or through the SEC Web site located at sec.gov as soon as reasonably practical after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained on our Web site does not constitute part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

9


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Each of the following risk factors could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Our operations include our primary operating subsidiary, ABF. For 2009, ABF represented 94% of the Company’s consolidated revenues.
The transportation industry is affected by business risks that are largely out of our control, any of which could significantly reduce our operating margins and income.
Factors that could have a negative impact on our performance in the future include general economic factors; loss of key employees; antiterrorism measures; an increasingly competitive freight rate environment; volatile fuel prices as well as the rate of changes in associated fuel surcharges and the effect of fuel surcharge changes on securing increases in base freight rates and the inability to collect fuel surcharges or to obtain sufficient fuel supplies; loss of third-party rail service providers; increasing capital requirements; increases in new equipment costs and decreases in the amount we are able to obtain for sales of our used equipment; emissions-control regulations; climate change legislation; decreases in the availability of new equipment; increases in the frequency and/or the severity of workers’ compensation and/or third-party casualty claims; increases in workers’ compensation and/or third-party casualty insurance premiums; violation of federal regulations and increasing costs for compliance with regulations; a workforce stoppage by our employees covered under our collective bargaining agreement; difficulty in attracting and retaining qualified drivers and/or dockworkers; increases in the required contributions under our collective bargaining agreements with the IBT for wage contributions and/or benefits contributions to multiemployer plans; a failure of our information systems; a violation of an environmental law or regulation; and/or weather or seasonal fluctuations, including any influence of climate change. The foregoing risks are largely out of our control and any one of these risks could have a significant adverse effect on our results of operations.
We are subject to general economic factors that are largely beyond our control, any of which could significantly reduce our operating margins and income.
Our performance is affected by recessionary economic cycles and downturns in customers’ business cycles and changes in their business practices. Recessionary economic conditions may result in a general decline in demand for freight transportation services. The pricing environment generally becomes more competitive during economic recessions which adversely affects the profit margin for our services. Customers may select transportation services based on pricing alone, which may result in a loss of business for us in some cases. Economic conditions could adversely affect our customers’ business levels, the amount of transportation services they need and their ability to pay for our services. Customers encountering adverse economic conditions represent a greater potential for uncollectible accounts receivable, and, as a result, we may be required to increase our allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable. In addition, customers could reduce the number of carriers they use by selecting so-called “core carriers” as approved transportation service providers, and in some instances, we may not be selected.
We are affected by the instability in the financial and credit markets that has created volatility in various interest rates and returns on invested assets in recent years. We have historically been subject to market risk due to variable interest rates, on all or a part of our borrowings under bank credit lines, and continue to be subject to such risk on our accounts receivable securitization facility which became effective in December 2009 (see Note G to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). Changes in interest rates may increase our financing costs in the event we need to borrow against our accounts receivable securitization facility, enter into additional capital lease arrangements or obtain additional sources of financing.
Our qualified nonunion defined benefit pension plan trust also holds investments in equity and debt securities. Declines in the value of plan assets resulting from the instability in the financial markets, general economic downturn or other economic factors beyond our control could further diminish the funded status of the nonunion pension plan and potentially increase our requirement to make contributions to the plan. Significant plan contribution requirements could reduce the cash available for working capital and other business needs and opportunities. An increase in required pension plan contributions may adversely impact our financial condition and liquidity. Substantial future investment losses on plan assets would also increase pension expense in the years following the losses. Investment returns that differ from expected returns are amortized to expense over the remaining active service period of plan participants. An increase in pension expense may adversely impact our results of operations. We could also experience losses on investments related to our cash surrender value of variable life insurance policies which may reduce our net income.

 

10


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS — continued
It is not possible to predict the effects of armed conflicts or terrorist attacks and subsequent events on the economy or on consumer confidence in the United States or the impact, if any, on our future results of operations or financial condition.
We operate in a highly competitive industry and our business could suffer if our operating subsidiaries were unable to adequately address downward pricing pressures and other factors that could adversely affect their ability to compete with other companies.
Numerous competitive factors could adversely impact our operating results. These factors include:
   
We compete with many other LTL carriers of varying sizes, including both union and nonunion LTL carriers and, to a lesser extent, with truckload carriers and railroads.
   
Our nonunion competitors generally have a lower fringe benefit cost structure for their freight-handling and driving personnel than union carriers. Wage and benefit concessions granted to certain union competitors allow for a lower cost structure than ours and may impact our competitiveness in the LTL industry. Our competitors could reduce their freight rates to gain market share, especially during times of reduced growth rates in the economy. This could limit our ability to maintain or increase freight rates, maintain our operating margins or grow tonnage levels.
   
Some of our competitors periodically reduce their prices to gain business, especially during times of reduced growth rates in the economy, which limits our ability to maintain or increase prices or maintain or grow our business.
   
Competition from non-asset-based logistics and freight brokerage companies may adversely affect our customer relationships and prices.
   
The trend toward consolidation in the transportation industry could continue to create larger LTL carriers with greater financial resources and other competitive advantages relating to their size. We could experience some difficulty if the remaining LTL carriers, in fact, have a competitive advantage because of their size.
Our management team is an important part of our business and loss of key employees could impair our success.
We benefit from the leadership and experience of our senior management team and depend on their continued services to successfully implement our business strategy. The unexpected loss of key employees could have an adverse effect on our operations and profitability.
We depend on our employees to support our operating business and future growth opportunities. If our relationship with our employees were to deteriorate, we could be faced with labor disruptions or stoppages, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, reduce our operating results and place us at a disadvantage relative to nonunion competitors.
Most of our union employees are covered under a five-year collective bargaining agreement with the IBT which expires on March 31, 2013. The agreement with the IBT provides for compounded annual contractual wage and benefit increases of approximately 4%, subject to wage rate cost-of-living adjustments.
We compete against both union and nonunion LTL carriers. Union companies typically have similar wage costs and significantly higher fringe benefit costs compared to nonunion companies. However, certain nonunion carriers reduced their wage rates in 2009 for freight-handling and driving personnel, and wage and benefit concessions granted to certain union competitors have also allowed for a lower cost structure than that of ABF. We have not historically experienced any significant long-term difficulty in attracting or retaining qualified drivers, although short-term difficulties have been encountered in certain situations, such as periods of significant increases in tonnage levels. Difficulty in attracting and retaining qualified drivers or increases in compensation or fringe benefit costs could affect our profitability and our ability to grow. If we were unable to continue to attract and retain qualified drivers, we could incur higher driver recruiting expenses or a loss of business.
We depend heavily on the availability of fuel for our trucks. Fuel shortages, increases in fuel costs and the inability to collect fuel surcharges or obtain sufficient fuel supplies could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
The transportation industry is dependent upon the availability of adequate fuel supplies. We have not experienced a lack of available fuel but could be adversely impacted if a fuel shortage were to develop. Fuel prices have fluctuated significantly in recent years. For example, the average monthly price per gallon, excluding taxes, that we paid for fuel in 2008 and 2009

 

11


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS — continued
ranged from $1.38 to $4.03. We charge a fuel surcharge based on changes in diesel fuel prices compared to a national index. The fuel surcharge rate in effect is available on the ABF Web site at abf.com . (The information contained on the ABF Web site is not a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.) Although revenues from fuel surcharges generally more than offset increases in direct diesel fuel costs, other operating costs have been, and may continue to be, impacted by fluctuating fuel prices. The total impact of higher energy prices on other nonfuel-related expenses is difficult to ascertain. We cannot predict, with reasonable certainty, future fuel price fluctuations, the impact of higher energy prices on other cost elements, recoverability of higher fuel costs through fuel surcharges, the effect of fuel surcharges on our overall rate structure or the total price that we will receive from our customers. During periods of changing diesel fuel prices, the fuel surcharge and associated direct diesel fuel costs also vary by different degrees. Depending upon the rates of these changes and the impact on costs in other fuel- and energy-related areas, operating margins could be impacted. Whether fuel prices fluctuate or remain constant, operating income may be adversely affected if competitive pressures limit our ability to recover fuel surcharges. Throughout 2009, the fuel surcharge mechanism continued to have strong market acceptance among our customers, although certain nonstandard arrangements with some of ABF’s customers have limited the amount of fuel surcharge recovered. While the fuel surcharge is one of several components in our overall rate structure, the actual rate paid by customers is governed by market forces based on value provided to the customer. As fuel prices decline, lower fuel surcharge levels may over time improve our ability to increase other elements of margin, although there can be no assurances in this regard. When fuel surcharges constitute a higher proportion of the total freight rate paid, our customers are less receptive to increases in base freight rates. Prolonged periods of inadequate base rate improvements could adversely impact operating profit as elements of costs, including contractual wage rates, continue to increase.
We do not have any long-term fuel purchase contracts or any hedging arrangements to protect against fuel price increases. Significant changes in diesel fuel prices and the associated fuel surcharge may increase volatility in our fuel surcharge revenue and fuel-related costs. Volatile fuel prices will continue to impact the base rate increases we are able to secure and could continue to have an adverse effect on our operating margin.
Our business could be harmed by antiterrorism measures.
As a result of terrorist attacks on the United States, federal, state and municipal authorities have implemented and may implement in the future various security measures, including checkpoints and travel restrictions on large trucks. Although many companies will be adversely affected by any slowdown in the availability of freight transportation, the negative impact could affect our business disproportionately. For example, we offer specialized services that guarantee on-time delivery. If security measures disrupt the timing of deliveries, we could fail to meet the needs of our customers or could incur increased costs in order to do so.
We depend on transportation provided by rail services and a disruption of this service could adversely affect our operations.
In 2009, rail utilization was 12.0% of our total miles. If a disruption in transportation services from our rail service providers occurred, we could be faced with business interruptions that could cause us to fail to meet the needs of our customers. If these situations occurred, our results of operations and cash flows could be adversely impacted.
We operate in a highly regulated industry and costs of compliance with, or liability for violations of, existing or future regulations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
Various federal and state agencies exercise broad regulatory powers over the transportation industry, generally governing such activities as authorization to engage in motor carrier operations, safety, contract compliance, insurance requirements and financial reporting. We could also become subject to new or more restrictive regulations, such as regulations relating to engine emissions, drivers’ hours of service, ergonomics or cargo security. Compliance with such regulations could substantially reduce equipment productivity, and the costs of compliance could increase our operating expenses.
In January 2004, we implemented the DOT rules regulating driving time for commercial truck drivers. The rules have had a minimal impact upon our operations. However, future changes in these rules could materially and adversely affect our operating efficiency and increase costs.

 

12


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS — continued
Our drivers and dockworkers also must comply with the safety and fitness regulations promulgated by the DOT, including those relating to drug and alcohol testing and hours of service. The TSA has adopted regulations that require all drivers who carry hazardous materials to undergo background checks by the Federal Bureau of Investigation when they obtain or renew their licenses.
Failures to comply with DOT safety regulations or downgrades in our safety rating could have a material adverse impact on our operations or financial condition. A downgrade in our safety rating could cause us to lose the ability to self-insure. The loss of our ability to self-insure for any significant period of time could materially increase insurance costs. In addition, we could experience difficulty in obtaining adequate levels of insurance coverage in that event.
Increases in license and registration fees could also have an adverse effect on our operating results.
Our operations are subject to various environmental laws and regulations, the violation of which could result in substantial fines or penalties.
We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations dealing with the handling of hazardous materials and similar matters. We operate in industrial areas where truck terminals and other industrial activities are located and where groundwater or other forms of environmental contamination could occur. We also store fuel in underground tanks at some facilities. Our operations involve the risks of, among others, fuel spillage or leakage, environmental damage and hazardous waste disposal. If we were involved in a spill or other accident involving hazardous substances, or if we were found to be in violation of applicable laws or regulations, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. If we should fail to comply with applicable environmental regulations, we could be subject to substantial fines or penalties and to civil and criminal liability.
Concern over climate change, including the impact of global warming, has led to significant legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions, and some form of federal climate change legislation is possible in the relatively near future. Climate change legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress. The Company is unable to determine with any certainty the effects of the proposals that have been introduced. However, emission-related regulatory actions have historically resulted in increased costs of revenue equipment and diesel fuel, and future legislation, if passed, could result in increases in these and other costs. Increased regulation regarding greenhouse gas emissions, including diesel engine emissions, could impose substantial costs on us that may adversely impact our results of operations. Until the timing, scope and extent of any future regulation becomes known, we cannot predict its effect on our cost structure or our operating results.
We have significant ongoing capital requirements that could affect profitability if we were unable to generate sufficient cash from operations.
We have significant ongoing capital requirements. If we are not able to generate sufficient cash from operations in the future, our growth could be limited, we could have to utilize our existing financing arrangements to a greater extent or enter into additional leasing arrangements, or our revenue equipment may have to be held for longer periods, which would result in increased maintenance costs. If these situations occurred, there could be an adverse effect on our profitability.
Increased prices for new revenue equipment and decreases in the value of used revenue equipment could adversely affect our earnings and cash flows.
Manufacturers have raised the prices of new revenue equipment significantly due to increased costs of materials and, in part, to offset their costs of compliance with new tractor engine design requirements mandated by the EPA intended to reduce emissions. New EPA engine design requirements became effective on January 1, 2007, and more restrictive EPA emission-control design requirements became effective for engines built beginning January 1, 2010. Further equipment price increases may result from these requirements. If new equipment prices increase more than anticipated, we could incur higher depreciation and rental expenses than anticipated. If we were unable to offset any such increases in expenses with freight rate increases, our results of operations could be adversely affected. If the market value of revenue equipment being used in our operations were to decrease, we could incur impairment losses and our cash flows could be adversely affected.
During prolonged periods of decreased tonnage levels, we may make strategic fleet reductions. In addition, other trucking companies may reduce fleet levels during recessionary economic cycles which could result in an increase in the supply of

 

13


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS — continued
used equipment. If market prices for used revenue equipment decline, we could incur impairment losses on assets held for sale and our cash flows could be adversely affected.
The engines used in our newer tractors are subject to new emissions-control regulations, which could substantially increase operating expenses.
Tractor engines that comply with the EPA emission-control design requirements that took effect on January 1, 2007 are generally less fuel-efficient and have increased maintenance costs compared to engines in tractors manufactured before these requirements became effective. However, the adjustments engine manufacturers have made to the operating software on these engines have resulted in slightly improved fuel economy. Although we anticipate additional improvement in fuel economy as a result of the technologies to be implemented for compliance with the more stringent EPA requirements that became effective for engines built beginning January 1, 2010, our costs to acquire compliant equipment could increase substantially. If we are unable to offset resulting increases in equipment costs with higher freight rates, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Decreases in the availability of new tractors and trailers could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
From time to time, some tractor and trailer vendors have reduced their manufacturing output due, for example, to lower demand for their products in economic downturns or a shortage of component parts. As a result of the current economic environment, component suppliers have reduced production creating difficulty for vehicle manufacturers to source materials in a timely manner in reaction to increased demand for new equipment as economic conditions change. An inability to continue to obtain an adequate supply of new tractors or trailers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
We could be obligated to make additional significant contributions to multiemployer pension plans.
Under the provisions of the Taft-Hartley Act, retirement and health care benefits for our contractual employees are provided by a number of multiemployer plans. The trust funds for these plans are administered by trustees, an equal number of whom generally are appointed by the IBT and certain management carrier organizations or other appointing authorities for employer trustees as set forth in the fund’s trust agreements. We contribute to these plans monthly based generally on the time worked by our contractual employees, as specified in the collective bargaining agreement and other supporting supplemental agreements. We recognize as expense the contractually required contribution for the period and recognize as a liability any contributions due and unpaid.
In 2006, the Pension Protection Act (the “PPA”) became law and together with related regulations established new minimum funding requirements for multiemployer pension plans. The PPA mandates that multiemployer pension plans that are below certain funding levels or that have projected funding deficiencies adopt a funding improvement plan or a rehabilitation program to improve the funding levels over a defined period of time. The PPA also accelerates the timing of annual funding notices and requires additional disclosures from multiemployer pension plans if such plans fall below the required funding levels. In December 2008, the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 (the “Recovery Act”) became law. For plan years beginning October 1, 2008 through September 30, 2009, the Recovery Act allows multiemployer plans the option to freeze their funding certification based on the funding status of the previous plan year. In addition, for multiemployer plans in endangered or critical status in plan years beginning in 2008 or 2009, the Recovery Act provides a three-year extension of the plan’s funding improvement or rehabilitation period.
We currently contribute to 26 multiemployer pension plans, which vary in size and in funding status. In the event of the termination of certain multiemployer pension plans or if ABF were to withdraw from certain multiemployer pension plans, under current law, we would have material liabilities, the amounts of which could be in excess of our current ability to adequately finance, for our share of the unfunded vested liabilities of each such plan. We have not received notification of any plan termination, and we do not currently intend to withdraw from these plans.
Approximately 50% of our multiemployer pension contributions are made to the Central States Southeast and Southwest Area Pension Fund (the “Central States Pension Fund”). The Central States Pension Fund adopted a rehabilitation plan as a result of its actuarial certification for the plan year beginning January 1, 2008 which placed the Central States Pension Fund in “critical status” in accordance with the PPA. Our current collective bargaining agreement complies with the rehabilitation plan which was adopted by the Central States Pension Fund prior to the April 1, 2008 effective date of the collective

 

14


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS — continued
bargaining agreement. The actuarial certification for the plan year beginning January 1, 2009 certified that the Central States Pension Fund remains in critical status with a funded percentage of 58%.
In 2005, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) extended the period over which the Central States Pension Fund amortizes unfunded liabilities by ten years subject to the condition that a targeted funding ratio will be maintained by the fund. Due, in part, to the decline in asset values associated with the returns in the financial markets during 2008, the funding level of the Central States Pension Fund as of the January 1, 2009 actuarial valuation dropped below the targeted funding ratio set forth as a condition of the ten-year amortization extension. However, the amortization extension approved by the IRS in 2005 expressly indicated that modifications of conditions would be considered in the event of unforeseen market fluctuations which cause the plan to fail the funded ratio condition for a certain plan year. Based on information currently available to the Company, the Central States Pension Fund has not received notice of revocation of the ten-year amortization extension by the IRS. In the unlikely event the IRS were to revoke the extension, revocation would apply retroactively to the 2004 plan year, which would result in a material liability for ABF’s share of the resulting funding deficiency, the extent of which is currently unknown to the Company.
Other multiemployer pension plans in which ABF participates have adopted or will have to adopt either a funding improvement plan or a rehabilitation program, depending on their current funding status as required by the PPA. We believe that the contribution rates under the current collective bargaining agreement will comply with any rehabilitation plan that has been or may be adopted by the majority of the multiemployer pension plans in which we participate. If the contribution rates in the collective bargaining agreement fail to meet the requirements established by the rehabilitation or funding improvement plan required by the PPA for underfunded plans, the PPA would impose additional contribution requirements in the form of a surcharge of an additional 5% to 10%. However, under our collective bargaining agreement which expires March 31, 2013, any surcharges that may be required by the PPA are covered by the contractual contribution rate and should not increase our overall contribution obligation. The plans’ trustees have the ability to take a wide range of actions to improve the funding status of the plans which include adopting an automatic five-year extension of the amortization period available under the PPA; requesting an additional five-year extension from the IRS; obtaining changes to or waivers of the requirements used by the plans to calculate funding levels; or modifying pension benefits.
The underfunded status of many plans in which we participate occurred over many years, and we believe that an improved funded status will also take time to be achieved. We believe that the trustees of these funds will take appropriate measures to fulfill their fiduciary duty to preserve the integrity of the plans, utilizing a combination of several possible initiatives as they have done in the past, although we cannot make any assurances in this regard. While increasing employer contributions is one potential remedy to address the underfunded status, it is our understanding that our annual contribution increases are limited to negotiated contribution rates through March 31, 2013 as provided in the current collective bargaining agreement. Other alternatives that may be pursued by the trustees of underfunded plans include reducing or eliminating certain “adjustable benefits” of the plan or redesigning the plan structure. Furthermore, additional legislative changes or action taken by governmental agencies could provide relief.
As previously mentioned, the highly competitive industry in which we operate could impact the viability of contributing employers. In 2009, a contributing competitor of ABF was granted concessions from the IBT which allowed for the suspension of multiemployer pension plan contributions for the eighteen-month period ending December 31, 2010. The reduction of contributions by member employers and the effect of any one or combination of the aforementioned business risks, which are outside our control, have the potential to adversely affect the funding status of the multiemployer pension plans, potential withdrawal liabilities and our future contribution requirements.
Ongoing claims expenses could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
Our self-insurance retention levels are currently $1.0 million for each workers’ compensation loss, $1.0 million for each cargo loss and generally $1.0 million for each third-party casualty loss. Effective February 1, 2010, our self-insurance retention levels for medical benefits increased from $175,000 to $225,000 per person, per claim year. We maintain insurance for liabilities above the amounts of self-insurance to certain limits. If the frequency and/or severity of claims increase, our operating results could be adversely affected. The timing of the incurrence of these costs could significantly and adversely impact our operating results compared to prior periods. In addition, if we were to lose our ability to self-insure for any significant period of time, insurance costs could materially increase and we could experience difficulty in obtaining adequate levels of insurance coverage in that event.

 

15


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS — continued
Increased insurance premium costs could have an adverse effect on our operating results.
Our recent insurance renewals did not result in significant changes in premiums; however, insurance carriers are expected to increase premiums for many companies, including transportation companies, in the coming years. We could experience additional increases in our insurance premiums in the future. If our insurance or claims expenses increase and we were unable to offset the increase with higher freight rates, our earnings could be adversely affected.
Market penetration of our service and growth initiatives may take longer than anticipated.
The level of revenues expected to be generated from our development of second-day service lanes, overnight lanes and same-day service offerings may be impacted by actions of our competitors and by general economic conditions. Maintaining and developing these services requires ongoing investment in personnel and infrastructure. Depending on the timing and level of revenues generated from these service initiatives, the results of operations and cash flows we anticipate from these service initiatives may not be achieved.
We may be unsuccessful in realizing all or any part of the anticipated benefits of any future acquisitions.
We evaluate acquisition candidates from time to time and may acquire assets and businesses that we believe complement our existing assets and business. Acquisitions may require substantial capital or the incurrence of substantial indebtedness. If we consummate any future acquisitions, our capitalization and results of operations may change significantly. The degree of success of acquisitions will depend, in part, on our ability to realize anticipated cost savings and growth opportunities. Our success in realizing these benefits and the timing of this realization depends in part upon the successful change of ownership structure. The difficulties of managing this change include, among others: unanticipated issues in the assimilation and consolidation of information, communications and other systems; inefficiencies and difficulties that arise because of unfamiliarity with potentially new geographic areas and new assets and the businesses associated with them; retaining customers and key employees; consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures; the diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns; the effect on internal controls and compliance with the regulatory requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and unanticipated issues, expenses and liabilities. The diversion of the attention of management from our current operations to the acquired operations and any difficulties encountered in combining operations could prevent us from realizing the full benefits anticipated to result from the acquisitions and could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. Also, following an acquisition, we may discover previously unknown liabilities associated with the acquired business for which we have no recourse under applicable indemnification provisions.
Our information technology systems are subject to certain risks that are beyond our control.
We depend on the proper functioning and availability of our information systems, including communications and data processing systems, in operating our business. Our information systems are protected through physical and software safeguards. However, they are still vulnerable to fire, storm, flood, power loss, telecommunications failures, physical or software break-ins and similar events. To mitigate the potential for such occurrences at our corporate headquarters, we have implemented various systems including redundant telecommunication facilities; a fire suppression system to protect our on-site data center; and a generator that is able to adequately supply power to the headquarters building in the event of power outages. We have a catastrophic disaster recovery plan and alternate processing capability, which is designed so that critical data processes should be fully operational within 48 hours. This plan provides for work space, phones, and desktop computers for basic operations within 48 hours of a catastrophe which renders our corporate headquarters unusable. An emergency communications Web site has also been constructed to provide information to our employees and customers during such a disaster. We have business interruption insurance, including, in certain circumstances, insurance against terrorist attacks under the federal Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, which would offset losses up to certain coverage limits in the event of a catastrophe. However, a significant system failure, security breach, disruption by a virus or other damage could still interrupt or delay our operations, damage our reputation and cause a loss of customers.
Our results of operations can be impacted by seasonal fluctuations or adverse weather conditions.
We can be impacted by seasonal fluctuations which affect tonnage and shipment levels. Freight shipments, operating costs and earnings can also be adversely affected by inclement weather conditions. Climate change may have an influence on the severity of weather conditions, which could adversely affect our freight shipments and, consequently, our operating results.

 

16


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS — continued
We are also subject to risks and uncertainties that affect many other businesses, including:
Any liability resulting from and the cost of defending against class-action litigation, such as alleged violations of anti-trust laws, wage-and-hour and discrimination claims, and any other legal proceedings;
Widespread outbreak of an illness or communicable disease or public health crisis; and
Operational or market disruptions, including infrastructure damage, arising from natural calamities, such as hurricanes or earthquakes, and from illegal acts including terrorist attacks.
Our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by an unfavorable outcome resulting from these risks and uncertainties.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

 

17


Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The Company owns its executive office building in Fort Smith, Arkansas, which contains approximately 189,000 square feet.
ABF currently operates out of 281 terminal facilities, 10 of which also serve as distribution centers. The Company owns 124 of these facilities and leases the remainder from nonaffiliates. ABF’s distribution centers are as follows:
                 
    No. of Doors     Square Footage  
 
               
Owned:
               
Dayton, Ohio
    330       250,704  
Carlisle, Pennsylvania
    333       196,200  
Kansas City, Missouri
    252       166,235  
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
    150       164,200  
Atlanta, Georgia
    226       158,209  
South Chicago, Illinois
    274       152,810  
North Little Rock, Arkansas
    196       150,512  
Dallas, Texas
    196       144,170  
Albuquerque, New Mexico
    85       71,020  
 
               
Leased from nonaffiliate:
               
Salt Lake City, Utah
    89       53,916  
The Company believes that its facilities are suitable and adequate and that they have sufficient capacity to meet current business requirements.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Various legal actions, the majority of which arise in the normal course of business, are pending. These legal actions are not expected to have a material adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on the Company’s financial condition, cash flows or results of operations. The Company maintains insurance against certain risks arising out of the normal course of its business, subject to certain self-insured retention limits. The Company has accruals for certain legal and environmental exposures.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
No matters were submitted to a vote of stockholders during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2009.

 

18


Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 5.  
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information, Dividends and Holders
The Common Stock of Arkansas Best Corporation (the “Company”) trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “ABFS.” The following table sets forth the high and low recorded sale prices of the Common Stock during the periods indicated as reported by NASDAQ and the cash dividends declared:
                         
                    Cash  
    High     Low     Dividend  
 
                       
2008
                       
First quarter
  $ 35.32     $ 17.94     $ 0.15  
Second quarter
    42.45       30.31       0.15  
Third quarter
    45.13       30.10       0.15  
Fourth quarter
    34.04       19.41       0.15  
 
                       
2009
                       
First quarter
  $ 31.24     $ 15.84     $ 0.15  
Second quarter
    31.56       17.98       0.15  
Third quarter
    34.56       24.02       0.15  
Fourth quarter
    33.54       23.31       0.15  
At February 18, 2010, there were 25,300,405 shares of the Company’s Common Stock outstanding, which were held by 334 stockholders of record.
The Company expects to continue to pay quarterly dividends in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurances in this regard since future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend upon the Company’s future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other factors. There are no material contractual restrictions on our ability to declare dividends. In response to the current prolonged freight recession, the Board of Directors of the Company reduced the quarterly dividend and in January 2010 declared a dividend of $0.03 per share to stockholders of record on February 9, 2010.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The Company has a program to repurchase its Common Stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The Company’s Board of Directors authorized stock repurchases of up to $25.0 million in 2003 and an additional $50.0 million in 2005. The repurchases may be made either from the Company’s cash reserves or from other available sources. The program has no expiration date but may be terminated at any time at the Board’s discretion. The Company made no repurchases of its Common Stock during 2009.
As of December 31, 2009, the Company has purchased 1,618,150 shares for an aggregate cost of $56.8 million, leaving $18.2 million available for repurchase under the program. The total shares repurchased by the Company, since the inception of the program, have been made at an average price of $35.11 per share.

 

19


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table includes selected financial and operating data for the Company as of and for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2009. This information should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” in Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
                                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2009 (1)     2008     2007     2006 (2)     2005 (3)  
    ($ thousands, except per share data)  
Statement of Income Data:
                                       
Operating revenues
  $ 1,472,901     $ 1,833,052     $ 1,836,878     $ 1,881,500     $ 1,769,576  
Operating income (loss)
    (168,706 )     48,524       84,844       124,679       166,524  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (165,518 )     49,910       90,791       131,519       168,451  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (37,996 )     20,742       33,966       51,018       65,698  
Income (loss) from continuing operations (4)
    (127,889 )     29,168       56,825       80,501       102,753  
Income (loss) from continuing operations per common share, diluted (4,5)
    (5.12 )     1.14       2.23       3.13       3.98  
Cash dividends declared per common share (6)
    0.60       0.60       0.60       0.60       0.54  
 
       
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Total assets
    869,546       972,298       983,349       938,716       921,060  
Current portion of long-term debt
    3,603       159       171       249       317  
Long-term debt (including capital leases and excluding current portion)
    13,373       1,457       1,400       1,184       1,433  
 
       
Other Data:
                                       
Net capital expenditures, including capital leases (7)
    43,676       41,996       86,102       135,550       64,309  
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment
    75,226       76,872       77,318       67,727       61,851  
 
     
(1)  
2009 includes a goodwill impairment charge of $64.0 million (nondeductible for tax purposes), or $2.55 per share, (see Note D to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K) and pre-tax pension settlement expense of $4.6 million, or $0.11 per share, related to the supplemental benefit plan (see Note I to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
 
(2)  
2006 includes pre-tax pension settlement expense of $10.2 million, or $0.24 per share, related to the supplemental benefit plan.
 
(3)  
2005 includes a pre-tax gain of $15.4 million, or $0.38 per share, from the sale of properties to G.I. Trucking Company.
 
(4)  
In 2009, loss from continuing operations excludes a noncontrolling interest in net income of a subsidiary of $0.4 million.
 
(5)  
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting guidance that requires an allocation of dividends paid and a portion of undistributed net income to unvested restricted stock for calculating per share amounts. As a result, per share amounts for 2005 through 2008 have been retrospectively adjusted to be consistent with the 2009 presentation.
 
(6)  
In January 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors reduced the quarterly cash dividend to $0.03 per share.
 
(7)  
Capital expenditures are shown net of proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment.

 

20


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Arkansas Best Corporation (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, is a holding company engaged through its subsidiaries primarily in motor carrier freight transportation. The Company’s principal operations are conducted through ABF Freight System, Inc. and other subsidiaries of the Company that are engaged in motor carrier freight transportation (collectively “ABF”).
Organization of Information
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is comprised of three major sections: Results of Operations, Liquidity and Capital Resources and Critical Accounting Policies. These sections include the following information:
   
Results of Operations includes an overview of the Company’s consolidated 2009 results compared to 2008, and 2008 results compared to 2007. The consolidated overview is followed by a financial summary and analysis of ABF’s 2009 results compared to 2008, and 2008 results compared to 2007. This section also includes a discussion of key actions and events that impacted the results.
   
Liquidity and Capital Resources provides an analysis of key elements of the cash flow statements, borrowing capacity and contractual cash obligations, including a discussion of financial commitments.
   
Critical Accounting Policies discusses those accounting policies that are important to understanding certain of the material judgments and assumptions incorporated in the reported financial results.
The key indicators necessary to understand the Company’s operating results include:
   
the overall customer demand for ABF’s freight transportation services;
   
the volume of transportation services provided by ABF, primarily measured by average daily shipment weight (“tonnage”);
   
the prices ABF obtains for its services, primarily measured by yield (“revenue per hundredweight”); and
   
ABF’s ability to manage its cost structure as measured on an overall basis by the percent of operating expenses to revenue levels (“operating ratio”).
Results of Operations
Executive Overview
Consolidated net loss was $127.9 million in 2009 compared to net income of $29.2 million in 2008 and net income of $56.8 million in 2007. These results primarily reflect the operations of ABF, including the impact of a noncash goodwill impairment charge in 2009 in the amount of $64.0 million, which is nondeductible for tax purposes.
ABF represented 94% of the Company’s consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 96% of the Company’s consolidated revenues for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. On an ongoing basis, ABF’s ability to operate profitably and generate cash is impacted by tonnage, which influences operating leverage as tonnage levels vary; the pricing environment; customer account mix; and the ability to manage costs effectively, primarily in the area of salaries, wages and benefits (“labor”).
During the year ended December 31, 2009, ABF’s revenues decreased 21.0% on a per-day basis compared to 2008. ABF’s 2008 revenues decreased 0.9% on a per-day basis compared to 2007 revenues. These revenue declines primarily reflect decreases in tonnage levels and changes in revenue per hundredweight, including fuel surcharges. Tonnage per day for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased by 11.4% compared to 2008, and was preceded by year-over-year declines of 4.2% in 2008 and 5.3% in 2007. ABF’s 2009 operating ratio increased to 112.2%, or 107.2% after excluding goodwill impairment and supplemental pension settlements, from 97.2% in 2008 and 95.2% in 2007. The ABF operating results are more fully discussed below in the ABF sections of MD&A.
ABF’s operations are affected by general economic conditions, as well as a number of other competitive factors that are more fully described in the Business and Risk Factors sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The prolonged unfavorable economic environment has adversely impacted business activities of ABF’s customers which has had a corresponding adverse effect on ABF’s tonnage levels and limited ABF’s ability to secure adequate pricing for its services.

 

21


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
ABF’s management believes that the declining tonnage trends which have continued since the fourth quarter of 2006 are representative of the weakened domestic and global economies due, in part, to turmoil in the financial markets and the related effects on industrial production and the residential and commercial construction and retail sectors. Although ABF has experienced improvements in year-over-year tonnage comparisons each month since June 2009, including a year-over-year increase for the month of December 2009, the comparison was influenced by declining tonnage trends experienced by the Company in the second half of 2008. ABF’s tonnage trends continued to be positive during the first quarter of 2010, although tonnage levels have been impacted by severe weather conditions. Quarter-to-date through mid-February 2010, average daily total tonnage for ABF increased slightly more than 1% compared to the same period last year. There can be no assurances that ABF will not experience declines in tonnage levels due to a number of factors including, but not limited to, continued weakness in general economic activity. First quarter tonnage levels are normally lower during January and February while March provides a disproportionately higher amount of the quarter’s business. The first quarter of each year generally has the highest operating ratio of the year, although other factors, including the state of the economy, may influence quarterly comparisons.
As a result of the extended period of an adverse economic environment and the historically severe tonnage declines, ABF has implemented cost reduction programs. ABF is generally effective in managing its costs to business levels. However, incremental reductions in labor and other operating costs become increasingly challenging and less effective as ABF maintains service levels and continues its focus on serving the regional markets, including next-day and second-day markets, during prolonged periods of depressed tonnage levels. A larger proportion of ABF’s costs are fixed in nature when maintaining customer service levels. Shipments per dock, street and yard (“DSY”) hour and total pounds per mile are measures ABF uses to assess the effectiveness of labor costs. Shipments per DSY hour is used to measure effectiveness in ABF’s local operations, although total pounds per DSY hour is also a relevant measure when the average shipment size is changing. Total pounds per mile is used by ABF to measure the effectiveness of its linehaul operations, although this metric is influenced by other factors including freight density, loading efficiency, average length of haul and the degree to which rail service is used. ABF’s ability to effectively manage labor costs, which amounted to 70.1%, 59.6% and 60.5% of ABF’s revenues for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, has a direct impact on its operating performance. Labor costs, including retirement and health care benefits for ABF’s contractual employees that are provided by a number of multiemployer plans (see Note I to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K), are impacted by ABF’s contractual obligations under its labor agreement primarily with the IBT. The current five-year collective bargaining agreement, which became effective April 1, 2008, provides for compounded annual contractual wage and benefit increases of approximately 4%, subject to wage rate cost-of-living adjustments, as further discussed in the ABF section of MD&A. In addition to reducing headcount, equipment levels and costs in a number of areas in relation to available business levels, the Company has taken further actions to reduce nonunion fringe benefit costs in 2010. However, ABF’s operating results will continue to be adversely impacted if tonnage remains at the current levels.
The industry pricing environment is another key to ABF’s operating performance. The pricing environment, which generally becomes more competitive during periods of lower tonnage levels, influences ABF’s ability to obtain compensatory margins and price increases on customer accounts. ABF’s pricing is typically measured by billed revenue per hundredweight, which is a reasonable, although approximate, measure of price change. This measure is affected by freight profile factors such as average shipment size, average length of haul, freight density and customer and geographic mix. ABF focuses on individual account profitability rather than billed revenue per hundredweight when considering customer account or market evaluations due to the difficulty in quantifying, with sufficient accuracy, the impact of changes in freight profile characteristics, which is necessary to estimate true price changes. However, total company profitability for ABF is considered together with measures of billed revenue per hundredweight. Total billed revenue per hundredweight decreased 10.8% during 2009 versus 2008 primarily due to lower fuel surcharges resulting from lower fuel-related costs. The fuel surcharge constituted a higher proportion of the total freight rate during the majority of 2008, as further discussed in the paragraph below. During 2009, ABF also experienced freight profile changes that impacted the reported billed revenue per hundredweight, as further discussed in the ABF section of MD&A. Excluding freight profile changes and the changes in fuel surcharges, pricing on ABF’s traditional less-than-truckload (“LTL”) business weakened in 2009 with percentage declines in the low single digits as compared to 2008. The pricing environment was very competitive in 2009 and management expects the pricing environment in 2010 to remain very competitive, although there can be no assurances in this regard. Effective January 11, 2010, ABF implemented a general rate increase of 5.70% to cover known and expected cost increases, although the amounts vary by lane and shipment characteristic. The 2010 general rate increase, which is in line with increases announced by other LTL carriers, was implemented one week later than the 2009 increase. The general rate increase affected approximately 45% of ABF’s business, and rate increases on the remaining business are subject to individual negotiations. ABF’s ability to

 

22


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
retain the general rate increase and to increase rates on the remainder of its business is dependent on the competitive pricing environment. Obtaining overall base rate increases involves a lengthy process to address the pricing and resulting profitability of individual customer accounts. Prolonged periods with insufficient base LTL rate improvements result in higher operating ratios as elements of unit cost, including contractual wage and benefit rates, continue to increase.
The transportation industry is dependent upon the availability of adequate fuel supplies. The Company has not experienced a lack of available fuel but could be adversely impacted if a fuel shortage were to develop. ABF charges a fuel surcharge based on changes in diesel fuel prices compared to a national index. The ABF fuel surcharge rate in effect is available on the ABF Web site at abf.com . (The information contained on the ABF Web site is not a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.) Although revenues from fuel surcharges generally more than offset increases in direct diesel fuel costs, other operating costs have been, and may continue to be, impacted by fluctuating fuel prices. The total impact of energy prices on other nonfuel-related expenses is difficult to ascertain. ABF cannot predict, with reasonable certainty, future fuel price fluctuations, the impact of energy prices on other cost elements, recoverability of fuel costs through fuel surcharges, and the effect of fuel surcharges on ABF’s overall rate structure or the total price that ABF will receive from its customers. During periods of changing diesel fuel prices, the fuel surcharge and associated direct diesel fuel costs also vary by different degrees. Depending upon the rates of these changes and the impact on costs in other fuel- and energy-related areas, operating margins could be impacted. Whether fuel prices fluctuate or remain constant, ABF’s operating income may be adversely affected if competitive pressures limit its ability to recover fuel surcharges. Throughout 2009, the fuel surcharge mechanism had strong market acceptance among ABF customers, although certain nonstandard arrangements with some of ABF’s customers have limited the amount of fuel surcharge recovered. While the fuel surcharge is one of several components in ABF’s overall rate structure, the actual rate paid by customers is governed by market forces based on value provided to the customer. ABF experienced significantly higher fuel prices in the first ten months of 2008 compared to the same period in 2007. After reaching a peak in the middle of July 2008, fuel prices declined steadily through mid-March 2009. Although fuel prices have increased over 50% from the March 2009 low to the end of 2009, the 2009 average fuel surcharge rate was approximately 13 revenue percentage points below the 2008 average. While fuel prices and the related fuel surcharge levels declined in 2009 compared to 2008, ABF has not been able to increase other elements of margin primarily due to the competitive freight environment which has been influenced by lower levels of available tonnage.
ABF operates in a highly competitive industry with both union and nonunion motor carriers. The Company’s nonunion competitors generally have a lower fringe benefit cost structure, and certain carriers reduced their wage rates for their freight-handling and driving personnel. In addition, wage and benefit concessions granted to certain union competitors allow for a lower cost structure than that of ABF. Competitors with lower labor cost structures have reduced freight rates to gain market share which may further limit ABF’s ability to maintain or increase base freight rates. ABF has communicated and continues its attempts to address with the IBT the effect of these matters on ABF’s operating results.
2009 Compared to 2008
Consolidated Results
                 
    Year Ended December 31  
    2009     2008  
    ($ thousands, except workdays and per share data)  
WORKDAYS
    251.5       252.5  
 
       
OPERATING REVENUES
               
ABF
  $ 1,384,419     $ 1,758,780  
Other revenues and eliminations
    88,482       74,272  
 
           
 
  $ 1,472,901     $ 1,833,052  
 
           
 
               
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
               
ABF
  $ (168,465 )   $ 48,435  
Other and eliminations
    (241 )     89  
 
           
 
  $ (168,706 )   $ 48,524  
 
           
 
               
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
  $ (5.12 )   $ 1.14  

 

23


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
The 2009 operating loss includes a goodwill impairment charge of $64.0 million (nondeductible for tax purposes), or $2.55 per share, and pension settlement expense of $4.6 million (pre-tax), or $0.11 per share. The comparable pension settlement expense for 2008 was $1.5 million (pre-tax), or $0.04 per share. Consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased 19.3% on a per-day basis compared to 2008. Excluding impairment and settlement charges, consolidated operating loss for 2009 was $100.2 million, compared to operating income of $50.1 million for 2008. Excluding charges, consolidated net loss was $2.46 per share for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to net income of $1.18 per share for 2008. The decrease in revenues, operating income and earnings per share primarily reflect the operating results of ABF, as discussed in the ABF section that follows.
ABF
The following table sets forth a summary of operating expenses and operating income (loss) as a percentage of revenue for ABF:
                 
    Year Ended December 31  
    2009     2008  
 
               
ABF Operating Expenses and Costs
               
 
               
Salaries, wages and benefits
    70.1 %     59.6 %
Fuel, supplies and expenses
    16.0       19.4  
Operating taxes and licenses
    3.1       2.7  
Insurance
    1.5       1.2  
Communications and utilities
    1.0       0.9  
Depreciation and amortization
    5.2       4.2  
Rents and purchased transportation
    9.9       9.0  
Pension settlement expense
    0.4        
Gain on sale of property and equipment
    (0.1 )     (0.2 )
Other
    0.5       0.4  
Goodwill impairment charge
    4.6        
 
           
 
    112.2 %     97.2 %
 
               
ABF Operating Income (Loss)
    (12.2 )%     2.8 %
 
               
 
               
The following table provides a comparison of key operating statistics for ABF:
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2009     2008     % Change  
 
                       
Workdays
    251.5       252.5          
 
                       
Billed revenue (1) per hundredweight, including fuel surcharges
  $ 23.81     $ 26.70       (10.8 )%
 
                       
Pounds
    5,814,325,308       6,586,822,376       (11.7 )%
 
                       
Pounds per day
    23,118,590       26,086,425       (11.4 )%
 
                       
Shipments per DSY hour
    0.485       0.483       0.4 %
 
                       
Pounds per DSY hour
    641.87       633.97       1.2 %
 
                       
Pounds per shipment
    1,323       1,313       0.8 %
 
                       
Pounds per mile
    19.11       18.97       0.7 %
 
     
(1)  
Billed revenue does not include revenue deferral required for financial statement purposes under the Company’s revenue recognition policy.

 

24


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
ABF’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $1,384.4 million, compared to $1,758.8 million reported in 2008, for a decrease of 21.0% on a per-day basis. The revenue decrease in 2009 compared to 2008 primarily reflects tonnage declines of 11.4% per day and a decrease in billed revenue per hundredweight of 10.8%, which was attributable to lower fuel surcharges and a very competitive pricing environment. Excluding changes in freight profile and the decrease in fuel surcharges, management believes that pricing on ABF’s traditional LTL business experienced low single-digit percentage declines in 2009 compared to 2008. ABF charges a fuel surcharge based on changes in diesel fuel prices compared to a national index. The ABF fuel surcharge rate in effect is available at abf.com . (The information contained on the ABF Web site is not a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.)
Effective January 5, 2009 and February 4, 2008, ABF implemented general rate increases to cover known and expected cost increases. Nominally, the increases were 5.79% and 5.45%, respectively, although the amounts vary by lane and shipment characteristics. For 2009, the general rate increase affected approximately 45% of ABF’s business, while rate increases on the remaining business are subject to individually negotiated pricing arrangements that are effective at various times throughout the year. As previously mentioned in the Executive Overview, ABF put into place a general rate increase on January 11, 2010, to cover known and expected cost increases during the remainder of 2010. ABF’s ability to retain this rate increase is dependent on the competitive pricing environment. The reduction of wage rates for freight-handling and driving personnel by certain nonunion carriers and wage and benefit concessions granted to certain union carriers allow these LTL carriers to have a lower labor cost structure than is afforded to ABF and, as a result, may limit ABF’s ability to maintain or increase base freight rates. Despite the general rate increase implemented in 2009, pricing on ABF’s traditional LTL business experienced low single-digit percentage declines, as previously discussed.
ABF’s 10.8% decrease in billed revenue per hundredweight for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 2008 was also impacted by changes in freight profile such as length of haul, pounds per shipment, freight density and customer and geographic mix. Total weight per shipment for 2009 increased 0.8% compared to 2008 while ABF’s length of haul in 2009 was relatively consistent with 2008. Increased weight per shipment has the effect of decreasing the nominal revenue per hundredweight without a commensurate impact on effective pricing or shipment profitability. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the decrease in billed revenue per hundredweight compared to 2008 reflected a very competitive pricing environment.
ABF generated an operating loss of $168.5 million in 2009 versus operating income of $48.4 million in 2008. ABF’s 2009 operating ratio increased to 112.2% from 97.2% in 2008. The increase in ABF’s operating ratio in 2009 was influenced by the declines in tonnage levels and billed revenue per hundredweight mentioned above, as well as a goodwill impairment charge of $64.0 million and pension settlement expense of $4.6 million. These charges added 5% to ABF’s operating ratio in 2009 with no comparable impact in 2008. The increase in ABF’s operating ratio, excluding the impact of the 2009 charges, reflects the effect of base LTL rates not adequately covering increases in elements of unit cost, including contractual wage rates, as discussed below. ABF’s operating ratio was also impacted by other changes in operating expenses as discussed in the following paragraphs.
Salaries, wages and benefits expense decreased $78.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 but as a percentage of revenue increased by 10.5% compared to 2008. Portions of salaries, wages and benefits are fixed in nature and increase, as a percent of revenue, during periods of lower revenues, including fuel surcharge revenues which ABF experienced during 2009 as compared to 2008. The increase in salaries, wages and benefits as a percentage of revenue was impacted by contractual increases under the IBT National Freight Industry Standards Agreement that extends through March 31, 2013. The annual contractual wage increases effective on April 1, 2009 and 2008 were 1.8% and 2.2%, respectively. On August 1, 2009 and August 1, 2008, health, welfare and pension benefit costs under the agreement increased 7.5% and 8.1%, respectively. The increase in salaries, wages and benefits as a percentage of revenue in 2009 was also impacted by an $8.4 million increase in nonunion employee benefit plan costs, primarily attributable to an increase in amortization of net actuarial losses related to the nonunion pension plan in 2009 as a result of the effect of 2008 market declines on pension assets.
Although ABF has implemented cost reduction programs, incremental reductions in labor and other operating costs become increasingly challenging and less effective as ABF maintains customer service levels and continues its focus on serving the regional markets. Salaries, wages and benefits expense was favorably impacted by managing labor costs to business levels as measured by pounds per DSY hour and pounds per mile. For 2009, pounds per DSY hour increased 1.2% and pounds per mile increased 0.7%, reflecting improved management of labor costs but also the effect of a 0.8% increase in pounds per

 

25


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
shipment. However, the historically depressed tonnage levels that have continued since the fourth quarter of 2008 and the prolonged period of an unfavorable economic environment had a significant impact on ABF’s operating results due to ABF’s inability to correspondingly adjust its cost structure throughout the ABF system. ABF’s operating results will continue to be adversely impacted if tonnage remains at these levels. ABF’s ability to improve its operating ratio is dependent on securing price increases to cover contractual wage rates and other inflationary increases in cost elements.
Fuel, supplies and expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased by 3.4% for 2009 compared to 2008, primarily reflecting a 37.3% decrease in the average price per gallon of diesel fuel.
Insurance expense as a percentage of revenue increased by 0.3% over 2008 primarily due to an increase in severity of third-party casualty claims. Third-party casualty claims in 2009 as a percent of revenue were approximately 0.2% above ABF’s ten-year historical average.
Depreciation and amortization as a percentage of revenue increased by 1.0% compared to 2008 reflecting higher depreciation on road tractors and trailers due to increased unit costs of equipment purchased in 2008 and 2009 and the effect of replacing older, fully depreciated trailers with new trailers.
Rents and purchased transportation as a percentage of revenue increased by 0.9% in 2009 compared to 2008. This change was primarily attributable to an increase in amounts paid to service providers associated with ABF’s import business and an increase in rail utilization from 11% of total miles in 2008 to 12% in 2009.
Operating taxes and licenses and communications and utilities decreased in amount during 2009 compared to 2008, primarily due to lower business levels. As a percent of revenue, these costs were higher during 2009 compared to 2008 as a portion of these items are fixed in nature and increase as a percent of revenue with decreases in revenue levels including fuel surcharges.
2008 Compared to 2007
Consolidated Results
                 
    Year Ended December 31  
    2008     2007  
    ($ thousands, except workdays and per share data)  
WORKDAYS
    252.5       252.0  
 
       
OPERATING REVENUES
               
ABF
  $ 1,758,780     $ 1,770,749  
Other revenues and eliminations
    74,272       66,129  
 
           
 
  $ 1,833,052     $ 1,836,878  
 
           
 
               
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
               
ABF
  $ 48,435     $ 84,521  
Other and eliminations
    89       323  
 
           
 
  $ 48,524     $ 84,844  
 
           
 
               
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
  $ 1.14     $ 2.23  
Consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased 0.4% on a per-day basis compared to 2007. Consolidated operating income for 2008 decreased $36.3 million, or 42.8%, compared to 2007. Consolidated earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased 49.1% compared to 2007. The decrease in revenues, operating income and earnings per share primarily reflect the operating results of ABF, as discussed in the ABF section that follows.

 

26


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
ABF
The following table sets forth a summary of operating expenses and operating income as a percentage of revenue for ABF:
                 
    Year Ended December 31  
    2008     2007  
 
               
ABF Operating Expenses and Costs
               
 
               
Salaries, wages and benefits
    59.6 %     60.5 %
Fuel, supplies and expenses
    19.4       16.5  
Operating taxes and licenses
    2.7       2.7  
Insurance
    1.2       1.3  
Communications and utilities
    0.9       0.9  
Depreciation and amortization
    4.2       4.2  
Rents and purchased transportation
    9.0       9.0  
Pension settlement expense
          0.1  
Gain on sale of property and equipment
    (0.2 )     (0.2 )
Other
    0.4       0.2  
 
           
 
    97.2 %     95.2 %
 
               
ABF Operating Income
    2.8 %     4.8 %
 
               
 
               
The following table provides a comparison of key operating statistics for ABF:
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2008     2007     % Change  
 
                       
Workdays
    252.5       252.0          
 
                       
Billed revenue (1) per hundredweight, including fuel surcharges
  $ 26.70     $ 25.81       3.4 %
 
                       
Pounds
    6,586,822,376       6,860,725,274       (4.0 )%
 
                       
Pounds per day
    26,086,425       27,225,100       (4.2 )%
 
                       
Shipments per DSY hour
    0.483       0.482       0.2 %
 
                       
Pounds per DSY hour
    633.97       613.30       3.4 %
 
                       
Pounds per shipment
    1,313       1,272       3.2 %
 
                       
Pounds per mile
    18.97       18.54       2.3 %
 
     
(1)  
Billed revenue does not include revenue deferral required for financial statement purposes under the Company’s revenue recognition policy.
ABF’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $1,758.8 million, compared to $1,770.7 million in 2007, for a decrease of 0.9% on a per-day basis. The revenue decrease primarily reflects tonnage declines of 4.2% per day compared to 2007. The impact of the tonnage decrease on revenue was partially offset by a 3.4% increase in billed revenue per hundredweight for 2008, as compared to 2007, which was primarily attributable to higher fuel surcharges.
The fuel surcharge constituted a higher proportion of the total freight rate during the majority of 2008 due to substantially higher fuel prices for the first ten months of 2008 compared to the same period of 2007. As a result, ABF was unable to secure adequate increases in base LTL rates. Excluding freight profile changes and the increase in fuel surcharges, management believes that pricing on ABF’s traditional LTL business improved only slightly during 2008 compared to 2007.

 

27


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
Effective February 4, 2008 and March 26, 2007, ABF implemented general rate increases to cover known and expected cost increases. Nominally, the increases were 5.45% and 4.95%, respectively, although the amounts vary by lane and shipment characteristics. For 2008, the general rate increase affected approximately 45% of ABF’s business, while rate increases on the remaining business are subject to individually negotiated pricing arrangements that are effective at various times throughout the year.
ABF’s 3.4% increase in billed revenue per hundredweight for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 2007 was impacted not only by the general rate increase and fuel surcharge, but also by changes in freight profile such as length of haul, pounds per shipment, freight density and customer and geographic mix. Total weight per shipment for 2008 increased 3.2% compared to 2007. ABF’s length of haul decreased 1.6% in 2008 compared to 2007, influenced in part by the regional freight initiative. In addition, ABF experienced a higher proportion of truckload-rated shipments, including business in the volume spot market. Increased weight per shipment, combined with a shorter length of haul and higher mix of truckload-rated shipments, has the effect of decreasing the nominal revenue per hundredweight without a commensurate impact on effective pricing or shipment profitability.
ABF generated operating income of $48.4 million in 2008 versus $84.5 million in 2007, a decrease of 42.7%. ABF’s 2008 operating ratio increased to 97.2% from 95.2% in 2007. The increase in ABF’s operating ratio in 2008 was influenced by the decline in tonnage levels mentioned above, as well as the effect of base LTL rates not adequately covering increases in elements of unit cost, including contractual wage rates. ABF’s operating ratio was also impacted by other changes in operating expenses as discussed in the following paragraphs.
Salaries, wages and benefits expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 as a percentage of revenue decreased by 0.9%. Portions of salaries, wages and benefits are fixed in nature and decrease as a percent of revenue during periods of higher revenues, including fuel surcharge revenues which ABF experienced during the majority of 2008 as compared to 2007. Salaries, wages and benefits expense was favorably impacted by managing labor costs to business levels as measured by pounds per DSY hour and pounds per mile. For 2008, pounds per DSY hour increased 3.4% and pounds per mile increased 2.3%, compared with 2007, reflecting improved management of labor costs but also the effect of a 3.2% increase in pounds per shipment and a shorter length of haul.
In 2008, salaries, wages and benefits expense was also positively impacted by a $7.8 million reduction in workers’ compensation costs primarily reflecting fewer new claims, a decline in the frequency of existing claim changes and the associated loss development on those claims. In addition, the reduction in workers’ compensation costs was also influenced by lower development factors applied to existing claims resulting from ABF’s annual first quarter review of historical claims development. Workers’ compensation costs as a percent of revenue for 2008 were below ABF’s ten-year historical average.
The decrease in salaries, wages and benefits described above was offset, in part, by contractual increases under the IBT National Freight Industry Standards Agreement. The annual contractual wage increases effective on April 1, 2008 and 2007 were 2.2% and 2.3%, respectively. On August 1, 2008 and August 1, 2007, health, welfare and pension benefit costs under the agreement increased 8.1% and 6.0%, respectively.
Fuel, supplies and expenses as a percentage of revenue increased by 2.9% for 2008 compared to 2007, primarily reflecting a 37.5% increase in the average price per gallon of diesel fuel.

 

28


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Company’s primary sources of liquidity are cash generated by operations, short-term investments and borrowing capacity under its accounts receivable securitization program.
Cash Flow and Short-Term Investments: Components of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments at December 31 were as follows:
                 
    December 31     December 31  
    2009     2008  
    ($ thousands)  
Cash and cash equivalents, primarily money market funds
  $ 39,332     $ 100,880  
Short-term investments (FDIC-insured certificates of deposit)
    93,861       117,855  
 
           
Total unrestricted
    133,193       218,735  
Restricted (1)
    50,857       2,299  
 
           
Total (2)
  $ 184,050     $ 221,034  
 
           
     
(1)  
Restricted cash equivalents and short-term investments represent certificates of deposit, cash deposits and money market funds pledged as collateral for outstanding letters of credit in support of workers’ compensation and third-party casualty claims liabilities (see Financing Arrangements in this section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note F to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). Restricted cash equivalents at December 31, 2008 were reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation (see Notes B and C to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
 
(2)  
Cash and certificates of deposit are recorded at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. Money market funds are recorded at fair value based on quoted prices.
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments declined $37.0 million from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009. During 2009, cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments on hand combined with cash provided by operations of $11.8 million and proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt related to capital leases of $15.0 million were used primarily for the purchase of revenue equipment (tractors and trailers used primarily in ABF’s operations) and other property and equipment totaling $43.1 million net of asset sales and the payment of dividends of $15.5 million. The $93.5 million decline in cash provided by operations during 2009 compared to 2008 primarily reflects the impact of the continued weak freight tonnage environment on ABF’s operating income. The Company made contributions to the nonunion pension plan of $15.5 million in 2009 compared to $25.0 million in 2008.
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments increased $45.5 million from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008. During 2008, cash provided by operations of $105.3 million was primarily used to purchase revenue equipment and other property and equipment totaling $41.7 million net of asset sales and pay dividends of $15.3 million. The $37.8 million decline in cash provided by operations during 2008 compared to 2007 primarily reflects the impact of the weaker freight tonnage environment on ABF’s operating income. In addition, contributions to the nonunion pension plan were $25.0 million in 2008 versus $5.0 million in 2007.
During 2007, cash provided from operations of $143.1 million was primarily used to purchase revenue equipment and other property and equipment totaling $84.6 million net of asset sales, purchase 125,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock for $4.9 million and pay dividends of $15.2 million.
Financing Arrangements: On December 30, 2009, the Company entered into a two-year, asset-backed securitization program with SunTrust Bank, which provides for cash proceeds of up to $75.0 million. Under this agreement, ABF continuously sells a designated pool of trade accounts receivables to a wholly owned subsidiary, which in turn may borrow funds on a revolving basis. This wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary is a separate bankruptcy-remote entity and its assets would be available only to satisfy the claims related to the interest in the trade accounts receivables. Advances under the facility bear interest based upon LIBOR, plus a margin. The Company also pays annual fees equal to 0.75% of the unused portion of the accounts receivable facility. This agreement contains representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default that are customary for financings of this type, including maintaining consolidated tangible net worth, as defined, of $375.0 million. As of December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with the covenants. There were no borrowings under this facility, and, based on qualifying accounts, the borrowing capacity was $74.0 million as of December 31, 2009.

 

29


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
In 2009, the Company entered into agreements with four financial institutions to provide collateralized facilities for the issuance of letters of credit (“LC Agreements”). The Company issues letters of credit primarily in support of workers’ compensation and third-party casualty claims liabilities in various states in which the Company is self-insured. The Company has up to $90.0 million of availability for the issuance of letters of credit under the LC Agreements of which $75.0 million is committed subject to the Company’s compliance with the requirements of issuance. The LC Agreements require cash or short-term investments to be pledged as collateral for outstanding letters of credit. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had $48.9 million of letters of credit outstanding under the LC Agreements of which $48.5 million were collateralized by restricted cash equivalents and short-term investments. Prior to the LC Agreements, the Company arranged for the letters of credit as a part of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) dated May 4, 2007. The Company terminated the Credit Agreement in December 2009. There were no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement on the date of termination. Deferred financing costs of $1.0 million were expensed in the fourth quarter of 2009 in conjunction with the termination of the Credit Agreement. Prior to termination, the Company’s borrowing capacity was limited to $22.6 million under the Credit Agreement as disclosed in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter of 2009.
In December 2009, ABF entered into capital lease agreements to finance $15.0 million of revenue equipment. These capital lease agreements specify the monthly base rent and interest rates for the 36-month lease terms as well as a rental adjustment clause for which the maximum amounts due to the lessor are included in the recorded capital lease obligation and the future minimum rent payments shown in the Contractual Obligations within this section. The present values of net minimum lease payments are recorded in long-term debt. In January 2010, $11.4 million of revenue equipment was financed under capital lease transactions. The Company could utilize capital lease arrangements to finance future purchases of revenue equipment.
Contractual Obligations: The following table provides the aggregate annual contractual obligations of the Company including capital and operating lease obligations, purchase obligations and near-term estimated benefit plan distributions as of December 31, 2009:
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
            Less Than     1-3     3-5     More Than  
    Total     1 Year     Years     Years     5 Years  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                                       
Capital lease obligations, including interest (1)
  $ 18,730     $ 4,205     $ 8,409     $ 5,011     $ 1,105  
Operating lease obligations (2)
    51,969       11,410       17,452       10,268       12,839  
Purchase obligations (3)
    26,885       26,885                          
Voluntary savings plan distributions (4)
    6,303       1,479       2,207       594       2,023  
Postretirement health expenditures (5)
    7,713       597       1,352       1,471       4,293  
Deferred salary distributions (6)
    12,286       1,158       2,310       2,002       6,816  
Supplemental pension distributions (7)
    18,539       7,753       3,651             7,135  
Noncontrolling interest in subsidiary (8)
    2,279                         2,279  
 
                             
Total
  $ 144,704     $ 53,487     $ 35,381     $ 19,346     $ 36,490  
 
                             
     
   
(1) The future minimum rental commitments are presented exclusive of executory costs such as insurance, maintenance and taxes.
 
   
(2) While the Company owns the majority of its larger terminals and distribution centers, certain facilities and equipment are leased. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had future minimum rental commitments, net of noncancelable subleases, totaling $51.7 million for terminal facilities and $0.3 million for other equipment. The future minimum rental commitments are presented exclusive of executory costs such as insurance, maintenance and taxes. In addition, the Company has provided lease guarantees through March 2012 totaling $0.6 million related to Clipper Exxpress Company, a former subsidiary of the Company.
 
   
(3) Purchase obligations primarily includes purchase orders or authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements relating to revenue equipment and property. These purchase authorizations are included in the Company’s 2010 capital expenditure plan (see the following Capital Expenditures section).

 

30


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
     
   
(4) The Company maintains a Voluntary Savings Plan (“VSP”), a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain executives of the Company and certain subsidiaries. Eligible employees may defer receipt of a portion of their regular compensation, incentive compensation and other bonuses into the VSP. The Company credits participants’ accounts with applicable matching contributions and rates of return based on investments selected by the participants. All deferrals, Company match and investment earnings are considered part of the general assets of the Company until paid. Accordingly, the consolidated balance sheets reflect the fair value of the aggregate participant balances, based on quoted prices of the mutual fund investments, as both an asset and a liability of the Company. As of December 31, 2009, VSP related assets totaling $6.3 million were included in other assets with a corresponding amount recorded in other liabilities. Elective distributions anticipated under this plan are included in the contractual obligations table above. Future distributions are subject to change for retirement, death or disability of current employees.
 
   
(5) The Company sponsors an insured postretirement health benefit plan that provides supplemental medical benefits, life and accident insurance and vision care to certain officers of the Company and certain subsidiaries. The plan is generally noncontributory, with the Company paying the premiums. The Company’s projected distributions for premiums related to postretirement health benefits, which represent estimates for the next ten years, are subject to change based upon increases and other changes in premiums and medical costs and continuation of the plan for current participants. Postretirement health benefit plan liabilities accrued in the consolidated balance sheet totaled $13.5 million as of December 31, 2009.
 
   
(6) The Company has deferred salary agreements with certain employees of the Company. The Company’s projected deferred salary agreement distributions are subject to change based upon assumptions for projected salaries and retirements, deaths, disabilities or early retirements of current employees. Liabilities for deferred salary agreements accrued in the consolidated balance sheet totaled $8.7 million as of December 31, 2009.
 
   
(7) The Company has an unfunded supplemental benefit plan (“SBP”) for the purpose of supplementing benefits under the nonunion pension plan for executive officers of the Company and certain subsidiaries. Distributions presented above represent estimated amounts over the next ten years. The Company anticipates making distributions of $7.8 million during 2010 under this plan related to retirements in 2009. The amounts and dates of distributions in future periods are dependent upon actual retirement dates of eligible officers and other events and factors. SBP liabilities accrued in the consolidated balance sheet totaled $16.5 million at December 31, 2009.
 
   
Effective January 1, 2006, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (“Compensation Committee”) elected to close the SBP and deferred salary agreement programs to new entrants. In place of these programs, officers appointed after 2005 participate in a long-term cash incentive plan that is based 60% on the Company’s three-year average return on capital employed and 40% on the Company achieving specified levels of profitability or earnings per share growth, as defined in the plan. Effective December 31, 2009, the Compensation Committee elected to freeze the accrual of benefits under the SBP, resulting in a plan curtailment (see Note I to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). In connection with the election to freeze benefits, the Compensation Committee provided the SBP participants an option to freeze their SBP benefits without early retirement penalties and continue participation in the deferred salary agreement program or to freeze their benefits in both the SBP and deferred salary agreement program and begin participation in the long-term cash incentive plan.
 
   
(8) Noncontrolling interest in subsidiary represents the option, provided to noncontrolling shareholders, to sell to the Company their remaining interest in a logistics business. The option to sell may not be exercised until the sixth anniversary of the acquisition date at a price determined by a formula, which amount is consistent with the noncontrolling interest recorded in the balance sheet. The Company acquired a controlling interest in this logistics business during the second quarter of 2009.
Based upon current information, the Company does not expect to have cash outlays for required minimum contributions, but could make tax-deductible contributions, to its nonunion pension plan in 2010. As of December 31, 2009, the nonunion pension plan was underfunded by $45.8 million on a projected benefit obligation basis (see Note I to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

 

31


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
ABF contributes to multiemployer health, welfare and pension plans based on the time worked by its contractual employees, as specified in the collective bargaining agreement and other supporting supplemental agreements (see Note I to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
Capital Expenditures: The following table sets forth the Company’s historical capital expenditures, net of proceeds from asset sales, for the periods indicated below:
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                       
Capital expenditures, gross including capital leases
  $ 48,589     $ 59,069     $ 98,169  
Less proceeds from capital lease obligations (1)
    (545 )     (340 )     (1,499 )
 
                 
Capital expenditures, net of capital leases
    48,044       58,729       96,670  
Less proceeds from asset sales
    (4,913 )     (17,073 )     (12,067 )
 
                 
Total capital expenditures, net
  $ 43,131     $ 41,656     $ 84,603  
 
                 
     
(1)  
Capital lease proceeds presented do not include proceeds from the issuance of $15.0 million of long-term debt in 2009 associated with capital lease transactions which have been presented as financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The variation in the Company’s net capital expenditures for the years presented above primarily relate to changes in ABF’s capital expenditures. ABF’s 2009 net capital expenditures were above 2008 levels primarily reflecting lower proceeds from asset sales partially offset by $4.0 million less spending on road trailers and $5.6 million less spending on real estate for terminal operations. In 2008, ABF spent $14.9 million less on road trailers and $9.8 million less on road tractors than in 2007. ABF’s lower net capital expenditures in 2008 compared to 2007 were also impacted by lower expenditures related to city delivery and other equipment.
In 2010, net capital expenditures are estimated to be in a range of $45.0 million to $50.0 million, which relates primarily to ABF. The low end of this expected 2010 range consists of road and city equipment replacements of approximately $35.0 million and real estate for terminal operations and other capital expenditures (including dock/yard equipment and technology) of approximately $10.0 million. The 2010 plan does not include an expansion in the road tractor and trailer fleets. The Company has the flexibility to adjust planned 2010 capital expenditures as business levels dictate. There is the potential for additional 2010 capital expenditures above the low-end figure of $45.0 million. These expenditures could include purchases of real estate for terminal operations, if needs and opportunities arise.
Depreciation and amortization expense is estimated to be approximately $70 million to $75 million in 2010.
Other Liquidity Information: Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, including amounts restricted, totaled $184.1 million at December 31, 2009. The Company has generated $11.8 million, $105.3 million and $143.1 million of operating cash flow for the years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Continued operating losses, primarily resulting from depressed tonnage levels, could continue to adversely affect the Company’s ability to generate cash from operations. Management believes cash generated by operations, existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and amounts available under the accounts receivable securitization program will be sufficient for the foreseeable future to maintain current operations; finance the Company’s lease commitments; letter of credit commitments; quarterly dividends; nonunion benefit plan distributions; capital expenditures; health, welfare and pension contributions under collective bargaining agreements; and other expenditures. Additional capital lease and other secured financing may also be used to fund capital expenditures. The Company also anticipates receiving approximately $30 million in tax refunds during 2010 resulting primarily from net operating loss carrybacks to prior period federal income tax returns.
The Company expects to continue to pay quarterly dividends in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurances in this regard since future dividends are dependent upon future earnings, capital requirements, the Company’s financial condition and other factors, including net worth limitations under the Company’s securitized accounts receivable facility. In response to the current prolonged freight recession, the Board of Directors of the Company reduced the quarterly dividend declared in January 2010 to $0.03 per share.

 

32


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
Financial Instruments: The Company has not historically entered into financial instruments for trading purposes, nor has the Company historically engaged in a program for fuel price hedging. No such instruments were outstanding as of December 31, 2009 or 2008.
Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements
The Company’s off-balance-sheet arrangements include future minimum rental commitments, net of noncancelable subleases, of $52.0 million under operating lease agreements primarily for terminal facilities (see Note F to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
The Company has no investments, loans or any other known contractual arrangements with unconsolidated special-purpose entities, variable interest entities or financial partnerships and has no outstanding loans with executive officers or directors of the Company.
Balance Sheet Changes
Goodwill: Goodwill decreased $60.2 million from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, primarily due to the fourth quarter 2009 impairment charge related to ABF goodwill (see Note D to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
Long-Term Debt and Current Portion of Long-Term Debt: Long-term debt, including the current portion, increased $15.4 million from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, due primarily to new capital leases related to ABF revenue equipment (see Note G to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K).
Pension and Postretirement Liabilities: Liabilities for pension and postretirement benefits decreased $22.0 million from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, due primarily to $15.5 million of contributions to the Company’s nonunion pension plan and the classification of $7.8 million of SBP liabilities, which will be distributed to retired officers in 2010, in accrued expenses at December 31, 2009. (see Note I to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
Income Taxes
The difference between the Company’s effective tax rate and the federal statutory rate primarily results from the effect of state income taxes, nondeductible expenses, and alternative fuel tax credits in 2007, 2008 and 2009; tax-exempt income in 2007; and the write-off of nondeductible goodwill in 2009. The Company’s effective tax benefit rate for 2009 was 23.0% compared to the effective tax provision rate of 41.6% for 2008 and 37.4% for 2007. The low effective tax benefit in 2009 primarily reflects the write-off of goodwill which is a nondeductible item. The 2010 effective tax rate will depend on pre-tax income or loss levels. The U.S. statutory rate of the Company is 35% and the average state tax rate, net of the associated federal deduction, is approximately 3%. However, various factors could cause the 2010 tax rate to vary significantly from the statutory rate. Specifically, continued losses could limit the Company’s ability to recognize tax benefits, which would result in a significantly lower benefit rate. Low levels of financial reporting income could produce a very high effective tax rate because of the proportionately large impact of permanent nondeductible expenses.
Management does not expect that the cash outlays for income taxes will materially exceed income tax expense during the foreseeable future. Because of statutory limitations on tax loss carrybacks, cash refunds for income taxes in 2010 may be substantially less than tax benefits that may be recorded related to any continuing operating losses, although these tax benefits may be offset in whole or in part by valuation allowances in the event the realization of these tax benefits is not judged by management to be more likely than not.
At December 31, 2009, the Company had recorded total deferred tax assets of $84.5 million and total deferred tax liabilities of $76.5 million, resulting in net deferred tax assets of $8.0 million. Net deferred tax assets include $28.0 million related to unamortized nonunion pension and postretirement benefit costs which are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The Company has evaluated the need for a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets by considering the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, taxable income in prior carryback years, future taxable income and tax-planning

 

33


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
strategies. Deferred tax liabilities scheduled to reverse in future years will offset the majority of deferred tax assets. Federal legislative changes in 2009 allow taxable losses for 2008 or 2009 to be carried back five years. After 2009, the federal loss carryback period reverts to two years. In 2008, the Company had a net operating tax loss of $29.5 million. The Company had taxable income of $88.5 million, $122.1 million, $157.1 million and $99.5 million in 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Federal taxes paid in 2004 through 2007, and in some cases, state taxes paid would be available for recovery by carryback of losses incurred for 2009 and through February 28, 2010, the end of the Company’s tax year. Because of the uncertainty regarding the level and timing of future taxable income, the expectation of future taxable income alone does not make realization of deferred tax assets more likely than not. There are tax-planning strategies available which would support deferred tax assets recorded at December 31, 2009. For example, certain expense components that generate deferred tax assets are eligible for a significantly longer carryback period if the Company so elects. Because there is sufficient taxable income in the longer carryback period, these assets, which amount to approximately $11.0 million, will be fully realized. Also, payments on the Company’s non-union pension obligation prior to September 15, 2010, and payment acceleration of other types that relate to deferred tax assets, are also available to convert deferred tax assets to refundable taxes. The Company would need approximately $23.0 million of future taxable income to realize net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2009.
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s valuation allowances totaled $3.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The Company had a valuation allowance of $0.9 million at December 31, 2009 and $0.8 million at December 31, 2008 for state net operating loss and contribution carryovers for which realization is not more likely than not. Management considered that the realization of certain state net operating losses and contribution carryovers in the state of Arkansas was not likely because the state does not allow loss carrybacks and limits the loss carryforward period to five years, and only about 5% of ABF’s business is conducted in Arkansas. The Company has a history of low levels of taxable income in Arkansas and some loss carryovers have expired unused in previous years. Due to the same factors, the Company has also established a valuation allowance of $1.3 million at December 31, 2009, for deferred tax assets related to Arkansas operations. The Company has established a valuation allowance of $0.7 million for foreign tax credit carryforwards at December 31, 2009. Foreign tax credits can be carried forward; however, the annual amount that may be used is dependent on future taxable income and realization is not more likely than not. The need for additional valuation allowances will be continually monitored by management.
Financial reporting income differs significantly from taxable income because of such items as the charge for goodwill impairment, accelerated depreciation, including bonus depreciation amounts available in recent years, pension accounting rules, and a significant number of liabilities such as vacation pay, workers’ compensation reserves and other reserves, which, for tax purposes, are generally only deductible when paid. In recent years, financial reporting income has exceeded taxable income. In 2009, the financial reporting loss exceeded the tax loss.
Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
The accounting policies (see Note B to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K) that are “critical” to understand the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and that require management to make the most difficult judgments are described as follows.
Revenue Recognition: The Company utilizes a bill-by-bill analysis to establish estimates of revenue in transit for recognition in the appropriate reporting period under the accounting policy for revenue recognition. The Company recognizes revenue based on relative transit times in each reporting period with expenses being recognized as incurred. Because the bill-by-bill methodology utilizes the approximate location of the shipment in the delivery process to determine the revenue to recognize, management believes it to be a reliable method. The Company reports revenue and purchased transportation expense on a gross basis for certain shipments where ABF utilizes a third-party carrier for pickup or delivery of freight but remains the primary obligor.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: The Company estimates its allowance for doubtful accounts based on the Company’s historical write-offs, as well as trends and factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers. In order to gather

 

34


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
information regarding these trends and factors, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers. The allowance for revenue adjustments is an estimate based on historical revenue adjustments. Actual write-offs or adjustments could differ from the allowance estimates due to a number of factors. These factors include unanticipated changes in the overall economic environment or factors and risks surrounding a particular customer. The Company continually updates the history it uses to make these estimates so as to reflect the most recent trends, factors and other information available. Actual write-offs and adjustments are charged against the allowances for doubtful accounts and revenue adjustments. Management believes this methodology to be reliable in estimating the allowances for doubtful accounts and revenue adjustments. A ten percent increase in the estimate of allowances for doubtful accounts and revenue adjustments would decrease operating results by $0.3 million on a pre-tax basis.
Revenue Equipment: The Company utilizes tractors and trailers in its motor carrier freight transportation operations. Tractors and trailers are commonly referred to as “revenue equipment” in the transportation business. Under its accounting policy for property, plant and equipment, management establishes appropriate depreciable lives and salvage values for revenue equipment based on their estimated useful lives and estimated fair values to be received when the equipment is sold or traded. Management continually monitors salvage values and depreciable lives in order to make timely, appropriate adjustments to them. ABF has reported gains on the sale of its assets in the amount of $1.4 million, $3.7 million and $4.3 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company has historically purchased revenue equipment with cash or financed through capital leases rather than utilizing off-balance-sheet financing.
The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property, plant, equipment and capitalized software that are held and used in its operations for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable . If such an event or change in circumstances is present, the Company will estimate the undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the related assets, the Company will recognize an impairment loss. The economic factors and industry environment that were considered in the goodwill impairment evaluation discussed below were also considered in assessing recoverability of long-lived assets, including revenue equipment. ABF’s equipment replacement program and strict maintenance schedules have served to minimize declines in the value of revenue equipment. Management determined that long-lived assets were not impaired as of December 31, 2009.
Goodwill: Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. The measurement of goodwill impairment consists of two steps. In the first step, a comparison is made of the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. If the results of the first test indicate that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, the second step of the impairment test is required. In the second step, an estimate of the current fair values of all assets and liabilities is made to determine the amount of implied goodwill and consequently the amount of any goodwill impairment.
While the Company’s annual impairment test date is January 1, the Company’s fourth quarter 2009 losses, combined with the challenging industry environment reflected in historically low daily tonnage levels and an aggressive pricing environment, indicated that the goodwill associated with ABF may be impaired. In the prior year goodwill evaluation, the Company assumed that available LTL tonnage would improve in the fourth quarter of 2009. However, ABF experienced reduced tonnage and pricing on its LTL business and consequently lower operating results in the fourth quarter of 2009. Based on the results of the impairment testing of goodwill, the Company recorded a noncash charge of $64.0 million for impairment of the value of ABF’s entire goodwill balance in the fourth quarter of 2009. The goodwill impairment charge, which is not tax deductible, was included in operating expenses within the ABF segment. The goodwill balance remaining at December 31, 2009 of $3.7 million was related to the second quarter 2009 acquisition of a privately-owned logistics company that is included in the Company’s business operations other than ABF.
The evaluation of goodwill impairment requires management’s judgment and the use of estimates and assumptions to determine the fair value of the ABF reporting unit. Assumptions require considerable judgment because changes in broad economic factors and industry factors can result in variable and volatile fair values. Changes in key estimates and assumptions that impact the fair value of the operations could materially affect the impairment analysis. Key assumptions in determining the step one estimated fair value for ABF included a continuing competitive freight environment, overall weakness in the economy, longer term growth rates consistent with historical trends, an increased weighted average cost of capital, and anticipated expenses including costs under the Company’s collective bargaining agreement.

 

35


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
Under the first step of the goodwill impairment evaluation, the aggregate carrying amount of ABF was compared to its fair value utilizing an equal combination of valuation methods, including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) multiples (market approach) and the present value of discounted cash flows (income approach). Incorporation of the two methods into the impairment test supported the reasonableness of conclusions reached. The valuation determined by the market approach was not significantly different from the value derived by the income approach in the current year evaluation.
To determine the EBITDA multiple, the Company obtained information from third parties for the EBITDA multiples observed for recent acquisitions in the trucking industry. For the annual impairment tests performed by the Company in the last three years, this marketplace EBITDA multiple was in the mid-single digit range. The fair value that was estimated from the market approach was negatively impacted by ABF’s recent operating losses.
The discounted cash flows model utilized in the income approach incorporates discount rates and projections of future revenue growth rates, operating margins and net capital expenditures. The projections used have changed over time based on historical performance and changing business conditions. Assumptions with respect to rates used to discount cash flows are dependent upon market interest rates and the cost of capital for the Company and the industry at a point in time. In the recent evaluation process, the 12.5% discount rate used was higher than the rate used in the prior year due to increased risk associated with extremely challenging freight conditions. The Company included a cash flow period of ten years in the income approach that, due to the length of time, assumed the occurrence of another recessionary cycle. In addition, the near-term outlook for the LTL market is highly uncertain due to the current freight recession and the negative impact of aggressive pricing. The resulting annual revenue growth rate assumption in the low to mid-single digits was generally consistent with historical trends. The assumed revenue projections were lower than the prior year estimates due to the impact of the recent recessionary period on the revenues in the base year of the cash flow model and the resulting influence on the assumed timing of a recovery in available freight tonnage. In addition, the revenue projections did not assume regional or long-haul market share gains or significant pricing improvement. The timing of estimated measurable tonnage and pricing improvement and the assumption related to future market share were significant to the associated cash flows and resulting valuation.
Based on the first step of the analysis, the carrying amount of ABF was determined to be in excess of its fair value. In completing the step two estimate of the current fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities, significant assumptions included the estimated value of previously unrecognized intangible assets, as well as the estimated appreciation in value of land and structures. These currently unrecognized amounts reduced the amount of implied goodwill in ABF. The resulting estimated values of ABF’s net assets were deducted from the fair value of ABF determined in the first step of the analysis to determine the implied fair value of goodwill. The carrying value of ABF’s goodwill exceeded its implied fair value, and, as a result, the value of ABF’s entire goodwill balance was impaired.
Management believes that the long-term economics of ABF’s business operations remain intact and that operating results will ultimately improve, although it cannot predict the timing of an economic recovery. The noncash goodwill impairment charge does not directly impact the Company’s normal business operations, liquidity or credit availability under its existing facilities, although the factors leading to the goodwill impairment have negatively impacted the Company’s operating results.
Nonunion Pension Expense: The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all noncontractual employees hired before January 1, 2006. Benefits are generally based on years of service and employee compensation. Nonunion pension expense and liability are estimated based upon a number of assumptions and using the services of a third-party actuary. The assumptions with the greatest impact on expense are the expected return on plan assets, the rate used to discount the plan’s obligations and the assumed compensation cost increase.

 

36


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
The following table provides the key assumptions used for 2009 compared to those it anticipates using for 2010 nonunion pension expense:
                 
    Year Ended December 31  
    2010     2009  
 
               
Discount rate
    5.3 %     6.3 %
Expected return on plan assets
    7.5 %     6.0 %
Rate of compensation increase
    3.2 %     3.3 %
The assumptions directly impact the nonunion pension expense for a particular year. If actual results vary from the assumption, an actuarial gain or loss is created and amortized into pension expense over the average remaining service period of the plan participants beginning in the following year. The discount rate is determined by matching projected cash distributions with the appropriate high-quality corporate bond yields in a yield curve analysis. A quarter percentage point decrease in the discount rate would increase annual nonunion pension expense by $0.3 million on a pre-tax basis. The Company establishes the expected rate of return on plan assets by considering the historical returns for the plan’s current investment mix and its investment advisor’s range of expected returns for the plan’s current investment mix. The expected rate of return on plan assets is a long-term rate, and the Company can make no assurances that the rate will be achieved. A decrease in expected returns on plan assets increases nonunion pension expense. A quarter percentage point decrease in the expected rate of return on plan assets would increase annual pension expense by approximately $0.4 million on a pre-tax basis. The Company establishes the assumed rate of compensation increase considering historical changes in compensation combined with an estimate of compensation rates for the next two years. A quarter percentage point increase in the rate of compensation increase would increase annual pension expense by approximately $0.6 million on a pre-tax basis.
At December 31, 2009, the nonunion pension plan had $70.2 million in unamortized actuarial losses, for which the amortization period is approximately nine years. The Company amortizes actuarial losses over the average remaining active service period of the plan participants. A corridor approach is not used for determining amounts to be amortized. The Company’s 2010 nonunion pension expense will include amortization of actuarial losses of approximately $7.7 million. The comparable amounts for 2009 and 2008 were $9.4 million and $3.3 million, respectively. The Company’s 2010 total nonunion pension expense will be available before its first quarter 2010 Form 10-Q filing and, based on currently available information, is expected to be approximately 10% to 15% below the 2009 expense of $20.6 million, with the decrease primarily due to the lower amortization of actuarial losses.
The nonunion pension plan assets include investments in cash equivalents, fixed income securities and equity mutual funds totaling $138.8 million, which are reported at fair value based on quoted market prices (i.e., classified as Level 1 investments in the fair value hierarchy). The remaining nonunion pension plan assets of $33.8 million are fixed income security investments, primarily corporate debt instruments, for which fair value is determined by a pricing service using a market approach with inputs derived from observable market data (i.e., classified as Level 2 investments in the fair value hierarchy). See Note I to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for disclosures related to the nonunion pension plan.
Share-Based Compensation: Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions for accounting for share-based payments using the modified-prospective transition method, which requires that the fair value of unvested stock options be recognized in the income statement over the remaining vesting period. The Company has not granted stock options since January 2004. Recognition of compensation expense related to the cost of stock options, which was based on estimated grant date fair values and assumed forfeitures, was completed in December 2008.
Since 2005, the Company has granted restricted stock and restricted stock units under its share-based compensation program. The Company amortizes the fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards, which is based on the closing market price on the date of grant, to compensation expense generally on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, taking into consideration an estimate of shares expected to vest. Share-based compensation expense totaled $6.2 million, $6.1 million and $4.9 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. See Notes B and J to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for disclosures related to share-based compensation.

 

37


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
Insurance Reserves: The Company is self-insured up to certain limits for workers’ compensation and certain third-party casualty claims. For 2009 and 2008, these limits are $1.0 million for each workers’ compensation loss and generally $1.0 million for each third-party casualty loss. Workers’ compensation and third-party casualty claims liabilities, which are reported in accrued expenses, totaled $70.2 million and $72.3 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company does not discount its claims liabilities.
Management estimates the development of the claims by applying the Company’s historical claim development factors to incurred claim amounts. Actual payments may differ from management’s estimates as a result of a number of factors, including increases in medical costs and other case-specific factors. The actual claims payments are charged against the Company’s accrued claims liabilities and have been reasonable with respect to the estimates of the liabilities made under the Company’s methodology.
Environmental Matters
The Company’s subsidiaries store fuel for use in tractors and trucks in 69 underground tanks located in 23 states. Maintenance of such tanks is regulated at the federal and, in some cases, state levels. The Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with these regulations. The Company’s underground storage tanks are required to have leak detection systems. The Company is not aware of any leaks from such tanks that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The Company has received notices from the Environmental Protection Agency and others that it has been identified as a potentially responsible party under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, or other federal or state environmental statutes, at several hazardous waste sites. After investigating the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ involvement in waste disposal or waste generation at such sites, the Company has either agreed to de minimis settlements (aggregating approximately $0.1 million over the last ten years, primarily at six sites) or believes its obligations, other than those specifically accrued for with respect to such sites, would involve immaterial monetary liability, although there can be no assurances in this regard.
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the reserve for estimated environmental clean-up costs of properties currently or previously operated by the Company totaled $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively, which is included in accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets. Amounts accrued reflect management’s best estimate of the future undiscounted exposure related to identified properties based on current environmental regulations. This estimate is based on management’s experience with similar environmental matters and on testing performed at certain sites.
Concern over climate change, including the impact of global warming, has led to significant legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions, and some form of federal climate change legislation is possible in the relatively near future. Climate change legislation has been introduced in the U.S. Congress. The Company is unable to determine with any certainty the effects of the proposals that have been introduced. However, emission-related regulatory actions have historically resulted in increased costs of revenue equipment and diesel fuel, and future legislation, if passed, could result in increases in these and other costs. Increased regulation regarding greenhouse gas emissions, including diesel engine emissions, could impose substantial costs on the Company that may adversely impact the results of operations. Until the timing, scope and extent of any future regulation becomes known, management cannot predict its effect on the Company’s cost structure or operating results.
Seasonality
ABF is impacted by seasonal fluctuations, which affect tonnage and shipment levels. Freight shipments, operating costs and earnings are also affected adversely by inclement weather conditions. The second and third calendar quarters of each year usually have the highest tonnage levels while the first quarter generally has the lowest, although other factors, including the state of the economy, may influence quarterly freight tonnage levels.
Effects of Inflation
Generally, inflationary and contractual increases in labor and fuel costs, which are discussed in the Results of Operations section of MD&A, have historically been offset through price increases and fuel surcharges. In periods of increasing fuel

 

38


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — continued
prices, the effect of higher associated fuel surcharges on the overall price to the customer influences ABF’s ability to obtain increases in base freight rates. In periods with declining fuel surcharge levels, the timing and extent of base price increases on ABF’s revenues may not correspond with contractual increases in wage rates and other inflationary increases in cost elements and as a result could adversely impact the Company’s operating results. During 2009, management believes ABF’s base LTL pricing was negative while wage rates increased on April 1, 2009 and health, welfare and pension rates increased on August 1, 2009 under the collective bargaining agreement with its union employees. ABF’s revenue equipment (tractors and trailers used primarily in ABF’s operations) will likely be replaced during its normal replacement cycles at higher costs which could result in higher depreciation charges on a per-unit basis. ABF considers these costs in setting its pricing policies, although ABF’s overall freight rate structure is governed by market forces based on value provided to the customer. As discussed above, the pricing environment has been very competitive during the economic recession and has limited ABF’s ability to offset inflationary and contractual cost increases.

 

39


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in certain interest rates, prices of diesel fuel, credit ratings, and foreign currency exchange rates. These market risks arise in the normal course of business, as the Company does not engage in speculative trading activities.
Interest Rate Risk
The instability in the financial and credit markets has created volatility in various interest rates and returns on invested assets during 2009. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments subject to fluctuations in interest rates totaled $184.1 million and $221.0 million, respectively. The weighted-average yield on cash equivalents and short-term investments was 1.5% and 2.8% in 2009 and 2008, respectively. The yield decline reflects changes in market rates.
Liabilities associated with the nonunion defined benefit pension plan, the supplemental benefit plan and the postretirement health benefit plan are remeasured on an annual basis based on discount rates which are determined by matching projected cash distributions from the plans with the appropriate high-quality corporate bond yields in a yield curve analysis. Changes in high-quality corporate bond yields will impact interest expense associated with the benefit plans as well as the amount of liabilities recorded.
The Company has historically been subject to market risk due to variable interest rates on all or a part of its borrowings under bank credit lines and continues to be subject to such risk on its accounts receivable securitization facility which became effective December 30, 2009 (see Note G to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). During 2009 and 2008, the Company incurred no borrowings and had no outstanding debt obligations other than capital leases and letters of credit which were issued under the letters of credit agreements (“LC Agreements”) (see Note F to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K) and the Credit Agreement, as applicable (see Note G to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
In December 2009 and January 2010, ABF entered into capital lease arrangements to finance certain revenue equipment (see Notes G and P to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). The monthly base rent for the lease terms is specified in the lease agreements and is not subject to interest rate changes. However, ABF could enter into additional capital lease arrangements which will be impacted by changes in interest rates until the transactions are finalized.
Other Market Risks
The Company is subject to market risk for increases in diesel fuel prices; however, this risk is mitigated by fuel surcharges which are included in the revenues of ABF based on increases in diesel fuel prices compared to relevant indexes. When fuel surcharges constitute a higher proportion of the total freight rate paid, our customers are less receptive to increases in base freight rates. Prolonged periods of inadequate base rate improvements adversely impact operating profit as elements of costs, including contractual wage rates, continue to annually increase. The Company has not historically engaged in a program for fuel price hedging and had no fuel hedging agreements outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. The Company reduces credit risk by placing its cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments with major financial institutions with high credit ratings and by investing unrestricted short-term investments in FDIC-insured certificates of deposit with varying original maturities of ninety-one days to one year. However, restricted short-term investments in certificates of deposit pledged as collateral for outstanding letters of credit under the Company’s LC Agreements may exceed federally insured limits. At December 31, 2009, the Company had certificates of deposit of $29.4 million which exceeded the FDIC-insured limit.

 

40


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK — Continued
Equity and fixed income assets held in the Company’s qualified nonunion defined benefit pension plan trust are subject to market risk. Declines in the value of plan assets resulting from the instability in the financial markets, general economic downturn or other economic factors beyond our control could diminish the funded status of the nonunion pension plan and potentially increase our requirement to make contributions to the plan. An increase in required pension plan contributions may adversely impact our financial condition and liquidity. Substantial investment losses on plan assets will also increase pension expense in the years following the losses. Investment returns that differ from expected returns are amortized to expense over the remaining active service period of plan participants (see Note I to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K). An increase in pension expense may adversely impact our results of operations. In addition, the cash surrender value of variable life insurance contracts, which totaled $13.1 million and $13.4 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, are subject to equity and fixed income market returns and, consequently, market risk.
Foreign operations are not significant to the Company’s total revenues or assets, and accordingly the Company does not have a formal foreign currency risk management policy. Revenues from non-U.S. operations amounted to approximately 2% of total revenues for 2009. Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations have not had a material impact on the Company and they are not expected to in the foreseeable future.

 

41


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The following information is included in this Item 8:
         
    43  
 
       
    44  
 
       
    46  
 
       
    47  
 
       
    48  
 
       
    49  

 

42


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Arkansas Best Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Arkansas Best Corporation as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Part IV, Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and the schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Arkansas Best Corporation at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Arkansas Best Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 24, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Rogers, Arkansas
February 24, 2010

 

43


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                 
    December 31  
    2009     2008  
    ($ thousands)  
 
               
ASSETS
               
 
               
CURRENT ASSETS
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 39,332     $ 100,880  
Short-term investment securities
    93,861       117,855  
Restricted cash equivalents and short-term investments
    50,857       2,299  
Accounts receivable, less allowances (2009 — $3,470; 2008 — $3,513)
    115,459       111,452  
Other accounts receivable, less allowances (2009 — $1,149; 2008 — $1,001)
    6,749       6,611  
Prepaid expenses
    10,390       10,670  
Deferred income taxes
    39,035       36,079  
Prepaid and refundable income taxes
    24,726       17,661  
Other
    4,333       4,683  
 
           
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS
    384,742       408,190  
 
               
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
               
Land and structures
    240,185       235,861  
Revenue equipment
    514,481       514,503  
Service, office and other equipment
    157,885       150,524  
Leasehold improvements
    21,839       21,697  
 
           
 
    934,390       922,585  
Less allowances for depreciation and amortization
    505,538       473,010  
 
           
 
    428,852       449,575  
 
               
OTHER ASSETS
    52,292       50,636  
 
               
GOODWILL
    3,660       63,897  
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 869,546     $ 972,298  
 
           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

44


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                 
    December 31  
    2009     2008  
    ($ thousands, except share data)  
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
               
CURRENT LIABILITIES
               
Bank overdraft and drafts payable
  $ 21,941     $ 15,189  
Accounts payable
    59,386       51,646  
Income taxes payable
    826       758  
Accrued expenses
    150,799       147,540  
Current portion of long-term debt
    3,603       159  
 
           
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES
    236,555       215,292  
 
               
LONG-TERM DEBT, less current portion
    13,373       1,457  
 
               
PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT LIABILITIES
    67,445       89,472  
 
               
OTHER LIABILITIES
    20,254       17,314  
 
               
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
    31,023       24,017  
 
               
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 70,000,000 shares; issued 2009: 26,749,265 shares; 2008: 26,702,222 shares
    267       267  
Additional paid-in capital
    274,663       268,396  
Retained earnings
    327,948       471,360  
Treasury stock, at cost, 1,677,932 shares
    (57,770 )     (57,770 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (44,212 )     (57,507 )
 
           
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    500,896       624,746  
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 869,546     $ 972,298  
 
           
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

45


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
                       
OPERATING REVENUES
  $ 1,472,901     $ 1,833,052     $ 1,836,878  
 
                       
OPERATING EXPENSES AND COSTS (1)
    1,641,607       1,784,528       1,752,034  
 
                 
 
                       
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
    (168,706 )     48,524       84,844  
 
                       
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
                       
Interest and dividend income
    2,853       5,937       5,671  
Interest expense and other related financing costs
    (2,389 )     (1,181 )     (1,189 )
Other, net
    2,724       (3,370 )     1,465  
 
                 
 
    3,188       1,386       5,947  
 
                 
 
                       
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (165,518 )     49,910       90,791  
 
       
FEDERAL AND STATE INCOME TAXES
                       
Current (benefit) provision
    (33,054 )     8,171       27,806  
Deferred (benefit) provision
    (4,942 )     12,571       6,160  
 
                 
 
    (37,996 )     20,742       33,966  
 
                 
 
                       
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    (127,522 )     29,168       56,825  
 
                       
LESS: NONCONTROLLING INTEREST IN
NET INCOME OF SUBSIDIARY
    367              
 
                 
 
                       
NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
  $ (127,889 )   $ 29,168     $ 56,825  
 
                 
 
                       
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
                       
Basic
  $ (5.12 )   $ 1.14     $ 2.25  
Diluted
    (5.12 )     1.14       2.23  
 
                 
 
                       
AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING
                       
Basic
    25,052,303       24,976,412       24,822,673  
Diluted
    25,052,303       25,110,539       25,018,742  
 
                 
 
                       
CASH DIVIDENDS DECLARED AND PAID PER COMMON SHARE
  $ 0.60     $ 0.60     $ 0.60  
 
                 
     
(1)  
The year ended December 31, 2009 includes a $64.0 million goodwill impairment charge (nondeductible for tax purposes). See Note D.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

46


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                                                 
                                                    Accumulated        
                    Additional                             Other        
    Common Stock     Paid-In     Retained     Treasury Stock     Comprehensive     Total  
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Earnings     Shares     Amount     Loss     Equity  
    ($ and shares, thousands)  
Balances at January 1, 2007
    26,407     $ 264     $ 250,469     $ 415,876       1,553     $ (52,825 )   $ (34,389 )   $ 579,395  
Net income
                        56,825                           56,825  
Change in foreign currency translation, net of tax of $40
                                            61       61  
Amortization of unrecognized net periodic benefit costs, net of tax of $2,831:
                                                               
Net actuarial loss
                                            4,030       4,030  
Prior service costs
                                            405       405  
Net transition obligation
                                            11       11  
Pension settlement expense, net of tax of $647 (1)
                                            1,018       1,018  
Unrecognized net actuarial gain, net of tax of $1,491
                                            2,341       2,341  
 
                                                             
Total comprehensive income
                                                            64,691  
 
                                                             
Issuance of common stock under share-based compensation plans
    142       1       2,682                                 2,683  
Tax effect of share-based compensation plans (including excess tax benefits of $683) and other
                  816                                 816  
Share-based compensation expense
                  4,911                                 4,911  
Purchases of treasury stock
                              125       (4,945 )           (4,945 )
Dividends paid on common stock
                        (15,165 )                         (15,165 )
 
                                               
Balances at December 31, 2007
    26,549       265       258,878       457,536       1,678       (57,770 )     (26,523 )     632,386  
Net income
                        29,168                           29,168  
Change in foreign currency translation, net of tax of $232
                                            (368 )     (368 )
Amortization of unrecognized net periodic benefit costs, net of tax of $2,098:
                                                               
Net actuarial loss
                                            2,845       2,845  
Prior service costs
                                            405       405  
Net transition obligation
                                            47       47  
Pension settlement expense, net of tax of $599 (1)
                                            941       941  
Unrecognized net actuarial loss, net of tax benefits of $22,190
                                            (34,854 )     (34,854 )
 
                                                             
Total comprehensive loss
                                                            (1,816 )
 
                                                             
Issuance of common stock under share-based compensation plans
    153       2       2,974                                 2,976  
Tax effect of share-based compensation plans (including excess tax benefits of $692) and other
                  438                                 438  
Share-based compensation expense
                  6,106                                 6,106  
Dividends paid on common stock
                        (15,344 )                         (15,344 )
 
                                               
Balances at December 31, 2008
    26,702       267       268,396       471,360       1,678       (57,770 )     (57,507 )     624,746  
Net loss (excluding noncontrolling interest in net income of subsidiary of $367)
                        (127,889 )                         (127,889 )
Change in foreign currency translation, net of tax of $149
                                            234       234  
Amortization of unrecognized net periodic benefit costs, net of tax of $4,376:
                                                               
Net actuarial loss
                                            6,486       6,486  
Prior service costs
                                            305       305  
Net transition obligation
                                            82       82  
Pension settlement expense, net of tax of $1,785 (1)
                                            2,803       2,803  
Unrecognized net actuarial gain, net of tax of $2,078
                                            3,266       3,266  
Increase in fair value of available for sale security, net of tax of $63
                                            119       119  
 
                                                             
Total comprehensive loss
                                                    (114,594 )
 
                                                             
Issuance of common stock under share-based compensation plans
    47             469                                 469  
Tax effect of share-based compensation plans and other
                  (359 )                               (359 )
Share-based compensation expense
                  6,157                                 6,157  
Dividends paid on common stock
                        (15,523 )                         (15,523 )
 
                                               
Balances at December 31, 2009
    26,749     $ 267     $ 274,663     $ 327,948       1,678     $ (57,770 )   $ (44,212 )   $ 500,896  
 
                                               
     
(1)  
Consists of adjustments to unrecognized actuarial loss and transition obligation in 2007 and 2008 and to unrecognized actuarial loss in 2009 as a result of pension settlement expense (see Note I).
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

47


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         
    Year Ended December 31  
    2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands)  
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (127,522 )   $ 29,168     $ 56,825  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    75,226       76,872       77,318  
Other amortization
    1,278       293       261  
Goodwill impairment charge
    63,958              
Pension settlement expense
    4,588       1,540       1,665  
Share-based compensation expense
    6,157       6,106       4,911  
Provision for losses on accounts receivable
    2,587       1,623       1,056  
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)
    (4,942 )     12,571       6,160  
Gain on sales of assets
    (1,409 )     (3,720 )     (4,351 )
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
          (692 )     (683 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
Receivables
    (3,735 )     30,568       533  
Prepaid expenses
    429       573       491  
Other assets
    790       11,087       (676 )
Accounts payable, taxes payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities (1, 2)
    (5,615 )     (60,652 )     (377 )
 
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    11,790       105,337       143,133  
 
                 
 
                       
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Purchases of property, plant and equipment, net of capital leases (1)
    (48,044 )     (58,729 )     (96,670 )
Proceeds from asset sales
    4,913       17,073       12,067  
Purchases of short-term investment securities
    (109,806 )     (146,655 )     (292,064 )
Proceeds from sales of short-term investment securities
    133,800       107,404       348,008  
Business acquisition, net of cash acquired
    (4,873 )            
Capitalization of internally developed software and other
    (5,176 )     (5,325 )     (4,599 )
 
                 
NET CASH USED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    (29,186 )     (86,232 )     (33,258 )
 
                 
 
                       
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Payments on long-term debt
    (1,433 )     (295 )     (1,360 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    14,958              
Net change in bank overdraft
    6,752       (59 )     (2,175 )
Change in restricted cash equivalents and short-term investments
    (48,558 )            
Deferred financing costs
    (817 )           (800 )
Payment of common stock dividends
    (15,523 )     (15,344 )     (15,165 )
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
          692       683  
Purchases of treasury stock
                (4,945 )
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options and other
    469       2,976       2,683  
 
                 
NET CASH USED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    (44,152 )     (12,030 )     (21,079 )
 
                 
 
                       
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (61,548 )     7,075       88,796  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    100,880       93,805       5,009  
 
                 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
  $ 39,332     $ 100,880     $ 93,805  
 
                 
     
(1)  
Does not include $0.1 million and $0.7 million of equipment which was received but not yet paid for at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
(2)  
Includes contributions to the Company’s nonunion pension plan of $15.5 million, $25.0 million and $5.0 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and payments to retiring officers under the Company’s unfunded supplemental benefit plan of $7.8 million, $6.2 million and $5.3 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

48


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE A — ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
Arkansas Best Corporation (the “Company”) is a holding company engaged, through its subsidiaries, primarily in motor carrier freight transportation. The Company’s principal operations are conducted through ABF Freight System, Inc. and other subsidiaries of the Company that are engaged in motor carrier freight transportation (collectively “ABF”).
Approximately 75% of ABF’s employees are covered under a five-year collective bargaining agreement with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters (“IBT”). The agreement with the IBT, which became effective April 1, 2008, provides for compounded annual contractual wage and benefit increases of approximately 4%, subject to wage rate cost-of-living adjustments.
NOTE B — ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
Cash and Cash Equivalents: Short-term investments that have a maturity of ninety days or less when purchased are considered cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents, which totaled $39.3 million at December 31, 2009, consisted primarily of money market funds. Interest and dividends related to cash and cash equivalents are included in interest and dividend income.
Short-Term Investments: Short-term investments consist of FDIC-insured certificates of deposit with original maturities ranging from ninety-one days to one year. Interest related to these investments is included in interest and dividend income.
Restricted Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments: Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments that are pledged as collateral, primarily for the Company’s outstanding letters of credit, are classified as restricted. The Company’s letters of credit are primarily issued in support of certain workers’ compensation and third-party casualty claims liabilities in various states in which the Company is self-insured. The restricted cash equivalents and short-term investments are classified consistent with the classification of liabilities to which they relate and in accordance with the duration of the letters of credit. Changes in the amount of restricted funds are reflected as financing activities in the statements of cash flows.
Concentration of Credit Risk: The Company’s services are provided primarily to customers throughout the United States and Canada. ABF, which represented 94% of the Company’s annual revenues for 2009, had no single customer representing more than 3% of its 2009 revenues or 8% of its accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2009. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon historical trends and factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers. Historically, credit losses have been within management’s expectations.
The Company is potentially subject to concentrations of credit risk related to financial instruments which consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. The Company reduces credit risk by placing its cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments with major financial institutions with high credit ratings and by investing unrestricted short-term investments in FDIC-insured certificates of deposit with varying original maturities of ninety-one days to one year. However, restricted short-term investments in certificates of deposit pledged as collateral for outstanding letters of credit under the Company’s letter of credit agreements may exceed federally insured limits. At December 31, 2009, the Company had certificates of deposit of $29.4 million which exceeded the FDIC-insured limit.
Allowances: The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts, revenue adjustments and deferred tax assets. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts represents an estimate of potential accounts receivable write-offs associated with recognized revenue based on historical trends and factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers. The Company writes off accounts receivable when accounts are turned over to a collection agency or when determined to be uncollectible.

 

49


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
Receivables written off are charged against the allowance. The Company’s allowance for revenue adjustments represents an estimate of potential adjustments associated with recognized revenue based upon historical trends. The Company’s valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is determined by evaluating whether it is more likely than not that the benefits of its deferred tax assets will be realized through future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, taxable income in carryback years, the reduction of future taxable income or tax-planning strategies.
Property, Plant and Equipment Including Repairs and Maintenance: The Company utilizes tractors and trailers in its motor carrier freight transportation operations. Tractors and trailers are commonly referred to as “revenue equipment” in the transportation business. Purchases of property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. For financial reporting purposes, property, plant and equipment is depreciated principally by the straight-line method, using the following lives: structures — primarily 15 to 20 years; revenue equipment — 3 to 12 years; other equipment — 2 to 15 years; and leasehold improvements — 4 to 20 years, or over the remaining life of the lease, whichever is shorter. For tax reporting purposes, accelerated depreciation or cost recovery methods are used. Gains and losses on asset sales are reflected in the year of disposal. Exchanges of nonmonetary assets that have commercial substance are measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. Tires purchased with revenue equipment are capitalized as a part of the cost of such equipment, with replacement tires being expensed when placed in service. Repair and maintenance costs associated with property, plant and equipment are expensed as incurred if the costs do not extend the useful life of the asset. If such costs do extend the useful life of the asset, the costs are capitalized and depreciated over the appropriate remaining useful life.
Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use, Including Web Site Development Costs: The Company capitalizes qualifying computer software costs incurred during the “application development stage.” For financial reporting purposes, capitalized software costs are amortized by the straight-line method over 2 to 3 years. The amount of costs capitalized within any period is dependent on the nature of software development activities and projects in each period.
Impairment Assessment of Long-Lived Assets: The Company reviews its long-lived assets, including property, plant, equipment and capitalized software that are held and used in its operations for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable . If such an event or change in circumstances is present, the Company will estimate the undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the related assets, the Company will recognize an impairment loss. The Company records impairment losses in operating income.
Assets to be disposed of are reclassified as assets held for sale at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Assets held for sale primarily represent ABF’s nonoperating properties, older revenue equipment and other equipment. Write-downs to fair value less cost to sell are reported in operating income. Assets held for sale are expected to be disposed of by selling the properties or assets within the next 12 months. Gains and losses on property and equipment are reported in operating income.
Assets held for sale are included in other noncurrent assets. During 2009, property and equipment classified as held for sale and carried at $2.8 million was sold for net gains totaling $1.2 million. At December 31, 2009, management was not aware of any events or circumstances indicating the Company’s long-lived assets would not be recoverable.
The following table is a summary of assets held for sale for the years ended December 31:
                 
    2009     2008  
    ($ thousands)  
 
       
Assets held for sale — January 1
  $ 1,133     $ 10,127  
Reclassifications of assets
    3,713       2,819  
Sale of assets
    (2,837 )     (11,813 )
 
           
 
               
Assets held for sale — December 31
  $ 2,009     $ 1,133  
 
           
Asset Retirement Obligations: The Company records estimated liabilities for the cost to remove underground storage tanks, dispose of tires and return leased real property to its original condition at the end of a lease term. The liabilities are discounted using the Company’s credit adjusted risk-free rate. Revisions to these liabilities for such costs may occur due to changes in the estimates for fuel tank removal costs, tire disposal fees and real property lease restoration costs, or changes in

 

50


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
regulations or agreements affecting these obligations. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s estimated asset retirement obligations totaled $2.2 million and $2.0 million, respectively.
Goodwill: Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. The measurement of goodwill impairment consists of two steps. In the first step, a comparison is made of the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. If the results of the first test indicate that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, the second step of the impairment test is required. In the second step, an estimate of the current fair values of all assets and liabilities is made to determine the amount of implied goodwill and consequently the amount of any goodwill impairment. The application of the impairment test resulted in a goodwill impairment charge of $64.0 million in 2009 (see Note D).
Income Taxes: Deferred income taxes are accounted for under the liability method, which takes into account the differences between the tax basis of the assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts recognized for income tax purposes. Deferred income taxes relate principally to asset and liability basis differences resulting from the timing of the depreciation and cost recovery deductions and to temporary differences in the recognition of certain revenues and expenses. The Company classifies interest and penalty amounts related to income tax matters as interest expense and operating expenses, respectively.
Claims Liabilities : The Company is self-insured up to certain limits for workers’ compensation, certain third-party casualty claims and cargo loss and damage claims. Amounts in excess of the self-insured limits are fully insured to levels which management considers appropriate for the Company’s operations. The Company’s claims liabilities have not been discounted.
The Company records a liability for self-insured workers’ compensation and third-party casualty claims based on the incurred claim amount plus an estimate of future claim development and a reserve for claims incurred but not reported. Management estimates the development of the claims by applying the Company’s historical claim development factors to incurred claim amounts. The Company is entitled to recover, from insurance carriers and insurance pool arrangements, amounts which have been previously paid by the Company for claims above the self-insurance retention level. These amounts are included in other accounts receivable, net of allowances for potentially unrecoverable amounts.
The Company records an estimate of its potential self-insured cargo loss and damage claims by estimating the amount of potential claims based on the Company’s historical trends and certain event-specific information.
Insurance-Related Assessments: The Company recorded estimated liabilities for state guaranty fund assessments and other insurance-related assessments of $0.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008. Management has estimated the amounts incurred using the best available information regarding premiums and guaranty assessments by state. These amounts are expected to be paid within a period not to exceed one year. The liabilities recorded have not been discounted.
Nonunion Defined Benefit Pension, Supplemental Pension and Postretirement Health Plans: The Company recognizes the funded status (the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligation) of its defined benefit pension plan, supplemental benefit plan (“SBP”) and postretirement health benefit plan in the balance sheet and recognizes changes in the funded status, net of tax, in the year in which they occur as a component of other comprehensive loss. Amounts recognized in other comprehensive loss are subsequently expensed as components of net periodic benefit cost in the consolidated statements of income by amortizing the amounts over the average remaining active service period of the plan participants. A corridor approach is not used for determining amounts to be amortized.
The expense and liability related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plan, SBP and postretirement health benefit plan are measured based upon a number of assumptions and using the services of a third-party actuary. Assumptions are made regarding expected retirement age, mortality, employee turnover and future increases in healthcare costs. The assumptions with the greatest impact on the Company’s expense are the discount rate used to discount the plan’s obligations, the expected return on plan assets and the assumed compensation cost increase. The discount rate is determined by matching projected cash distributions with appropriate high quality corporate bond yields in a yield curve analysis. The Company establishes the expected rate of return on plan assets by considering the historical returns for the plan’s current investment mix and its investment advisor’s range of expected returns for the plan’s current investment mix. The Company establishes the assumed rate of compensation increase considering historical changes in compensation combined with an estimate of compensation rates for the next two years.

 

51


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
The assumptions used directly impact the defined benefit pension expense for a particular year. If actual results vary from the assumption, an actuarial gain or loss results. Actuarial gains and losses that arise which are not included in net periodic benefit cost in the same period are recognized as a component of other comprehensive loss and subsequently amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost.
The Company uses December 31 as the measurement date for its defined benefit pension plan, SBP and postretirement health benefit plan.
Comprehensive Income or Loss: The Company reports the components of other comprehensive income or loss by their nature in the financial statements and displays the accumulated balance of other comprehensive income or loss separately in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity. Other comprehensive income or loss refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income or loss but excluded from net income or loss.
Revenue Recognition: Revenue is recognized based on relative transit time in each reporting period with expenses recognized as incurred. The Company utilizes a bill-by-bill analysis to establish estimates of revenue in transit for recognition in the appropriate reporting period. The Company reports revenue and purchased transportation expense on a gross basis for certain shipments where ABF utilizes a third-party carrier for pickup, linehaul or delivery of freight but remains the primary obligor.
Earnings Per Share: The calculation of earnings per share is based on the weighted-average number of common (basic earnings per share) or common equivalent shares outstanding (diluted earnings per share) during the applicable period. The dilutive effect of common stock equivalents is excluded from basic earnings per share and included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.
Share-Based Compensation: For share-based awards granted prior to January 1, 2006, the Company amortized the fair value of the awards to compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the five-year vesting period and accelerated unrecognized compensation upon a grantee’s death, disability or retirement. Share-based awards granted or modified subsequent to January 1, 2006 are amortized to compensation expense over the five-year vesting period or the period to which the employee first becomes eligible for retirement, whichever is shorter, with vesting accelerated upon death or disability. Compensation expense reflects an estimate of shares expected to be forfeited over the service period. Estimated forfeitures, which are based on historical experience, are adjusted to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from these estimates.
The fair value of restricted stock awards is determined based upon the closing market price of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant. The restricted stock awards generally vest at the end of a five-year period following the date of grant, subject to accelerated vesting due to death, disability, retirement or change-in-control provisions. The Company issues new shares upon the granting of restricted stock. However, no new shares are issued upon the granting of restricted stock units until such units become vested. Dividends or dividend equivalents are paid on all restricted stock awards during the vesting period.
The Company has not granted stock options since January 2004. Compensation expense for 2008 and 2007 includes the pro rata cost of stock options granted prior to but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based upon the grant date fair value. Tax benefits in excess of the compensation cost recognized for stock options (“excess tax benefits”) are reported as financing cash flows for those same years. Stock options generally vested in equal amounts over a five-year period and expire ten years from the date of grant. The Company issues new shares upon the exercise of stock options. The grant date fair value of stock options was estimated based on a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model that utilizes several assumptions, including expected volatility, weighted-average life and a risk-free interest rate. Expected volatilities were estimated using the historical volatility of the Company’s stock, based upon the expected term of the option. The Company was not aware of information in determining the grant date fair value that would have indicated that future volatility would be expected to be significantly different than historical volatility. The expected term of the option was derived from historical data and represents the period of time that options are estimated to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the estimated life of the option was based on the U.S. Treasury Strip rate in effect at the time of the grant.
Fair Value Measurements: The Company adopted fair value disclosure provisions with respect to its financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis effective January 1, 2008, and adopted the provisions with respect to its nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis effective January 1,

 

52


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
2009. The Company is required to disclose its fair value measurements using a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable.
Environmental Matters: The Company expenses environmental expenditures related to existing conditions resulting from past or current operations and from which no current or future benefit is discernible. Expenditures which extend the life of the related property or mitigate or prevent future environmental contamination are capitalized. Amounts accrued reflect management’s best estimate of the future undiscounted exposure related to identified properties based on current environmental regulations. The Company’s estimate is based on management’s experience with similar environmental matters and on testing performed at certain sites. The estimated liability is not reduced for possible recoveries from insurance carriers or other third parties.
Exit or Disposal Activities: The Company recognizes liabilities for costs associated with exit or disposal activities when the liability is incurred.
Variable Interest Entities: The Company has no investments in or known contractual arrangements with variable interest entities.
Segment Information: The Company uses the “management approach” for determining its reportable segment information. The management approach is based on the way management organizes the reportable segments within the Company for making operating decisions and assessing performance.
Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual amounts may differ from those estimates.
Reclassifications: Certain reclassifications of restricted cash equivalents have been made to the prior year’s financial statements to conform to the current year’s presentation. Restricted cash equivalents and short-term investments are further discussed in Note C.
NOTE C — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Financial Instruments
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments.
Cash and Cash Equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents totaling $39.3 million and $100.9 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, consist primarily of money market funds for which quoted prices are used to determine fair value.
Short-Term Investments: Short-term investments totaling $93.9 million and $117.9 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, consist of FDIC-insured certificates of deposit which are recorded at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. The Company sold $133.8 million, $107.4 million and $348.0 million in short-term investments during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, with no realized gains or losses.
Restricted Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments: At December 31, 2009, $48.0 million of restricted funds were invested in cash and certificates of deposit and recorded at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. The remaining balance of $2.9 million at December 31, 2009 and $2.3 million at December 31, 2008 consist of money market funds which are recorded at fair value as determined by quoted prices.
Long-Term Investments: Long-term investments which are reported at fair value within other long-term assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008 consist of mutual fund investments held in trust related to the Company’s Voluntary Savings Plan (“VSP”) and an insured, investment-grade available for sale auction rate debt security. The available for sale security, for which the underlying debt instrument matures in 2025, is valued using the income approach with inputs derived from observable market data. The VSP is a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (see Note I). The mutual fund investments held in trust related to the VSP are associated with the deferral of compensation, the Company’s match on deferred

 

53


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
compensation and investment earnings related to the plan. These securities are considered general assets of the Company until distributed to the participant. Quoted market prices were used to determine fair values of the mutual fund investments.
Debt: Debt reported in the consolidated balance sheets consists of capital lease obligations (see Note G).
Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value
Fair value is generally determined based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In the absence of active markets for the identical assets or liabilities, such measurements generally involve developing assumptions based on observable market data. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. These inputs form a three-level valuation hierarchy as follows:
   
Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.
   
Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
   
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are significant to the valuation model.
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
The following table presents, for each of the fair value hierarchy levels, the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31:
                                 
            2009  
            Fair Value Measurements Using  
    Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
          ($ thousands)  
Money market funds (1)
  $ 34,437     $ 34,437     $     $  
Available for sale security (2)
    780             780        
Equity, bond and money market mutual funds held in trust related to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (3)
    6,303       6,303              
 
                       
 
  $ 41,520     $ 40,740     $ 780     $  
 
                       
                                 
            2008  
            Fair Value Measurements Using  
    Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
          ($ thousands)  
Money market funds (1)
  $ 95,605     $ 95,605     $     $  
Available for sale security (2)
    608             608        
Equity, bond and money market mutual funds held in trust related to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (3)
    7,427       7,427              
 
                       
 
  $ 103,640     $ 103,032     $ 608     $  
 
                       
     
(1)  
Included in cash equivalents and restricted cash equivalents.
 
(2)  
Consists of an insured, investment-grade auction rate debt security which is included in other long-term assets. An unrealized gain of $0.1 million, net of taxes, related to the security is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2009.
 
(3)  
Securities related to the Company’s VSP and included in other long-term assets consist of U.S. and international equity mutual funds, government and corporate bond mutual funds and money market funds, held in a trust with a third-party brokerage firm. A corresponding liability is included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
NOTE D — GOODWILL
While the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test date is January 1, the Company’s fourth quarter 2009 losses, combined with the challenging industry environment reflected in historically low daily tonnage levels and an aggressive pricing environment, indicated that the goodwill associated with ABF may be impaired. In the prior year goodwill evaluation, the Company assumed that available LTL tonnage would improve in the fourth quarter of 2009. However, ABF experienced reduced tonnage and pricing on its LTL business and consequently lower operating results in the fourth quarter

 

54


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
of 2009. Based on the results of the impairment testing of goodwill, the Company recorded a noncash charge of $64.0 million for impairment of the value of ABF’s entire goodwill balance in the fourth quarter of 2009. The goodwill impairment charge, which is not tax deductible, was included in operating expenses within the ABF segment. Goodwill of $63.9 million at December 31, 2008 was attributable to ABF as a result of a 1988 leveraged buyout. Changes occurred in ABF’s goodwill asset balance during 2009 because of foreign currency translation adjustments on the portion of the goodwill related to ABF’s Canadian operations. The goodwill balance remaining at December 31, 2009 of $3.7 million was related to the second quarter 2009 acquisition of a privately-owned logistics company that is included in the Company’s business operations other than ABF.
Under the first step of the goodwill impairment evaluation, the aggregate carrying amount of ABF was compared to its fair value utilizing an equal combination of valuation methods, including earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) multiples (market approach) and the present value of discounted cash flows (income approach). Incorporation of the two methods into the impairment test supported the reasonableness of conclusions reached. The valuation determined by the market approach was not significantly different from the value derived by the income approach in the current year evaluation.
To determine the EBITDA multiple, the Company obtained information from third parties for the EBITDA multiples observed for recent acquisitions in the trucking industry. For the annual impairment tests performed by the Company in the last three years, this marketplace EBITDA multiple was in the mid-single digit range. The fair value that was estimated from the market approach was negatively impacted by ABF’s recent operating losses.
The discounted cash flows model utilized in the income approach incorporates discount rates and projections of future revenue growth rates, operating margins and net capital expenditures. The projections used have changed over time based on historical performance and changing business conditions. Assumptions with respect to rates used to discount cash flows are dependent upon market interest rates and the cost of capital for the Company and the industry at a point in time. In the recent evaluation process, the 12.5% discount rate used was higher than the rate used in the prior year due to increased risk associated with extremely challenging freight conditions. The Company included a cash flow period of ten years in the income approach that, due to the length of time, assumed the occurrence of another recessionary cycle. In addition, the near-term outlook for the LTL market is highly uncertain due to the current freight recession and the negative impact of aggressive pricing. The resulting annual revenue growth rate assumption in the low to mid-single digits was generally consistent with historical trends. The assumed revenue projections were lower than the prior year estimates due to the impact of the recent recessionary period on the revenues in the base year of the cash flow model and the resulting influence on the assumed timing of a recovery in available freight tonnage. In addition, the revenue projections did not assume regional or long-haul market share gains or significant pricing improvement. The timing of estimated measurable tonnage and pricing improvement and the assumptions related to future market share were significant to the associated cash flows and resulting valuation.
Based on the first step of the analysis, the carrying amount of ABF was determined to be in excess of its fair value. In completing the step two estimate of the current fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities, significant assumptions included the estimated value of previously unrecognized intangible assets, as well as the estimated appreciation in value of land and structures. These currently unrecognized amounts reduced the amount of implied goodwill in ABF. The resulting estimated values of ABF’s net assets were deducted from the fair value of ABF determined in the first step of the analysis to determine the implied fair value of goodwill. The carrying value of ABF’s goodwill exceeded its implied fair value, and, as a result, the value of ABF’s entire goodwill balance was impaired. The measurement of fair value of ABF’s goodwill involves the use of significant unobservable inputs, and is considered a Level 3 fair value measurement.
Management believes that the long-term economics of ABF’s business operations remain intact and that operating results will ultimately improve, although it cannot predict the timing of an economic recovery. The noncash goodwill impairment charge does not directly impact the Company’s normal business operations, liquidity or credit availability under its existing facilities, although the factors leading to the goodwill impairment have negatively impacted the Company’s operating results.

 

55


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
NOTE E — FEDERAL AND STATE INCOME TAXES
Significant components of the provision or benefit for income taxes for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                       
Current provision (benefit):
                       
Federal
  $ (33,163 )   $ 6,002     $ 21,845  
State
    (402 )     968       5,341  
Foreign
    511       1,201       620  
 
                 
 
    (33,054 )     8,171       27,806  
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred provision (benefit):
                       
Federal
    (1,333 )     10,421       5,535  
State
    (3,614 )     2,153       644  
Foreign
    5       (3 )     (19 )
 
                 
 
    (4,942 )     12,571       6,160  
 
                 
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes
  $ (37,996 )   $ 20,742     $ 33,966  
 
                 
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
Significant components of the deferred tax provision or benefit for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands)  
 
       
Amortization, depreciation and basis differences for property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets
  $ 625     $ 9,053     $ 8,472  
Changes in reserves for workers’ compensation and cargo claims
    797       2,338       (1,803 )
Revenue recognition
    41       (3,174 )     562  
Foreign tax credit carryforward
    (1,084 )            
Nonunion pension and other retirement plans
    (2,109 )     6,143       (2,860 )
Deferred compensation plans
    1,004       1,493       384  
State net operating loss carryforwards
    (2,923 )            
Share-based compensation
    (1,760 )     (1,392 )     (1,019 )
Other
    (1,708 )     (1,770 )     2,386  
Valuation allowance increase (decrease)
    2,175       (120 )     38  
 
                 
Deferred tax provision (benefit)
  $ (4,942 )   $ 12,571     $ 6,160  
 
                 

 

56


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are as follows:
                 
    2009     2008  
    ($ thousands)  
 
               
Deferred tax assets:
               
Accrued expenses
  $ 48,336     $ 49,775  
Pension liabilities
    24,490       27,744  
Postretirement liabilities other than pensions
    5,227       7,801  
Share-based compensation
    5,236       3,487  
State net operating loss carryovers
    3,829       838  
Other
    358       205  
 
           
Total deferred tax assets
    87,476       89,850  
Valuation allowance
    (3,013 )     (838 )
 
           
Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
    84,463       89,012  
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Amortization, depreciation and basis differences for property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets
    69,985       69,805  
Revenue recognition
    3,290       3,642  
Prepaid expenses
    3,176       3,503  
 
           
Total deferred tax liabilities
    76,451       76,950  
 
           
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 8,012     $ 12,062  
 
           
Reconciliation between the effective income tax rate, as computed on income or loss before income taxes, and the statutory federal income tax rate for the years ended December 31 is presented in the following table:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                       
Income tax at the statutory federal rate of 35%
  $ (57,931 )   $ 17,468     $ 31,777  
Federal income tax effects of:
                       
State income taxes
    1,406       (1,092 )     (2,160 )
Nondeductible expenses
    915       1,443       2,091  
Nondeductible goodwill impairment
    22,386              
Life insurance proceeds and changes in cash surrender value
    (913 )     1,225       (586 )
Dividends received deduction
    (18 )     (44 )     (317 )
Tax-exempt investment income
          (22 )     (1,451 )
Alternative fuel credit
    (931 )     (1,024 )     (960 )
Other
    590       (1,531 )     (1,014 )
 
                 
Federal income taxes
    (34,496 )     16,423       27,380  
State income taxes
    (4,016 )     3,121       5,985  
Foreign income taxes
    516       1,198       601  
 
                 
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes
  $ (37,996 )   $ 20,742     $ 33,966  
 
                 
Effective tax (benefit) rate
    (23.0 )%     41.6 %     37.4 %
 
                 
Income taxes paid totaled $3.8 million in 2009, $28.8 million in 2008, and $39.6 million in 2007 before income tax refunds of $30.1 million in 2009, $7.6 million in 2008, and $10.6 million in 2007.
The tax benefit for exercised options in 2009 was less than $0.1 million of which none was reflected in paid-in capital. A paid-in capital benefit could be recognized as additional information becomes available to the Company regarding stock sales by employees. The tax benefits associated with stock options exercised totaled $1.0 million in 2008 and $0.9 million in 2007, which were reflected in paid-in capital. In 2008, the Company began recognizing the income tax benefits of dividends on share-based payment awards as an increase in paid-in capital. The tax benefit of dividends on share-based payment awards reflected in paid-in capital totaled $0.2 million in 2009 and $0.1 million in 2008.
The Company had state net operating loss carryovers of approximately $27.5 million and state contribution carryovers of $0.9 million at December 31, 2009. These state net operating loss and contribution carryovers expire in twenty years or less. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had valuation allowances of $0.9 million for state net operating loss and

 

57


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
contribution carryovers, $1.3 million for deferred tax assets related to future state income tax benefits, $0.7 million related to foreign tax credit carryovers and $0.1 million related to foreign net operating loss carryovers, due to the uncertainty of realization of these items. Foreign tax credit carryovers expire in ten years. Valuation allowances were increased in 2009 for state net operating losses and state deferred tax assets of companies which operate in a state with a limited carryforward period, low levels of historical income and limited options for tax planning strategies.
During 2007, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) completed an examination of the Company’s federal income tax return for 2004, and no changes were made to the Company’s return. The Company is under examination by certain state taxing authorities. Although the outcome of tax audits is always uncertain and could result in payment of additional taxes, the Company does not believe the results of any of these audits will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted accounting and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions, which requires a two-step approach to evaluate tax positions. This approach involves recognizing any tax positions that are more likely than not to occur and then measuring those positions to determine the amounts to be recognized in the financial statements. Federal income tax returns filed for years through 2005 are closed by the applicable statute of limitations. The Company has determined that no reserves for uncertain tax positions were required at December 31, 2009 and 2008 or during the years then ended. The Company is not aware of any matters that would cause a significant change in this determination in 2010.
Interest expense related to amended federal and state income tax returns yet to be filed was less than $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the accrued interest liability, which related to federal and state income taxes to be paid on amended returns, totaled $0.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively. Interest of $0.4 million was paid related to federal and state income taxes in 2009. Less than $0.1 million of interest was paid related to state income taxes, and no interest was paid related to federal income taxes during 2008 and 2007.
NOTE F — OPERATING LEASES AND COMMITMENTS
While the Company maintains ownership of most of its larger terminals and distribution centers, certain facilities and equipment are leased. Rental expense totaled $18.3 million, $16.2 million and $14.7 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The future minimum rental commitments, net of minimum rentals to be received under noncancelable subleases, as of December 31, 2009, for all noncancelable operating leases are as follows:
                         
                    Equipment  
Period   Total     Terminals     and Other  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                       
2010
  $ 11,410     $ 11,235     $ 175  
2011
    10,012       9,866       146  
2012
    7,440       7,440        
2013
    5,728       5,728        
2014
    4,540       4,540        
Thereafter
    12,839       12,839        
 
                 
 
  $ 51,969     $ 51,648     $ 321  
 
                 
Certain of the leases are renewable for additional periods with similar rent payments. In addition to the above, the Company has guaranteed rent payments through March 2012 totaling $0.6 million for office space that continues to be leased by Clipper Exxpress Company, an intermodal transportation subsidiary that was sold in June 2006. Future minimum rentals to be received under noncancelable subleases totaled approximately $0.1 million at December 31, 2009.
Commitments to purchase revenue equipment, property and other equipment, which are cancelable by the Company if certain conditions are met, were approximately $26.9 million at December 31, 2009.

 

58


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
In 2009, the Company entered into agreements with four financial institutions to provide collateralized facilities for the issuance of letters of credit (“LC Agreements”). The Company issues letters of credit primarily in support of workers’ compensation and third-party casualty claims liabilities in various states in which the Company is self-insured. The Company has up to $90.0 million of availability for the issuance of letters of credit under the LC Agreements of which $75.0 million is committed subject to the Company’s compliance with the requirements of issuance. The LC Agreements require cash or short-term investments to be pledged as collateral for outstanding letters of credit. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had $48.9 million outstanding in letters of credit under the LC Agreements of which $48.5 million were collateralized by restricted cash equivalents and short-term investments (see Note C).
NOTE G — LONG-TERM DEBT AND FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
Long-term debt consists of capital lease obligations as follows:
                 
    December 31  
    2009     2008  
    ($ thousands)  
 
               
Capitalized lease obligations
  $ 16,976     $ 1,616  
Less current portion
    3,603       159  
 
           
 
  $ 13,373     $ 1,457  
 
           
In December 2009, ABF entered into capital lease agreements to finance $15.0 million of revenue equipment. These capital lease agreements specify the monthly base rent and interest rates over the 36-month terms. The arrangements contain a rental adjustment clause for which the maximum amount has been included in the final payment of the future minimum payments under the capital leases in the table below.
The Company also has other capitalized lease obligations related to real estate and certain computer equipment. The future minimum payments under capitalized leases at December 31, 2009, consisted of the following:
                                 
            Revenue             Equipment  
    Total     Equipment     Terminals     and Other  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                               
2010
  $ 4,205     $ 3,878     $ 168     $ 159  
2011
    4,202       3,878       182       142  
2012
    4,207       3,879       186       142  
2013
    4,761       4,487       193       81  
2014
    250             199       51  
Thereafter
    1,105             1,105        
 
                       
Total minimum lease payments
    18,730       16,122       2,033       575  
Less amounts representing interest
    1,754       1,164       520       70  
 
                       
Present value of net minimum leases included in long-term debt
  $ 16,976     $ 14,958     $ 1,513     $ 505  
 
                       
Assets held under capitalized leases at December 31 are included in property, plant and equipment as follows:
                 
    2009     2008  
    ($ thousands)  
 
               
Land and structures (terminals)
  $ 1,780     $ 1,529  
Revenue equipment
    14,958        
Service, office and other equipment
    622       151  
 
           
 
    17,360       1,680  
Less accumulated amortization
    538       290  
 
           
 
  $ 16,822     $ 1,390  
 
           

 

59


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
The Company’s capital lease obligations have a weighted-average interest rate of 4.25% at December 31, 2009. The Company paid interest of $0.5 million in 2009, $0.5 million in 2008, and $0.6 million in 2007, net of capitalized interest which totaled $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Amortization of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.
On December 30, 2009, the Company entered into a two-year, asset-backed securitization program with SunTrust Bank, which provides for cash proceeds of an amount up to $75.0 million. Under this agreement, ABF continuously sells a designated pool of trade accounts receivables to a wholly owned subsidiary, which in turn may borrow funds on a revolving basis. This wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary is a separate bankruptcy-remote entity and its assets would be available only to satisfy the claims related to the interest in the trade accounts receivables. The Company also pays annual fees equal to 0.75% of the unused portion of the accounts receivable facility. This agreement contains representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default that are customary for financings of this type, including maintaining consolidated tangible net worth, as defined, of $375.0 million. As of December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with the covenants. As of December 31, 2009, there were no borrowings under this facility, and the borrowing capacity was $74.0 million.
In December 2009, the Company terminated its $325.0 million Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) dated May 4, 2007. There were no borrowings outstanding under the Credit Agreement on the date of termination. Deferred financing costs of $1.0 million were expensed in the fourth quarter of 2009 in conjunction with the termination of the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2008, there were no outstanding revolver advances and $50.9 million of outstanding letters of credit issued under the facility.
NOTE H — ACCRUED EXPENSES
                 
    December 31  
    2009     2008  
    ($ thousands)  
 
               
Accrued compensation
  $ 11,911     $ 11,630  
Accrued vacation pay
    39,168       40,115  
Taxes other than income
    7,388       6,960  
Loss, injury, damage and workers’ compensation claims reserves
    78,224       80,539  
Current portion of supplemental pension benefits
    7,753        
Other
    6,355       8,296  
 
           
 
  $ 150,799     $ 147,540  
 
           
NOTE I — EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Nonunion Defined Benefit Pension, Supplemental Pension and Postretirement Health Plans
The Company has a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all noncontractual employees hired before January 1, 2006. Noncontractual employees hired after 2005 participate in a defined contribution plan (see Defined Contribution Plans within this note). Benefits under the defined benefit pension plan are generally based on years of service and employee compensation. The Company’s contributions to the defined benefit pension plan are based upon the minimum funding levels required under provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “PPA”), with the maximum contributions not to exceed deductible limits under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”).
The Company also has an unfunded supplemental benefit plan (“SBP”) for the purpose of supplementing benefits under the Company’s defined benefit pension plan. Under the SBP, the Company will pay sums in addition to amounts payable under the defined benefit plan to eligible participants. Participation in the SBP is limited to employees of the Company who are participants in the Company’s defined benefit plan and who are designated as participants in the SBP by the Company’s Board of Directors. The SBP provides for a lump-sum payment following termination made in accordance with the six month delay provision for key employees as required by section 409A of the IRC. The Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (“Compensation Committee”) elected to close the SBP to new entrants and to place a cap on

 

60


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
the maximum payment per participant to existing participants in the SBP effective January 1, 2006. In place of the SBP, eligible officers of the Company appointed after 2005 participate in a long-term cash incentive plan (see Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan within this note).
Effective December 31, 2009, the Compensation Committee elected to freeze the accrual of benefits for remaining participants under the SBP, resulting in a plan curtailment. The Compensation Committee provided the SBP participants an option to freeze their SBP benefits without early retirement penalties and continue participation in the deferred salary agreement program (see Deferred Compensation Plans within this note) or to freeze their benefits in both the SBP and deferred salary agreement program and begin participation in the Company’s long-term cash incentive plan. With the exception of early retirement penalties that may apply in certain cases, the valuation inputs for calculating the frozen SBP benefits to be paid to participants, including final average salary and the interest rate, were established at December 31, 2009. The curtailment decreased the projected benefit obligation resulting in a curtailment gain of $0.1 million, which was netted with the unrecognized actuarial loss at December 31, 2009, to be amortized over the remaining service period of the SBP participants.
The Company also sponsors an insured postretirement health benefit plan that provides supplemental medical benefits, dental benefits, accident insurance and vision care primarily to certain officers of the Company and certain subsidiaries. The plan is generally noncontributory with the Company paying the premiums.
The following table discloses the changes in benefit obligations and plan assets of the Company’s nonunion benefit plans for years ended December 31, the measurement date of the plans:
                                                 
    Nonunion Defined     Supplemental     Postretirement  
    Benefit Pension Plan     Benefit Pension Plan     Health Benefit Plan  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                                               
Change in benefit obligations
                                               
Benefit obligations at beginning of year
  $ 201,985     $ 196,253     $ 19,084     $ 24,181     $ 19,889     $ 19,467  
Service cost
    9,082       9,178       572       581       170       173  
Interest cost
    12,361       11,733       982       1,070       1,110       1,168  
Actuarial loss (gain) and other
    16,717       2,652       3,677       (530 )     (6,899 )     (106 )
Benefits paid
    (21,716 )     (17,831 )     (7,772 )     (6,218 )     (810 )     (813 )
 
                                   
Benefit obligations at end of year
    218,429       201,985       16,543       19,084       13,460       19,889  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Change in plan assets
                                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    150,576       184,717                          
Actual return (loss) on plan assets and other
    28,274       (41,310 )                        
Employer contributions
    15,500       25,000       7,772       6,218       810       813  
Benefits paid
    (21,716 )     (17,831 )     (7,772 )     (6,218 )     (810 )     (813 )
 
                                   
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    172,634       150,576                          
 
                                   
Funded status
  $ (45,795 )   $ (51,409 )   $ (16,543 )   $ (19,084 )   $ (13,460 )   $ (19,889 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 193,700     $ 181,199     $ 16,543     $ 16,341     $ 13,460     $ 19,889  
 
                                   
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31 consist of the following:
                                                 
    Nonunion Defined     Supplemental     Postretirement  
    Benefit Pension Plan     Benefit Pension Plan     Health Benefit Plan  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
    ($ thousands)  
 
       
Current liabilities (included in accrued expenses)
  $     $     $ (7,753 )   $     $ (600 )   $ (910 )
Noncurrent liabilities (included in pension and postretirement liabilities)
    (45,795 )     (51,409 )     (8,790 )     (19,084 )     (12,860 )     (18,979 )
 
                                   
Liabilities recognized
  $ (45,795 )   $ (51,409 )   $ (16,543 )   $ (19,084 )   $ (13,460 )   $ (19,889 )
 
                                   

 

61


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
The following is a summary of the components of net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s nonunion benefit plans for the years ended December 31:
                                                                         
    Nonunion Defined     Supplemental     Postretirement  
    Benefit Pension Plan     Benefit Pension Plan     Health Benefit Plan  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                                                                       
Components of net periodic benefit cost
                                                                       
Service cost
  $ 9,082     $ 9,178     $ 9,995     $ 572     $ 581     $ 796     $ 170     $ 173     $ 185  
Interest cost
    12,361       11,733       11,030       982       1,070       1,256       1,110       1,168       1,140  
Expected return on plan assets
    (9,434 )     (13,718 )     (14,044 )                                    
Transition (asset) obligation recognition
                            (57 )     (116 )     135       135       135  
Amortization of prior service (credit) cost
    (897 )     (897 )     (897 )     1,396       1,560       1,560                    
Pension settlement expense
                      4,588       1,540       1,665                    
Recognized net actuarial loss (1)
    9,440       3,274       4,153       607       723       1,408       568       657       1,034  
 
                                                     
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 20,552     $ 9,570     $ 10,237     $ 8,145     $ 5,417     $ 6,569     $ 1,983     $ 2,133     $ 2,494  
 
                                                     
     
(1)  
The Company amortizes actuarial losses over the average remaining active service period of the plan participants and does not use a corridor approach.
The following is a summary of the cash distributions and pension settlement expense related to the SBP for the years ended December 31:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands, except per share data)  
 
                       
Distributions
  $ 7,772     $ 6,218     $ 5,255  
Pension settlement expense, pre-tax
  $ 4,588     $ 1,540     $ 1,665  
Pension settlement expense per diluted share, net of taxes
  $ 0.11     $ 0.04     $ 0.04  
Based on available information, the Company anticipates making distributions of $7.8 million from the SBP in 2010 related to officer retirements that occurred in 2009. These distribution amounts were fixed at the retirement date, but IRC Section 409A requires that distributions to certain key employees be delayed for six months after retirement. The pension settlement expense related to these distributions was recognized in 2009 and is included in the table above.
Included in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31 are the following pre-tax amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic benefit cost:
                                                 
    Nonunion Defined     Supplemental     Postretirement  
    Benefit Pension Plan     Benefit Pension Plan     Health Benefit Plan  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                                               
Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss
  $ 70,236     $ 81,798     $ 2,810     $ 4,329     $ (1,522 )   $ 5,945  
Unrecognized prior service (credit) cost
    (7 )     (903 )           1,396              
Unrecognized net transition obligation
                            397       532  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 70,229     $ 80,895     $ 2,810     $ 5,725     $ (1,125 )   $ 6,477  
 
                                   

 

62


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
The following amounts, which are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost in 2010 on a pre-tax basis:
                         
    Nonunion Defined     Supplemental     Postretirement  
    Benefit Pension Plan     Benefit Pension Plan     Health Benefit Plan  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                       
Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss
  $ 7,721     $ 235     $ (148 )
Unrecognized prior service credit
    (7 )            
Unrecognized net transition obligation
                135  
 
                 
Total
  $ 7,714     $ 235     $ (13 )
 
                 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine nonunion benefit obligations at December 31 were as follows:
                                                 
    Nonunion Defined     Supplemental     Postretirement  
    Benefit Pension Plan     Benefit Pension Plan     Health Benefit Plan  
    2009     2008     2009     2008     2009     2008  
 
                                               
Discount rate (1)
    5.3 %     6.3 %     4.8 %     6.1 %     5.9 %     6.1 %
Rate of compensation increase (2)
    3.2 %     3.3 %     N/A       4.0 %     N/A       N/A  
 
     
(1)  
The discount rate was determined at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
(2)  
The compensation assumption is not applicable to the SBP as of December 31, 2009 due to benefits being frozen.
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the Company’s nonunion benefit plans for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
                                                                         
    Nonunion Defined     Supplemental     Postretirement  
    Benefit Pension Plan     Benefit Pension Plan     Health Benefit Plan  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  
 
                                                                       
Discount rate (1)
    6.3 %     6.1 %     5.8 %     6.1 %     5.8 %     5.5 %     6.1 %     6.5 %     5.8 %
Expected return on plan assets
    6.0 %     7.6 %     7.9 %     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Rate of compensation increase
    3.3 %     3.3 %     4.0 %     4.0 %     4.0 %     4.0 %     N/A       N/A       N/A  
 
     
(1)  
The discount rate was determined at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, for the years 2009, 2008 and 2007.
The assumed health care cost trend rates for the Company’s postretirement health benefit plan at December 31 were as follows:
                 
    2009 (1)     2008  
 
               
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
    7.2 %     9.0 %
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline
    5.6 %     5.5 %
Year that the rate reaches the cost trend assumed rate
    2018       2017  
 
     
(1)  
For December 31, 2009, the number of years to the ultimate trend rate was extended beyond the actuarial assumptions used in prior years. The table above provides comparable information with December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2009, the health care cost trend rate is assumed to decline to an ultimate trend rate of 4.0% in 2085.

 

63


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
The health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects on the Company’s postretirement health benefit plan for the year ended December 31, 2009:
                 
    One Percentage Point  
    Increase     Decrease  
    ($ thousands)  
 
               
Effect on total of service and interest cost components
  $ 200     $ (163 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
  $ 2,033     $ (1,554 )
The Company establishes the expected long-term rate of return on defined benefit pension plan assets by considering the historical returns for the current mix of investments. In addition, consideration is given to the range of expected returns for the pension plan investment mix provided by the plan’s investment advisors. This approach is intended to establish a long-term, nonvolatile rate. The Company’s long-term expected rate of return utilized in determining its 2010 defined benefit pension plan expense is expected to be 7.5%.
The weighted-average asset allocation of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan at December 31 is summarized in the following table:
                 
    2009     2008  
Equity Securities
               
Large Cap U.S. Equity
    36.5 %     28.4 %
Small Cap U.S. Equity
    16.0       12.1  
International Equity
    10.3       7.6  
 
               
Fixed Income Securities
               
Fixed Income
    36.0       39.0  
Cash Equivalents
    1.2       12.9  
 
           
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %
 
           
The investment strategy for the Company’s defined benefit pension plan is to maximize the long-term return on plan assets subject to an acceptable level of investment risk, liquidity risk and long-term funding risk utilizing target asset allocations for investments. The plan’s long-term asset allocation policy is intended to achieve a reasonable return, protect or improve the purchasing power of plan assets and provide adequate diversification to limit the possibility of experiencing a substantial loss over a one-year period.
At December 31, 2009, the target allocations and acceptable ranges were as follows:
                 
    Target     Acceptable  
    Allocation     Range  
Equity Securities
               
Large Cap U.S. Equity
    35.0 %     30.0% – 40.0%  
Small Cap U.S. Equity
    15.0 %     11.0% – 19.0%  
International Equity
    10.0 %     8.0% – 12.0%  
 
               
Fixed Income Securities
               
Fixed Income
    40.0 %     35.0% – 45.0%  
Cash Equivalents
    0.0 %     0.0% – 5.0%  
Investment balances and results are reviewed quarterly. Although investment allocations which fall outside the acceptable range at the end of any quarter are usually rebalanced based on the target allocation, the Company has the discretion to maintain cash or other short-term investments during periods of market volatility. Investment performance is generally compared to the three-to-five year performance of recognized market indices.
Certain types of investments and transactions are prohibited or restricted by the Company’s written investment policy, including, but not limited to, borrowing of money; purchase of securities on margin; short sales; purchase or sale of futures; options or derivatives for speculation or leverage; private placements; purchase or sale of commodities; or illiquid interests in real estate or mortgages. Index funds are primarily used for investments in equity and, historically, for fixed income securities. During 2009, the Company invested a portion of the fixed income assets into an actively managed short-term fixed income portfolio. The objectives of this portfolio are to preserve principal and maintain an investment maturity

 

64


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
structure that matches scheduled cash flows of benefit payments. In addition to the requirements of the investment policy, certain investment restrictions apply to the actively managed portfolio, including: minimum acceptable credit quality of securities; maximum average maturity of investments of 2.5 years; maximum maturity of investments of 5 years; and, at the time of purchase, no single issue or issuer other than U.S. government securities representing more than 5% of portfolio investments and no more than 20% of the portfolio invested in BBB rated debt or collectively in mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities.
The fair value of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan assets at December 31, 2009, by major asset category and fair value hierarchy level (see Note C), were as follows:
                                 
            Fair Value Measurements Using  
            Quoted Prices     Significant     Significant  
            In Active     Observable     Unobservable  
            Markets     Inputs     Inputs  
    Total     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
            ($ thousands)  
 
                               
Cash equivalents (1)
  $ 2,123     $ 2,123     $     $  
Fixed income securities (2)
    62,118       28,295       33,823        
Large cap U.S. equity
    63,013       63,013              
Small cap U.S. equity
    27,579       27,579              
International equity
    17,801       17,801              
 
                       
 
  $ 172,634     $ 138,811     $ 33,823     $  
 
                       
     
(1)  
Consists of cash deposit and money market mutual funds.
 
(2)  
Level 1 investments consist of a bond mutual fund. Level 2 investments include corporate debt securities (82%), mortgage- or asset-backed securities (9%) and other fixed income securities (9%), primarily commercial paper. The fair value measurements of Level 2 investments are provided by a pricing service which uses the market approach with inputs derived from observable market data.
Based upon current information, the Company does not expect to have cash outlays for required minimum contributions, but could make tax-deductible contributions, to its defined benefit pension plan in 2010.
Estimated future benefit payments from the Company’s defined benefit pension, SBP and postretirement health benefit plans, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows:
                         
    Nonunion Defined     Supplemental     Postretirement  
    Benefit Pension Plan     Benefit Pension Plan     Health Benefit Plan  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                       
2010
  $ 20,666     $ 7,753     $ 597  
2011
    20,826             651  
2012
    19,738       3,651       701  
2013
    18,440             737  
2014
    17,341             734  
2015-2019
    79,263       7,135       4,293  
Deferred Compensation Plans
The Company has deferred salary agreements with certain executives for which liabilities of $7.2 million and $6.4 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, have been recorded. The deferred salary agreements include a provision that immediately vests all benefits and provides for a lump-sum payment upon a change in control of the Company. The Compensation Committee elected to close the deferred salary agreement program to new entrants effective January 1, 2006. In place of the deferred salary agreement program, officers appointed after 2005 participate in the Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan (see Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan within this note). In conjunction with the SBP curtailment effective December 31, 2009 (see Nonunion Defined Benefit Pension, Supplemental Pension and Postretirement Health Plans within this note), two participants elected to freeze their benefits in the deferred salary agreement program and begin participation in the Company’s long-term cash incentive plan.

 

65


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
An additional benefit plan provides certain death and retirement benefits for certain officers and directors of an acquired company and its former subsidiaries. The Company has recorded liabilities of $1.3 million and $1.4 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for future costs under this plan.
The Company maintains a Voluntary Savings Plan, a nonqualified deferred compensation program for the benefit of certain executives of the Company and certain subsidiaries. Eligible employees may defer receipt of a portion of their regular compensation, incentive compensation and other bonuses into the Voluntary Savings Plan by making an election before the compensation is payable. The Company credits participants’ accounts with applicable matching contributions and rates of return based on a portfolio selected by the participants from the investments available in the plan. All deferrals, Company match and investment earnings are considered part of the general assets of the Company until paid. Accordingly, the consolidated balance sheets reflect the aggregate participant balances as both an asset and a liability of the Company. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, $6.3 million and $7.4 million, respectively, are included in other assets with a corresponding amount recorded in other liabilities. The Company match related to the Voluntary Savings Plan was suspended beginning January 1, 2010.
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company and its subsidiaries have various defined contribution 401(k) plans that cover substantially all of its employees. The plans permit participants to defer a portion of their salary up to a maximum of 75% as provided in Section 401(k) of the IRC. The Company has historically matched 50% of nonunion participant contributions up to the first 6% of annual compensation for certain participating subsidiaries. The plans also allow for discretionary Company contributions determined annually. The Company’s matching expense for the 401(k) plans totaled $3.7 million for 2009, $4.2 million for 2008, and $4.4 million for 2007. The Company match was suspended beginning January 1, 2010.
In place of the Company’s defined benefit pension plan, all nonunion employees hired subsequent to December 31, 2005, participate in a defined contribution plan into which the Company may make discretionary contributions. Participants will be fully vested in the contributions made to their account after three years of service. All employees who were participants in the defined benefit pension plan on December 31, 2005, will continue in that plan. The Company suspended the discretionary match on the defined contribution plan for 2009. In 2008 and 2007, the Company recognized expense of $1.1 million and $0.8 million, respectively, related to its contributions to this plan.
Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan
Pursuant to stockholder approval of the 2005 Ownership Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee created a performance-based Long-Term Cash Incentive Plan (the “C-LTIP”) effective in January 2006. Participants in the C-LTIP are officers of the Company or its subsidiaries who are not participants in the Company’s SBP or deferred salary agreement program. The C-LTIP incentive, which is generally earned over three years, is based 60% on return on capital employed and 40% on the Company achieving specified levels of profitability or earnings per share growth, as defined in the C-LTIP. Incentive targets of $0.3 million, earned for the three-year plan that ended December 31, 2008, were paid in early 2009. Minimum levels of return on capital employed and growth were not achieved in 2009 and, as a result, no expense for estimated future distributions under the C-LTIP was accrued as of December 31, 2009.
Other Plans
Other long-term assets include $36.7 million and $36.4 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, in cash surrender value of life insurance policies. These policies are intended to provide funding for long-term nonunion benefit arrangements such as the Company’s SBP and certain deferred compensation plans. A portion of the Company’s cash surrender value of variable life insurance policies have investments, through separate accounts, in equity and fixed income securities and are, therefore, subject to market volatility. In 2009, the Company took a loan of $2.0 million against the variable life policies which is netted against the related cash surrender value and for which repayment is not required. The Company recognized a gain of $2.6 million, a loss of $3.6 million and a gain of $1.7 million in other expense during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, associated with changes in the cash surrender value and proceeds from life insurance policies.

 

66


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
Multiemployer Plans
Under the provisions of the Taft-Hartley Act, retirement and health care benefits for ABF’s contractual employees are provided by a number of multiemployer plans. The trust funds for these plans are administered by trustees, an equal number of whom generally are appointed by the IBT and certain management carrier organizations or other appointing authorities for employer trustees, as set forth in the fund’s trust agreements. ABF contributes to these plans monthly based generally on the time worked by its contractual employees, as specified in the collective bargaining agreement and other supporting supplemental agreements. ABF recognizes as expense the contractually required contribution for the period and recognizes as a liability any contributions due and unpaid. The Company intends to meet its obligations to the multiemployer plans under its collective bargaining agreement with the IBT.
In 2006, the PPA became law and together with related regulations established new minimum funding requirements for multiemployer pension plans. The PPA mandates that multiemployer pension plans that are below certain funding levels or that have projected funding deficiencies adopt a funding improvement plan or a rehabilitation program to improve the funding levels over a defined period of time. The PPA also accelerates the timing of annual funding notices and requires additional disclosures from multiemployer pension plans, if such plans fall below the required funding levels. In December 2008, the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 (the “Recovery Act”) became law. For plan years beginning October 1, 2008 through September 30, 2009, the Recovery Act allows multiemployer plans the option to freeze their funding certification based on the funding status of the previous plan year. In addition, the Recovery Act provides multiemployer plans in endangered or critical status in plan years beginning in 2008 or 2009 a three-year extension of the plan’s funding improvement or rehabilitation period.
ABF currently contributes to 26 multiemployer pension plans, which vary in size and in funding status. In the event of the termination of a multiemployer pension plan or if ABF were to withdraw from a multiemployer pension plan, under current law, ABF would have material liabilities for its share of the unfunded vested liabilities of each such plan. ABF has not received notification of any plan termination, and ABF does not currently intend to withdraw from these plans. Therefore, the Company believes the occurrence of events that would require recognition of liabilities for its share of unfunded vested benefits is remote.
Approximately 50% of ABF’s contributions are made to the Central States Southeast and Southwest Area Pension Fund (the “Central States Pension Fund”). The Central States Pension Fund adopted a rehabilitation plan as a result of its actuarial certification for the plan year beginning January 1, 2008 which placed the Central States Pension Fund in “critical status” in accordance with the PPA. ABF’s current collective bargaining agreement complies with the rehabilitation plan which was adopted by the Central States Pension Fund prior to the April 1, 2008 effective date of the collective bargaining agreement. The actuarial certification for the plan year beginning January 1, 2009 certified that the Central States Pension Fund remains in critical status with a funded percentage of 58%.
In 2005, the IRS extended the period over which the Central States Pension Fund amortizes unfunded liabilities by ten years subject to the condition that a targeted funding ratio will be maintained by the fund. Due, in part, to the decline in asset values associated with the returns in the financial markets during 2008, the funding level of the Central States Pension Fund as of the January 1, 2009 actuarial valuation dropped below the targeted funding ratio set forth as a condition of the ten-year amortization extension. However, the amortization extension approved by the IRS in 2005 expressly indicated that modifications of conditions would be considered in the event of unforeseen market fluctuations which cause the plan to fail the funded ratio condition for a certain plan year. Based on information currently available to the Company, the Central States Pension Fund has not received notice of revocation of the ten-year amortization extension by the IRS. In the unlikely event the IRS were to revoke the extension, revocation would apply retroactively to the 2004 plan year, which would result in a material liability for ABF’s share of the resulting funding deficiency, the extent of which is currently unknown to the Company. The Company believes that the occurrence of events that would require recognition of liabilities for ABF’s share of a funding deficiency is remote.
Other multiemployer pension plans in which ABF participates have adopted or will have to adopt either a funding improvement plan or a rehabilitation program, depending on their current funding status as required by the PPA. The Company believes that the contribution rates under ABF’s collective bargaining agreement will comply with any rehabilitation plan that has been or may be adopted by the majority of the multiemployer pension plans in which ABF participates. If the contribution rates in the collective bargaining agreement fail to meet the requirements established by the rehabilitation or funding improvement plan required by the PPA for underfunded plans, the PPA would impose additional

 

67


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
contribution requirements on ABF in the form of a surcharge of an additional 5% to 10%. However, under the current collective bargaining agreement, which extends through March 31, 2013, any surcharges that may be required by the PPA are covered by the contractual contribution rate and should not increase ABF’s overall contribution obligation.
Health, welfare and pension benefit costs under the Company’s collective bargaining agreement increased 7.5% and 8.1% effective August 1, 2009 and August 1, 2008, respectively. ABF’s aggregate contributions to the multiemployer health, welfare and pension plans for the years ended December 31 are as follows:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                       
Health and welfare
  $ 99,282     $ 108,792     $ 108,132  
Pension
    107,585       111,064       109,959  
 
                 
Total contributions to multiemployer plans
  $ 206,867     $ 219,856     $ 218,091  
 
                 
NOTE J — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock: The following table is a summary of dividends declared during the applicable quarter:
                                                 
    2009     2008     2007  
    Per Share     Amount     Per Share     Amount     Per Share     Amount  
    ($ thousands, except per share data)  
 
                                               
First quarter
  $ 0.15     $ 3,847     $ 0.15     $ 3,803     $ 0.15     $ 3,780  
Second quarter
  $ 0.15     $ 3,893     $ 0.15     $ 3,846     $ 0.15     $ 3,790  
Third quarter
  $ 0.15     $ 3,892     $ 0.15     $ 3,848     $ 0.15     $ 3,790  
Fourth quarter
  $ 0.15     $ 3,891     $ 0.15     $ 3,847     $ 0.15     $ 3,805  
Stockholders’ Rights Plan: Under the Company’s stockholders’ rights plan, each issued and outstanding share of Common Stock has associated with it one Common Stock right to purchase a share of Common Stock from the Company at an exercise price of $80 per right. The rights are not currently exercisable, but could become exercisable if certain events occur, including the acquisition of 15% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company. Under certain conditions, the rights will entitle holders, other than an acquirer in a nonpermitted transaction, to purchase shares of Common Stock with a market value of two times the exercise price of the right. The rights will expire in 2011 unless extended. On May 18, 2007, the Company amended its stockholders’ rights plan to permit a named stockholder to beneficially own up to 17.999% of the Company’s Common Stock without causing the rights to become exercisable.
Treasury Stock: The Company has a program to repurchase its Common Stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. In 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized stock repurchases of up to $25.0 million and in 2005, an additional $50.0 million was authorized for a total of $75.0 million. As of December 31, 2009, the Company has purchased 1,618,150 shares for an aggregate cost of $56.8 million, leaving $18.2 million available for repurchase under the current buyback program. The program has no expiration date but may be terminated at any time at the Board of Directors’ discretion. Repurchases may be made using the Company’s cash reserves or other available sources.
Stock Awards: As of December 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding stock options granted under the 1992 Stock Option Plan, the 2000 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and the 2002 Stock Option Plan and outstanding restricted stock and restricted stock units granted under the 2005 Ownership Incentive Plan (“the 2005 Plan”). The 1992 Stock Option Plan expired on December 31, 2001. The 2005 Plan superseded the Company’s 2000 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and 2002 Stock Option Plan with respect to future awards and provides for the granting of 1.5 million shares, which may be awarded as incentive and nonqualified stock options, Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”), restricted stock or restricted stock units. Any outstanding stock options under the 1992, 2000 or 2002 stock option plans which are forfeited or otherwise unexercised will be included in the shares available for grant under the 2005 Plan. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had not elected to treat any exercised options as employer SARs and no employee SARs had been granted. No stock options have been granted since 2004.

 

68


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
Restricted Stock
A summary of the Company’s restricted stock program, which consists of restricted stock and restricted stock units awarded under the 2005 Plan, is presented below:
                 
            Weighted-Average  
            Grant Date  
    Shares/Units     Fair Value  
 
               
Outstanding — January 1, 2009
    627,522     $ 38.03  
Granted
    306,730       22.55  
Vested
    (38,503 )     36.09  
Forfeited
    (57,445 )     32.61  
 
           
Outstanding — December 31, 2009
    838,304     $ 32.80  
 
           
The Compensation Committee granted restricted stock and restricted stock units under the 2005 Plan during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 as follows:
                 
            Weighted-Average  
            Grant Date  
    Shares/Units     Fair Value  
 
               
2009
    306,730     $ 22.55  
2008
    183,380     $ 39.48  
2007
    191,520     $ 38.98  
The fair value of restricted stock that vested was $1.1 million in 2009, $1.0 million in 2008 and $0.7 million in 2007.
Unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards outstanding as of December 31, 2009 was approximately $12.0 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of three years.
Stock Options
A summary of the Company’s stock option program is presented below:
                                 
                    Weighted-        
                    Average        
            Weighted-     Remaining     Intrinsic  
    Shares     Average     Contractual     Value  
    Under Option     Exercise Price     Term     ($000) (1)  
 
                               
Outstanding — January 1, 2009
    576,364     $ 26.02                  
Granted
                           
Exercised
    (23,182 )     21.65                  
Forfeited
    (13,325 )     28.00                  
 
                       
Outstanding — December 31, 2009 (2)
    539,857     $ 26.16       2.5     $ 1,768  
 
                       
     
(1)  
The intrinsic value for each option represents the excess, if any, of the market value of the Company’s Common Stock on December 31, 2009 over the exercise price of the option.
 
(2)  
Options outstanding at December 31, 2009 are vested and available to be exercised.
The following table summarizes additional activity related to the Company’s stock option program for the years ended December 31:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                       
Intrinsic value of options exercised
  $ 143     $ 2,596     $ 2,217  
Cash proceeds of options exercised
    469       2,976       2,683  
Tax benefit of options exercised
          853       862  
Compensation expense related to stock option awards was fully recognized as of December 31, 2008.

 

69


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss : Components of accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows at December 31:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                       
Pre-tax amounts:
                       
Foreign currency translation
  $ (639 )   $ (1,022 )   $ (422 )
Unrecognized net periodic benefit costs (see Note I)
    (71,916 )     (93,097 )     (42,988 )
Increase in fair value of available for sale security (see Note C)
    182              
 
                 
Total
  $ (72,373 )   $ (94,119 )   $ (43,410 )
 
                 
 
                       
After-tax amounts:
                       
Foreign currency translation
  $ (391 )   $ (625 )   $ (257 )
Unrecognized net periodic benefit costs (see Note I)
    (43,940 )     (56,882 )     (26,266 )
Increase in fair value of available for sale security (see Note C)
    119              
 
                 
Total
  $ (44,212 )   $ (57,507 )   $ (26,523 )
 
                 
NOTE K — EARNINGS PER SHARE
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
                       
Basic earnings per share
                       
Numerator:
                       
Net income (loss) attributable to Arkansas Best Corporation
  $ (127,889 )   $ 29,168     $ 56,825  
Effect of unvested restricted stock awards
    (443 )     (661 )     (996 )
 
                 
Adjusted net income (loss)
  $ (128,332 )   $ 28,507     $ 55,829  
 
                 
 
                       
Denominator:
                       
Weighted-average shares
    25,052,303       24,976,412       24,822,673  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income (loss) per share
  $ (5.12 )   $ 1.14     $ 2.25  
 
                 
 
                       
Diluted earnings per share
                       
Numerator:
                       
Net income (loss) attributable to Arkansas Best Corporation
  $ (127,889 )   $ 29,168     $ 56,825  
Effect of unvested restricted stock awards
    (443 )     (661 )     (996 )
 
                 
Adjusted net income (loss)
  $ (128,332 )   $ 28,507     $ 55,829  
 
                 
 
                       
Denominator:
                       
Weighted-average shares
    25,052,303       24,976,412       24,822,673  
Effect of dilutive securities
          134,127       196,069  
 
                 
Adjusted weighted-average shares and assumed conversations
    25,052,303       25,110,539       25,018,742  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income (loss) per share
  $ (5.12 )   $ 1.14     $ 2.23  
 
                 
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting guidance that requires an allocation of dividends paid and a portion of undistributed net income, but not losses, to unvested restricted stock and restricted stock units, which are considered participating securities for purposes of calculating earnings per share. The application of this new guidance also required retrospective adjustment of earnings per share for prior periods. Under the new guidelines, basic earnings per share decreased by $0.03 and $0.04 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and diluted earnings per share decreased by $0.01 and $0.03 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, compared to amounts presented in prior periods.

 

70


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the outstanding stock awards disclosed in Note J are not included in the diluted earnings per share calculations because their inclusion would have the effect of reducing the loss per share. For the year ended December 31, 2008, outstanding stock awards of 176,425 were not included in the diluted earnings per share calculations because their inclusion would have the effect of increasing the earnings per share. For the year ended December 31, 2007, all outstanding stock awards were included in the diluted earnings per share calculation.
NOTE L — OPERATING SEGMENT DATA
The Company uses the “management approach” to determine its reportable operating segments, as well as to determine the basis of reporting the operating segment information. The management approach focuses on financial information that the Company’s management uses to make decisions about operating matters. Management uses operating revenues, operating expense categories, operating ratios, operating income and key operating statistics to evaluate performance and allocate resources to the Company’s operations.
ABF, which provides transportation of general commodities, represents the Company’s only reportable operating segment. ABF is headquartered in Fort Smith, Arkansas, and provides direct service to over 98% of the cities in the United States having a population of 30,000 or more. The operations of ABF include, in the aggregate, national, inter-regional and regional transportation of general commodities through standard, expedited and guaranteed LTL services.
The Company’s other business activities and operating segments that are not reportable include FleetNet America, Inc., a third-party vehicle maintenance company; Arkansas Best Corporation, the parent holding company; and other subsidiaries.
The Company eliminates intercompany transactions in consolidation. However, the information used by the Company’s management with respect to its reportable segments is before intersegment eliminations of revenues and expenses. Intersegment revenues and expenses are not significant.
Further classifications of operations or revenues by geographic location are impractical and are, therefore, not provided. The Company’s foreign operations are not significant.

 

71


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
The following table reflects reportable operating segment information for the Company for the years ended December 31:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                       
OPERATING REVENUES
                       
ABF
  $ 1,384,419     $ 1,758,780     $ 1,770,749  
Other revenues and eliminations
    88,482       74,272       66,129  
 
                 
Total operating revenues
  $ 1,472,901     $ 1,833,052     $ 1,836,878  
 
                 
 
                       
OPERATING EXPENSES AND COSTS
                       
ABF
                       
Salaries, wages and benefits
  $ 970,523     $ 1,048,779     $ 1,070,708  
Fuel, supplies and expenses
    221,732       341,826       293,056  
Operating taxes and licenses
    42,314       47,088       47,682  
Insurance
    20,356       21,370       22,230  
Communications and utilities
    14,393       15,102       15,334  
Depreciation and amortization
    72,180       74,000       74,231  
Rents and purchased transportation
    136,826       158,943       160,062  
Gain on sale of property and equipment
    (1,412 )     (3,723 )     (4,347 )
Pension settlement expense
    4,588       691       1,665  
Other
    7,426       6,269       5,607  
Goodwill impairment charge
    63,958              
 
                 
 
    1,552,884       1,710,345       1,686,228  
 
                 
 
                       
Other and eliminations
    88,723       74,183       65,806  
 
                 
Total operating expenses and costs
  $ 1,641,607     $ 1,784,528     $ 1,752,034  
 
                 
 
                       
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
                       
ABF
  $ (168,465 )   $ 48,435     $ 84,521  
Other and eliminations
    (241 )     89       323  
 
                 
 
    (168,706 )     48,524       84,844  
 
                 
 
                       
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
                       
Interest and dividend income
    2,853       5,937       5,671  
Interest expense and other related financing costs
    (2,389 )     (1,181 )     (1,189 )
Other, net (1)
    2,724       (3,370 )     1,465  
 
                 
 
    3,188       1,386       5,947  
 
                 
 
                       
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
  $ (165,518 )   $ 49,910     $ 90,791  
 
                 
     
(1)  
Other, net includes gains (losses) on cash surrender value of life insurance policies.

 

72


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
The following table provides asset, capital expenditure and depreciation and amortization information by reportable operating segment:
                         
    2009     2008     2007  
    ($ thousands)  
 
                       
ASSETS
                       
ABF (1)
  $ 583,448     $ 732,826     $ 720,496  
Other and eliminations
    286,098       239,472       262,853  
 
                 
Total consolidated assets
  $ 869,546     $ 972,298     $ 983,349  
 
                 
 
                       
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES, GROSS (2)
                       
ABF
  $ 47,048     $ 57,674     $ 96,702  
Other equipment and information technology purchases
    1,541       1,395       1,467  
 
                 
Total consolidated capital expenditures, gross
  $ 48,589     $ 59,069     $ 98,169  
 
                 
 
                       
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
                       
ABF
  $ 72,180     $ 74,000     $ 74,231  
Other
    3,046       2,872       3,087  
 
                 
Total consolidated depreciation and amortization expense
  $ 75,226     $ 76,872     $ 77,318  
 
                 
     
(1)  
Decrease from 2008 to 2009 reflects impairment of goodwill in the amount of $64.0 million.
 
(2)  
Includes assets acquired through capital leases.
NOTE M — QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
The tables below present unaudited quarterly financial information for 2009 and 2008:
                                 
    2009  
    First     Second     Third     Fourth  
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter (1)  
    ($ thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
                               
Operating revenues
  $ 339,677     $ 362,635     $ 398,957     $ 371,631  
Operating expenses and costs
    368,278       389,932       411,194       472,201  
 
                       
Operating income (loss)
    (28,601 )     (27,297 )     (12,237 )     (100,570 )
Other income (expense) — net
    (493 )     1,851       2,344       (515 )
Income tax provision (benefit)
    (10,937 )     (10,082 )     (4,565 )     (12,413 )
 
                       
Net income (loss)
    (18,157 )     (15,364 )     (5,328 )     (88,672 )
Less: noncontrolling interest in net income of subsidiary
          79       245       44  
 
                       
 
                               
Net income (loss) attributable to Arkansas Best Corporation
  $ (18,157 )   $ (15,443 )   $ (5,573 )   $ (88,716 )
 
                       
 
                               
Earnings (loss) per share
                               
Basic
  $ (0.73 )   $ (0.62 )   $ (0.23 )   $ (3.54 )
Diluted
    (0.73 )     (0.62 )     (0.23 )     (3.54 )
 
                       
 
                               
Average common shares outstanding
                               
Basic
    25,038,626       25,043,815       25,047,975       25,054,389  
Diluted
    25,038,626       25,043,815       25,047,975       25,054,389  
 
                       
     
(1)  
The fourth quarter of 2009 includes a $64.0 million, or $2.55 per share, goodwill impairment charge (nondeductible for tax purposes).

 

73


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
                                 
    2008  
    First     Second     Third     Fourth  
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
    ($ thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
                               
Operating revenues
  $ 447,511     $ 498,514     $ 495,815     $ 391,211  
Operating expenses and costs
    434,359       472,832       470,323       407,013  
 
                       
Operating income (loss)
    13,152       25,682       25,492       (15,802 )
Other income (expense) — net
    969       1,130       605       (1,318 )
Income tax provision (benefit)
    5,577       10,657       10,655       (6,147 )
 
                       
 
                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 8,544     $ 16,155     $ 15,442     $ (10,973 )
 
                       
 
                               
Earnings (loss) per share (1)
                               
Basic
  $ 0.34     $ 0.63     $ 0.60     $ (0.44 )
Diluted
    0.34       0.63       0.60       (0.44 )
 
                       
 
                               
Average common shares outstanding (1)
                               
Basic
    24,873,651       24,968,217       25,013,314       25,023,794  
Diluted
    24,967,412       25,146,822       25,174,345       25,023,794  
 
                       
     
(1)  
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting guidance that requires an allocation of dividends paid and a portion of undistributed net income to unvested restricted stock for calculating per share amounts. As a result, per share amounts for periods prior to 2009 have been retrospectively adjusted to be consistent with the 2009 presentation (see Note K).
NOTE N — LEGAL PROCEEDINGS, ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS AND OTHER EVENTS
The Company is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company maintains liability insurance against certain risks arising out of the normal course of its business, subject to certain self-insured retention limits. The Company routinely establishes and reviews the adequacy of reserves for estimated legal, environmental and self-insurance exposures. While management believes that amounts accrued in the consolidated financial statements are adequate, estimates of these liabilities may change as circumstances develop. Considering amounts recorded, these matters are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.
The Company’s subsidiaries store fuel for use in tractors and trucks in 69 underground tanks located in 23 states. Maintenance of such tanks is regulated at the federal and, in some cases, state levels. The Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with all such regulations. The Company’s underground storage tanks are required to have leak detection systems. The Company is not aware of any leaks from such tanks that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The Company has received notices from the Environmental Protection Agency and others that it has been identified as a potentially responsible party under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, or other federal or state environmental statutes, at several hazardous waste sites. After investigating the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ involvement in waste disposal or waste generation at such sites, the Company has either agreed to de minimis settlements (aggregating approximately $0.1 million over the last ten years, primarily at six sites) or believes its obligations, other than those specifically accrued for with respect to such sites, would involve immaterial monetary liability, although there can be no assurances in this regard.
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s reserve for estimated environmental clean-up costs of properties currently or previously operated by the Company totaled $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively, which is included in accrued expenses. Amounts accrued reflect management’s best estimate of the future undiscounted exposure related to identified properties based on current environmental regulations. The Company’s estimate is based on management’s experience with similar environmental matters and on testing performed at certain sites.

 

74


Table of Contents

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — continued
NOTE O — EXCESS INSURANCE CARRIERS
Reliance Insurance Company (“Reliance”), which was determined to be insolvent in 2001, was the Company’s excess insurer for workers’ compensation claims above the self-insured retention level of $0.3 million for the 1993 through 1999 policy years. The Company has been in contact with and has received either written or verbal confirmation from a number of state guaranty funds that they will accept certain excess claims. For claims not accepted by state guaranty funds, the Company has continually maintained liabilities since 2001 for its estimated exposure to the Reliance liquidation. The Company anticipates receiving either full reimbursement from state guaranty funds or partial reimbursement through orderly liquidation; however, this process could take several years.
Kemper Insurance Companies (“Kemper”) insured the Company’s workers’ compensation excess claims above $0.3 million for the 2000 through 2001 policy years. In March 2003, Kemper announced that it was discontinuing its business of providing insurance coverage. Lumbermen’s Mutual Casualty Company, the Kemper company which insures the Company’s excess claims, received audit opinions with a going-concern explanatory paragraph on its statutory financial statements issued from 2004 to 2008. Although Kemper continues to pay amounts owed, the Company is uncertain as to the future impact that Kemper’s financial condition will have on excess insurance coverage during the 2000 and 2001 policy years. Based upon Kemper’s available financial information, the Company has recorded an allowance for uncollectible receivables and additional liabilities for excess claims.
The Company has recorded receivables, net of related allowances, totaling $0.7 million and $0.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for workers’ compensation excess claims paid by the Company but insured by Reliance and Kemper. The Company has accrued liabilities for workers’ compensation excess claims insured by but not expected to be covered by Reliance and Kemper in the amount of $1.6 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
NOTE P — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In January 2010, ABF entered into capital lease agreements to finance $11.4 million of revenue equipment. The capital lease agreements specify the monthly base rent and interest rates for the 36-month lease terms. The present values of net minimum lease payments will be recorded in long-term debt.
Management performed an evaluation of events through February 24, 2010, the date of filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Other than the events disclosed in this note, management believes there are no material events subsequent to the balance sheet date requiring additional disclosure or recognition in this Form 10-K.

 

75


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. 
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
An evaluation was performed by the Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2009. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that the Company files under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Based on such evaluation, the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2009 at the reasonable assurance level.
There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2009 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting and the report of the independent registered public accounting firm appear on the following pages.

 

76


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF INTERNAL CONTROL
OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the Board of Directors of the Company; and
(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management conducted its evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. This evaluation included review of the documentation of controls, evaluation of the design effectiveness of controls, testing of the operating effectiveness of controls and a conclusion on this evaluation. Although there are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting, based on our evaluation, we have concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2009.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm Ernst & Young LLP, who has also audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements, has issued a report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on the following page.

 

77


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Arkansas Best Corporation
We have audited Arkansas Best Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Arkansas Best Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Arkansas Best Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the COSO criteria .
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 2009 consolidated financial statements of Arkansas Best Corporation and our report dated February 24, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Rogers, Arkansas
February 24, 2010

 

78


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The sections entitled “Proposal I. Election of Directors,” “Directors of the Company,” “Governance of the Company,” “Executive Officers of the Company” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” contained in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with the Company’s Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be held April 22, 2010, are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The sections entitled “Compensation Discussion & Analysis,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “2009 Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year-End,” “2009 Option Exercises and Stock Vested,” “2009 Pension Benefits,” “2009 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control,” “2009 Director Compensation Table,” and “Compensation Committee Report” contained in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with the Company’s Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be held April 22, 2010, are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12. 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The sections entitled “Principal Stockholders and Management Ownership” and “2009 Equity Compensation Plan Information” contained in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with the Company’s Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be held April 22, 2010, are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The sections entitled “Certain Transactions and Relationships” and “Governance of the Company” contained in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with the Company’s Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be held April 22, 2010, are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The sections entitled “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” contained in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in connection with the Company’s Annual Stockholders’ Meeting to be held April 22, 2010, are incorporated herein by reference.

 

79


Table of Contents

PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) Financial Statements
A list of the financial statements filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is set forth in Part II, Item 8 on page 42 of this Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference.
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
                                         
Column A   Column B     Column C     Column D     Column E     Column F  
            Additions              
    Balance at     Charged to     Charged to              
    Beginning     Costs and     Other Accounts –     Deductions –     Balance at  
Description   of Period     Expenses     Describe     Describe     End of Period  
    ($ thousands)  
Year Ended December 31, 2009:
                                       
Deducted from asset accounts:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable and revenue adjustments
  $ 3,513     $ 2,587     $ 464 (a)   $ 3,094 (b)   $ 3,470  
Allowance for other accounts receivable
    1,001       148 (c)                 1,149  
 
                                       
Year Ended December 31, 2008:
                                       
Deducted from asset accounts:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable and revenue adjustments
  $ 3,942     $ 1,623     $ 224 (a)   $ 2,276 (b)   $ 3,513  
Allowance for other accounts receivable
    774       227 (c)                 1,001  
 
                                       
Year Ended December 31, 2007:
                                       
Deducted from asset accounts:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable and revenue adjustments
  $ 4,476     $ 1,056     $ 755 (a)   $ 2,345 (b)   $ 3,942  
Allowance for other accounts receivable
    1,272       (498 )(c)                 774  
 
                                       
     
Note a  
– Recoveries of amounts previously written off.
 
Note b  
– Uncollectible accounts written off.
 
Note c  
– Debited / (credited) to workers’ compensation expense.

 

80


Table of Contents

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES — continued
(a)(3) Exhibits
The exhibits filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in the Exhibit Index, which is submitted as a separate section of this report.
(b) Exhibits
See Item 15(a)(3) above.

 

81


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
  ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
 
 
Date: February 24, 2010  By:   /s/ Judy R. McReynolds    
    Judy R. McReynolds   
    President — Chief Executive Officer,
and Principal Executive Officer 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Robert A. Young III
  Chairman of the Board and Director   February 24, 2010
 
Robert A. Young III
       
 
       
/s/ Judy R. McReynolds
  Director, President — Chief Executive Officer   February 24, 2010
 
Judy R. McReynolds
  and Principal Executive Officer    
 
       
/s/ Donald W. Pearson
  Vice President — Treasurer   February 24, 2010
 
Donald W. Pearson
  and Principal Financial Officer    
 
       
/s/ David R. Cobb
  Vice President — Controller   February 24, 2010
 
David R. Cobb
  and Principal Accounting Officer    
 
       
/s/ Frank Edelstein
  Director   February 24, 2010
 
Frank Edelstein
       
 
       
/s/ John H. Morris
  Director   February 24, 2010
 
John H. Morris
       
 
       
/s/ Alan J. Zakon
  Director   February 24, 2010
 
Alan J. Zakon
       
 
       
/s/ William M. Legg
  Director   February 24, 2010
 
William M. Legg
       
 
       
/s/ Fred A. Allardyce
  Director   February 24, 2010
 
Fred A. Allardyce
       
 
       
/s/ John W. Alden
  Director   February 24, 2010
 
John W. Alden
       

 

82


Table of Contents

FORM 10-K — ITEM 15(a)
EXHIBIT INDEX
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
The following exhibits are filed or furnished with this report or are incorporated by reference to previously filed material:
         
Exhibit    
No.    
       
 
  3.1    
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on March 17, 1992, Commission File No. 33-46483, and incorporated herein by reference).
       
 
  3.2    
Certificate of Designations of $2.875 Series A Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the Commission on May 5, 2009, Commission File No. 000-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
       
 
  3.3    
Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 24, 2009, Commission File No. 000-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
       
 
  3.4    
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated as of April 21, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 24, 2009, Commission File No. 000-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
       
 
  4.1    
First Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2001 between Arkansas Best Corporation and Computershare Investor Services, LLC, as Rights Agent (including exhibits thereto) (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-A/A Amendment No. 2 filed with the Commission on May 16, 2001, Commission File No. 000-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
       
 
   4.2    
Amendment to First Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of April 4, 2003, between Arkansas Best Corporation and LaSalle Bank, National Association, as Rights Agent (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-A/A Amendment No. 3 filed with the Commission on April 4, 2003, Commission File No. 000-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
       
 
  4.3    
Second Amendment to First Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2007, between Arkansas Best Corporation and LaSalle Bank, National Association, as Rights Agent (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 18, 2007, Commission File No. 000-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
       
 
  10.1 #  
Stock Option Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 filed with the Commission on March 17, 1992, Commission File No. 33-46483, and incorporated herein by reference).
       
 
  10.2    
Collective Bargaining Agreement, effective April 1, 2008 through March 31, 2013, among the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and ABF Freight System, Inc. (Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on February 15, 2008, Commission File No. 0-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
       
 
  10.3 *  
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Arkansas Best Corporation and the Company’s Board of Directors.
       
 
  10.4 #  
The Company’s Executive Officer Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 22, 2005, Commission File No. 0-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

83


Table of Contents

FORM 10-K — ITEM 15(a)
EXHIBIT INDEX
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
(Continued)
       
Exhibit    
No.    
     
 
10.5 #  
The 2005 Ownership Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 22, 2005, Commission File No. 0-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
   
 
10.6 #  
The Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Non-Employee Directors) (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 22, 2005, Commission File No. 0-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
   
 
10.7 #  
The Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Employee) (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 22, 2005, Commission File No. 0-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
   
 
10.8 #  
Amended and Restated Voluntary Savings Plan dated as of January 1, 2005 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 21, 2006, Commission File No. 0-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
   
 
10.9 #  
The ABC/DTC/ABF Long-Term (3-Year) Incentive Compensation Plan — Total, ROCE Portion and Growth Portion and form of award (previously filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s 2006 Form 10-K, filed with the Commission on February 23, 2007, Commission File No. 0-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
   
 
10.10 #  
The [_] Schedule — ABF Annual Incentive Compensation Plan and form of award (previously filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s 2008 Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 20, 2009, Commission File No. 000-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
   
 
10.11 #  
The [_] Schedule — ABC Annual Incentive Compensation Plan and form of award (previously filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s 2008 Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 20, 2009, Commission File No. 000-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
   
 
10.12 #  
The ABC/DTC/ABF Long-Term (3-Year) Incentive Compensation Plan — Total, ROCE Portion and Growth Portion and form of award (previously filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s 2008 Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 20, 2009, Commission File No. 000-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
   
 
10.13 #  
The Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Non-Employee Directors) (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 25, 2008, Commission File No. 0-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
   
 
10.14 #  
The Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Employees) (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on April 25, 2008, Commission File No. 0-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
     
 
10.15 #  
The Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Non-Employee Directors — with deferral feature) (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the Commission on May 5, 2009, Commission File No. 000-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).
     
 
10.16 #  
The Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Employees) (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the Commission on May 5, 2009, Commission File No. 000-19969, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

84


Table of Contents

FORM 10-K — ITEM 15(a)
EXHIBIT INDEX
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
(Continued)
       
Exhibit    
No.    
     
 
10.17 #*  
The Arkansas Best Corporation Supplemental Benefit Plan, amended and restated effective August 1, 2009.
     
 
10.18 #*  
Amendment One to the Arkansas Best Corporation Supplemental Benefit Plan, effective December 31, 2009.
     
 
10.19 #*  
Form of Amended and Restated Deferred Salary Agreement.
     
 
10.20 *+  
Master Continuing Letter of Credit Reimbursement and Security Agreement, dated November 24, 2009, among The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., Arkansas Best Corporation, ABF Freight System, Inc., ABF Cartage, Inc., FleetNet America, Inc., Data-Tronics Corp., ABF Farms, Inc., Transport Realty, Inc., Tread-Ark Corporation, ABF Aviation LLC, Global Supply Chain Services, Inc., FreightValue, Inc., and Moving Solutions, Inc.
     
 
10.21 *+  
Letter of Credit Agreement, dated December 8, 2009, between PNC Bank, National Association and Arkansas Best Corporation.
     
 
10.22 *+  
Letter of Credit Agreement, dated December 9, 2009, between Arkansas Best Corporation and SunTrust Bank.
     
 
10.23 *  
Continuing Reimbursement Agreement for Letters of Credit, dated November 12, 2009, between U.S. Bank National Association and Arkansas Best Corporation.
     
 
10.24 *+  
Receivables Loan Agreement, dated December 30, 2009, among ABF Freight Funding LLC, as Borrower, ABF Freight System, Inc., as initial Servicer, SunTrust Bank and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as Agent.
     
 
10.25 *  
Master Lease Agreement, dated December 30, 2009, between BB&T Equipment Finance Corporation and ABF Freight System, Inc.
     
 
10.26 *  
Master Lease Guaranty, dated December 30, 2009, by Arkansas Best Corporation in favor of BB&T Equipment Finance Corporation.
     
 
21 *  
List of Subsidiary Corporations.
     
 
23 *  
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
     
 
31.1 *  
Certifications Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
 
31.2 *  
Certifications Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
 
32 **  
Certifications Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
     
#  
Designates a compensation plan or arrangement for directors or executive officers.
 
*  
Filed herewith.
 
**  
Furnished herewith.
 
+  
Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission under a confidential treatment request pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

85

EXHIBIT 10.3
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into on  _______ to be effective for all purposes on  _______ (the “Effective Date”), by and between Arkansas Best Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and  _______  (“Director”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, public companies have experienced increasing difficulty in obtaining directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, significantly higher premiums than had historically been charged, and reductions in the coverage of such insurance; and
WHEREAS, the Company currently maintains such insurance but there can be no assurance that such insurance will be available to the Company and Director in the future; and
WHEREAS, the Company, in order to induce Director to serve or to continue to serve the Company, has agreed to provide Director with the benefits contemplated by this Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, conditions, representations and warranties set forth herein, the Company and Director hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions. The following terms, as used herein, shall have the following respective meanings.
“Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“the Act”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 20% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease, for any reason, to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 60% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

 


 

“Claim” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation, whether conducted by or on behalf of the Company or any other party, that Director in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other.
“Covered Act” means any breach of duty, neglect, error, misstatement, misleading statement, omission or other act done or wrongfully attempted by Director or any of the foregoing alleged by any claimant or any event or occurrence related to the fact that Director is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company agrees that Director’s service on behalf of or with respect to any subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company.
“Determination” means a determination, based on the facts known at the time, by:
(i) a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors;
(ii) special, independent legal counsel in a written opinion prepared at the request of a majority of a quorum of disinterested directors or to pursuant to Section 4(a);
(iii) a majority of the disinterested stockholders of the Company; or
(iv) a final adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction.
“Determined” shall have a correlative meaning.
“Excluded Claim” means any Claim:
(i) based upon or attributable to Director gaining in fact any personal profit or advantage to which Director is not entitled;
(ii) for the return by Director of any remuneration paid to Director without the previous approval of the stockholders of the Company which is illegal;

 

-2-


 

(iii) for an accounting of profits in fact made from the purchase and sale by Director of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Act or similar provisions of any state law;
(iv) resulting from Director’s knowingly fraudulent, dishonest or willful misconduct;
(v) for which indemnification is prohibited by applicable law; or
(vi) initiated by Director, other than a Claim solely seeking enforcement of the Company’s indemnification obligations to Director or a Claim authorized by the Board of Directors.
“Expenses” means any expense incurred by Director as a result of a Claim or Claims made against him for Covered Acts including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in, or participate in any Claim relating to any Covered Act, but shall not include Fines.
“Fines” means any fine, penalty or, with respect to an employee benefit plan, any excise tax or penalty assessed with respect thereto.
“Losses” means any amount that Director is legally obligated to pay as a result of a Claim or Claims made against him for Covered Acts including, without limitation, damages and judgments and sums paid in settlement of a Claim or Claims, but shall not include Fines.
2. Maintenance of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance.
(a) The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as Director shall continue to serve as a director of the Company and thereafter so long as Director shall be subject to any Claim for any Covered Act, the Company, subject to Section 2(c), shall use its reasonable best efforts to maintain in full force and effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
(b) In all policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by the Company, Director shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Director the same rights and benefits, subject to the same limitations, as are accorded to the Company’s directors or officers most favorably insured by such policy.
(c) The Company shall have no obligation to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, the premium costs for such insurance is disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.

 

-3-


 

3. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify Director and hold him harmless from any and all Losses, Expenses and Fines to the fullest extent authorized, permitted or not prohibited (i) by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”), or any other applicable law (including judicial, regulatory or administrative interpretations or readings thereof), the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws as in effect on the date hereof, or (ii) by any amendment thereof or other statutory provisions authorizing or permitting such indemnification that is adopted after the date hereof, subject to the further provisions of this Agreement. In the event that after the date hereof the Company provides any greater right of indemnification, in any respect, to any other person serving as an officer or director of the Company, then such greater right of indemnification shall inure to the benefit of and shall be deemed to be incorporated in this Agreement.
4. Excluded Coverage.
(a) The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Director for and hold him harmless from any Loss, Expense or Fine which has been Determined to constitute an Excluded Claim, provided that in the event of a Change in Control, then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Director to indemnity payments and Expense advances under this Agreement, or under any other agreements, charter provisions or bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Covered Acts, a Determination with respect to an Excluded Claim shall be made only by a court of competent jurisdiction or by special, independent legal counsel selected by Director and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or Director. In the event that Director and the Company are unable to agree on the selection of the special, independent legal counsel, such special, independent legal counsel shall be selected by lot from among at least five law firms designated by Director, having more than thirty-five (35) attorneys and having a rating of “av” or better in the then current Martindale-Hubbell Law Directory. Such selection shall be made in the presence of Director (and Director’s legal counsel or either of them, as Director may elect). Such special, independent legal counsel, among other things, shall determine whether and to what extent Director would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law and shall render its written opinion to the Company and Director to such effect.
If there has been a Determination that the Company is not obligated to indemnify Director as a result of an Excluded Claim (whether by special, independent legal counsel or otherwise), Director shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof, and in which venue is proper, challenging any such Determination; provided that the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Director (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid with respect to such Excluded Claim (only upon a final judicial Determination that Director is not entitled to indemnification made with respect thereto as to which all rights of appeal there from have been exhausted or lapsed) and the Company shall be obligated to indemnify or advance any additional amounts to Director until such a judicial Determination has been made.

 

-4-


 

(b) The Company shall use its best efforts to make any Determination contemplated herein promptly. Upon request by Director, in connection with any matter for which indemnification or reimbursement may be sought hereunder, the Company agrees to promptly make a Determination whether such matter constitutes an Excluded Claim. In this connection, the Company agrees:
(i) if the Determination is to be made by a majority of disinterested directors of the Company or a committee thereof, such Determination shall be made not later than fifteen (15) days after a written request for a Determination (a “Request”) is delivered to the Company by Director;
(ii) if the Determination is to be made by special, independent legal counsel, such Determination shall be made not later than twenty (20) days after a Request is delivered to the Company by Director; and
(iii) if the Determination is to be made by the stockholders of the Company, such Determination shall be made not later than ninety (90) days after a Request is delivered to the Company by Director.
The failure to make a Determination within the above-specified time periods shall constitute a Determination approving full indemnification or reimbursement of Director. All costs of making the Determination shall be borne solely by the Company.
(c) The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Director and hold him harmless for any Loss, Expense or Fine to the extent that Director is actually and finally reimbursed for such Loss, Expense or Fine by the Company pursuant to the Company’s Bylaws or otherwise.
(d) The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Director and hold him harmless for any Fines to the extent that such indemnification is prohibited by the GCL.
5. Indemnification Procedures.
(a) Promptly after receipt by Director of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Claim, Director shall, if indemnification with respect thereto is being sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof, provided that failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Director under this Agreement unless such failure materially and adversely affects the rights of the Company thereunder.
(b) If, at the time of the receipt of such notice, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt and proper notice of the commencement of such Claim to the insurer. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to pay or to cause such insurer to pay, on behalf of Director, all Losses, Expenses and Fines payable as a result of such Claim in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

-5-


 

(c) To the extent the Company does not, at the time of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of such Claim, have applicable directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, or if the full amount of any Expenses arising out of such action, suit or Claim will not be payable under such insurance then in effect, the Company shall be obligated to pay the Expenses relating to any such Claim in advance of the final disposition thereof to the fullest extent permitted by law and the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Claim, with counsel satisfactory to Director, upon the delivery to Director of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, the Company will not be liable to Director under this Agreement for any legal or other Expenses subsequently incurred by Director in connection with such defense other than reasonable costs of investigation, provided that Director shall have the right to employ his counsel in any such Claim but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after delivery of notice from the Company of its assumption of such defense shall be at the Director’s expense, provided further that if (i) the employment of counsel by Director has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Director shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Director in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, the fees and expenses of counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.
(d) All payments on account of the Company’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall be made promptly, but in any event within thirty (30) days of Director’s written request therefor, provided that all payments on account of the Company’s obligations under Paragraph 5(c) of this Agreement prior to the final disposition of any Claim, shall be made within ten (10) days of Director’s written request therefor.
(e) Director agrees that he will reimburse the Company for all Losses, Expenses and Fines paid by the Company on behalf of Director in connection with any Claim against Director in the event and only to the extent that a Determination shall have been made by a court in a final adjudication from which there is no further right of appeal that the Director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such amounts because the Claim is an Excluded Claim or because Director is otherwise not entitled to payment under this Agreement.
6. Final Determination; Settlement. The Company shall pay all Losses or Fines for which Director is indemnified hereunder upon final determination thereof. The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Director under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Claim effected without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not settle any claim in any manner which would impose any Fine or any obligation on Director without Director’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Director shall unreasonably withhold their consent to any proposed settlement.

 

-6-


 

7. Rights Not Exclusive. The rights provided hereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Director may be entitled under any charter provision, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or of disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in any other capacity by holding such office, and shall continue after Director ceases to serve the Company as a director. To the extent that a change in the GCL (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Director shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by that change. Director’s rights under this Agreement shall not be diminished by any amendment to the charter or bylaws, or of any other agreement or instrument to which Director is not a party, and shall not diminish any other rights that Director now or in the future has against the Company.
8. Partial Indemnity. If Director is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some, but not all, of Director’s Expenses, Fines or Losses, the Company shall indemnify Director for the portion thereof to which Director is entitled.
9. Contribution.
(a) Contribution Payment. To the extent the indemnification provided for under any provision of this Agreement is Determined not to be permitted under applicable law, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Director, shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, contribute to the amount of any and all Expenses, Fines or Losses incurred or paid by Director for which such indemnification is not permitted. The amount the Company contributes shall be in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of Director, on the one hand, and of the Company and any and all other parties (including officers and directors of the Company other than Director) who may be at fault (collectively, including the Company, the “Third Parties”), on the other hand.
(b) Relative Fault. The relative fault of the Third Parties and the Director shall be determined (i) by reference to the relative fault of Director as determined by the court or other governmental agency or (ii) to the extent such court or other governmental agency does not apportion relative fault, through a Determination after giving effect to, among other things, the relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to prevent or correct the relevant events, of each party, and other relevant equitable considerations. The Company and Director agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 9(b).
10. No Presumption. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval), or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment shall not create a presumption (other than any presumption arising as a matter of law that the parties may not contractually agree to disregard) that Director did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law.

 

-7-


 

11. Enforcement.
(a) Director’s right to indemnification shall be enforceable by Director only in the state courts of the State of Delaware and shall be enforceable notwithstanding any adverse Determination. In any such action, if a prior adverse Determination has been made, the burden of proving that indemnification is required under this Agreement shall be on Director. The Company shall have the burden of proving that indemnification is not required under this Agreement if no prior adverse Determination shall have been made.
(b) In the event that any action is instituted by Director under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement or to seek recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, Director shall be entitled to be paid all costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) and, if requested by Director, the Company shall advance those costs and expenses to Director, that are incurred by Director with respect to such action, unless the court determines that each of the material assertions made by Director as a basis for such action were not made in good faith, were frivolously presented for improper purpose, without evidentiary support, or otherwise santionable under Federal Rule of Civil Procedure No. 11 or an analogous rule or law, and provided further, that if a court makes such a finding, Director shall reimburse the Company for all amounts previously advanced to Director pursuant to this Section 11(b).
12. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court to require the Company to do or to fail to do an act which is in violation of applicable law, such provision shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to avoid a violation of law, and, as so limited or modified, such provision and the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
13. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
14. Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and Director each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding that arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the state courts of the State of Delaware.
15. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be (i) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company (including any transferee of all or substantially all of its assets and any successor by merger or otherwise by operation of law) and (ii) shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, and estate of Director.
16. Amendment. No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless made in a writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

-8-


 

17. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Director, who shall execute all instruments required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
18. Counterparts. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Director have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written to be effective for all purposes on the Effective Date.
         
    ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
 
       
 
  By:     
 
     
 
    Name:  
 
    Title:  
 
       
     
 
  Director -  
 
       

 

-9-

Exhibit 10.17
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PLAN
Amended and Restated Effective as of August 1, 2009

 

 


 

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
 
       
Article I. Establishment and Purpose
    1  
1.1 Establishment
    1  
1.2 Purpose
    1  
         
Article II. Definitions and Construction
    1  
2.1 Definitions
    1  
(a) “ABC Category I Participant”
    1  
(b) “ABF Category I Participant”
    1  
(c) “Act”
    2  
(d) “Administrator”
    2  
(e) “Alternative Earnings Rate”
    2  
(f) “Basic Benefit”
    2  
(g) “Benefit”
    2  
(h) “Beneficiary”
    2  
(i) “Board of Directors”
    2  
(j) “Business Day”
    2  
(k) “Category I Participant”
    2  
(l) “Category II Participant”
    2  
(m) “Change in Control”
    3  
(n) “Code”
    4  
(o) “Company”
    4  
(p) “Current Qualified Plan”
    4  
(q) “Deferral Account”
    5  
(r) “Deferral Election”
    5  
(s) “Deferred Benefit”
    5  
(t) “Deferred Participant”
    5  
(u) “Deferred Payment(s)”
    5  
(v) “Deferred Payment Date”
    5  
(w) “Disability”
    5  
(x) “Earnings”
    5  
(y) “Election Form”
    5  
(z) “Eligible Deferral Participant”
    5  
(aa) “Final Election Date”
    6  
(bb) “Installment Payment”
    6  
(cc) “Investment Election”
    6  
(dd) “Lump Sum”
    6  
(ee) “Money Market Fund”
    6  
(ff) “Participant”
    6  
(gg) “Participating Company”
    6  
(hh) “Plan”
    6  
(ii) “Plan Year”
    6  
(jj) “Post-2004 Deferrals”
    6  
(kk) “Pre-2005 Deferrals”
    6  

 

ii


 

         
    Page  
         
(ll) “Qualified Plan”
    7  
(mm) “Rules of General Application”
    7  
(nn) “Separates” or “Separation”
    7  
(oo) “Special Restored Compensation”
    7  
(pp) “Specified Employee”
    7  
(qq) “Statutory Limitations”
    7  
(rr) “Third-Party Recordkeeper”
    7  
(ss) “VSP”
    7  
2.2 Gender and Number
    8  
2.3 Severability
    8  
2.4 Applicable Law
    8  
2.5 Plan Not an Employment Contract
    8  
         
Article III. Participation
    8  
3.1 Participation
    8  
         
Article IV. Benefit and Payment
    8  
4.1 Benefit
    8  
4.2 Payment
    10  
4.3 Funding
    10  
4.4 Tax Withholding
    11  
4.5 Benefits are Not Compensation
    11  
4.6 Nontransferability
    11  
         
Article V. Deferrals And Investments
    11  
5.1 Elections
    11  
5.2 Establishment of Deferral Account
    12  
5.3 Earnings Added to Deferral Accounts
    12  
5.4 Investment Direction
    12  
5.5 No Guaranty of Deferral
    13  
5.6 Statements
    13  
         
Article VI. Distributions to Deferred Participants
    13  
6.1 Form of Deferred Payments
    13  
6.2 Installment Payments
    13  
6.3 Change in Control
    14  
6.4 Hardship Distribution
    14  
6.5 Accelerated Withdrawal
    15  
         
Article VII. Administration
    15  
7.1 Administration
    15  
7.2 Finality of Determination
    15  
7.3 Expenses
    15  
7.4 Indemnification and Exculpation
    15  
         
Article VIII. Merger, Amendment, and Termination
    15  
8.1 Merger, Consolidation
    15  
8.2 Claims Procedure
    16  
8.3 Securities Laws
    17  
8.4 Amendment and Termination
    17  
         
Article IX Adoption of Plan
    17  
 
       

 

iii


 

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PLAN
AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE AUGUST 1, 2009
Article I. Establishment and Purpose
1.1 Establishment . Arkansas Best Corporation established the Arkansas Best Corporation Supplemental Benefit Plan (the “ Plan ”) effective as of January 1, 1988 (the “ Effective Date ”), and hereby amends and restates it (except as otherwise herein provided) as of August 1, 2009.
Effective at 11:59 p.m. (CST) on July 31, 2009, ABF Freight System, Inc. (“ABF”) became a Participating Company in the Plan and there are no participants remaining in the ABF Freight System, Inc. Supplemental Benefit Plan (the “ABF Plan”). As of August 1, 2009, ABF ceased to have any obligation to the individuals who become Participants in the Plan as of that date.
1.2 Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to provide (i) a restoration of benefits of Category I Participants which were lost under the Qualified Plan (x) because of amendments which were adopted, and Statutory Limitations imposed, subsequent to 1985, and (y) by reason of voluntary contributions to the VSP; and (ii) a restoration of benefits of Category II Participants which were lost under the Current Qualified Plan solely by reason of voluntary contributions to the VSP.
The purpose of this amendment and restatement of the Plan is to add ABF Freight System, Inc. as a Participating Company in the Plan.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Plan shall be closed to new Participants from and after December 16, 2005; (ii) benefits payable to existing Category II Participants shall only take into account amounts deferred under the VSP (as defined below) on or before December 31, 2006; (iii) the Benefits payable hereunder shall be subject to the maximum caps set forth in Exhibit B hereto; and (iv) effective August 1, 2009 ABF Freight System, Inc. shall be a Participating Company in the Plan.
Article II. Definitions and Construction
2.1 Definitions . Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below unless the context otherwise requires, and when the defined meaning is intended, the term is capitalized.
(a) “ABC Category I Participant” shall mean each employee of the Company who is listed on Exhibit A.
(b) “ABF Category I Participant” shall mean each employee of ABF Freight System, Inc. (“ABF”) who is listed on Exhibit A.

 

1


 

(c) “ Act ” shall mean the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, as it may be amended, and any guidance issued thereunder by the Internal Revenue Service and the Department of the Treasury.
(d) “ Administrator ” shall mean the Company, or a person(s) appointed by the Company, and without limitation the Administrator shall be primarily responsible for the administration of the Deferral Accounts and matters relating thereto.
(e) “ Alternative Earnings Rate ” shall mean the Earnings of the Money Market Fund for the period of reference.
(f) “ Basic Benefit ” shall mean the amount determined under Section 4.1 at the time of reference.
(g) “ Benefit ” shall mean the Basic Benefit and the Deferred Benefit, collectively; provided, further, that where it is necessary or appropriate to distinguish between those two classes of Benefits, reference shall be made to the specific class. However, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Participant’s combined Basic Benefit and Deferred Benefit shall in no event ever exceed the maximum Benefit for such Participant’s employment classification as specified in Exhibit B hereto.
(h) “ Beneficiary ” means the person or persons designated by the Participant pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof; provided, further, and without limitation, that references herein to Participant shall be deemed to be references to Beneficiary after the death of the Participant and before all Benefits are paid to the Beneficiary, except that the Beneficiary shall have no right to deferral, and instead will receive a lump sum distribution of all Benefits hereunder as soon as administratively feasible (not to exceed sixty (60) days) subsequent to the death of the Participant.
(i) “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.
(j) “ Business Day ” shall mean a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is operating.
(k) “ Category I Participant ” means collectively ABC Category I Participant and ABF Category I Participant provided, further, that where it is necessary or appropriate to distinguish between the two, reference shall be made to the specific category name. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, only those individuals who were Category I Participants as of December 16, 2005 shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as a Category I Participant.
(l) “ Category II Participant ” shall mean each employee of the Company or ABF who is eligible to participate in the VSP, but who is not a Category I Participant; provided, further, that if a Category II Participant becomes a Category I Participant on or before December 16, 2005, his Benefits hereunder shall be calculated as though he had been a Category I Participant from his most recent date of hire by the Company. However, any benefits earned by a Category II Participant prior to such Category II Participant’s conversion to a Category I Participant shall remain 100% vested and will not be subject to the vesting schedule described in Section 4.1(c) of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, only those individuals who were Category II Participants as of December 16, 2005 shall be eligible to participate in this Plan as a Category II Participant.

 

2


 

(m) “ Change in Control ” as related to Post-2004 Deferrals shall mean the earliest date on which any of the following events shall occur:
(i) the approval by shareholders of the Company of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;
(ii) the approval by shareholders of the Company of a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;
(iii) any “person” (as such is defined in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended) becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or
(iv) the replacement of a majority of the Board of Directors during a 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the directors before the date of the appointment or election.
Change in Control ” as related to Pre-2005 Deferrals shall mean the earliest date on which any of the following events shall occur:
(1) there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of the Company in which the Company is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which the Company’s common stock would be converted into cash, securities, or other property, or any lease, exchange or other transfer (excluding transfer by way of pledge or hypothecation), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Company, other than any such consolidation, merger, lease, exchange or transfer in which the Company, or any of its affiliates, or the holders of the Company’s common stock immediately prior to any such actions have at least a fifty-one percent (51%) ownership of the surviving corporation after the consolidation or merger of the entity to which such assets are transferred, leased, exchanged or otherwise transferred.

 

3


 

(2) the shareholders of the Company approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
(3) any “person” (as such is defined in Section 3(a)(9) or Section 13(d)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 [the “1934 Act”]) or any “group” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 promulgated under the 1934 Act) other than the Company or any successor of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary (including such plan’s trustee), becomes a beneficial owner for purposes of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company represented thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in the election of directors.
(4) if at any time the Continuing Directors then serving on the Board of Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof.
Continuing Director ” shall mean a Director of the Company who either (A) is a Director of the Company on the date hereof, or (B) whose initial appointment or initial nomination for election or election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors (including any successors elected pursuant to this Subsection (iv) then on the Company Board of Directors.
(5) any person or group (as defined in Subsection (iii) above) commences a tender offer or exchange offer for all or less than all of the share of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock that would result in, upon the consummation of such offer, the person or group, together with all of its or their affiliates, beneficially owning 25% or more of the Company’s common stock, and which offer does not include a binding written commitment by the offeror to purchase any shares that are not tendered or exchanged for the same cash consideration (or in the event of any exchange offer, the cash equivalent of the fair market value of the securities or their property offered in the exchange, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in its sole discretion) within 90 days following the consummation of the tender or exchange offer; provided, however, that if the tender offer or exchange offer that would have otherwise resulted in a Change in Control is canceled, terminated, withdrawn or otherwise not consummated, such offer shall be deemed never to have been made and no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred.
(n) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(o) “ Company ” means Arkansas Best Corporation
(p) “ Current Qualified Plan ” shall mean the Qualified Plan as amended and/or restated, and in effect, at each date of reference.

 

4


 

(q) “ Deferral Account ” shall mean the account to which each Eligible Deferral Participant’s Basic Benefit is added as a result of such Eligible Deferral Participant’s Deferral Election.
(r) “ Deferral Election ” shall mean the Election Form filed by an Eligible Deferral Participant to defer the payment of some or all of his Basic Benefit to a specified Deferred Payment Date(s).
(s) “ Deferred Benefit ” shall mean the amount added to a Deferred Participant’s Deferral Account at each time of reference.
(t) “ Deferred Participant ” shall mean an Eligible Deferral Participant who has filed a timely Deferral Election form, and has not been paid all of his Deferred Benefit at the time of reference; provided, further, without limitation, that a Deferred Participant shall also be either a Category I Participant or a Category II Participant.
(u) “ Deferred Payment(s) ” shall mean payment(s) of a Deferred Participant’s Deferred Benefit in the form selected by the Deferred Participant.
(v) “ Deferred Payment Date ” shall mean, with respect to each Deferred Participant, the date as of which his Deferred Payment of reference is made.
(w) “ Disability ” shall be deemed to occur if (a) the Administrator determines that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (b) the Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering the employees of the Company.
(x) “ Earnings ” shall mean the amounts notationally added or deducted from a Deferred Participant’s Deferral Account (including, without limitation, unrealized appreciation or depreciation) based on his Measurement Preferences as determined by the Administrator under Rules of General Application.
(y) “ Election Form ” shall mean, collectively, a Deferral Election form, and an Investment Election form; provided, further, that where it is necessary or appropriate to distinguish between those two types of forms, reference shall be made to the specific form.
(z) “ Eligible Deferral Participant ” shall mean each Participant (i) who Separates after age 55 and who, at such date of Separation, has completed 10 or more “Years of Vesting Service” as defined in the Qualified Plan, (ii) whose Separation is not by reason of death, and (iii) whose Basic Benefit exceeds $5,000.

 

5


 

(aa) “ Final Election Date ” shall mean, subject to Section 5.1, (i) in the case of the deferral of an Eligible Deferral Participant’s Basic Benefit, the later of (x) January 15, 2000, and (y) the 365 th day prior to such Eligible Deferral Participant’s date of Separation; provided, further, that where a Participant suffers an involuntary Separation, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, the final filing date shall be the date described in (y) above if a Deferral Election form is filed on that date, and otherwise shall be the first date thereafter (but prior to Separation) on which a Deferral Election form is filed, and (ii) in the case of a Deferred Participant with respect to any Deferred Payment(s), the 365 th day prior to the Deferred Payment Date of such Deferred Payment(s), in either case, provided that payments do not commence prior to 12 months after the date the Deferral Election form is filed.
(bb) “ Installment Payment ” shall mean an annual distribution, in cash, of a Deferred Participant’s Deferred Benefit over a period of years as provided for in Sections 6.1 and 6.2.
(cc) “ Investment Election ” shall mean the Election Form filed by a Deferred Participant on which he selects his or her Measurement Preferences, as described in Section 5.4.
(dd) “ Lump Sum ” shall mean a single distribution, in cash, of a Participant’s Basic Benefit, or Deferred Benefit, or both.
(ee) “ Money Market Fund ” shall mean the fund which is a Measurement Preference, which is composed primarily of debt instruments, and which the Administrator determines to have the least risk to principal of all of the Measurement Preferences.
(ff) “ Participant ” means, individually and collectively, a Category I Participant and a Category II Participant; provided, further, that where it is necessary or appropriate to distinguish between those two classes of Participant, reference shall be made to the specific class.
(gg) “ Participating Company ” shall mean the Company or any subsidiary of the Company which adopts the Plan pursuant to Article IX of the Plan.
(hh) “ Plan ” means this Arkansas Best Corporation Supplemental Benefit Plan, as amended from time to time.
(ii) “ Plan Year ” means the 12-month period beginning January 1 and ending December 31.
(jj) “ Post-2004 Deferrals ” shall mean that portion of each Participant’s Basic Benefit that is not Pre-2005 Deferrals, including any such amounts that are deferred under Article V of the Plan and any Earnings thereon.
(kk) “ Pre-2005 Deferrals ” shall mean that portion of each Participant’s Basic Benefit that was both “earned and vested” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) as of December 31, 2004 (calculated in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder), including any such amounts that are deferred under Article V of the Plan and any Earnings thereon.

 

6


 

(ll) “ Qualified Plan ” for ABC Category I Participants means the Arkansas Best Corporation Retirement Plan (a/k/a Arkansas Best Corporation Pension Plan) as amended and restated effective January 1, 1985, and as amended from time to time to the extent such amendments increase benefits and for ABF Category I Participants means the ABF Freight System, Inc. Retirement Plan (a/k/a ABF Freight System, Inc Pension Plan) as amended and restated effective January 1, 1985, and as amended from time to time to the extent such amendments increase benefits.
(mm) “ Rules of General Application ” shall mean those rules promulgated by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, from time to time with respect to the matter of reference, but which will be applied in a similar manner to Participants similarly situated.
(nn) “ Separates ” or “ Separation ” or similar shall mean a Participant’s termination of employment with the Company or any affiliate of the Company for any reason (excluding death or Disability); provided that, with respect to Post-2004 Deferrals, such terms shall have such meaning as provided under the Act.
(oo) “ Special Restored Compensation ” shall mean, the amount, if any, of the compensation of a Category II Participant (i) which is deferred in accordance with the terms of the VSP on or before December 31, 2006, and (ii) which, if not for such deferral, would have increased such Category II Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation as defined in the Current Qualified Plan at the time of reference. Compensation deferred in accordance with the VSP on or after January 1, 2007 shall not be taken into account in determining a Category II Participant’s Benefit.
(pp) “ Specified Employee ” shall mean a “specified employee” of the Company as defined in the Act.
(qq) “Statutory Limitations ” shall mean (i) the coverage and benefit requirements the Qualified Plan must satisfy in order to comply with the nondiscrimination requirements of the Code, and (ii) the compensation and benefits limitations which are imposed on the Qualified Plan under Section 401(a)(17) and Section 415 of the Code, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(rr) “ Third-Party Recordkeeper ” shall mean the person or entity selected by the Administrator to maintain the records necessary to the administration of the Investment Elections.
(ss) “ VSP ” shall mean the Arkansas Best Corporation Voluntary Savings Plan, as now or hereafter in effect.

 

7


 

2.2 Gender and Number . Except when otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine terminology when used in the Plan shall also include the feminine gender and the neuter gender, and the definition of any term in the singular shall also include the plural.
2.3 Severability . In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held invalid or illegal for any reason, any illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, but the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted, and the Company shall have the privilege and opportunity to correct and remedy such questions of illegality or invalidity by amendment as provided in the Plan.
2.4 Applicable Law . This Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Arkansas.
2.5 Plan Not an Employment Contract . This Plan is not an employment contract. It does not give to any person the right to be continued in employment, and all employees remain subject to change of salary, transfer, change of job, discipline, layoff, discharge, or any other change of employment status.
Article III. Participation
3.1 Participation . Participation in this Plan shall be limited to those persons who are Participants on December 16, 2005.
Article IV. Benefit and Payment
4.1 Benefit.
(a) Benefits of Category I Participants . The Basic Benefits payable to a Category I Participant under this Plan shall be equal to the actuarial equivalent of the excess, if any, of (i) the benefits which would be payable to the Category I Participant under the Qualified Plan if the provisions of the Qualified Plan were administered (x) without regard to the maximum benefit limitations of Section 415 of the Code, and (y) without regard to the limitation imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, over (ii) the benefits which are actually payable to such person under the Current Qualified Plan, with the benefits in both (i) and (ii) being computed as of the date the Category I Participant Separates, but in no event, when combined with the Participant’s Deferred Benefit, more than the maximum amount specified in Exhibit B hereto for such Participant’s employment classification.
Without limitation, the amount described in “(i)” shall be determined as if the Qualified Plan’s definition of Compensation were amended by (iii) deleting all direct or indirect references to the provisions of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, and (iv) adding thereto a provision which would cause the Qualified Plan’s definition of Compensation to include all amounts which a Category I Participant shall contribute to the VSP as a Compensation Deferral Contribution (as defined in the VSP).

 

8


 

Basic Benefits payable under this Plan shall be computed in accordance with the foregoing and with the objective that, subject to the maximum Benefit caps specified in Exhibit B hereto, the Category I Participant should receive under this Plan and the Current Qualified Plan that total amount which would have been payable to the Category I Participant solely under the Qualified Plan had Section 415 and Section 401(a)(17) of the Code not been applicable thereto, and had he not elected to make Compensation Deferral Contribution(s) as defined in the VSP; provided, however, that it is not intended that there be any service or compensation credited under more than one supplemental benefit plan and no Category I Participant shall receive Basic Benefits from this Plan with respect to service and compensation to the extent, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, he receives benefits with respect thereto under the ABF Freight System, Inc. Supplemental Benefit Plan or the Data-Tronics Supplemental Benefit Plan.
(b) Benefit of Category II Participants . The Basic Benefits payable to a Category II Participant under this Plan shall be equal to the actuarial equivalent of the excess, if any, of the benefits which would be payable to the Category II Participant (i) under the Current Qualified Plan, if the Current Qualified Plan’s definition of Compensation included the Special Restored Compensation, if any, of such Category II Participant, over (ii) the benefits which are actually payable to such Category II Participant under the Current Qualified Plan, with both benefits being computed as of the date the Category II Participant Separates, but in no event, when combined with the Participant’s Deferred Benefit, more than the maximum amount specified in Exhibit B hereto for such Participant’s employment classification. Basic Benefits of each Category II Participant payable under this Plan shall be computed in accordance with the foregoing, and with the objective that, subject to the maximum Benefit caps specified in Exhibit B hereto, the Category II Participant should receive under this Plan and the Current Qualified Plan that total amount which would have been payable to the Category II Participant solely under the Current Qualified Plan (calculated, without limitation, by recognizing and applying the limitations of Section 415 and Section 401(a)(17) of the Code) if he had not incurred a Compensation Deferral Contribution as defined in the VSP on or before December 31, 2006; provided, however, that it is not intended that there be any Special Restored Compensation credited under more than one supplemental benefit plan and no Category II Participant shall receive Basic Benefits from this Plan to the extent he receives benefits under the ABF Freight System, Inc. Supplemental Benefit Plan or the Data-Tronics Supplemental Benefit Plan. In addition, amounts contributed to the VSP on or after January 1, 2007, shall not be taken into account in determining a Category II Participant’s Basic Benefit.
(c) Vesting Schedule . Subject to the following provisions of this subsection, the benefits payable to any Participant who becomes a Category I Participant after January 22, 2003, shall be subject to the following vesting schedule:
1.67% vesting for each month of participation as a
Category I Participant in the Plan
The determination of a Participant’s vested benefits shall be calculated on a monthly basis for a period up to sixty (60) months (with the last month equal to 1.47%), provided such Participant continues to be a Category I Participant in the Plan. The vesting schedule shall not apply to Category I Participants who became Category I Participants on or prior to January 22, 2003, such Participants shall be 100% vested.

 

9


 

This vesting schedule shall not apply to benefits earned by a Category II Participant; provided however, that in the event a Category I Participant becomes a Category II Participant, no further vesting in his or her Category I benefits shall occur. In the event a Category II Participant becomes a Category I Participant, all benefits earned while a Category II Participant shall remain 100% vested; however, any benefits earned as a Category I Participant shall be subject to the vesting schedule described above.
4.2 Payment . Except as provided with respect to Deferred Participants (see Sections 6.1 and 6.2), any Basic Benefit payable hereunder shall be paid to a Participant in the form of a single Lump Sum cash payment as soon as administratively feasible after the first to occur of death, Disability or date of Separation, and in all events, as determined in the sole discretion of the Company, not after the later of (i) 60 days following the date of the Participant’s death, Disability or Separation from service, or (ii) the last day of the Participant’s taxable year in which the death, Disability or Separation from service occurs; provided, however, that if a Participant is a Specified Employee and the Participant’s Separation did not result from the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant’s Post-2004 Deferrals may not be distributed until at least six months following his date of Separation. If the Specified Employee dies during the six month period after the date of Separation, his Benefit will be distributed immediately. Any Participant shall have the right under this Plan, at any time prior to his death, to designate a Beneficiary, which may be different than the Beneficiary named under the Current Qualified Plan, for purposes of receiving Benefits under this Plan payable after his death, or to revoke or change such Beneficiary designation. In the event that a Participant wishes to exercise such right, he shall make his Beneficiary designation, revocation or change in such manner as the Administrator shall prescribe. Such designation, revocation or change is only for purposes of the payment of death benefits that may be payable under this Plan. The designation of a different beneficiary for purposes of this Plan shall only affect the identity of the person or persons entitled to receive death benefits under this Plan; it shall not affect the amount of Benefits payable under this Plan, nor shall it affect the time or the form in which Benefits are payable hereunder. Moreover, if the Participant does not exercise his right to designate a different Beneficiary for purposes of this Plan, the Participant’s Beneficiary under the Qualified Plan shall also be his Beneficiary under this Plan. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon the death of a Deferred Participant, his or her Deferred Benefits shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.
4.3 Funding . All amounts paid under this Plan shall be paid in cash from the general assets of the Company or from such funding vehicle, if any, as the Company shall establish for this purpose; provided, further, that all assets paid into any such funding vehicle shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and limitations set forth in the document(s) establishing such funding vehicle but which, in any event, shall at all times, prior to payment to a Participant, remain subject to the general creditors of the Company. The benefits restored hereunder, including any Deferred Benefits, shall be reflected on the accounting records of the Company. Nothing contained in this Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust or a fiduciary relationship of any kind between the Company and a Participant or other person. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any trust agreement to the contrary, in no event shall (i) assets of the Company or any affiliate be set aside or reserved (directly or indirectly) in a trust or transferred to such a trust for purposes of paying deferred amounts and earnings thereon for an “applicable covered employee” (as defined in Section 409A(b)(3)(D)(1) of the Code) under the Plan during any “restricted period” (as defined in Section 409A(b)(3)(B) of the Code), or (ii) any assets of the Company, any affiliate or any trust described in this paragraph become restricted to the provision of benefits under the Plan in connection with a “restricted period” (as defined in Section 409A(b)(3)(B) of the Code); in each case, unless otherwise permitted under Section 409A(b)(3) of the Code without the imposition of the additional tax set forth in Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code.

 

10


 

4.4 Tax Withholding . The Company may withhold or cause to be withheld from any Benefit payment any federal, state, or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment and such sum as the Company may reasonably estimate as necessary to cover any taxes for which the Company may be liable and which may be assessed with regard to such payment.
4.5 Benefits are Not Compensation . No Benefit accrued or payable hereunder shall be deemed compensation to the Participant for the purposes of computing benefits to which such Participant may be entitled under the Qualified Plan, the Current Qualified Plan, or any other retirement plan or arrangement of the Company for the benefit of its employees; provided, further, that in the event of a conflict with this Plan, the terms of each retirement plan or arrangement shall control.
4.6 Nontransferability . A Participant shall have no rights by way of anticipation or otherwise to assign or otherwise dispose of any interest under this Plan, nor shall rights be assigned or transferred by operation of law other than by will or the laws of distribution or between spouses or incident to a divorce within the meaning of Section 1041 of the Code or any successor provision (provided any such permitted transfer shall remain subject to all other provisions of this Plan).
Article V. Deferrals and Investments
5.1 Elections . Each Eligible Deferral Participant who desires to defer all or a portion of his or her Basic Benefit may file a Deferral Election form with the Administrator and become a Deferred Participant, provided that (i) for Pre-2005 Deferrals, such filing is made prior to his Final Election Date under Section 2(y)(i), and (ii) for Post-2004 Deferrals, an initial Deferral Election form must be filed with the Administrator by December 31, 2008, or, if later, 30 days following the date the individual first becomes a Participant in the Plan (or any other plan aggregated with the Plan under Code Section 409A). In addition, a Participant may file subsequent Deferral Election forms prior to the Final Election Date; provided, however, that with respect to (i) Pre-2005 Deferrals, (a) the new election must be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the date on which payments would otherwise commence, and (b) the new distribution election date may take effect no earlier than twelve (12) months following the date the new election is made, and (ii) for Post-2004 Deferrals, (x) the new election must be made at least twelve (12) months prior to the date on which payments would otherwise commence, (y) the new payout date must be no earlier than five (5) years from the date payments would otherwise commence, and (z) no election change may have the effect of accelerating the time of payment of any distributions, except to the extent permitted under the Act without the imposition of any penalties or additional taxes under the Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to IRS Notices 2006-79 and 2007-86, with respect to Post-2004 Deferrals, each Eligible Deferral Participant may file a new Deferral Election form with the Administrator on or before December 31, 2008 that changes the time and/or form of the distribution of payments made pursuant to previously filed initial or subsequent Deferral Election form without regard to the subsequent deferred timing rules specified in (y) and (z) of this Section 5.1, described immediate above (the “Transition Deferral Election”); provided, however that with respect to a Transition Deferral Election made on or after January 1, 2008 and on or before December 31, 2008, (i) the new Deferral Election must apply only to payments that would not otherwise be payable in 2008, and (ii) the Deferral Election must not cause an amount to be paid in 2008 that would not otherwise be payable in 2008.

 

11


 

5.2 Establishment of Deferral Account . The Administrator shall establish a Deferral Account for each Deferred Participant, (i) to which shall be added the deferred portion of such Deferred Participant’s Basic Benefit effective not less than thirty (30) days after his Separation, (ii) to which shall be added (or deducted) Earnings, and (iii) from which shall be deducted Deferred Payments.
5.3 Earnings Added to Deferral Accounts . Earnings shall be added to each Deferral Account based on the Deferred Participant’s Measurement Preference as shall be determined by the Administrator in accordance with Rules of General Application.
5.4 Investment Direction . Effective as of each Business Day, in accordance with Rules of General Application, each Deferred Participant may select investments (“Measurement Preferences”) from among the different investment alternatives which are made available by the Administrator. No actual investments shall be made by Deferred Participants. The Measurement Preferences are only for the purpose of determining the Company’s payment obligation under Article VI and such Measurement Preferences do not control any actual investments made by the Company.
A Deferred Participant may change his Measurement Preferences as of each Business Day by filing an Investment Election form with the Administrator who will review and determine whether such direction shall be forwarded, and if the Administrator elects to follow such direction, he shall notify the Third Party Recordkeeper. If a Deferred Participant has not filed an Investment Election form with respect to some or all of the amount in his Deferral Account, he will be deemed to have elected for such amount to be invested in the Money Market Fund until the first Business Day with respect to which he has designated an investment of such amount by filing an Investment Election form.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the power to reject some or all of the selections of Measurement Preferences selected by any one or more Deferred Participants by advising the affected Deferred Participant(s) in writing of such rejection within five (5) days of receiving an Investment Election form selecting or changing a Deferred Participant’s Measurement Preferences. If the Administrator rejects an election, notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, the portion of such Deferral Account(s) subject to such rejection shall be credited with the Alternative Earnings Rate until a Measurement Preference is approved.

 

12


 

5.5 No Guaranty of Deferral . While the Company intends that the Deferral Election(s) will result in the deferral of the imposition of a federal income tax on the funds added to a Deferred Participant’s Deferral Account until such time as they actually shall be paid to such Deferred Participant, nothing herein shall be construed as a promise, guarantee or other representation by the Company of such tax effect nor, without limitation, shall the Company be liable for any taxes, penalties or other amounts incurred by any Eligible Deferral Participant(s) or Deferred Participant(s) in the event it is determined by applicable authorities that such deferral was not accomplished, and each Participant who files an Election Form should consult his or her own tax advisor(s) to determine the tax consequences in his or her specific case, and their suitability for the filing of such Election Form.
5.6 Statements . As soon as administratively feasible following each Plan Year, and at such other times as determined by the Administrator under Rules of General Application, the Administrator shall furnish each Deferred Participant with a statement setting forth (i) the amount in his Deferral Account, (ii) the Earnings added or deducted from his Deferral Account for such period, and (iii) any deducted charges to, or distributions from, his Deferral Account during such period.
Article VI. Distributions to Deferred Participants
6.1 Form of Deferred Payments . Subject to Section 5.1, a Deferred Participant’s Deferred Payments may be made or commenced at any time following the date on which they are first added to his Deferral Account, and may be paid on the date(s) designated and either in a Lump Sum or in up to fifteen (15) Installment Payments, in each case, as a Deferred Participant shall select on the Deferral Election in effect on the Final Election Date preceding the Deferred Payment Date of reference. Subject to Section 5.1, only the last Deferral Election form on or before such Final Election Date of reference shall be effective. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, however, if a Deferred Participant elects a Deferred Payment payable (in the case of a lump sum) or to commence payable (in the case of installments) within a reasonable time after his or her date of Separation, then, if such Deferred Participant is a Specified Employee and such Deferred Participant’s Separation (rather than Participant’s death or Disability), such Deferred Participant’s Post-2004 Deferrals may not be distributed (or commence to be distributed) until at least six months following his or her date of Separation. If the Specified Employee dies during the six-month period after the date of Separation, his Benefit will be distributed immediately.
6.2 Installment Payments . If a Deferred Participant elects a Deferred Payment in the form of Installment Payments, each installment shall be equal to either (i) a fixed amount each year (not in excess of the balance of his Account at the time of the distribution), with the remaining balance of his Deferral Account distributed as the final installment; (ii) an annual percentage installment payment which is calculated as the product of (w) the balance of his Deferral Account on the payment date elected by the Participant in which such payment is made, multiplied by (x) a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1), and the denominator of which is the total number of installments originally elected less the number of installments previously paid plus, in the case of the last Installment Payment, the remaining amount in his Deferral Account, or (iii) such other method as shall be (y) requested by the Deferred Participant on the Election Form of reference, and (z) approved by the Administrator in his sole discretion. Installment Payments shall be paid at such time during the Plan Year as shall be determined by the Administrator. In the event that a Deferred Participant elects a Deferred Payment in the form of an Installment Payment, but does not select an installment method and such Deferred Participant is unable or unwilling to select an installment method, the installment payment shall be paid as an annual percentage installment payment over five (5) years as described in Section 6.2(ii) above.

 

13


 

6.3 Change in Control . Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, upon a Change in Control, all Deferred Benefits hereunder (including, without limitation, Deferred Benefits otherwise payable on a later Deferred Payment Date, including, again without limitation, any remaining Installment Payments), shall be distributed to Deferred Participants in a Lump Sum as soon as administratively feasible, but not more than thirty (30) days, after such Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to the date of a Change in Control, a Deferred Participant may elect to waive, with respect to Pre-2005 Deferrals (but not Post-2004 Deferrals), the provisions of this Section 6.3 with respect to a designated Change in Control and continue to retain his Benefits under the Plan as if such Change in Control had not occurred. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to Post-2004 Deferrals, distributions under this Section 6.3 shall only be made upon the occurrence of Change in Control that qualifies as either a “change in the ownership” of the Company, a “change in effective control” of the Company or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company, in each case, as defined under the Act or Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder.
6.4 Hardship Distribution . Upon the Administrator’s determination (following petition by a Deferred Participant) that a Deferred Participant has suffered a “severe financial hardship,” the Administrator shall distribute to such Deferred Participant that portion of such Deferred Participant’s Deferred Benefit as requested by such Deferred Participant and approved by the Administrator, but in no event shall the Administrator approve a distribution which is greater than is necessary to relieve the financial hardship. A “severe financial hardship” means an unforeseeable event resulting from a sudden and unexplained illness or accident experienced by either a Deferred Participant or his dependents, the loss of property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond a Deferred Participant’s control, which such Deferred Participant can not satisfy through available or attainable assets. Without limitation, the definition of severe financial hardship does not include the need to send a child to college or the desire to purchase a home. The amount of the distribution will be limited to an amount necessary to satisfy the severe financial hardship plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which the hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation would not itself cause severe financial hardship). The Administrator shall evaluate the facts and circumstances of each hardship request. A Deferred Participant shall receive a single lump-sum cash payment of the amount approved by the Administrator as soon as administratively feasible (not to exceed sixty (60) days) following the Administrator’s approval.

 

14


 

6.5 Accelerated Withdrawal . A Deferred Participant may request distribution of a portion (not less than $1,000) of his Deferred Benefit that relates to Pre-2005 Deferrals before its Deferred Payment Date. If such request is approved by the Administrator, which approval may be granted or withheld at the sole discretion of the Administrator, an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount withdrawn shall be deducted from such Deferred Participant’s Deferral Account and irrevocably forfeited. The amount forfeited shall inure to the benefit of the Company in the manner determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Section 6.5 shall not apply to Post-2004 Deferrals.
Article VII. Administration
7.1 Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Company, who may delegate that responsibility to any one or more persons or committees. If more than one person is acting as Administrator, a majority of the members shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present, or acts approved in writing by a majority of the members without a meeting, shall be the acts of the Administrator. The Administrator shall have the authority which is expressly stated in this Plan as vested in the Administrator, and authority to make rules to administer and interpret the Plan, to decide questions arising under the Plan, and to take such other action as may be appropriate to carry out the purposes of the Plan.
7.2 Finality of Determination . The determination of the Administrator as to any disputed questions arising under this Plan, including questions of construction and interpretation shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon all persons. Without limitation, the Board of Directors’ determinations as to which persons are Category I Participants and Category II Participants, the specific benefits which shall be restored to each such Participant, and the vehicle, if any, to be used to fund such restorations of benefits shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons.
7.3 Expenses . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company.
7.4 Indemnification and Exculpation . The members of the Board of Directors, the Administrator, and officers, directors, and employees of the Company shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any and all loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by them in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which they may be a party or in which they may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under this Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by them in settlement (with the Company’s written approval) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding. The foregoing provision shall not be applicable to any person if the loss, cost, liability, or expense is due to such person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
Article VIII. Merger, Amendment, and Termination
8.1 Merger, Consolidation . In the event of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition where the Company is not the surviving corporation, this Plan will terminate unless the successor or acquiring corporation shall elect to continue and carry on the Plan; provided, however, that if the transaction does not qualify as either a “change in the ownership” of the Company, a “change in effective control” of the Company or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company, in each case, as defined under the Act or Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder, such Plan termination shall not result in the acceleration of payment of any Post-2004 Deferral unless otherwise permitted under the Act.

 

15


 

8.2 Claims Procedure . The Administrator will make all determinations as to the rights of any employee, Participant, Beneficiary or other person under the terms of this Plan. Any employee, Participant, Beneficiary, or person claiming under them, may make a claim for benefits under this Plan by filing written notice with the Administrator setting forth the substance of the claim. If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the claimant will have the opportunity to appeal the denial upon filing with the Administrator a written request for review within 60 days after receipt of notice of denial. Denial of a claim or a decision on review will be made in writing to the Administrator and delivered to the claimant within 60 days after receipt of the claim or request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim or review, in which event the such person’s decision must be made as soon as possible thereafter but not beyond an additional 60 days. If no action on an initial claim is taken within 120 days, the claim will be deemed denied for purposes of permitting the claimant to proceed to the review stage. The denial of a claim or the decision on review will specify the reasons for the denial or decision, the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial or decision is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of, why such information is necessary, if applicable, and a description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable thereto, including a statement of the claimant’s rights under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefits determination on review. The denial of a claim will also include a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of the claim review procedure herein described. Within 60 days after receiving a denial, the claimant or his authorized representative may appeal the decision by requesting a review by writing the Administrator.
On appeal, the claimant may submit in writing any comments or issues with respect to the claim and/or any additional documents or information not considered during the initial review and, upon request and free of charge, the claimant will be provided access to and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim. On appeal, the Administrator will not give deference to the initial adverse benefit determination. A decision on appeal will normally be given within 60 days after the receipt of the appeal. If special circumstances warrant an extension as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, then the decision will be made no later than 120 days after receipt of the appeal. If an extension is required, the claimant will be provided a written notice of the extension that shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its final decision. The Administrator’s decision on appeal shall be final and binding on all parties. If a claimant’s appeal is denied in whole or in part, the notice of the decision on appeal shall include the specific reasons for the denial and reference to the relevant Plan provisions on which the denial was based, a statement that, upon request and free of charge, the claimant may review and copy all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim for benefits and the claimant’s rights under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

16


 

The Administrator will serve as an agent for service of legal process with respect to the Plan unless the Company, through written resolution, appoints another agent.
8.3 Securities Laws . The Plan intends to comply with and be exempt under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Deferred Participants under the Plan are final purchasers and not underwriters or conduits to other beneficial owners or subsequent purchasers.
8.4 Amendment and Termination . The Company, through its Board of Directors, may in its discretion amend the Plan from time-to-time. Specifically, termination of the Plan shall require the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company hereby delegates to its executive officers the authority to make any amendment (i) that does not increase the benefit costs of the Plan to the Company by more than 1% of the Plan’s prior calendar year financial statement expense or (ii) that is necessary or desirable in order to have it conform to the provisions and requirements of the Code, AJCA or any other applicable law.
In the event of an amendment or termination of the Plan pursuant to this Section or Section 8.1, the Benefits accrued hereunder, prior to the later of the date of adoption, or the effective date, of the amendment shall continue to be an obligation of the Company, and shall be paid not later than the date(s) provided hereunder immediately prior to the later of the date of adoption, or the effective date, of the amendment; and provided further, without limitation, that, with respect to Pre-2005 Deferrals and with respect to Post-2004 Deferrals to the extent permitted by the Act without the imposition of any additional taxes or penalties under the Act, such amounts may be paid earlier, with actuarial reductions based on the actuarial assumptions in the Qualified Plan, in the sole discretion of the Administrator.
Article IX. Adoption of the Plan
Any subsidiary of the Company may, with the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, adopt this Plan pursuant to appropriate written resolutions of the Board of Directors of such subsidiary. Any subsidiary which adopts the Plan is thereafter a Participating Company with respect to the Plan.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers on 30 th day of July, 2009.
                 
ATTEST:
      ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION    
 
               
/s/ Michael R. Johns
 
      By:   /s/ Judy R. McReynolds
 
Printed Name: Judy R. McReynolds
   
            Title: Senior Vice President — CFO and Treasurer     

 

17

Exhibit 10.18
AMENDMENT ONE TO THE
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PLAN
Amendment made effective December 31, 2009, by Arkansas Best Corporation, a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, Arkansas Best Corporation (the “Company”) sponsors Arkansas Best Corporation Supplemental Benefit Plan (the “Plan”), as amended and last restated effective as of August 1, 2009; and
WHEREAS, effective December 31, 2009, the Company now desires to amend the Plan to freeze benefit accruals under the Plan; and
WHEREAS, the Plan may be amended by the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.4 of the Plan, and the Company desires to amend the Plan.
WHEREAS, benefits under the Plan as of December 31, 2004 have remained the same at all times thereafter and have not been affected by any amendment to the Plan subsequent to December 31, 2004 and such benefits are not affected by this amendment.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is amended as follows, effective as set forth above:
1. Existing Section 3.1 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted in its place:
3.1 Participation. Except as specifically provided in Exhibit C, benefit accruals under the Plan shall cease and be frozen effective at midnight on December 31, 2009 and Category I participation shall be limited to the seven participants listed in Exhibit C with the freeze provisions and benefit amounts provided in Exhibit C.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Arkansas Best Corporation, acting by and through its duly authorized officer, has executed this document on this the 22 nd day of January, 2010.
         
  ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Judy R. McReynolds    
    Name: Judy R. McReynolds   
    Title:   President and CEO   

 

Exhibit 10.19
AMENDED AND RESTATED
DEFERRED SALARY AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED SALARY AGREEMENT made as of this  _____  day of                      , but effective as of                      ,  _____  20  _____  (this “Agreement”), by and between ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION (“Corporation or ABC”), a Delaware corporation, and                      (“Officer”):
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, Officer is employed by Corporation or one of its subsidiaries and has experience, knowledge and contacts of considerable value to Corporation and/or the subsidiary; and
WHEREAS, Corporation wishes to offer an inducement to said Officer to remain in its, or its subsidiary’s, employ; and
WHEREAS, Officer presently intends to continue in the employ of Corporation or a subsidiary; and
WHEREAS, Officer and Corporation are currently parties to that certain Deferred Salary Agreement dated as of  _____  (the “Original Agreement”) and subsequently amended and restated effective  _____; and
WHEREAS, Officer and Corporation wish to amend and restate the Original Agreement as set forth herein;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the provisions hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree to the conditions hereinafter contained:
1. The general purpose of this amendment and restatement of the Agreement is to comply with the provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Act”) in order to avoid immediate taxation of amounts deferred hereunder, and this Agreement will be interpreted accordingly. With respect to Pre-2005 Deferred Salary, the Plan shall be interpreted so as to avoid having such Pre-2005 Deferred Salary subject to the Act. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Pre-2005 Deferred Salary” shall mean the portion of the Deferred Salary that was both “earned and vested” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) as of December 31, 2004 (calculated in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) and any earnings attributable thereto. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Post-2004 Deferred Salary” shall mean any portion of the Deferred Salary that is not Pre-2005 Deferred Salary.
2. Corporation shall pay the Deferred Salary to Officer or Officer’s Beneficiary unless forfeited by the occurrence of any of the events of forfeiture specified in Paragraph 6 below. “Deferred Salary” shall mean thirty-five percent (35%) of the Officer’s final monthly base salary multiplied times one hundred twenty (120) months.

 

 


 

DEFERRED SALARY AGREEMENT
- Cont’d -
3. The Deferred Salary is to be paid as follows:
  (a)  
If Officer’s employment with Corporation is terminated because of death before the age of 65, Corporation shall pay to the beneficiary designated by Officer the Deferred Salary, payable in 120 equal monthly installments.
  (b)  
If Officer’s employment hereunder terminates for any reason on or after Officer shall have reached the age of 65, Corporation shall pay to Officer the Deferred Salary in 120 equal monthly installments.
  (c)   (i)  
In the event, prior to age 62, of Officer’s retirement, Disability (as defined in Paragraph 3(f)) or termination, other than due to death as provided in Paragraph 3(a) or after a Change in Control as provided in Paragraph 14, the Corporation shall pay to the Officer a reduced amount (“Reduced Deferred Salary”), which shall be computed by multiplying: (i) the Officer’s continuous years of service with the Corporation (including any service with affiliated companies, but not to exceed 25 years of service in the aggregate) at the time the event occurs, times (ii) 3%, times (iii) the Deferred Salary. The Reduced Deferred Salary shall be paid in 120 equal monthly installments.
  (ii)  
If any of the events in Subparagraph 3(c)(i) occur at or after age 62 but prior to age 65, the Board of Directors may elect to provide 100% of the Deferred Salary, or a Reduced Deferred Salary of not less than 75% of the Deferred Salary, to be paid in 120 equal monthly installments.
  (d)   (i)  
If the Officer shall die before a total of 120 monthly payments are made by Corporation, the unpaid balance of the Deferred Salary or Reduced Deferred Salary payable pursuant to Subparagraphs 3(a), 3(b) or 3(c) above, as the case may be, will continue to be paid in installments for the unexpired portion of such ten-year period to Officer’s Beneficiary.
  (ii)  
If Officer’s Beneficiary shall die before a total of 120 monthly payments are made by the Corporation, the unpaid balance of the Deferred Salary or Reduced Deferred Salary, as the case may be, will continue to be paid in installments for the unexpired portion of such ten-year period to the estate of Officer’s Beneficiary; provided, however, that Corporation may, in its sole discretion, pay the present value (computed using an interest rate of 6.22%) of such unpaid balance to the estate of Officer’s Beneficiary in the form of a lump sum payment.
  (e)  
“Officer’s Beneficiary” may be designated or changed by Officer (without the consent of any prior beneficiary) on a form provided by the Corporation and delivered to the Corporation before Officer’s death. If no such beneficiary shall have been designated or if no such designated beneficiary shall survive Officer, the installment payments payable under Subparagraphs 3(a), 3(b) and 3(c) above shall be payable to Officer’s estate.
  (f)  
Subject to the next sentence, any monthly installment payments to be made to the Officer under this Paragraph 3 shall commence on the first day of the month next following the date of Officer’s retirement, Disability (as defined in this Paragraph 3(f)) or termination. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Officer is a Specified Employee (as defined in the Act), any monthly installment payments to be made to the Officer under this Paragraph 3 that relates to Post-2004 Deferred Salary and are distributable because of a Separation from Service (as defined in the Act) shall commence on the first day of the month next following the date that is 6 months following the date of Officer’s Separation from Service from the Corporation. If the Specified Employee dies during the six month period after the date of termination, payment of his Benefit will commence immediately. For purposes of this Subparagraph 3(f), a “Disability” shall be deemed to occur if (x) the Corporation determines that Officer is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (y) Officer is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering the employees of the Corporation.

 

Page 2


 

DEFERRED SALARY AGREEMENT
- Cont’d -
  (g)  
No Guaranty of Deferral . While the Corporation intends that the imposition of a federal income tax on the Deferred Salary amounts will be deferred until they are actually paid, nothing herein shall be construed as a promise, guarantee, or other representation by the Corporation of such tax effect nor, without limitation, shall the Corporation be liable for any taxes, penalties or other amounts incurred by Officer in the event it is determined by applicable authorities that such deferral was not accomplished.
4. Any funds which may be set aside by the Corporation to meet its obligations under this Agreement shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general funds of the Corporation and no person other than the Corporation shall by virtue of the provisions of this Agreement have any interest in such funds except as may result from a Change in Control.
5. The right to receive payments under this Agreement may not be anticipated, commuted, transferred, assigned, or otherwise encumbered, other than by will or the laws of distribution or between spouses or incident to a divorce within the meaning of Section 1041 of the Internal Revenue Code or any successor provision (provided any such permitted transfer shall remain subject to all other provisions of this Agreement). Any such action by Officer, not otherwise permitted under this paragraph, shall forthwith terminate Corporation’s obligation to pay any unpaid balance owed hereunder.
6. Except as provided below, no payment of any unpaid balance of Deferred Salary or Reduced Deferred Salary, as the case may be, shall be made, and all rights of Officer, Officer’s Beneficiary, executors or administrators, or any other person to any unpaid balance hereunder shall be forfeited if either of the following shall occur:
  (a)  
Officer’s employment shall terminate by reason of discharge for wrongful conduct injurious to Corporation, as determined by Corporation in its sole discretion.
  (b)  
Following the date on which Officer shall cease to be an employee of Corporation, he shall at any time disclose to unauthorized persons confidential information relating to the businesses of Corporation, or becomes employed or renders services to any competitor of Corporation.
However, notwithstanding the above, this Paragraph 6 shall not apply to any termination of employment that occurs during the three (3)-year period following a Change in Control under Paragraph 14.
7. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as conferring upon Officer the right to continue in the employ of Corporation as an officer or in any other capacity.
8. The amounts provided hereunder shall be in addition to Officer’s annual salary as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and shall not affect the right of Officer to participate in any current or future Corporation retirement plan or in any supplemental compensation arrangement. Any amounts payable under this Agreement shall not be deemed salary or other compensation to Officer for the purpose of computing benefits to which he may be entitled under any pension plan or other arrangement of the Corporation for the benefit of its employees.
9. If Corporation shall acquire an insurance policy or annuity contract or any other asset in connection with the liabilities assumed by it hereunder, it is expressly understood and agreed that neither Officer nor any beneficiary of Officer shall have any right with respect to, or claim against, such policy or other asset except as expressly provided by the terms of such policy or in the title to such other asset. Such policy or asset shall not be deemed to be held under any trust for the benefit of Officer or his beneficiaries or to be held in any way as collateral for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Corporation under this Agreement, except as may be expressly provided by the terms of such policy or title to such other asset. It shall be and remain a general asset of Corporation.

 

Page 3


 

DEFERRED SALARY AGREEMENT
- Cont’d -
10. Corporation agrees that it will not merge or consolidate with any other company or organization, or permit its business activities to be taken over by any other organization unless and until the succeeding or continuing company or other organization shall expressly assume all obligations and liabilities herein set forth, including but not limited to the Change in Control provisions under Paragraph 14.
11. Neither Corporation, nor any member of the Board of Directors, nor any other body as may be appointed by the Board of Directors to administer this Agreement, nor any officer, agent or employee of Corporation, the Board of Directors or such other body shall be liable to any person for any action or omission in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct or bad faith. The Board of Directors of Corporation or such other body as may be appointed by the Board of Directors shall have full discretion, powers and authority to interpret, construe and administer this Agreement. The determination by the Board of Directors as to whether an event has occurred resulting in the forfeiture, termination or reduction of any unpaid installments shall be conclusive.
12. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Corporation, its successors and assigns and Officer and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.
13. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Arkansas (excluding its choice of laws).
  14.   (a)  
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, upon Officer’s or Corporation’s election to terminate Officer’s employment within three (3) years for Pre-2005 Deferred Salary within two (2) years for Post-2004 Deferred Salary following the occurrence of the respective Change in Control event as defined in subparagraph (b) below, Officer shall immediately become 100% vested in the Deferred Salary (without any discount under Subparagraph 3(c)’s Reduced Deferred Salary calculations), and shall be paid within fifteen (15) days after Officer’s Separation from Service date a lump sum equal to the present value of the 120 monthly installments of Officer’s 100% vested Deferred Salary computed using an interest rate of 6.22% and calculated as if the Officer were 65 years of age; however, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to Post-2004 Deferred Salary, distributions under this Paragraph 14 shall only be made upon the occurrence of Change in Control that qualifies as either a “change in the ownership” of the Company, a “change in effective control” of the Company or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company, in each case, as defined under the Act or Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder.
If Officer’s employment terminates for any reason prior to a Change in Control event (and Officer or Officer’s Beneficiary has not been previously notified in writing that they have forfeited their rights to the Deferred Salary under Paragraph 6 above), then Officer or Officer’s Beneficiary, as appropriate, shall upon the respective Change in Control event, be paid, within fifteen (15) days after the consummation of the Change in Control event, a lump sum equal to the present value of any remaining unpaid balance computed using an interest rate of 6.22%, provided, however, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to Post-2004 Deferred Salary, distributions under this Paragraph 14 shall only be made upon the occurrence of Change in Control that qualifies as either a “change in the ownership” of the Company, a “change in effective control” of the Company or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company, in each case, as defined under the Act or Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder. Any such distribution shall be made within fifteen (15) days following the occurrence of such Change in Control.

 

Page 4


 

DEFERRED SALARY AGREEMENT
- Cont’d -
  (b)  
For the purposes of this Agreement for Post-2004 Deferred Salary, a “Change in Control” shall mean each and every time any of the following events shall occur while any portion of the Deferred Salary is owed to Officer:
(i) the approval by shareholders of the Company of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;
(ii) the approval by shareholders of the Company of a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;
(iii) any “person” (as such is defined in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended) becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or
(iv) the replacement of a majority of the Board of Directors during a 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the directors before the date of the appointment or election.
For the purposes of this Agreement for Pre-2005 Deferred Salary, a “Change in Control” shall mean each and every time any of the following events shall occur while any portion of the Deferred Salary is owed to Officer:
(1) there shall be consummated any consolidation or merger of ABC in which ABC is not the continuing or surviving corporation or pursuant to which ABC’s common stock would be converted into cash, securities, or other property, or any lease, exchange or other transfer (excluding transfer by way of pledge or hypothecation), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of all, or substantially all, of the assets of ABC, other than any such consolidation, merger, lease, exchange or transfer in which ABC, or any of its affiliates, or the holders of ABC’s common stock immediately prior to any such actions have at least a fifty-one percent (51%) ownership of the surviving Corporation after the consolidation or merger or the entity to which such assets are transferred, leased, exchanged or otherwise transferred;
(2) the shareholders of ABC approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of ABC;
(3) any “person” (as such is defined in Section 3(a)(9) or Section 13(d)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”) or any “group” (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 promulgated under the 1934 Act, other than ABC or any successor of ABC or any subsidiary of ABC or any employee benefit plan of ABC or any subsidiary (including such plan’s trustee), becomes a beneficial owner for purposes of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act, directly or indirectly, of securities of ABC representing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of ABC’s then outstanding securities having the right to vote in the election of directors;

 

Page 5


 

DEFERRED SALARY AGREEMENT
- Cont’d -
(4) if at any time the Continuing Directors then serving on the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof.
“Continuing Director” shall mean a Director of ABC who either (A) is a Director of ABC on the date hereof, or (B) whose initial election or initial nomination for election by ABC’s shareholders was approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors (including any successors elected pursuant to this subpart (b)) then on the ABC Board of Directors.
Provided, however, that a Change in Control related to Pre-2005 Deferred Salary shall not have occurred so long as members of the Senior Management Group who owned or controlled at least 51% of the Senior Management Group’s total ABC voting shares (excluding stock option rights) immediately prior to each Change in Control event continue to have at least an equivalent equity ownership or control in ABC or its successors during the three-year period following each occurrence of that Change in Control event. (Example: Prior to a Change in Control event, Senior Management Group owned 100 shares, which was 15% of the outstanding voting shares. No Change in Control occurs for that event if after the event members of the Senior Management Group owning or controlling at least 51 shares of ABC own or control at least 7.5% of the equity of ABC or its successors.)
“Senior Management Group” means the vice presidents and corporate officers of higher rank and the members of the Boards of Directors of ABC and its subsidiaries.
  (c)  
Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if any of the payments provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments which Officer has the right to receive from the Corporation, would constitute an “excess parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), the payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced to the largest amount as will result in no portion of such payments being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code; provided, however, that the determination as to whether any reduction in the payments under this Agreement pursuant to this proviso is necessary shall be made by Officer in good faith, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the Corporation with respect to its treatment of the payment for tax reporting purposes.
15. All payments made to Officer or Officer’s Beneficiaries under this Agreement will be subject to required withholding of federal, state and local income and employment taxes.
[signature page follows]

 

Page 6


 

DEFERRED SALARY AGREEMENT
- Cont’d -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officers and affixed its seal, and Officer has signed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
                         
            ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION    
 
                       
ATTEST:
                       
 
                       
 
          By:            
                 
 
                       
Name and Title:
              Name and Title:        
 
 
 
             
 
    
 
                       
                     
 
              Officer        

 

Page 7


 

OFFICER’S BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION NOTICE
TO:       RETIREMENT SERVICES — ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
Pursuant to the provisions of the Deferred Salary Agreement between Corporation and me, I hereby designate the following person or persons as Primary and Secondary Beneficiaries of benefits payable by reason of my death:
         
PRIMARY BENEFICIARY :
       
 
 
 
(Name)
   
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
(Address)
   
 
       
SECONDARY BENEFICIARY :
       
 
 
 
(Name)
   
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
(Address)
   
Corporation shall pay all sums payable under the Agreement by reason of my death to the Primary Beneficiary, if living; and if not, then to the Secondary Beneficiary, if living; and if no named beneficiary survives me, then benefits shall be paid in accordance with Subparagraph 2(e) of the Agreement.
This Officer’s Beneficiary Designation Notice shall revoke and supersede any prior designation made by me.
DATED this  _____  day of  _____, 20__.
         
 
(Witness)
 
 
(Name)
   
RECEIVED this  _____  day of  _____, 20  _____.
                 
        ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
(Witness)
         
 
   

 

Page 8

Exhibit 10.20
CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION UNDER A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST, PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. THE REDACTED TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED IN THIS EXHIBIT AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THREE ASTERISKS [***].
MASTER CONTINUING
LETTER OF CREDIT REIMBURSEMENT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
November 24, 2009
The undersigned applicants (collectively, the “Applicants” and each, individually, an “Applicant”) may from time to time request The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd. (hereinafter referred to, together with its successors and/or assigns, as the “Bank”), with offices at 1251 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10020-1104, to issue one or more irrevocable standby letters of credit (each, as the context requires or applies, and together with all amendments, renewals and extensions thereof, a “Letter of Credit”, and collectively, the “Letter of Credit” or “Letters of Credit”).
In order to induce the Bank to issue the Letters of Credit, and in consideration thereof, each of the Applicants hereby agrees with the Bank as follows:
1.  Application . From time to time from the date of this agreement until one (1) year from the date hereof (the “Maturity Date”), each Applicant may request Letters of Credit subject to the terms hereof. Each request for any Letter of Credit shall be on the Bank’s form of application therefor as from time to time in use (each, an “Application”), must have an expiration date no later than one (1) year from its date of issuance (subject, however, to any evergreen clause), and the total aggregate amount of Letters of Credit which the Applicants may request and the Bank may issue hereunder in the aggregate shall not exceed $25,000,000. Neither this Master Continuing Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”) nor any Application obligates the Bank to issue, or consider any request to issue, any proposed Letter of Credit for which an Application has been made until the Applicant has complied with any and all requirements relating to conditions precedent, collateral security, guaranty or credit support established for that Letter of Credit.
2.  Reimbursement . The Applicants agree jointly and severally to reimburse the Bank, with or without demand, for any and all payments the Bank makes under or otherwise with respect to any Letter of Credit. If any Letter of Credit provides for sight payment, the due date for reimbursement is no later than the date the Bank pays. If any Letter of Credit calls for acceptance of a time draft, the due date for reimbursement is no later than the day preceding the date on which payment of such draft is due.
3. Indemnity . Each Applicant hereby indemnifies the Bank against all costs, expenses, claims and liabilities (and related costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees, expert witness fees, court costs, and other formal or informal dispute resolution costs and expenses) that the Bank may pay or incur arising out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any Application, any draft or any Letter of Credit, whether payments are made as the result of informal settlement, nonjudicial dispute resolution process, or litigation, except to the extent incurred as the result of the Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final non-appealable judgment issued by a court of competent jurisdiction. This indemnity includes, without limitation, instances in which (a) a beneficiary seeks to enforce any Letter of Credit or any advice thereof, sues for wrongful dishonor, seeks a judicial determination, or brings any other action or proceeding relating thereto; (b) an advising bank, confirming bank, negotiating bank, or other intermediary seeks to be reimbursed, indemnified, or compensated; (c) the Bank delivers, with or without endorsement, any instrument, security, or document, as contemplated by this Agreement; (d) the Bank gives its guaranty, endorsement, or other undertaking to induce delivery, pursuant to Section 7(h) hereof; (e) a third party seeks to enforce the rights of the

 

 


 

Applicant, any beneficiary, any negotiating bank or other intermediary, transferee, assignee of proceeds, or holder of a document, or to question, delay, or prevent the honor of any Letter of Credit; (f) a government (or other de facto or de jure political body) or government agency seeks to regulate, investigate, delay, or prevent honor of any Letter of Credit; (g) the Bank undertakes the preparation, negotiation, amendment, or “workout”/restructuring of this Agreement or any Letter of Credit; (h) the Bank seeks to determine, protect, or enforce the Bank’s rights and remedies under any Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any security agreement, guaranty, credit support, or other undertaking entered into in connection with this Agreement or any Letter of Credit; (i) the Bank seeks to respond to any notice of alleged fraud, forgery, or illegality in any presentation, including active defense by the Bank in any action in which an Applicant may seek an injunction against presentation, honor, or payment of any Letter of Credit or draft; or (j) the Bank may be obligated by court order to pay legal fees or court costs paid or incurred by an Applicant, any beneficiary, or any other party in any dispute involving any Application, any Letter of Credit, any draft or this Agreement. All amounts indemnified hereunder shall be payable on demand.
4.  Fees and Costs; Interest . The Applicants agree to pay the Bank, on demand or as either provided herein or as mutually agreed in writing between the Bank and the Applicants: (a) issuance or other processing or administration, maintenance, acceptance, transfer, drawing, amendment, and recognition of assignment of proceeds fees and any other commissions in the amount shown on any Application, if any, or as in effect at the Bank from time to time, or as separately agreed between the Bank and the Applicant in writing, it being understood that the bank will not charge Applicant any upfront, issuance or facing fees and that the fee for any amendment shall not be in excess of $150; (b) a letter of credit fee, as charged by the Bank, which, as of the date hereof shall be [***] basis points per annum, which shall accrue and be due and payable in arrears on the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Applicants; (c) S.W.I.F.T. charges and other issuance costs; (d) fees paid by the Bank to advising, confirming, and negotiating banks; (e) actual costs incurred in determining the authenticity of any purported assignment of proceeds or the identity and capacity of any purported successor of any beneficiary; (f) increased costs or reduction in yield if, after the date hereof, any change in any law, rule, or regulation, treaty, or interpretation thereof (whether or not having the force of law) regarding reserves, special deposits, insurance assessments, fees, capital adequacy, or similar requirements shall have the effect of increasing the Bank’s costs or reducing its yield hereunder, such amounts to be payable on the basis of the Bank’s calculations of these amounts made in good faith, absent manifest error; (g) interest on all unpaid amounts due with respect to this Agreement, any Application, any draft or any Letter of Credit at a daily fluctuating rate per annum equal to the sum of [***] % plus [***] , and (h) any and all other costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees, disbursements and court costs) incurred by the Bank in connection with any Letter of Credit and any and all payments or disbursements thereunder.
5.  Payments .
(a) The Applicants’ obligations hereunder shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid and otherwise observed under all circumstances, including, without limitation, the following: (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any agreement referenced herein or any amendment hereto or thereto, or any waiver hereof or thereof or consent to departure herefrom or therefrom; (b) any claim, set-off, defense, or other rights which an Applicant may have at any time against any beneficiary or any other person or entity in connection with the Letters of Credit, any agreement referred to therein, or any unrelated transaction; (c) any draft or document presented to the Bank under any Letter of Credit or any statement contained therein (as the case may be) proves to be forged, fraudulent, unauthorized, invalid, insufficient, untrue, or inaccurate in any respect whatsoever no readily apparent on its face, or does not strictly comply with the terms of any Letter of Credit.
(b) Payments to the Bank shall be made in U. S. Dollars (unless expressly otherwise agreed or ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction) without deduction, counterclaim or set-off in immediately available funds before 2:00 p.m. on the due date at the Bank’s New York office set forth on page 1 of this Agreement, ABA # [***] , Account No. [***] , Account Name: [***] or any other designated account or location specified by the Bank. If the due date is not a “Banking Day” (defined as a day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks are required or permitted to be closed in the City of New York), payment shall be made on the next Banking Day, subject to accrual of interest and fees for the period of such extension. All payments of fees (including any letter of credit fee) and interest hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed, from and including the day the payment obligation arises to but excluding the date of payment (provided payment is made on such date in accordance with this Section 5(b)).

 

2


 

(c) If, pursuant to agreement or order of a court of competent jurisdiction, a payment is made by an Applicant in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, it shall be computed at the Bank’s spot selling rate for cable transfers (or, at the Bank’s option, the rate of exchange then current in New York City) to the place of payment in the currency in which such draft is drawn.
(d) To effect payment, the Bank may, and is hereby authorized, with or without notice, to debit any account that the Applicants may have at the Bank.
(e) If any payment made by the Applicants to the Bank shall be rescinded or recovered, or if the Bank for any reason is compelled to surrender, or voluntarily surrenders such payment to any person or entity (i) because such payment is or may be avoided, invalidated, declared fraudulent, declared void or voidable as a preference, fraudulent conveyance, impermissible setoff or diversion of trust funds, or (ii) for any other reason, including a judgment, decree, or order of any court or administrative body, or settlement or compromise of the same, then the obligation intended to be satisfied shall be reinstated as though no payment had been made.
(f) Each payment by the Applicants under this Agreement shall be made without withholding for or on account of any present or future taxes, excluding, in the case of the Bank, taxes imposed upon its income, and taxes imposed upon it by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) in which the Bank is organized (all such nonexcluded taxes to be known as “Taxes”), provided, however, that if such Taxes are required by law to be withheld from any such payment, the Applicant shall make such withholding for the account of the Bank, make timely payment thereof to the appropriate governmental authority, and shall pay to the Bank such additional amounts as are necessary (including deductions applicable with respect to the additional amounts payable under this Subsection (f)) to enable the Bank to receive an amount equal to the amount the Bank would have received had no such deduction been made. All such Taxes shall be paid by the Applicants prior to the date on which penalties attach or interest accrues thereon, provided, however, that if any such penalties or interest become due, the Applicant shall make prompt payment thereof to the applicable governmental authority. The Applicants will indemnify the Bank for the full amount of any Taxes (including Taxes on amounts payable under this Subsection (f)) paid by the Bank and any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. All amounts indemnified hereunder shall be payable on demand.
6.  Division of Responsibilities; External Events . The Bank, its correspondents and any other banks involved shall have no liability for, and the Bank’s rights and remedies against the Applicants shall not be impaired by: (a) honor of any presentation that substantially complies with any Letter of Credit, even if that Letter of Credit requires strict compliance by the beneficiary with respect thereto, or in accordance with the Applicants’ waiver of discrepancies and authorization to pay; (b) electronic presentation, if authorized by any Letter of Credit; (c) the existence, nature, amount, condition, or delivery of any property purported to be represented by any document or any variance from any description contained therein; (d) the use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or for any actions or omissions of the users of any Letter of Credit; (e) the existence or non-existence of a default under any instrument secured or supported by any Letter of Credit or any other event which gives rise to a right to call upon any Letter of Credit; (f) the nature, form, sufficiency, accuracy, validity, genuineness, legal effect, or collectability of any instrument, document, or policy of insurance, or any endorsement thereon (even if such instrument, document, policy of insurance or endorsement should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, fraudulent or forged), or the relationship of any issuer thereof to the property; (g) the solvency or responsibility of any party issuing any document; (h) any irregularity in connection with shipment, including any default, oversight or fraud by the shipper and/or others in connection with the property, documents, or shipment, partial or incomplete shipment or non-shipment or transmittal thereof, or delay in arrival, failure to arrive, or failure to give notice of shipment or arrival thereof; (i) honor of a certificate or documents signed or presented by or on behalf of, or requesting payment to a person or entity that is the purported successor to any beneficiary, or payment of proceeds to a purported assignee of proceeds; (j) failure of any advising bank accurately to advise the terms of any Letter of Credit; (k) failure of any draft or document to bear reference or adequate reference to any Letter of Credit, failure of any document to accompany any draft or to contain instructions to notify the Applicants, failure of any person to note the amount of any draft on the reverse of any Letter of Credit, or to surrender or take up any Letter of Credit, or to send or forward documents separately from drafts, each of which provisions, if contained in any Letter of Credit, may be waived by the Bank; (l) honor of a presentation on the basis of a forged certificate, document or signature, or a certificate presented or other presentation made in bad faith or as the result of illegal conduct by any beneficiary or a third person or entity; (m) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages by mail, cable, telegraph, wireless or otherwise, (n) honor of a presentation up to the amount outstanding on any Letter of Credit, even though the draft claims an amount in excess thereof; (o) honor of any Letter of Credit beyond the time period prescribed by the law or rules to which it is subject;

 

3


 

(p) reimbursement of a bank claiming the status of negotiating bank that has not given value or that has misrepresented the basis on which it claims reimbursement; (q) reimbursement of a bank making advances to any beneficiary before receiving documents (“clean” or “red clause” advances) (r) dishonor of any presentation that does not strictly comply; (s) retention of proceeds based on a blocking regulation, or assertion of the rights of a purported governmental entity or a third party to the proceeds; or (t) consequences arising from Act of God, weather condition, riot, civil commotion, insurrection, war, political disturbance, strike, lockout, computer hardware or software failure or error in or inaccessibility of data, interruption in electric or telephone service, or other causes beyond its control, delay or loss in transit of any letter or document, or loss, delay, or error in the transmission of any electronic message, irrespective of the cause of such event. Neither the Bank nor any of its Affiliates (defined as a person or entity controlling, controlled by or under common control) shall be responsible for any act, error, neglect or default, omissions, insolvency or failure in the business of any of the Bank’s correspondents to pay or honor drafts drawn under any Letter of Credit because of any applicable law, decree or edict, legal or illegal, of any governmental agency now or hereafter enforced or for any matter beyond the control of the Bank and its Affiliates; and the Applicant hereby indemnifies and holds the Bank harmless from any claim, loss, liability or expense arising by reason thereof. The Bank is expressly authorized to rely upon and take, and shall have no liability for relying upon and taking, any action required or permitted under (i) any interbank payment system or clearing house rules, (ii) the International Standby Practices published by the Institute of International Banking Law and Practice, Inc., (iii) the UCP 600 (as defined below), (iv) the standard practice of banks that regularly issue letters of credit, or (v) opinions, memoranda, or advice received from counsel or other professional advisors.
7.  Bank Discretion in Certain Cases . Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Bank: (a) may issue or send any Letter of Credit by an appropriate S.W.I.F.T. message type and bind the Applicants directly and as indemnitor to the rules applicable to S.W.I.F.T messages; (b) may select any branch or Affiliate of the Bank or any other bank to act as an advising, confirming, and/or negotiating bank under the law and practice of the place where it is located; (c) may assume, unless honor of a presentation is enjoined by a court of competent jurisdiction, that such presentation or other demand or request is nonfraudulent, and disregard any notice to the contrary; (d) need not ascertain the authenticity or authority of any purported beneficiary signature, even if it has previously requested a signature guaranty or if in other transactions such beneficiary is a customer or its signature or the authority of any signatory is otherwise known or should be known to the Bank; (e) may, but need not, notify the Applicants of the Bank’s receipt of a request for an amendment or assignment of proceeds, receipt of a presentation, detection of a discrepancy, notification of actions taken to cure, dishonor, or other action, inaction, or communication with or with respect to any beneficiary (other than the Bank’s decision to honor the presentation); (f) need not consent to any proposed amendment of any Letter of Credit; (g) may assert or waive application of the UCP 600; (h) if any property receivable under any Letter of Credit arrives before the Bank receives the relevant presentation under any Letter of Credit, may, in its sole discretion, issue for the Applicants’ account a separate guaranty, indemnity, or other undertaking to the carrier to induce delivery of the property, and shall by such action preclude the Applicant from raising any defense or claim with respect to the Bank’s subsequent honor of the related documents; and (i) may take such time as may be permitted under the UCP 600 to examine any presentation. The Bank’s action or inaction in one or more instances shall not waive its right, without notice to the Applicants, to use its discretion differently in other instances.
8.  Applicants’ Responsibility for Letter of Credit Text . Notwithstanding suggestions or recommendations made by Bank personnel, the Applicants are solely responsible for the content of each Letter of Credit, and assume all risks that: (a) reference to nondocumentary requirements will be ignored when presentment is made, or may cause any Letter of Credit to be interpreted by a court as a guarantee; (b) ambiguous or inconsistent requirements may be interpreted in a manner not intended by the Applicants; (c) permitted payment at a foreign location may invoke the application of laws or rules of practice unfamiliar to the Applicants; (d) any Letter of Credit is not consistent with or does not satisfy the underlying obligation or any other aspect of the transaction between the Applicants and any beneficiary; and (e) any other risks that may be imposed on the Applicants under the rules and laws to which any Letter of Credit is subject.

 

4


 

9.  Duty of Examination and Prompt Response . The Applicants agree (a) to promptly examine (i) the copy of each Letter of Credit (and any amendment thereto) sent to each Applicant by the Bank and (ii) all documents delivered to the Applicants from time to time (the Bank being under no obligation to send or deliver the same) and (b) to promptly notify the Bank in writing within a reasonable time (but in no event later than five Banking Days after receipt of such Letter of Credit, or amendment, or documents, as applicable) of any claim of nonconformity of such Letter of Credit (or amendment) or documents, as applicable, noncompliance with instructions, or other irregularities. Each Applicant is conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the Bank, its correspondents and any other banks involved unless such notice is given as aforesaid. Any waiver of noncompliance of the documents with any Letter of Credit which is authorized by the Applicants shall apply not only to the specific documents in question but, at the Bank’s discretion, to any subsequent documents of the same nature or containing the same discrepancy. If partial shipments are permitted, the Bank is authorized, without notice to the Applicants, to honor such drafts notwithstanding any apparent disproportion between the quantity shipped and the amount of the draft.
10.  Conditions to Effectiveness . Without limiting or otherwise impairing the discretionary nature of this Agreement and the Bank’s decision whether or not to issue the Letter of Credit, this Agreement shall become effective upon satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a) The Bank shall have received duly executed originals of this Agreement.
(b) The Bank shall have received copies, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Applicant (as defined below) of such party’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and resolutions or actions of such party’s Board of Directors and any other body, if necessary, authorizing the execution of this Agreement, each Application and each Letter of Credit to which such Applicant is party.
(c) The Bank shall have received an incumbency certificate, executed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of each Applicant, which shall identify by name and title and bear the signatures of all authorized officers of such party authorized to sign this Agreement, each Application and each Letter of Credit to which such Applicant is party, upon which certificates the Bank shall be entitled to rely.
(d) Arkansas Best Corporation (“ABC”) shall execute and deliver to the Bank an Account Control Agreement among ABC, the Bank and Union Bank, N.A., dated as of even date herewith (the “Account Control Agreement”), granting to the Bank a first priority lien and security interest in certain “Collateral” (as defined in the Account Control Agreement), which Collateral shall be in an amount of not less than $the amount of letters of credit outstanding. The Collateral under the Account Control Agreement shall be held by the Bank as support for the Applicants’ obligations under this Agreement, and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the parties agree that ABC shall be entitled to withdraw from the account any funds in excess of the amount of the letters of credit outstanding from time to time.
11.  Representations and Warranties . Each Applicant represents and warrants to the Bank (which representations and warranties shall survive the issuance of each Letter of Credit) as follows:
(a) The Applicant is a corporation or limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. The Applicant has all requisite authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform the obligations herein.
(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Applicant of this Agreement have been duly authorized by proper proceedings and this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Applicant; and neither the execution and delivery by the Applicant of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated nor compliance with the provisions will contravene the Applicant’s organizational or charter documents, result in a breach of or constitute a default under any material agreement, indenture, instrument or undertaking by which the Applicant is or may be bound, or violate any law, rule, regulation, order, or governmental consent requirement, including, without limitation, any that regulate exports, imports, or the shipping of goods, the transfer of technology, infringement, foreign assets, foreign exchange, foreign nation sanctions, money laundering laws, investments, margin stock, investment companies, securities offerings, infringement, and boycotts.
(c) No authorization, approval, or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Applicant of this Agreement or the completion of any Application.
(d) The Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Applicant, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
(e) There is no pending or threatened action against the Applicant before any court, governmental agency, or arbitrator that may materially and adversely affect the financial condition or operations of the Applicant.

 

5


 

(f) No documents, financial statements, reports, notices, schedules, certificates, statements, or other writings or information furnished to the Bank by the Applicant in connection with this Agreement or any Application are materially false or misleading.
(g) There are no Events of Default (as defined in Section 15 hereof) or any event that would constitute an Event of Default with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both (a “Default”).
(h) The person (or persons) identified in this Agreement as the Applicant(s) warrants that it is (or they are) the only real party (or parties) in interest with respect to any Letter of Credit issued hereunder.
12.  Certain Agreements . So long as this Agreement is in effect and the Applicants’ obligations hereunder have not been repaid in full, each Applicant agrees that:
(a) Each Application shall constitute a reaffirmation, as of the date of such Application, of the representations and warranties made herein.
(b) There will not be, on the date that any Letter of Credit is issued, nor will issuance of any Letter of Credit create, any Event of Default or Default. The Applicant will deliver a certificate to that effect from time to time if requested by the Bank. The Applicant shall promptly give notice in writing to the Bank of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default.
(c) ABC will furnish to the Bank (i) as soon as available, and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of ABC, a copy of the annual report for such year of the ABC and its subsidiaries, containing financial statements for such year certified in a manner acceptable to the Bank; (ii) such other information respecting the condition or operation, financial or otherwise, of ABC or its subsidiaries as the Bank may from time to time request; and (iii) such other documents, including but not limited to by-laws, resolutions, certificates of incumbency, and the like, that the Bank may from time to time request.
(d) The Applicant will (i) comply with all laws, regulations, orders, or governmental requirements, including, without limitation, any that regulate exports, imports, or the shipping of goods, the transfer of technology, infringement, foreign assets, foreign exchange, foreign nation sanctions, money laundering laws, investments, margin stock, investment companies, securities offerings, infringement, and boycotts; and (ii) furnish the Bank with such documentation and certificates evidencing compliance with governmental requirements as the Bank may request.
13. Security Interest .
(a) To secure the payment and performance of the Applicants’ obligations hereunder, whether present or future, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, matured or unmatured, each Applicant hereby grants to the Bank a first priority lien and security interest in (i) certain “Collateral” as defined in and set forth in the Account Control Agreement; (ii) deposits, cash balances, credit balances, other funds of or owed to the Applicant and all claims against the Bank or any Affiliate; (iv) additional property in which an Applicant grants a security interest to the Bank or any Affiliate to secure such obligations; and (v) all substitutions therefor and cash and noncash proceeds of the foregoing. This grant is in addition to any other grant of a security interest or mortgage now or hereafter made by the Applicants to the Bank or any Affiliate, and to the Bank’s right to a set off or banker’s lien, whether arising by contract or established by law. All property described in this Section 12(a) shall be known as “Collateral.”
(b) Any delivery of Collateral to the Applicants shall be without waiver of the Bank’s rights therein, and any rights of the Bank provided in the Bank’s standard form of receipt therefor are in addition to and not in substitution of the rights provided herein. The Bank disclaims all engagements, representations, and warranties upon such delivery, including those implied in law, whether or not it has endorsed an instrument, security, or document.

 

6


 

(c) The Applicants agree that upon and during the continuance of any Event of Default, as defined in Section 15 below, or the initiation of any action for injunction, wrongful honor, wrongful dishonor, or the judicial or nonjudicial determination of the rights and remedies of a party to or affected by any Letter of Credit, or any other event that threatens, as determined by the Bank, to extend or increase the Bank’s contingent liability beyond the amount or time specified in any Letter of Credit, the Applicants will deliver to the Bank additional Collateral to the Bank’s satisfaction, which Collateral shall be held subject to this Agreement for as long as any obligations of the Applicant remain outstanding as security for the repayment of such obligations.
14.  Further Assurances; Appointment of Bank as Attorney-in-Fact . Each Applicant agrees to do such other acts, execute and deliver such other agreements, instruments, statements, and documents, and take such steps as may be appropriate or as the Bank may request in order to establish, perfect, maintain, and realize upon the security interest granted herein, to satisfy any obligation of the Applicants hereunder or as the Bank may otherwise reasonably request, and, following the unreimbursed honor of any Letter of Credit, to recover as an assignee or subrogee of the rights and remedies of the Applicants against any beneficiary and of any beneficiary against the Applicants in each Letter of Credit and the related underlying obligation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Applicant agrees, when requested by the Bank, at Applicants’ expense: (a) to procure and deliver lien search reports; (b) to prepare and/or file financing statements; (c) to transfer or register any of the Collateral into the name of the Bank, or any Affiliate or nominee thereof; (d) to assign or mark insurance policies and documents to reflect the Bank’s interest; (e) to send priority notices to secured parties of record; (f) to execute the Bank’s standard form of receipt in effect from time to time for documents delivered to the Applicants; and (g) to procure any necessary government consents and licenses. The Bank, acting through its officers, employees, consultants, representatives and authorized agents, is hereby irrevocably appointed as the attorney-in-fact of the Applicants, to take all actions contemplated by this Agreement, at the Applicants’ expense, which are not taken by the Applicants after timely notice given by the Bank.
15.  Events of Default . Each of the following (each herein called an “Event of Default”) shall entitle the Bank to exercise the remedies specified in this Agreement:
(a) any Applicant fails to pay when due any amount required by this Agreement;
(b) breach of any representation, or warranty, or failure to perform or observe any agreement herein;
(c) repudiation or invalidity of this Agreement or any term or provision hereof; or repudiation or invalidity of, or an event of default under, or breach by any obligor under, any separate security agreement, guaranty, letter of credit, comfort letter, or other agreement, instrument, or undertaking relating to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the Account Control Agreement;
(d) an event of default or the demand for payment under any other undertaking of an Applicant or any Affiliate thereof to the Bank or any Affiliate thereof (whether as primary or secondary obligor), including, but not limited to, an event of default under that certain $325,000,000 Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 4, 2007;
(e) an event of default or demand for payment under any undertaking of an Applicant or any Affiliate thereof to any other person (whether as primary or secondary obligor) which causes or permits any acceleration of such Applicant’s or any Affiliate’s obligations thereunder;
(f) an Applicant or any Affiliate thereof admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or an Applicant or any Affiliate is dissolved, liquidated or wound up or ceases its corporate existence, or any proceeding is instituted by or against it seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement of debt, insolvency, receivership, dissolution law or statute, or the Bank shall deem itself insecure;
(g) any judgment, writ, warrant of attachment, or similar process in excess of $10,000,000 is levied against an Applicant and is not released, vacated, stayed, fully bonded, or paid within 30 days of its issue or levy;
(h) the occurrence of any of the above events with respect to any person or entity which has guaranteed or provided any other credit support for any obligation of the Applicants to the Bank under this Agreement or otherwise; or
(i) Applicants’ failure at any time to keep with the Bank Collateral subject to the Account Control Agreement equal to he amount of the outstanding Letters of Credit.

 

7


 

16.  Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default:
(a) The Bank may (i) declare all of the Applicants’ outstanding obligations to the Bank hereunder (including those which are contingent and unmatured), immediately due and payable, without notice, demand, or opportunity to cure; or (ii) require the Applicants to deposit with the Bank in immediately available funds in a cash collateral account maintained with the Bank or its affiliates the amount of all of the Letters of Credit outstanding and such other obligations, which shall be held by the Bank as collateral security for the reimbursement obligations of the Applicants hereunder, provided that, (xi) if the Event of Default arises under Section 15(d) or (e) and the applicable agreement provides for a notice or cure period, the Bank will observe these requirements unless the Bank reasonably determines that observance of these requirements will impair, reduce, or prejudice its rights; (y) in the event of a breach of Section 15(b) hereof the Bank in its discretion may (but need not) give notice, as provided in Section 18 hereof, and give the Applicants twenty Banking Days to effect a cure; and (z) if the Event of Default arises under Section 15(f) or 15(h) hereof, all of the Applicants’ outstanding obligations to the Bank hereunder (including those which are contingent and unmatured) shall become immediately due and payable, without notice, demand, or opportunity to cure.
(b) The Bank may pursue any remedy available at law or equity to secure, collect, enforce or secure the obligations of the Applicants hereunder, or against any person or entity primarily or secondarily liable hereunder, or under any separate security agreement, guaranty, letter of credit, comfort letter, or other agreement, instrument or undertaking supporting this Agreement, and may pursue its remedies separately, successively, or concurrently.
(c) To the extent permitted by law, after honor of the presentation the Bank shall be subrogated to the rights of (i) each beneficiary to the same extent as if the Bank were a secondary obligor of the underlying obligation owed to such beneficiary and (ii) the Applicants to the same extent as if the Bank were the secondary obligor of the underlying obligation owed to the Applicants, provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 16(c) only, the Bank shall be deemed to have honored a presentation once it has either paid or accepted a draft.
(d) If any Collateral consists of accounts, Applicants shall, at the Bank’s request, notify the account debtors and any guarantors that payments are to be made directly to the Bank. Should the Applicants fail to do so, the Bank shall have the right, as attorney-in-fact of the Applicant, to make such notification. From and after such notification, Applicants (i) shall hold all amounts recovered from an account debtor or other obligor in trust for the Bank, and shall promptly remit the same; and (ii) shall not settle, compromise, or adjust any disputed amount, or allow any credit, rebate, or discount, without the Bank’s prior written approval.
(e) To the extent that Collateral is not in the possession of the Bank, the Applicants shall assemble the same and make it available to the Bank at a reasonably convenient time and place designated by the Bank, and unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the Bank will give the Applicants notice of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which a private sale or other disposition is to be made by sending notice, as provided in Section 18 herein, at least five days prior to the date of the sale or disposition, which notice the Applicants agree is reasonable.
(f) The Bank may but shall have no obligation to take any action to complete the manufacture of any inventory, to place Collateral in a condition for sale, to register unregistered securities, to retain any investment property, real property, or other Collateral in the expectation that a better price may be secured at a later date, or to preserve any rights in the Collateral against prior parties.
(g) After such sale, after deducting all costs and expenses of every kind for care, safekeeping, preparation for sale, advertisement, sale, or delivery, the Bank may apply any proceeds to the payment or reduction of the obligations due hereunder or under any other obligation of the Applicants or their Affiliates to the Bank and its Affiliates, whether or not then due, in any order of priority it may elect.
(h) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Bank is hereby authorized to set-off and apply any and all deposits of any kind at any time held, and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Bank, to or for the credit or the account of the Applicant against any and all obligations of the Applicants, irrespective of whether any demand is made. The Applicants will continue to be liable for any deficiency. For purposes of this Section 16(h), “Bank” shall include the Bank and its Affiliates. The Bank agrees promptly to notify the Applicants after any such set-off and application, provided that the failure to give notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The Bank’s rights under this Section 15(h) are in addition to other rights and remedies which the Bank may have, including, without limitation, other rights of set-off.

 

8


 

17.  Certain Limitations on Bank Liability . (a) The Bank shall not be liable to the Applicants in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any special, indirect, consequential, punitive, or exemplary damages, however arising, whether for wrongful honor, wrongful dishonor, or any other action taken or omitted with respect to any Letter of Credit or this Agreement. (b) The Applicants’ damages are indirect to the extent that they arise from fraud or forgery on the part of any beneficiary, successor, or transferee. (c) The Applicants must take all reasonable and appropriate action to reduce the amount of damages to be claimed against the Bank. (d) If the Bank honors a presentation or makes a payment for which the Applicants claim they are not required to reimburse the Bank, the Applicants shall nevertheless on demand reimburse the Bank for the amount the Bank paid, without prejudice to the Applicants’ right to make claim against the Bank for the amount of its payment and for any direct damages incurred that the Applicants are unable to avoid or reduce. (e) The Applicants’ aggregate remedies against the Bank for wrongfully honoring a presentation are limited to the amount paid or required to be paid by the Applicants with respect to that presentation, and the Applicants hereby agree that such amount will either be reasonable in light of the harm anticipated in such event or, if it is not, that the Applicants will not request the Bank to issue a Letter of Credit. (f) The Applicants hereby waive the right to obtain an injunction against honor of any Letter of Credit or any draft drawn thereunder (or any form of legal relief whose purpose is to prevent payment to any beneficiary) once the Bank or any bank has accepted or negotiated a draft drawn thereunder.
18.  Notices .
(a) All notices shall be directed to the Bank at the address shown on the first page of this Agreement, to the Applicant at the address shown on the last page of this Agreement, and to both parties at the fax and S.W.I.F.T. numbers shown on the last page of this Agreement, or at such addresses and numbers as each party may from time to time provide to the other. Notices may not be given by telephone conversations or by “e-mail”. All notices to the Bank are effective when received.
(b) Until it receives a notice to the contrary, the Bank may treat each person who signs this Agreement as entitled to act on behalf of the Applicants with respect to any Letter of Credit issued under this Agreement.
(c) For purposes of notices required to be given under this Agreement, the Bank may rely upon a writing apparently sent by the Applicants and a fax apparently transmitted by the Applicants. For purposes of other communications, the Bank may rely on a telephone communication apparently that of the Applicants. The Bank is not obligated to recognize the authenticity of any request to issue, amend, honor, or otherwise act on or with respect to any Letter of Credit unless the Bank has received a writing signed by the Applicants or a fax authenticated to the Bank’s satisfaction.
19.  Change in Laws . If the Bank determines that any change in any law, regulation, guideline or order or in the interpretation thereof by any court or administrative or governmental authority charged with the administration thereof shall either (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against letters of credit issued by the Bank or against any other extension of credit, or other assets of, or any deposits or other liabilities of the Bank or require the inclusion of any Letter of Credit in calculations related to the Bank’s capitalization, or (ii) impose any other condition regarding this Agreement or the Letters of Credit, including without limitation, any requirement that the Bank pay assessments for deposit insurance with respect to the Letters of Credit, and the result of any event referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above shall be to increase the cost to the Bank of issuing or maintaining the Letters of Credit or the reimbursement obligations of the Applicants or to reduce the amounts receivable to the Bank, then upon demand by the Bank, the Applicants shall immediately pay to the Bank from time to time, as specified by the Bank (which shall be conclusive absent manifest error as to the amount thereof), additional amounts which shall be sufficient to compensate the Bank for such increased cost or reduce receivables from the date demanded until payment in full. If payment is not made on the date demanded, interest will be charged based on the calculation in Section 4(f) hereof.

 

9


 

20.  Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Benefit; Counterparts . This Agreement shall be binding upon each Applicant, its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Bank and its successors and assigns. The Applicants may not assign their rights or obligations hereunder except with the Bank’s prior written authorization. This Agreement confers no right or benefit upon any person or entity other than parties to this Agreement and their respective permitted successors and assigns. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which, when taken together, shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
21.  Amendment; Course of Dealing; Waiver . No amendment of any provision of this Agreement, no course of dealing or waiver of any right or remedy of the Bank arising under this Agreement, and no inconsistent course of dealing or performance between the Bank and the Applicants shall be enforceable against the Bank unless the Bank expressly agrees in a signed writing, and then only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No failure of the Bank’s part to exercise, and no delay on the Bank’s part in exercising, any rights, power or remedies hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such rights, powers or remedies by the Bank preclude any other or further exercising thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided at law or in equity.
22.  Complete Agreement; Severability; Survival . This Agreement is the full and complete expression of the parties’ agreement as to the subject matter hereof. If any provision or clause hereof shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, this Agreement shall be construed as if such provision or clause did not exist. This Agreement shall survive the Applicant’s repayment and performance of all of its obligations hereunder, the termination or expiration of all Letters of Credit issued hereunder, and the expiration of any statute of limitations applicable to any Letter of Credit. In the event of any extension of the maturity or time for presentation of drafts, or documents, any increase in the amount of any Letter of Credit or any other modification of the terms of any Letter of Credit, this Agreement shall continue to be binding upon the Applicant with regard to each Letter of Credit so extended, increased or otherwise modified, to drafts, and to any action or inaction taken by the Bank or any of the Bank’s correspondents in accordance with such extension, increase or other modification.
23.  Currency Conversion . In the event that payment under any Letter of Credit is drawn or purported to be drawn in a currency other than United States Dollars, the amount of reimbursement to the Bank therefore shall be calculated on the basis of the Bank’s selling rate of exchange in effect (for the date on which the Bank pays such draft or reimburses any of its correspondents which paid such draft) for cable transfers to the place where and in the currency in which such draft is payable. The Applicants shall comply with any and all governmental exchange regulations now or hereafter applicable to any foreign exchange provided the Bank pursuant to this Section, and shall indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from any failure to so comply. If for any cause whatsoever, there exists at the time in question no rate of exchange generally current at the Bank for effective cable transfer of the sort above provided for, the Applicants agree to pay the Bank on demand an amount in United States dollars equivalent to the actual cost of settlement of the Bank’s obligations to the payor of the draft or acceptance or any holder thereof, as the case may be, and however and whenever such settlement may be made by the Bank, including interest of the amount of dollars payable by the Applicant from the date of payment of such draft or acceptance to the date of the Applicant’s payment to the Bank at the rate customarily charged to the Bank in like circumstances.
24.  Patriot Act . The Bank hereby notifies the Applicant that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Applicant, which information includes the name and address of the Applicant and other information that will allow the Bank to identify the Applicant in accordance with the Act.
25.  Governing Law . This Agreement, each Application and each Letter of Credit and any course of conduct, statements, or actions of either party relating thereto shall be subject to one of the following (as may be stated on the face of the Letter of Credit): (i) the International Standby Practices 1998, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590 (as amended, the “ISP”), (ii) the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 500 (as from time to time amended, modified or replaced, the “UCP 500”), or (iii) the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (2007 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600 (as from time to time amended, modified or replaced, the “UCP 600”), except that the term “document” shall not include a draft or a certificate or policy of insurance, and to the extent not inconsistent with the ISP, UCP 500 or UCP 600, as applicable, governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to conflicts of laws principles.

 

10


 

26.  Jurisdiction . Any action or proceeding against an Applicant relating in any way to this Agreement or any Letter of Credit may be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York located in New York County or of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and each Applicant irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of each such court. Each Applicant further irrevocably consents to the service of process in any such action or proceeding within or outside such court’s territorial jurisdiction by registered or certified mail to such Applicant at its address as shown on the last page of this Agreement. The foregoing shall not limit the Bank’s right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to bring an action in any other jurisdiction. Each Applicant hereby further waives any objection to the venue and convenience of the forum with respect to any action which is brought before a court sitting in New York.
27.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH APPLICANT AND THE BANK HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY APPLICATION, OR ANY LETTER OF CREDIT.
28.  MULTIPLE APPLICANTS . If two or more parties sign this Agreement as Applicants (i) it shall be the joint and several agreement of all such signers and binding upon their respective successors and assigns; and (ii) the term “Applicant” shall mean all of such signers or any one or more of them, whether or not all or any of them are referred to in any Letter of Credit.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank and the Applicants, acting through their duly authorized representatives, have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and signed in their respective names the day and year first above written.
THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD.
         
By
  /s/ D. Barnell
 
Name: D. Barnell
   
 
  Title: Authorized Signatory    
Fax number: 201-521-2337
S.W.I.F.T. number: BOTK US 33
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
         
By
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds
 
Name: Judy R. McReynolds
   
 
  Title:   SVP, CFO and Treasurer    
Address of Applicant:
Attn: Cash Management Dept.
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
Fax number: (479) 785-8650
S.W.I.F.T. number:                                          

 

11


 

ABF FREIGHT SYSTEM, INC.
         
By
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds
 
Name: Judy R. McReynolds
   
 
  Title:   SVP, CFO and Treasurer    
Address of Applicant:
Attn: Cash Management Dept.
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
Fax number: (479) 785-8650
S.W.I.F.T. number:                                          
ABF CARTAGE, INC.
         
By
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds
 
Name: Judy R. McReynolds
   
 
  Title:   SVP, CFO and Treasurer    
Address of Applicant:
Attn: Cash Management Dept.
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
Fax number: (479) 785-8650
S.W.I.F.T. number:                                          
FLEETNET AMERICA, INC.
         
By
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds
 
Name: Judy R. McReynolds
   
 
  Title:   SVP, CFO and Treasurer    
Address of Applicant:
Attn: Cash Management Dept.
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
Fax number: (479) 785-8650
S.W.I.F.T. number:                                          
DATA-TRONICS CORP.
         
By
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds
 
Name: Judy R. McReynolds
   
 
  Title:   SVP, CFO and Treasurer    
Address of Applicant:
Attn: Cash Management Dept.
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
Fax number: (479) 785-8650
S.W.I.F.T. number:                                          

 

12


 

ABF FARMS, INC.
         
By
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds
 
Name: Judy R. McReynolds
   
 
  Title:   SVP, CFO and Treasurer    
Address of Applicant:
Attn: Cash Management Dept.
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
Fax number: (479) 785-8650
S.W.I.F.T. number:                                          
TRANSPORT REALTY, INC.
         
By
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds
 
Name: Judy R. McReynolds
   
 
  Title:   SVP, CFO and Treasurer    
Address of Applicant:
Attn: Cash Management Dept.
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
Fax number: (479) 785-8650
S.W.I.F.T. number:                                          
TREAD-ARK CORPORATION
         
By
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds
 
Name: Judy R. McReynolds
   
 
  Title:   SVP, CFO and Treasurer    
Address of Applicant:
Attn: Cash Management Dept.
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
Fax number: (479) 785-8650
S.W.I.F.T. number:                                          
ABF AVIATION LLC
         
By
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds
 
Name: Judy R. McReynolds
   
 
  Title:   SVP, CFO and Treasurer    
Address of Applicant:
Attn: Cash Management Dept.
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
Fax number: (479) 785-8650
S.W.I.F.T. number:                                          

 

13


 

GLOBAL SUPPLY CHAIN SERVICES, INC.
         
By
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds
 
Name: Judy R. McReynolds
   
 
  Title:   SVP, CFO and Treasurer    
Address of Applicant:
Attn: Cash Management Dept.
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
Fax number: (479) 785-8650
S.W.I.F.T. number:                                          
FREIGHTVALUE, INC.
         
By
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds
 
Name:   Judy R. McReynolds
   
 
  Title:    SVP, CFO and Treasurer    
Address of Applicant:
Attn: Cash Management Dept.
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
Fax number: (479) 785-8650
S.W.I.F.T. number:                                          
MOVING SOLUTIONS, INC.
         
By
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds
 
Name: Judy R. McReynolds
   
 
  Title:   SVP, CFO and Treasurer    
Address of Applicant:
Attn: Cash Management Dept.
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
Fax number: (479) 785-8650
S.W.I.F.T. number:                                          

 

14

Exhibit 10.21
CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION UNDER A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST, PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. THE REDACTED TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED IN THIS EXHIBIT AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THREE ASTERISKS [***].
December 8, 2009
Arkansas Best Corporation
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, Arkansas 72903
Attn: Mr. Don Pearson, Director Cash Management
Re: $35,000,000 Committed Line of Credit
Dear Mr. Pearson:
We are pleased to inform you that PNC Bank, National Association (the “ Bank ”) has approved your request for a committed line of credit to Arkansas Best Corporation (the “ Borrower ”). We look forward to this opportunity to help you meet the financing needs of your business. All the details regarding your line of credit are outlined in the following sections of this letter.
1.  Facility and Use of Proceeds . This is a committed revolving line of credit under which the Borrower may request and the Bank, subject to the terms and conditions of this letter, will issue standby letters of credit (individually, a “ Letter of Credit ” and collectively the “ Letters of Credit ”) from time to time until the Expiration Date, in a stated amount in the aggregate at any time outstanding not to exceed $35,000,000.00 (the “ Facility ”); provided, however, that after giving effect to the stated amount of each Letter of Credit, the sum of (i) the aggregate stated amount of all Letters of Credit issued and outstanding (whether or not drawn) and (ii) the aggregate amount of unreimbursed payments made by the Bank under the Letters of Credit, shall not at any time exceed the Facility. The “ Expiration Date ” means December 7, 2010, or such later date as may be designated by the Bank by written notice to the Borrower.
The availability under the Facility shall be reduced by the stated amount of each Letter of Credit issued and outstanding (whether or not drawn). For purposes of this letter, the “ stated amount ” of any Letter of Credit shall include any automatic increases in stated amount under the terms of such Letter of Credit, whether or not any such increase in stated amount has become effective. Unless otherwise consented to by the Bank in writing, each Letter of Credit shall have an expiry date which is not later than (a) one year from the date of issuance, and (b) twelve (12) months following the Expiration Date (the “ Final LC Expiration Date ”); provided that the Bank may issue upon the Borrower’s request one or more Letter(s) of Credit which by its or their terms may be extended for additional periods of up to one year each provided that (i) the initial expiration date (or any subsequent expiration date) of each such Letter of Credit is not later than the Final LC Expiration Date, and (ii) extension of such Letters of Credit, at the Bank’s discretion, shall be available upon written request from the Borrower to the Bank at least 60 days (or such other time period as agreed by the Borrower and the Bank) before the date upon which notice of non-extension would be required under the terms of the applicable Letter of Credit.

 

 


 

Arkansas Best Corporation
December 8, 2009
Page 2
The Letters of Credit shall be governed by the terms of this letter and by a Reimbursement Agreement for Standby Letter(s) of Credit in form and content satisfactory to the Bank, executed by the Borrower in favor of the Bank (the “ Reimbursement Agreement ”). Each request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit must be accompanied by the Borrower’s execution of an application on the Bank’s standard forms (each, an “ Application ”), together with all supporting documentation. Each Letter of Credit will be issued in the Bank’s sole discretion and in a form acceptable to the Bank. This letter is not a pre-advice for the issuance of a letter of credit and is not irrevocable.
The Borrower shall pay to the Bank an Amendment Fee equal to $150 for each amendment to a Letter of Credit, other than amendments extending a Letter of Credit’s expiry date. In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the Bank a fee (the “ Letter of Credit Commission ”), calculated daily (on the basis of a year of 360 days), equal to the amount available to be drawn at such time under all Letters of Credit issued under the Facility (including any amounts drawn thereunder and not reimbursed, regardless of the existence or satisfaction of any conditions or limitations on drawing) on each day multiplied by [***] basis points ( [***] %) per annum; provided that the minimum Letter of Credit Commission payable in respect of each Letter of Credit issued and outstanding hereunder shall be $ [***] per year. The Letter of Credit Commission shall be payable quarterly in arrears beginning on January 1, 2010, and continuing on the first day of each fiscal quarter thereafter and on the Final LC Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (as defined in the Reimbursement Agreement), the Letter of Credit Commission, as calculated above, shall be increased by [***] percent ( [***] %) per annum.
This letter (the “ Letter Agreement ”), the Reimbursement Agreement and the other agreements and documents executed and/or delivered pursuant hereto, as each may be amended, modified, extended or renewed from time to time, will constitute the “ Loan Documents .” Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Loan Documents.
2.  Repayment . Amounts drawn under any Letter of Credit shall bear interest and shall be repaid as set forth in the Reimbursement Agreement.
3.  Security . The Borrower must cause the following to be executed and delivered to the Bank in form and content satisfactory to the Bank as security for the Loans:
(a) a pledge agreement(s) granting the Bank a first priority perfected lien on pledged collateral of the Borrower consisting of investment account number 20-80-002-3842401 (the “ Cash Collateral Account ”).

 

 


 

Arkansas Best Corporation
December 8, 2009
Page 3
The aggregate value of such pledged collateral on which the Bank has a first priority perfected lien (the “ Cash Collateral ”) shall at all times be equal to not less than the aggregate stated amount of all Letters of Credit issued and outstanding under the Facility. If the pledged collateral includes accounts, a notification and control agreement, in form and content satisfactory to the Bank, with the depository bank in which the collateral is held will also be required.
4.  Covenants . Unless compliance is waived in writing by the Bank, until payment in full and termination of the Facility and expiration of all Letters of Credit issued thereunder:
(a) The Borrower will promptly submit to the Bank such financial information as the Bank may reasonably request relating to the Borrower’s affairs (including but not limited to annual and quarterly Financial Statements (as hereinafter defined) and tax returns for the Borrower) and the security for the Facility. “ Financial Statements ” means the [consolidated and consolidating] balance sheet and statements of income and cash flows prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis (subject in the case of interim statements to normal year-end adjustments).
(b) The Borrower will not make or permit any change in its form of organization.
(c) The Borrower will provide prompt written notice to the Bank of the occurrence of any of the following (together with a description of the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto): (i) any Event of Default or any event, act or condition which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, (ii) any material litigation filed by or against the Borrower, (iii) any Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan(s) (as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, “ ERISA ”) or (iv) any event which might result in a material adverse change in the business, assets, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operation of the Borrower.
(d) The Borrower will maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to its property and business against such casualties and contingencies, of such types and in such amounts, as is customary for established companies engaged in the same or similar business and similarly situated; and shall, upon the reasonable request of the Bank provide the Bank with evidence of such insurance.
(e) The Borrower will maintain books and records in accordance with GAAP and give representatives of the Bank access thereto at all reasonable times, including permission to examine, copy and make abstracts from any of such books and records and such other information as the Bank may from time to time reasonably request, and the Borrower will make available to the Bank for examination copies of any reports, statements and returns which the Borrower may make to or file with any federal, state or local governmental department, bureau or agency.

 

 


 

Arkansas Best Corporation
December 8, 2009
Page 4
(f) The Borrower will comply with all laws applicable to the Borrower and to the operation of its business (including without limitation any statute, ordinance, rule or regulation relating to employment practices, pension benefits or environmental, occupational and health standards and controls).
(g) The Borrower will not obtain, and will not permit any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to obtain, any borrowings under the credit facility existing as of the date hereof pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 4, 2007 with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as agent for the lenders (the “ Existing Credit Facility ”). On or before January 20, 2010, the Borrower will deliver to the Bank evidence satisfactory to the Bank that the Existing Credit Facility has been terminated as set forth in Section 5(n), below.
(h) The Borrower will comply with the financial reporting and other covenants included in Exhibit “A” hereto.
5.  Representations and Warranties . To induce the Bank to extend the Facility and upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower, the Borrower represents and warrants as follows:
(a) The Borrower has delivered or caused to be delivered to the Bank its most recent balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows (as applicable, the “ Historical Financial Statements ”). The Historical Financial Statements are true, complete and accurate in all material respects and fairly present the financial condition, assets and liabilities, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and the results of the Borrower’s operations for the period specified therein. The Historical Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) consistently applied from period to period, subject in the case of interim statements to normal year-end adjustments and to any comments and notes acceptable to the Bank in its sole reasonable discretion.
(b) Since the date of the most recent Financial Statements, no event or condition has occurred or exists, including without limitation any damage, destruction or loss, which has resulted or could result in a material adverse change in the Borrower’s business, assets, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operation.
(c) There are no actions, suits, proceedings or governmental investigations pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower which could result in a material adverse change in its business, assets, operations, financial condition or results of operations and there is no basis known to the Borrower or its officers, directors or shareholders for any such action, suit, proceedings or investigation. All pending and threatened litigation and proceedings against the Borrower are listed on Exhibit “B”.

 

 


 

Arkansas Best Corporation
December 8, 2009
Page 5
(d) The Borrower has filed all returns and reports that are required to be filed by it in connection with any federal, state or local tax, duty or charge levied, assessed or imposed upon the Borrower or its property, including unemployment, social security and similar taxes and all of such taxes have been either paid or adequate reserve or other provision has been made therefor.
(e) The Borrower is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its incorporation or organization and has the power and authority to own and operate its assets and to conduct its business as now or proposed to be carried on, and is duly qualified, licensed and in good standing to do business in all jurisdictions where its ownership of property or the nature of its business requires such qualification or licensing.
(f) The Borrower has full power and authority to enter into the transactions provided for in this Letter Agreement and the other Loan Documents and has been duly authorized to do so by all necessary and appropriate action and when executed and delivered by the Borrower, this Letter Agreement and the other Loan Documents will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.
(g) There does not exist any default or violation by the Borrower of or under any of the terms, conditions or obligations of: (i) its organizational documents; (ii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, franchise, permit, material contract, material agreement, or other material instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound; or (iii) any law, regulation, ruling, order, injunction, decree, condition or other requirement applicable to or imposed upon the Borrower by any law or by any governmental authority, court or agency; and the consummation of this Agreement and the transactions set forth herein will not result in any such default or violation or Event of Default.
(h) The Borrower has good and marketable title to the assets reflected on the most recent Financial Statements, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, except for (i) current taxes and assessments not yet due and payable, (ii) assets disposed of by the Borrower in the ordinary course of business since the date of the most recent Financial Statements, and (iii) those liens or encumbrances, if any, specified on Exhibit “B” hereto.

 

 


 

Arkansas Best Corporation
December 8, 2009
Page 6
(i) To the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, each employee benefit plan as to which the Borrower may have any liability complies in all material respects with all applicable provisions of ERISA, including minimum funding requirements, and (i) the Borrower has not received notice that any Prohibited Transaction (as defined under ERISA) has occurred with respect to any such plan, (ii) the Borrower has not received notice that any Reportable Event (as defined under Section 4043 of ERISA) has occurred with respect to any such plan which would cause the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to institute proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA, (iii) the Borrower has not withdrawn from any such plan or initiated steps to do so, and (iv) no steps have been taken to terminate any such plan.
(j) The Borrower is in compliance, in all material respects, with all Environmental Laws (as hereinafter defined), including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws in jurisdictions in which the Borrower owns or operates, or has owned or operated, a facility or site, arranges or has arranged for disposal or treatment of hazardous substances, solid waste or other waste, accepts or has accepted for transport any hazardous substances, solid waste or other wastes or holds or has held any interest in real property or otherwise. Except as otherwise disclosed on Exhibit “B”, no litigation or proceeding arising under, relating to or in connection with any Environmental Law is pending or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against the Borrower, any real property which the Borrower holds or has held an interest or any past or present operation of the Borrower. No release, threatened release or disposal of hazardous waste, solid waste or other wastes is occurring, or to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge has occurred, on, under or to any real property in which the Borrower holds or has held any interest or performs or has performed any of its operations, in violation of any Environmental Law. As used in this Letter Agreement, “ litigation or proceeding ” means any demand, claim notice, suit, suit in equity, action, administrative action, investigation or inquiry whether brought by a governmental authority or other person, and “ Environmental Laws ” means all provisions of laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, licenses, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, orders, awards and standards promulgated by any governmental authority concerning health, safety and protection of, or regulation of the discharge of substances into, the environment.
(k) No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used for “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time in effect or for any purpose which violates the provisions of the Regulations of such Board of Governors.
(l) As of the date hereof and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, (i) the aggregate value of the Borrower’s assets will exceed its liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities), except for the multi- employer pension plan contingent liability as disclosed and discussed in the most recent filing by the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission, (ii) the Borrower will have sufficient cash to enable it to pay its debts as they become due, and (iii) the Borrower will not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged.

 

 


 

Arkansas Best Corporation
December 8, 2009
Page 7
(m) None of the Loan Documents contains or will contain any untrue statement of material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in this Agreement or the Loan Documents not misleading. There is no fact known to the Borrower which materially adversely affects or, so far as the Borrower can now foresee, might materially adversely affect the business, assets, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operation of the Borrower and which has not otherwise been fully set forth in this Agreement or in the Loan Documents, other than items previously disclosed to the Bank, current market conditions, and the multi-employer pension plan contingent liability as disclosed and discussed in the most recent filing by the Borrower with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(n) No advances are outstanding on the Existing Credit Facility, and the Existing Credit Facility will be terminated on or before January 15, 2010.
6.  Events of Default . The events (“ Events of Default ”) which give the Bank the right to terminate the Facility and exercise its rights and remedies with respect to each Letter of Credit are set forth in the Reimbursement Agreement.
7.  Expenses . The Borrower will reimburse the Bank for the Bank’s out-of-pocket expenses incurred or to be incurred at any time in conducting UCC, title and other public record searches, and in filing and recording documents in the public records to perfect the Bank’s liens and security interests. The Borrower shall also reimburse the Bank for the Bank’s expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Bank’s outside counsel) in connection with any amendments, modifications or renewals of the Facility, and in connection with the collection of all of the Borrower’s Obligations to the Bank, including but not limited to enforcement actions relating to the Facility, whether through judicial proceedings or otherwise.
8.  Conditions .
(a)  Conditions to Issuance of Initial Letters of Credit . The Bank’s obligation to issue the Letters of Credit to be issued under the Facility on the date hereof is subject to the conditions that as of the date of the issuance of such initial Letters of Credit:
(i) All corporate (or other) action necessary for the valid execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Letter Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall have been duly and effectively taken, and evidence thereof satisfactory to the Bank shall have been provided to the Bank;
(ii) The Bank shall have received copies, certified by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower to be true and complete, of the certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws of the Borrower;

 

 


 

Arkansas Best Corporation
December 8, 2009
Page 8
(iii) The Bank shall have received from the Borrower an incumbency certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of the Borrower, and giving the name and bearing the specimen signature of each individual who shall be authorized, in the name and on behalf of the Borrower (i) to sign each of the Loan Documents, (ii) to make requests for advances and (iii) to give notices and to take other action on its behalf under the Loan Documents;
(iv) The Bank shall have received a certificate of the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower certifying that, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, (i) the aggregate value of the Borrower’s assets will exceed its liabilities, (ii) the Borrower will have sufficient cash to enable it to pay its debts as they become due, and (iii) the Borrower will not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged;
(v) The Bank shall have received a certificate of an authorized officer of the Borrower certifying as to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8(b)(i) and (ii);
(vi) The Loan Documents shall have been duly executed and delivered, shall be in full force and effect, and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank;
(vii) The Borrower shall have paid to the Bank all fees and expenses subject to reimbursement; and
(viii) The Bank shall be reasonably satisfied as to the amount and nature of all tax, ERISA, employee retirement benefit and other contingent liabilities to which the Borrower may be subject.
(b)  Conditions to Issuance of All Letters of Credit . The Bank’s obligation to issue any Letter of Credit under the Facility subsequent to the date hereof is subject to the conditions that as of the date of each such issuance:
(i) Each of the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in this Letter Agreement, the other Loan Documents or in any document or instrument delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Letter Agreement shall be true as of the date as of which they were made and shall also be true at and as of the time of the making of such advance;
(ii) No Event of Default (as defined in the Reimbursement Agreement) or event which with the passage of time, the giving of notice or both would constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

 


 

Arkansas Best Corporation
December 8, 2009
Page 9
(iii) No material adverse change shall have occurred in the business, properties, assets, operations, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of the Borrower; and
(iv) The Borrower shall have delivered to the Bank evidence satisfactory to the Bank that additional Cash Collateral in an amount equal to 100% of the stated amount of each such Letter of Credit has been deposited in the Cash Collateral Account.
9.  Additional Provisions . The Bank will not be obligated to issue any Letter of Credit under the Facility if any Event of Default (as defined in the Reimbursement Agreement) or event which with the passage of time, provision of notice or both would constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
Prior to execution of the final Loan Documents, the Bank may terminate this Letter Agreement if a material adverse change occurs with respect to the Borrower, the collateral for the Facility or any other person or entity connected in any way with the Facility, or if the Borrower fails to comply with any of the terms and conditions of this Letter Agreement, or if the Bank reasonably determines that any of the conditions cannot be met.
This Letter Agreement is governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. No modification, amendment or waiver of any of the terms of this Letter Agreement, nor any consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom, will be effective unless made in a writing signed by the party to be charged, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. When accepted, this Letter Agreement and the other Loan Documents will constitute the entire agreement between the Bank and the Borrower concerning the Facility, and shall replace all prior understandings, statements, negotiations and written materials relating to the Facility.
The Bank will not be responsible for any damages, consequential, incidental, special, punitive or otherwise, that may be incurred or alleged by any person or entity, including the Borrower, as a result of this Letter Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or the use of proceeds of the Facility or any Letter of Credit issued under the Facility.
THE BORROWER AND THE BANK IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR CLAIM OF ANY NATURE ARISING OUT OF THIS LETTER AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED IN ANY OF SUCH DOCUMENTS AND ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE FOREGOING WAIVER IS KNOWING AND VOLUNTARY.

 

 


 

Arkansas Best Corporation
December 8, 2009
Page 10
If and when a loan closing occurs, this Letter Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time) shall survive the closing and will serve as our loan agreement throughout the term of the Facility.
To accept these terms, please sign the enclosed copy of this Letter Agreement as set forth below and the Loan Documents and return them to the Bank within thirty (30) days from the date of this Letter Agreement, or this Letter Agreement may be terminated at the Bank’s option without liability or further obligation of the Bank.
Thank you for giving PNC Bank this opportunity to work with your business. We look forward to other ways in which we may be of service to your business or to you personally.
Very truly yours,
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
         
By:
  /s/ Thomas S. Sherman
 
   
 
  Thomas S. Sherman    
 
  Senior Vice President    
ACCEPTANCE
With the intent to be legally bound hereby, the above terms and conditions are hereby agreed to and accepted as of this 9 th day of December, 2009.
         
  BORROWER:

ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Judy R. McReynolds    
    Name:   Judy R. McReynolds   
    Title:   SVP, CFO & Treasurer   
 

 

 


 

Arkansas Best Corporation
December 8, 2009
Page 11
EXHIBIT A

TO LETTER AGREEMENT
DATED DECEMBER 8, 2009
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
  A.  
FINANCIAL REPORTING COVENANTS :
 
  (1)  
The Borrower will deliver to the Bank:
(a) Financial Statements for its fiscal year, within 120 days after fiscal year end, audited and certified without qualification by a certified public accountant acceptable to the Bank.
(b) Financial Statements for each fiscal quarter, within 45 days after the quarter end, together with year-to-date and comparative figures for the corresponding periods of the prior year, certified as true and correct by its chief financial officer.
  B.  
NEGATIVE COVENANTS :
 
  (1)  
The Borrower will not liquidate, or dissolve, or merge or consolidate with any person, firm, corporation or other entity unless the Borrower is the surviving entity, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

 

 


 

Arkansas Best Corporation
December 8, 2009
Page 12
EXHIBIT B

TO LETTER AGREEMENT
DATED DECEMBER 8, 2009
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
3.6 Title to Assets . Describe additional liens and encumbrances below:
None
3.7 Litigation . Describe pending and threatened litigation, investigations, proceedings, etc. below:
None

 

 

Exhibit 10.22
CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION UNDER A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST, PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. THE REDACTED TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED IN THIS EXHIBIT AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THREE ASTERISKS [***].
LETTER OF CREDIT AGREEMENT
dated as of December 9, 2009
between
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
and
SUNTRUST BANK

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION
    1  
Section 1.1. Definitions
    1  
Section 1.2. Accounting Terms and Determination
    4  
Section 1.3. Terms Generally
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE II. THE LETTER OF CREDIT COMMITMENT
    4  
 
       
Section 2.1. Letters of Credit
    4  
Section 2.2. Optional Reduction and Termination of Revolving Commitment
    6  
Section 2.3. Interest and Fees
    6  
Section 2.4. Computation of Interest and Fees
    6  
Section 2.5. Increased Costs
    6  
Section 2.6. Payments Generally
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE III. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS
    7  
 
       
Section 3.1. Conditions to Effectiveness
    7  
Section 3.2. Each Credit Event
    8  
 
       
ARTICLE IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Existence; Power
    8  
Section 4.2. Organizational Power; Authorization
    8  
Section 4.3. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts
    9  
Section 4.4. Financial Statements
    9  
Section 4.5. Litigation
    9  
Section 4.6. Compliance with Laws and Agreements
    9  
Section 4.7. Investment Company Act, Etc.
    9  
Section 4.8 Title to Assets, Etc.
    9  
Section 4.9 Information
    9  
Section 4.10 Labor Matters
    9  
Section 4.11 Subsidiaries
    10  
Section 4.12 Insolvency
    10  
Section 4.13 OFAC
    10  
Section 4.14 Patriot Act
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE V. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Financial Statements and other Information
    10  
Section 5.2. Notices of Material Events
    11  
Section 5.3. Existence; Conduct of Business
    11  
Section 5.4. Compliance with Laws, Etc.
    11  
Section 5.5. Use of Letters of Credit
    11  
Section 5.6. Taxes
    11  
Section 5.7. Books and Records
    11  
Section 5.8. Inspections
    11  
Section 5.9. Maintenance of Properties
    11  
Section 5.10. Subsidiaries
    12  
Section 5.11. Further Assurances
    12  
Section 5.12. Cash Collateral
    12  
Section 5.13. Existing Credit Agreement
    12  

 

 


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE VI. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
    12  
 
       
Section 6.1. Events of Default
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE VII. MISCELLANEOUS
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Notices
    14  
Section 7.2. Waiver; Amendments
    14  
Section 7.3. Expenses; Indemnification
    15  
Section 7.4. Successors and Assigns
    15  
Section 7.5. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process
    16  
Section 7.6. Waiver of Jury Trial
    16  
Section 7.7. Counterparts; Integration
    16  
Section 7.8. Survival
    17  
Section 7.9. Severability
    17  
 
       
Schedules
       
Schedule I — Existing Letters of Credit
       
Schedule II — Subsidiaries
       
LETTER OF CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of December 9, 2009 between ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and SUNTRUST BANK, a Georgia banking corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “Bank”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS , the Company has requested, and the Bank has agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to establish a $15,000,000 letter of credit facility;
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the Company and the Bank agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION
Section 1.1. Definitions . In addition to the other terms defined herein, the following terms used herein shall have the meanings herein specified (to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):
Availability Period ” shall mean the period from the Closing Date to the Commitment Termination Date.
Bank ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.
Base Rate shall mean the higher of (i) the per annum rate which the Bank publicly announces from time to time to be its prime lending rate, as in effect from time to time, and (ii) the Federal Funds Rate, as in effect from time to time, plus one-half of one percent (0.50%). The Bank’s prime lending rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate charged to customers. The Bank may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Bank’s prime lending rate. Any changes in such rates shall be effective as of the date of such change in such rates.
Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Atlanta, Georgia are authorized or required by law to close.

 

 


 

“Cash Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.12 .
Change in Law” shall mean (i) the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (ii) any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or application thereof, by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement, or (iii) compliance by the Bank (or for purposes of Section 2.5 ( b ), by the Bank’s holding company, if applicable) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.
Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 7.2 .
Co mmitment” shall mean the obligation of the Bank, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $15,000,000.
Commitment Termination Date” shall mean the earliest of (i) December 9, 2011, (ii) the date on which the Commitment is terminated pursuant to Section 2.2 , and (iii) the date on which the Commitment is terminated pursuant to Section 6.1 .
Company ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in the opening paragraph of this Agreement.
Default” shall mean any condition or event that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
Dollar(s)” and the sign “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company formed under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof.
Event of Default” shall have the meaning provided in Article VI .
“Existing Letters of Credit” shall mean those Letters of Credit that are outstanding on the date of this Agreement as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto.
Existing Loan Documents ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2007, among the Company, certain of its Subsidiaries, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger, and the Lenders party thereto, among others, as amended or modified to date.
Federal Funds Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with member banks of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the next succeeding Business Day or if such rate is not so published for any Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1% of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Bank from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Bank.
Final Termination Date ” shall mean that date when (a) t he Commitment Termination Date has occurred, (b) all Letters of Credit issued hereunder have expired, been cancelled or been fully drawn upon and (c) all Obligations have been paid in full in cash.
GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time, applied on a consistent basis and subject to the terms of Section 1.2 hereof.
Governmental Authority ” shall mean the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

2


 

Guarantors ” shall mean, collectively, each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company and each other Person who from time to time executes a Guaranty of the Obligations hereunder. “ Guarantor ” shall mean any of the foregoing.
“Guaranty” shall mean each guaranty of the Obligations.
LC Disbursement ” shall mean a payment made by the Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.
LC Exposure ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (i) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Company at such time.
Letter of Credit Applications ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1(b) .
Letters of Credit ” shall mean (i) the Existing Letters of Credit and (ii) any letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 2.1 by the Bank for the account of the Company under the Commitment.
Letter of Credit Documents ” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Guaranty, the Letters of Credit, the Pledge Agreement, each Letter of Credit Application and any and all other instruments, agreements, documents, notices and writings executed in connection with any of the foregoing.
Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean, with respect to any event, act, condition or occurrence of whatever nature (including any adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration, or governmental investigation or proceeding), whether singularly or in conjunction with any other event or events, act or acts, condition or conditions, occurrence or occurrences whether or not related, a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on, (i) the business, results of operations, financial condition, assets, liabilities or prospects of the Company or of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of the Company and the Guarantors to perform any of their respective obligations under the Letter of Credit Documents, (iii) the rights and remedies of the Bank under any of the Letter of Credit Documents or (iv) the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the Letter of Credit Documents.
Obligations ” shall mean all amounts owing by the Company to the Bank pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Letter of Credit Documents, including without limitation, all principal, interest (including any interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Company, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), all reimbursement obligations, fees, expenses, indemnification and reimbursement payments, costs and expenses (including all fees and expenses of counsel to the Bank incurred pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Letter of Credit Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, now existing or hereafter arising hereunder or thereunder, together with all renewals, extensions, modifications or refinancings thereof.
Payment Office ” shall mean the office of the Bank located at 303 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30308, or such other location as to which the Bank shall have given written notice to the Company.
Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, association, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other entity, or any Governmental Authority.
Pledge Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.12 .
Responsible Officer ” shall mean any of the president, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, the chief financial officer, the treasurer or a vice president of the Company or such other representative of the Company as may be designated in writing by any one of the foregoing with the consent of the Bank.
Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”), any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards as of such date, as well as any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association or other entity (i) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power, or in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (ii) that is, as of such date, otherwise controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “Subsidiary” hereunder shall mean a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

3


 

Voting Stock ” shall mean any capital stock or other equity interest of the Company of any class having, by the terms thereof, voting power to elect directors of the Company in the absence of a default or failure to pay dividends with respect to any class or classes of capital stock. Any percentage of Voting Stock held by any person shall be determined by dividing the total number of votes that such person may cast based on the Voting Stock held by such person by the total number of votes that may be cast based upon the total issued and outstanding Voting Stock.
Section 1.2. Accounting Terms and Determination . Unless otherwise defined or specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP, applied on a basis consistent (except for such changes approved by the Company’s independent public accountants) with the most recent audited consolidated financial statement of the Company delivered pursuant to the Bank.
Section 1.3. Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the word “to” means “to but excluding”. Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as it was originally executed or as it may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and permitted assigns, (iii) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import shall be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement and (v) all references to a specific time shall be construed to refer to the time in the city and state of the Bank’s principal office, unless otherwise indicated.
ARTICLE II
THE LETTER OF CREDIT COMMITMENT
Section 2.1. Letters of Credit .
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, during the Availability Period, the Bank agrees to issue, at the request of the Company, Letters of Credit for the account of the Company in aggregate face amounts not to exceed the Commitment; provided , however , that (i) each Letter of Credit shall expire on the date one year after the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit (provided that, subject to the limitation in clause (ii) below, a Letter of Credit may contain a provision providing for automatic annual renewal for one year periods, in the absence of notice of non-renewal from the Bank); (ii) no Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date that is later than the first anniversary of the date provided in clause (i) of the definition of Commitment Termination Date, (iii) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars and in a stated amount of at least $100,000; and (iv) the Company may not request any Letter of Credit, if, after giving effect to such issuance the LC Exposure would exceed the Commitment.
(b) To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or any amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Company shall give the Bank irrevocable written notice at least three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of such issuance specifying the date (which shall be a Business Day) such Letter of Credit is to be issued (or amended, extended or renewed, as the case may be), the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. In addition to the satisfaction of the conditions in Article III , the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or any amendment which increases the amount of such Letter of Credit) will be subject to the further conditions that such Letter of Credit shall be in such form and contain such terms as the Bank shall approve and that the Company shall have executed and delivered any additional applications, agreements and instruments relating to such Letter of Credit as the Bank shall reasonably require (collectively, “Letter of Credit Applications”); provided , that in the event of any conflict between such applications, agreements or instruments and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

 

4


 

(c) The Bank shall examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit promptly following its receipt thereof. The Bank shall notify the Company of such demand for payment and whether the Bank has made or will make a LC Disbursement thereunder; provided , that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to reimburse the Bank with respect to such LC Disbursement. The Company shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated immediately to reimburse the Bank for any LC Disbursements paid by the Bank in respect of such drawing, without presentment, demand or other formalities of any kind.
(d) The Company’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements hereunder shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of any of the following circumstances:
(i) Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement;
(ii) The existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which the Company or any Subsidiary or affiliate of the Company may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons or entities for whom any such beneficiary or transferee may be acting), the Bank or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement or the Letter of Credit or any document related hereto or thereto or any unrelated transaction;
(iii) Any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;
(iv) Payment by the Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document to the Bank that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;
(v) Any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Company’s obligations hereunder; or
(vi) The existence of a Default or an Event of Default.
The Bank shall not have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to above), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Bank; provided , that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Bank from liability to the Company to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Company to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Company that are caused by the Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts or other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree, that in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.
(e) All Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be Letters of Credit issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent that any Subsidiary of the Company is the account party on any of the Existing Letters of Credit, it shall unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee the payment on such Existing Letters of Credit as if it were the account party thereon.

 

5


 

(f) Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Bank and the Company when a Letter of Credit is issued and subject to applicable laws, performance under Letters of Credit by the Bank, its correspondents, and the beneficiaries thereof will be governed by the rules of the “International Standby Practices 1998” (ISP98) (or such later revision as may be published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice on any date any Letter of Credit may be issued) and to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the governing law of this Agreement set forth in Section 7.5 .
Section 2.2. Optional Reduction and Termination of Commitment .
(a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitment shall terminate on the Commitment Termination Date.
(b) Upon at least two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable), the Company may reduce the Commitment in part or terminate the Commitment in whole; provided , that (i) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be in an amount of at least $1,000,000 and any larger multiple of $100,000, and (ii) no such reduction shall be permitted which would reduce the Commitment to an amount less than the outstanding LC Exposure.
Section 2.3. Interest and Fees .
(a)  Interest . To the extent that any LC Disbursement made hereunder is not reimbursed by the Company to the Bank on the same day when made (including by application of Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 5.12 ), without limitation of the Bank’s rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Letter of Credit Documents, interest will accrue on such LC Disbursement a per annum rate of the Prime Rate plus four percent (4%). Such interest shall be payable immediately on demand and in any event concurrently with the Company’s reimbursement to the Bank of the applicable LC Disbursement.
(b) Letter of Credit Fees. The Company agrees to pay to the Bank a letter of credit fee which shall accrue at rate equal to [***] % per annum on the average daily undrawn amount of each outstanding Letter of Credit during the period from the Closing Date to the Final Termination Date. Such fees shall be payable quarterly on the last day of each calendar quarter, commencing on December 31, 2009, and on the Final Termination Date. In addition the Company will pay the Bank’s standard fees with respect to amendment of any Letter of Credit, limited, however, to the sum of $150 with respect to each amendment. If any Event of Default shall exist hereunder, at Lender’s option, the letter of credit fee payable pursuant to the first sentence hereof shall be increased to a rate of [***] % per annum .
Section 2.4. Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest and fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest or fees are payable (to the extent computed on the basis of days elapsed). Each determination by the Bank of an interest amount or fee hereunder shall be made in good faith and, except for manifest error, shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes.
Section 2.5. Increased Costs .
(a) If any Change in Law shall:
(i) subject the Bank to any tax in respect of any Letter of Credit or on any amount paid or to be paid under the Letter of Credit (other than any tax measured by or based upon the overall net income of the Bank);
(ii) change the basis of taxation of payments to the Bank of any amounts payable hereunder (other than tax measured by or based upon the overall net income of the Bank);
(iii) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, the Bank; or
(ii) impose on the Bank any other condition affecting this Agreement or any Letters of Credit issued by the Bank;
and the result of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Bank of maintaining this Agreement or issuing or maintaining the Letters of Credit or to reduce the amount received or receivable by the Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then the Company shall promptly pay, upon written notice from and demand by the Bank, within five Business Days after the date of such notice and demand, additional amount or amounts sufficient to reasonably compensate the Bank for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

6


 

(b) If the Bank shall have determined that on or after the date of this Agreement any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the Bank’s capital (or on the capital of the Bank’s parent corporation) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which the Bank or the Bank’s parent corporation could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration the Bank’s policies or the policies of the Bank’s parent corporation with respect to capital adequacy) then, from time to time, within five (5) Business Days after receipt by the Company of written demand by the Bank, the Company shall pay to the Bank such additional amounts as will reasonably compensate the Bank or the Bank’s parent corporation for any such reduction suffered.
(c) A certificate of the Bank setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate the Bank or its parent corporation, as the case may be, specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. The Company shall pay the Bank such reasonable amount or amounts within 10 days after receipt thereof.
(d) Failure or delay on the part of the Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of the Bank’s right to demand such compensation.
Section 2.6. Payments Generally .
The Company shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, reimbursement amounts, fees or of amounts payable under Section 2.5 or otherwise) prior to 2:00 p.m., on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Bank, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Bank at its Payment Office. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be made payable for the period of such extension. All fees and all other amounts due hereunder shall be made in Dollars.
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS
Section 3.1. Conditions To Effectiveness . The obligation of the Bank to issue the initial Letters of Credit hereunder is subject to the receipt by the Bank of the following documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Bank:
(a) this Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Company;
(b) a Guaranty duly executed and delivered by each Guarantor;
(c) a Pledge Agreement duly executed and delivered by the Company;
(d) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company and each Guarantor, attaching and certifying copies of its articles of incorporation and bylaws (or other applicable governing documents) and of the resolutions of its boards of directors (or other governing body), authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Letter of Credit Documents to which it is a party and certifying the name, title and true signature of each officer of the Company or such Guarantor executing the Letter of Credit Documents to which it is a party;
(e) a certificate of good standing, as may be available from the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company and each Guarantor;
(f) a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 3.2 ;

 

7


 

(g) a legal opinion of counsel to the Company and Guarantors as to due execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Letter of Credit Documents and such other matters as the Bank shall require; and
(h) The consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal years of the Company ending December 31, 2006, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008, including balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements, together with an unqualified audit letter with respect thereto issued by independent public accountants of recognized national standing and the consolidated and consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements, for the fiscal quarters of the Company ending March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009.
Section 3.2. Each Credit Event . The obligation of the Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
(a) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, no Default or Event of Default shall exist; and
(b) all representations and warranties of the Company set forth herein and of any Guarantor set forth in a Guaranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of issuance, amendment, extension or renewal of such Letter of Credit, in each case before and after giving effect thereto;
(c) the Company shall have delivered and pledged to the Bank all Cash Collateral required pursuant to Section 5.12 ;
(d) the Company shall have delivered to the Bank a completed and executed Letter of Credit Application with respect to the applicable Letter of Credit;
(e) the Bank shall have received such other documents, certificates, information or legal opinions as it may reasonably request (including without limitation any applications and other agreements relating to a Letter of Credit), all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Bank.
The issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Company on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3.2 .
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Company represents and warrants to the Bank as follows:
Section 4.1. Existence; Power . The Company and each of its Subsidiaries (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted, and (iii) is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where a failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.2. Organizational Power; Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Guarantors of this Agreement and the other Letter of Credit Documents, to the extent that each is party thereto, are within such the Company’s or such Guarantor’s organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational, and if required, stockholder action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company, and constitutes, and the other Letter of Credit Documents when executed and delivered by the Company or the Guarantors, to the extent that each is party thereto, will constitute, valid and binding obligations of the Company and each Guarantor, as applicable, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

 

8


 

Section 4.3. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Guarantors of this Agreement and the other Letter of Credit Documents, to the extent that each is party thereto (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any action by, any Governmental Authority, except (i) those as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) disclosure filings on Form 8-K to be made in the ordinary course of business with the Securities and Exchange Commission subsequent to the date hereof, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, material agreement or other material instrument binding on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its assets or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien on any asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
Section 4.4. Financial Statements . The Company has furnished to the Bank the audited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006, December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal years then ended audited by independent certified public accountants and the unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and September 30, 2009 and the related unaudited consolidated and consolidating statements of income and cash flows for the fiscal half-year then ended. Such financial statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such dates and the consolidated results of operations for such periods in conformity with GAAP consistently applied.
Section 4.5. Litigation . Unless previously disclosed to the Bank in writing, no litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrators or Governmental Authorities is pending against or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination that could reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.6. Compliance with Laws and Agreements . The Company and each Subsidiary is not in violation of (a) any applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority (including, without limitation any of the foregoing related to environmental matters or ERISA), and (b) any indentures, agreements or other instruments binding upon it or its properties, which, in the case of clause (a) or clause (b), could have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.7. Investment Company Act, Etc. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an “investment company”, as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or (b) otherwise subject to any other regulatory scheme limiting its ability to incur debt.
Section 4.8 . Title to Assets, Etc . Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its real and personal property material to the operation of its business. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed, or otherwise has the right, to use, all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Company and its Subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 4.9. Information . The Company has disclosed to the Bank all agreements, instruments, and corporate or other restrictions to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to any of them, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports (including without limitation all reports that the Company is required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission), financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Company to the Bank in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or any of the other Letter of Credit Documents, or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by any other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, taken as a whole, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
Section 4.10 . Labor Matters . There are no strikes, lockouts or other material labor disputes or grievances against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and no significant unfair labor practice, charges or grievances are pending against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against any of them before any Governmental Authority. All payments due from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Company or any such Subsidiary, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9


 

Section 4.11 . Subsidiaries . Schedule II sets forth the name of, the jurisdiction of organization of, and the address of, each Subsidiary as of the date of this Agreement.
Section 4.12 . Insolvency . After giving effect to the execution and delivery of the Letter of Credit Documents and the issuance of each Letter of Credit under this Agreement, neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries will be “insolvent,” within the meaning of such term as defined in § 101 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time, or be unable to pay its debts generally as such debts become due, or have an unreasonably small capital to engage in any business or transaction, whether current or contemplated.
Section 4.13 . OFAC . Neither the Company nor any Guarantor (i) is a person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)), (ii) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or is otherwise associated with any such person in any manner violative of Section 2, or (iii) is a person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control regulation or executive order.
Section 4.14 . Patriot Act . The Company and each Guarantor is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) the Uniting And Strengthening America By Providing Appropriate Tools Required To Intercept And Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001). No Letter of Credit will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
The Company covenants and agrees that so long as the Commitment is outstanding hereunder or any amount payable hereunder remains unpaid or any Letter of Credit remains outstanding:
Section 5.1. Financial Statements and Other Information . The Company will deliver to the Bank:
(a) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a copy of the annual audited report for such fiscal year for the Company, containing consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows (together with all footnotes thereto) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and reported on by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification, exception or explanation and without any qualification or exception as to scope of such audit) to the effect that such financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and the results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year on a consolidated and consolidating basis in accordance with GAAP and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards;
(b) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Company as of the end of such fiscal quarter and the related unaudited consolidated and consolidating statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter from the Company’s previous fiscal year, certified by the chief financial officer of the Company as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated and consolidating basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; and

 

10


 

(c) promptly following any request therefor, such other information regarding the results of operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Company or any Subsidiary as the Bank may reasonably request.
Section 5.2. Notices of Material Events . The Company will furnish to the Bank prompt written notice of the following:
(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default; and
(b) any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.
Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
Section 5.3. Existence; Conduct of Business . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and its respective rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business and will continue to engage in the same business as presently conducted or such other businesses that are reasonably related thereto.
Section 5.4. Compliance with Laws, Etc. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and requirements of any Governmental Authority applicable to its properties, except where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.5. Use of Letters of Credit . The Company will use the Letters of Credit to assure performance of workers’ compensation self-insurance programs, to support insurance policies related thereto and for other general corporate purposes of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
Section 5.6 . Taxes . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge at or before maturity, all of its obligations and liabilities (including without limitation all tax liabilities and claims that could result in a statutory lien) before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii) the Company or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (iii) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.7 Books and Records . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities to the extent necessary to prepare the consolidated financial statements of Company in conformity with GAAP.
Section 5.8 Inspections . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representative of the Bank to visit and inspect its properties, to examine its books and records and to make copies and take extracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with any of its officers and with its independent certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as the Bank may reasonably request after reasonable prior notice to the Company.
Section 5.9 . Maintenance of Properties . The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (i) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, allowing for ordinary wear and tear except where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business, and the properties and business of its Subsidiaries, against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

 

11


 

Section 5.10 . Subsidiaries . If any additional Domestic Subsidiary is acquired or formed after the date hereof, the Company will, within ten (10) Business Days after such Domestic Subsidiary is acquired or formed, cause such Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver a Guaranty to the Bank.
Section 5.11 . Further Assurances . The Company will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, at any time and from time to time upon the written request of the Bank, execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as the Bank may reasonably request in order to effect the purposes of this Agreement.
Section 5.12 . Cash Collateral . The Company shall have pledged to the Bank at all times until the Final Termination Date an amount in cash, or with the consent of the Bank (which it may or may not give in its sole discretion), as to not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the required amount, investments in money market funds approved by Bank (such cash and other amounts, collectively, “Cash Collateral”) in an aggregate amount at least equal to the LC Exposure. Such Cash Collateral shall be maintained in an account or accounts of the Company at the Bank or at a securities intermediary satisfactory to the Bank (collectively, “Pledged Accounts”) subject to a pledge agreement or pledge agreements and control agreements (with the applicable securities intermediary) in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank (collectively, “Pledge Agreement”) . If at any time the amount of the Cash Collateral is less than the LC Exposure, the Company shall immediately deposit additional Cash Collateral in the form of cash with the Bank and shall execute and deliver to the Bank an additional Pledge Agreement (or amendment to existing Pledge Agreement) as the Bank may require in regard thereto. Such Cash Collateral shall secure the payment and performance of the Obligations. The Bank shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over the Pledged Accounts. Moneys and other assets in the Pledged Accounts may be applied by the Bank at any time to reimburse itself for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed or to pay any other Obligations. Interest earned on amounts in the Pledged Accounts shall accumulate in the Pledged Accounts and shall become part of the Cash Collateral; provided , however , that, at the written request of the Company, made not more often than once per calendar month, so long as the Company is in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5.12 and no Default or Event of Default otherwise exists, the Bank shall pay to the Company any amount then on deposit in the Pledged Accounts which is in excess of the LC Exposure.
Section 5.13. Existing Credit Agreement . Within sixty (60) days after the date hereof, the Company shall deliver to the Bank evidence satisfactory to the Bank that the Existing Credit Agreement has been terminated and all obligations thereunder have been paid in full and the Administrative Agent thereunder has released its liens (if any) in any collateral thereunder.
ARTICLE VI
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Section 6.1. Events of Default . If any of the following events (each an “ Event of Default ”) shall occur:
(a) the Company shall fail to pay any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable; or
(b) the Company shall fail to pay any interest or any fee or any other Obligation (other than an amount payable under clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement or under any other Letter of Credit Document when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) Business Days; or
(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor in or in connection with this Agreement or any Letter of Credit Document or in any certificate, report, financial statement or other document submitted to the Bank by the Company or any Guarantor pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
(d) (i) the Company shall fail to observe or perform any covenant set forth in Section 5.1 , 5.3 , 5.5 , 5.7 , 5.8 or 5.12 or (ii) the Company shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant or agreement contained in Article V and such failure described in this clause (ii) shall remain unremedied for 30 days after the earlier of (i) any officer of the Company becomes aware of such failure, or (ii) notice thereof shall have been given to the Company by the Bank; or

 

12


 

(e) the Company or any Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Company (whether as primary obligor or as guarantor or other surety) shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any indebtedness in an amount greater than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument evidencing such indebtedness; or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument relating to such indebtedness and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such indebtedness; or any such indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable; or
(f) the Company, any Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Company shall (i) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (i) of this Section, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for the Company, such Guarantor or such other Subsidiary for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or
(g)an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Company, any Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Company or its debts, or any substantial part of its assets, under any federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a custodian, trustee, receiver, liquidator or other similar official for the Company, any Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Company or for a substantial part of its assets, and in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall remain undismissed for a period of 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; or
(h) the Company, Guarantor or any other Subsidiary of the Company shall become unable to pay, shall admit in writing its inability to pay, or shall fail to pay, its debts as they become due; or
(i) the shareholders of the Company on the date of this Agreement shall cease to own at least 51% of the Voting Stock of the Company; or
(j) any provision of any Guaranty shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on, or enforceable against, any Guarantor, or any Guarantor shall so state in writing, or any Guarantor shall seek to terminate its Guaranty; or
(k) any default, event of default or similar event shall occur under any Letter of Credit Application or any other Letter of Credit Document (other than as set forth in the preceding clauses (a) through (j)) then, and in every such event (other than an event described in clause (f), (g) or(h) of this Section) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Bank may, by notice to the Company, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times : (i) terminate the Commitment; (ii) declare all Obligations to be, whereupon the same shall become, due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Company and (iii) exercise any or all remedies contained in any Letter of Credit Document or under applicable law or in equity; and that, if an Event of Default specified in either clause (f), (g) or (h) shall occur, the Commitment shall automatically terminate and all Obligations shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Company. Credit.

 

13


 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 7.1. Notices .
(a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications to any party herein to be effective shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:
         
 
  To the Company:   Arkansas Best Corporation
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, Arkansas 72903
Attention: Donald W. Pearson
Telephone Number: (479)785-6136
Telecopy Number: (479)785-8650
 
       
 
  To the Bank:   SunTrust Bank
303 Peachtree Street, N. E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Attention: Tesha Winslow, Portfolio Manager
Telephone Number: (404) 813-0581
Telecopy Number: (404) 588-8833
Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and other communications shall, when transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next-day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the mails or if delivered, upon delivery; provided , that notices delivered to the Bank shall not be effective until actually received by the Bank at its address specified in this Section 7.1 .
(b) Any agreement of the Bank herein to receive certain notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience and at the request of the Company. The Bank shall be entitled to rely on the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by the Company to give such notice and the Bank shall not have any liability to the Company or other Person on account of any action taken or not taken by the Bank in reliance upon such telephonic or facsimile notice. The obligation of the Company to pay the Obligations shall not be affected in any way or to any extent by any failure of the Bank to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile notice or the receipt by the Bank of a confirmation which is at variance with the terms understood by the Bank to be contained in any such telephonic or facsimile notice.
Section 7.2. Waiver; Amendments .
(a) No failure or delay by the Bank in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Letter of Credit Document, and no course of dealing between the Company and the Bank , shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power hereunder or thereunder. The rights and remedies of the Bank hereunder and under the other Letter of Credit Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Letter of Credit Document or consent to any departure by the Company therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, regardless of whether the Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default or Event of Default at the time.
(b) No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Letter of Credit Documents, nor consent to any departure by the Company therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Company and the Bank and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

14


 

Section 7.3. Expenses; Indemnification .
(a) The Company shall pay (i) all reasonable, out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Bank, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and its affiliates, in connection the preparation and administration of the Letter of Credit Documents and any amendments, modifications or waivers thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or any other Letter of Credit Document shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Bank in connection with any demand for payment under any Letter of Credit and (iii) all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel and the reasonable allocated cost of inside counsel) incurred by the Bank in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section 7.3 , or in connection with the Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
(b) The Company shall indemnify the Bank and its affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and advisors of the Bank and its affiliates (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Company arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Letter of Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Letter of Credit or the use therefrom (including any refusal by the Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged violation of environmental laws related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Company, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Company against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Letter of Credit Document, if the Company has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.
(c) The Company shall pay, and hold the Bank harmless from and against, any and all present and future stamp, documentary, and other similar taxes with respect to this Agreement and any other Letter of Credit Documents, any collateral described therein, or any payments due thereunder, and save the Bank harmless from and against any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission to pay such taxes.
(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to actual or direct damages) arising out of, in connection with or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated therein, or any Letter of Credit or the use thereof.
Section 7.4. Successors and Assigns .
(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Company may not assign or transfer any of its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the Bank (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Company without such consent shall be null and void).
(b) The Bank may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Letter of Credit Documents (including all or a portion of its obligations under the Letters of Credit) or grant participations in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Letter of Credit Documents; provided, that the Company must give its prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to any assignment, except during the occurrence and continuation of a Default or an Event of Default. Upon the execution and delivery of an assignment agreement by the Bank and such assignee and payment by such assignee of an amount equal to the purchase price agreed between the Bank and such assignee, such assignee shall become a party to this Agreement and the other Letter of Credit Documents and shall have the rights and obligations of a Bank under this Agreement, and the Bank shall be released from its obligations hereunder to a corresponding extent.

 

15


 

(c) The Bank may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement and the other Letter of Credit Documents to secure its obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank without complying with this Section; provided , that no such pledge or assignment shall release the Bank from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Bank as a party hereto.
Section 7.5. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .
(a) This Agreement and the other Letter of Credit Documents shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the law (without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof) of the State of Georgia.
(b) The Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court of the Northern District of Georgia, and of any state court of the State of Georgia located in Fulton County and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Letter of Credit Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Georgia state court or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Letter of Credit Document shall affect any right that the Bank may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Letter of Credit Document against the Company or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(c) The Company irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding described in paragraph (b) of this Section and brought in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(d) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to the service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 7.1 . Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Letter of Credit Document will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
Section 7.6. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LETTER OF CREDIT DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LETTER OF CREDIT DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
Section 7.7. Counterparts; Integration . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement and the other Letter of Credit Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto and thereto regarding the subject matters hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, regarding such subject matters.

 

16


 

Section 7.8. Survival . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Company herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Bank may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect until the Final Termination Date. The provisions of Sections 2.5 and 7.3 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Obligations, the expiration or termination of the Commitment, the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. All representations and warranties made herein, or in the certificates, reports, notices, and other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Letter of Credit Documents, and the issuance of the Letters of Credit.
Section 7.9. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement or any other Letter of Credit Document held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability without affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof or thereof; and the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

17


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed under seal in the case of the Company by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
         
 
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Judy R. McReynolds    
    Name:   Judy R. McReynolds   
    Title:   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   
 
 
SUNTRUST BANK
 
 
  By:   /s/ Tesha Winslow    
    Name:   Tesha Winslow   
    Title:   Portfolio Manager   
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO
LETTER OF CREDIT AGREEMENT]

 

 


 

Schedule I
Existing Letters of Credit
1.  
Letter of Credit Number F401036 dated August 20, 2002 in the initial face amount of $1,810,000 with an expiry date of August 26, 2010.
2.  
Letter of Credit Number F847094 dated September 12, 2005 in the initial face amount of $1,425,000 with an expiry date of August 31, 2010.
3.  
Letter of Credit Number F841245 dated May 15, 2003 in the initial face amount of $1,000,000 with an expiry date of May 14, 2010.
4.  
Letter of Credit Number F854256 dated                      in the initial face amount of $400,000 with an expiry date of                      .

 

 


 

Schedule II
Subsidiaries
         
    Jurisdiction of    
Name of Subsidiary   Incorporation   Address of Principal Office
 
       
ABF Aviation, LLC
  Arkansas   3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
 
       
ABF Cartage, Inc.
  Delaware   3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
 
       
ABF Farms, Inc.
  Arkansas   3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
 
       
ABF Freight System, Inc.
  Delaware   3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
 
       
ABF Freight System B.C. Ltd.
  British Columbia   3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
 
       
ABF Freight System Canada Ltd.
  Canadian Federal    
 
       
Data-Tronics Corp.
  Arkansas   3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
 
       
FleetNet America, Inc.
  Arkansas   P.O. Box 970
Cherryville, NC 28021
 
       
Freightvalue, Inc.
  Arkansas   3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
 
       
Global Supply Chain Services, Inc.
  Arkansas   3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
 
       
Land-Marine Cargo, Inc.
  Puerto Rico   3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
 
       
Motor Carrier Insurance, Ltd.
  Bermuda   P.O. Box 1022 Clarendon House
Church Street West
Hamilton HM DX Bermuda
 
       
Transport Realty, Inc.
  Arkansas   3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903
 
       
Tread-Ark Corporation
  Delaware   3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, AR 72903

 

 

Exhibit 10.23
CONTINUING REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT FOR
LETTERS OF CREDIT
Including U.S. Bank Global Trade WorksSM
This Continuing Reimbursement Agreement for Letters of Credit is made effective this 12th day of November, 2009 by and between U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”) and Arkansas Best Corporation (“Applicant”).
In consideration of the issuance by Bank or an affiliate of Bank (each such affiliated issuer, an “Other Issuer”) of one or more Credits, Applicant agrees that the following terms shall apply to each Application and each Credit issued by Bank or any Other Issuer (either or both referred to herein as “Bank”).
1. The Credit .
(a) From time to time, Applicant may request Bank to issue or to request one of its subsidiaries or affiliates to issue one or more letters of credit (each, a “Credit”) substantially in accordance with the terms of any application (each, an “Application”) submitted to Bank by Applicant. All Credits will be deemed irrevocable unless otherwise stated in an Application. Bank may either issue the Credit or request one of its affiliates to issue the Credit. Bank may sell, assign or participate all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Application and the Credit. Without limiting the foregoing, any Other Issuer may sell a participation in all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Credit to Bank.
(b) Bank hereby is authorized to set forth in the Credit the terms appearing in the Application, with such modifications as Bank in its discretion may determine are appropriate or necessary and are not materially different from such terms.
(c) All communications relating to the Credit will be sent at Applicant’s risk. Bank shall have no responsibility for any inaccuracy of translation, or any error or delay in transmission or delivery by mail, telecommunication or any other method outside of Bank’s reasonable control, including all communications made through a correspondent.
(d) Neither Bank nor its correspondents shall be in any way responsible for the performance of any beneficiary’s obligations to Applicant or for the form, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness, authority of person signing, falsification or legal effect, of any documents required by the Credit if such documents appear in order on their face. Whether the documents conform to the terms of the Credit and whether any demand is timely and in proper form shall be independently determined by Bank in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding on Applicant.
(e) Subject to Section 8(b), Bank may in its discretion honor Applicant’s request to increase the amount of the Credit, extend the time for making and honoring of demands under the Credit and otherwise modify the terms and conditions governing the Credit. In the event of any extension of the maturity or time for negotiation or presentation of the drafts or documents or any other modification of the terms or provisions of, or increase in the amount of, the Credit at the request or with the consent of Applicant, this Agreement shall be binding upon Applicant with regard to (i) the Credit as so increased or otherwise modified, (ii) drafts, documents and property covered thereby, (iii) any action taken by Bank or Bank’s correspondents in accordance with such extension, increase or other modification, and (iv) any draft paid by Bank or any of Bank’s correspondents which is dated on or before the expiration of any time limit expressed in the Credit, regardless of when drawn or presented for payment and when or whether negotiated, provided the required documents are presented prior to the expiration of the Credit.
(f) Applicant shall promptly review all information, documents and instruments delivered to Applicant from time to time by Bank, including any Credits upon issuance and any amendments and all related presentations and negotiations, and shall notify Bank within five banking days after receipt if Applicant claims that Bank has failed to comply with Applicant’s instructions or Bank’s obligations with respect to the Credit, has wrongfully honored or dishonored any presentation under the Credit or claims any other irregularity. If Applicant does not so notify Bank within such time period, Applicant shall be conclusively deemed to have waived and shall be precluded from asserting such claim(s).
2.  Reimbursement Obligations . Applicant promises to pay Bank on demand at the address specified in the Application for Credit in the following amounts:
(a) The amount of each draft or other request for payment (hereinafter called a “draft”) drawn under the Credit (whether drawn before, on or, if in accordance with the law applicable to the Credit, after the expiration date stated in the Credit). For amounts payable in United States currency, Applicant agrees to reimburse Bank in United States currency. For amounts payable in other currencies, Applicant agrees to reimburse Bank an equivalent amount in United States currency at Bank’s then current selling rate for such foreign currencies or Applicant will reimburse Bank by sending the foreign currency amount due Bank by wire transfer to the account and location designated by Bank, or at Bank’s option, in any other currency, place, form and manner acceptable to Bank. Upon request, Applicant will pay Bank in advance, in United States currency, all sums necessary for Bank to pay all such drafts upon presentation whether payable in United States currency or otherwise. If the draft is a time draft, Applicant shall make payment without demand sufficiently in advance of its maturity to enable Bank to arrange for funds to reach the place of payment when due.
(b) All commissions, at the rate fixed by Bank, shall be payable from time to time at such intervals as Bank may require and shall be nonrefundable, whether or not the Credit is drawn upon, reduced in time or amount or otherwise modified. Applicant also agrees to pay all of Bank’s other standard fees and charges related to Credits.
(c) All taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings of any nature whatsoever paid or incurred by Bank in connection with this Agreement, the Credit or any related transactions, and any liability with respect thereto (including but not limited to interest, penalties and expenses).
(d) Interest on all amounts due under this Agreement from the applicable due date until paid will be variable at the per annum rate fixed from time to time by Bank. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. Interest accrued hereunder shall be due and payable on the first day of each calendar month.
(e) Without limiting Applicant’s obligations to any Other Issuer, but without duplication, Applicant promises to pay Bank on demand, at the Bank International Banking Office designated by Bank, an amount equal to all amounts which Bank pays or becomes obligated to pay to any Other Issuer with respect to the Credit, whether as a participant in the Credit or otherwise.
Continuing Reimbursement Agreement

 

1


 

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Applicant’s obligation to make any payment hereunder to any Other Issuer shall, to the extent of such payment, be satisfied by payment to Bank as set forth in this Agreement.
(g) Intentionally omitted.
3. Security and Insurance .
(a) .
(b) If at any time Bank requires collateral (or additional collateral), Applicant will, on demand, assign and deliver to Bank as security for any and all obligations of Applicant now or hereafter existing under this Agreement collateral of a type and value satisfactory to Bank or make such cash payment as Bank may require and execute and deliver to Bank such security agreements, pledge agreements, or other documents requested by Bank covering such collateral.
(c) Intentionally omitted.
(d) Intentionally omitted.
(e) Intentionally omitted.
4. Default and Remedies .
(a) Time is of the essence in this Agreement. The occurrence of any of the following shall be an Event of Default hereunder:
(i) Default in payment or performance of any of Applicant’s obligations hereunder or under any promissory note or other agreement between Bank and Applicant;
(ii) Default under any security documents securing Applicant’s obligations hereunder, whether executed by Applicant or any other person;
(iii) Levy or proceeding against any property of Applicant or any guarantor of Applicant’s obligations hereunder (“Guarantor”);
(iv) Death, dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency or business failure of, appointment of a receiver for any part of the property of, assignment for the benefit of creditors by, commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against, or entry of judgment against, Applicant or any Guarantor;
(v) Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Bank by Applicant or any Guarantor proves to have been false in any material respect when made or furnished;
(vi) Any event which gives the holder of any debt obligation of Applicant or any Guarantor the right to accelerate its maturity, whether or not such right is exercised;
(vii) Any guaranty of Applicant’s obligations hereunder ceases to be, or is asserted by any person not to be, in full force and effect; or
(viii) Intentionally omitted.
(b) Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and at any time thereafter, Bank at its option and in addition to all other rights of Bank under this Agreement, any related agreement and applicable law, may (i) without notice or demand declare the amount for which the Credit was issued and any other amounts owing hereunder immediately due and payable; and (ii) exercise any and all rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code and other applicable law.
5. Certain Warranties .
(a) Applicant warrants that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement are within its authority and are not in contravention of law, of any terms of any agreement, instrument, order or judgment to which Applicant is a party or by which it or its property may be bound or of any provision of its charter document or bylaws, and that it has obtained all necessary approvals and consents therefor.
(b) Applicant represents and warrants that any Credit, and transactions related thereto, shall be in compliance with any federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations, treaties or customs applicable to Bank or Customer, including without limitation the regulations promulgated by Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), and any other foreign or domestic legal restriction on doing business with certain individuals or countries.
(c) Applicant will procure promptly all necessary licenses for the export, import, shipping or warehousing of, or payment for property covered by the Credit and will comply with all foreign and U.S. laws, rules and regulations (including exchange control regulations) now or hereafter applicable to the transaction related to the Credit or applicable to the execution, delivery and performance by Applicant of this Agreement.
6.  Changes to Laws and Regulations . If any adoption of or change in law or regulation, or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any official authority shall impose on Bank any tax, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any kind whatsoever, or shall impose or modify any reserve requirements, standards regarding capital adequacy or any other conditions affecting this Agreement or the Credit, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to Bank of issuing and maintaining the Credit, reduce the amount of any sum receivable by Bank hereunder or reduce the rate of return on Bank’s capital, then Applicant shall pay to Bank upon demand such additional amount or amounts as Bank may specify to be necessary to compensate Bank for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
7. General Terms and Conditions .
(a) Each Application shall be subject to all terms and conditions of this Agreement. In addition, this Agreement shall apply to each Credit issued or confirmed by Bank at the request of Applicant, including, without limitation, all Credits (if any) previously opened and outstanding on the date hereof.
(b) Notwithstanding any other term hereof, Applicant understands and agrees that the Credit can be revoked or amended only with the consent of the beneficiary of the Credit, Bank or Other Issuer of the Credit and any confirming bank.
(c) If Applicant requests Bank to issue a Credit for the account of a third party, whether affiliated with Applicant or otherwise (the “Account Party”), the Account Party shall have no rights against Bank. Bank may deal with Applicant as if Applicant were the named Account Party.
(d) Applicant shall give Bank prior written notice of any change of name, address or place of business. Any notice of any nature by Applicant to Bank must be given at Bank’s office to which the application was submitted.
Continuing Reimbursement Agreement

 

2


 

(e) The singular includes the plural. If Applicant consists of more than one person, the obligations of Applicant hereunder are joint and several and are binding upon any marital community of which any Applicant is a member. This Agreement shall be binding on Applicant, its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Bank or Bank’s successors, transferees and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Applicant may not assign its rights under this agreement without Bank’s prior written consent.
(f) Notwithstanding the title appearing on any Credit instrument, the rights and obligations of Bank and Applicant with respect to the Credit shall be as set forth herein.
(g) The Application and/or the Credit will set forth which rules or customs apply to the corresponding Credit. Such rules and customs may include, but are not limited to, the International Standby Practices, as published by the International Chamber of Commerce (“ISP”) or the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as published by the International Chamber of Commerce (“UCP”). In any event, the rules or practices set forth in the Credit are incorporated herein and shall govern the Credit. This Agreement and the Credit shall be governed by the internal laws of the State in which the credit was issued and the United States of America (the “Governing Laws”), except to the extent such laws are inconsistent with the rules adopted in the Application as set forth above.
(h) When possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
(i) Applicant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend and hold harmless Bank, its officers, directors, agents, successors and assigns, from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, losses and expenses (including without limitation legal costs and attorney fees incurred in any appellate proceeding, proceeding under the bankruptcy code or receivership and post-judgment attorney fees incurred in enforcing any judgment), arising from or in connection with this Agreement, the Credit or any related transaction, except to the extent such claims arise from Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(j) Any action, inaction or omission taken or suffered by Bank or by any of Bank’s correspondents under or in connection with the Credit or any relative drafts, documents or property, if in good faith and in conformity with foreign or United States laws, regulations or customs applicable thereto, shall be binding upon Applicant and shall not place Bank or any of Bank’s correspondents under any resulting liability to Applicant. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Bank and Bank’s correspondents may act in reliance upon any oral, telephonic, telegraphic, electronic or written request or notice believed in good faith to have been authorized by Applicant, whether or not in fact given or signed by an authorized person.
(k) Bank’s waiver of any right on any occasion or occasions shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any other right or of such right on any other occasion. Applicant hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defense under any applicable statute of limitations, to the fullest extent permitted by law.
(l) Without notice to any Applicant and without affecting Bank’s rights or Applicant’s obligations, Bank may deal in any manner with any person who at any time is liable for, or provides any collateral for, any obligations of Applicant to Bank. Without limiting the foregoing, Bank may impair, release (with or without substitution of new collateral) and fail to perfect a security interest in, any collateral provided by any person; and sue, fail to sue, agree not to sue, release, and settle or compromise with, any person.
(m) Except as otherwise provided herein or in any Credit, all notices and other communications required or permitted to be given to any party hereto shall be in writing or an electronic medium that is retrievable in a perceivable form and shall be deemed given when delivered by hand, electronically, by overnight courier, or when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed as set forth in the Application.
(n) Whether or not litigation or arbitration is commenced, Applicant promises to pay all attorney fees and other costs and expenses incurred by Bank in collecting overdue amounts or construing or enforcing any provision of this Agreement or the Credit, including but not limited to reasonable attorney fees at trial, in any arbitration, appellate proceeding, proceeding under the bankruptcy code or receivership and post-judgment attorney fees incurred in enforcing any judgment.
(o) If the Credit is issued pursuant to a loan agreement or other separate agreement, the terms of such other agreement shall control in the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and such other agreement.
(p) This Agreement is a continuing agreement and shall remain in effect until terminated, amended or replaced. This Agreement may be terminated by Applicant or Bank by giving notice of termination to the other and may be amended or replaced by a written agreement signed by Applicant and accepted by Bank; provided, however that no such termination, amendment or replacement shall alter or affect the undertaking of Applicant or Bank with respect to any Credit issued, or commitment to issue, prior to such termination, amendment or replacement.
(q) This Agreement, as supplemented by the laws, rules and customs incorporated herein by subpart (g) to this part, and as supplemented by the terms of the Application, if any, constitutes the entire understanding between Bank and Applicant with respect to the matters treated herein and specifically supersedes any prior or contemporaneous oral agreements.
(r) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as imposing any obligation on Bank to issue any Credit. Each Credit shall be issued by Bank in its sole discretion and at its sole option.
(s) Bank is authorized, but not obligated, to record electronically or otherwise any telephone and other oral communications between Bank and Applicant.
(t) All terms and conditions on the attached Schedule 1, and any replacement Schedule 1 are hereby incorporated herein. Applicant may change the provisions of Schedule 1 by executing and delivering a new Schedule 1 to Bank.
(u) In the event Applicant submits an Application or other instruction by facsimile transmission (each, a “Faxed Document”), Applicant agrees: (i) each Faxed Document shall be deemed to be an original document and shall be effective for all purposes as if it were an original; (ii) Applicant shall retain the original of any Faxed Document and shall deliver it to Bank upon request; (iii) if Applicant sends Bank a manually signed confirmation of a Faxed Document, Bank shall have no duty to compare it to the previously received Faxed Document nor shall it have any liability or duty to act should the contents of the written confirmation differ therefrom. Any manually signed confirmation of a Faxed Document must be conspicuously marked “Previously transmitted by facsimile”. Bank will not be liable for issuance of duplicate letters of credit or amendments thereto that result from Bank’s receipt of confirmations not so marked; (iv) Bank cannot effectively determine whether a particular facsimile request is valid. Therefore Applicant shall have sole responsibility for the security of using facsimile transmissions and for any authorized or unauthorized Faxed Document received by Bank, purportedly on behalf of Applicant.
Continuing Reimbursement Agreement

 

3


 

8.  IMPORTANT NOTICE . ORAL AGREEMENTS OR COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT OR TO FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING PREPAYMENT OF A DEBT INCLUDING VERBAL PROMISES TO EXTEND OR RENEW SUCH DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE.
Applicant acknowledges receipt of a completed copy of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.
                     
APPLICANT:       BANK:    
 
                   
Arkansas Best Corporation       U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION    
 
                   
By:
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds        By:   /s/ Michael J. Reymann    
 
 
 
Name: Judy R. McReynolds
         
 
Name: Michael J. Reymann
   
 
  Title: SVP, CFO and Treasurer           Title: Senior Vice President    
Continuing Reimbursement Agreement

 

4


 

SCHEDULE 1
AUTHORIZATION
CONTINUING REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT FOR
LETTERS OF CREDIT
The provisions of this Schedule 1 are hereby incorporated into and made a part of the Continuing Reimbursement Agreement for Letters of Credit (“Agreement”) executed by and between U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , (“Bank”) and Arkansas Best Corporation (“Applicant”), dated November 12, 2009. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.
1. In addition to those authorized through U.S. Bank Global Trade Works or other electronic letter of credit application system offered by Bank, if applicable, any one of the persons whose name, title and signature appears below is authorized to give instructions to Bank and to execute and/or transmit Applications, requests for amendments, requests for extensions and other communications of any nature regarding any Credit issued by Bank for Applicant.
         
NAME   TITLE   SIGNATURE
 
       
Judy R. McReynolds
  SVP, CFO and Treasurer   /s/ Judy R. McReynolds 
 
       
 Donald W. Pearson
  Director — Cash Management   /s/ Donald W. Pearson
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
2. In addition to those authorized through U.S. Bank Global Trade Works or other electronic letter of credit application system offered by Bank, if applicable, the following persons are entitled to waive discrepancies contained in documents presented under a Credit. (Applicant understands that upon any such waiver, Applicant is obligated to reimburse Bank to the same extent as if the documents fully complied with the terms of the Credit.):
         
NAME   TITLE   TELEPHONE NUMBER
 
       
Donald W. Pearson
  Director — Cash Management   (479) 785-6136
 
       
         
 
       
         
3. Intentionally omitted.
4. This Schedule 1 shall be effective upon receipt by Bank. Bank may rely on this Schedule I until it has been revoked in writing by Applicant and Bank has a reasonable opportunity to act on any such revocation.
                 
APPLICANT:       BANK:
 
               
Arkansas Best Corporation       U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
               
By:
  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds        By:   /s/ Michael J. Reymann 
 
               
 
  Name: Judy R. McReynolds           Name: Michael J. Reymann
 
  Title: SVP, CFO and Treasurer           Title: Senior Vice President
 
  Date: November 12, 2009           Date: November 20, 2009
Continuing Reimbursement Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.24
CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION UNDER A CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUEST, PURSUANT TO RULE 24b-2 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED. THE REDACTED TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED IN THIS EXHIBIT AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH THREE ASTERISKS [***].
 
Receivables Loan Agreement
Dated as of December 30, 2009
Among
ABF Freight Funding LLC, as Borrower ,
ABF Freight System, Inc., as initial Servicer ,
SunTrust Bank
and
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc ., as Agent
 

 

 


 

Table of Contents
             
Section   Heading   Page  
 
           
Article I
  Commitment; Borrowing Procedures     1  
 
           
Section 1.1.
  Commitment     1  
Section 1.2.
  Borrowing Procedures     1  
Section 1.3.
  Prepayments     2  
Section 1.4.
  Deemed Collections     2  
Section 1.5.
  Payment Requirements and Computations     3  
 
           
Article II
  Payments and Collections     3  
 
           
Section 2.1.
  Payments of Recourse Obligations     3  
Section 2.2.
  Collections Prior to the Facility Termination Date     3  
Section 2.3.
  Application of Collections After the Facility Termination Date     4  
Section 2.4.
  Payment Rescission     4  
Section 2.5.
  Clean Up Call; Release of Security Interests     4  
 
           
Article III
  [Reserved]     5  
 
           
Article IV
  Loans     5  
 
           
Section 4.1.
  Loans     5  
Section 4.2.
  Interest Payments     5  
Section 4.3.
  Loan Interest Rates     5  
Section 4.4.
  Suspension of the LIBO Rate     5  
Section 4.5.
  Default Rate     5  
 
           
Article V
  Representations and Warranties     6  
 
           
Section 5.1.
  Representations and Warranties of the Borrower Parties     6  
 
           
Article VI
  Conditions of Loans     8  
 
           
Section 6.1.
  Conditions Precedent to Initial Loan     8  
Section 6.2.
  Conditions Precedent to All Loans     8  
 
           
Article VII
  Covenants     9  
 
           
Section 7.1.
  Affirmative Covenants of the Borrower Parties     9  
Section 7.2.
  Negative Covenants of the Borrower Parties     14  
Section 7.3.
  Affirmative Post-Closing Covenants of the Borrower Parties     15  
 
           
Article VIII
  Administration and Collection     15  
 
           
Section 8.1.
  Designation of Servicer     15  
Section 8.2.
  Duties of Servicer     15  
Section 8.3.
  Collection Notices     16  
Section 8.4.
  Responsibilities of the Borrower     16  
Section 8.5.
  Receivables Reports     17  
Section 8.6.
  Servicing Fee     17  
 
           
Article IX
  Amortization Events     17  
 
           
Section 9.1.
  Amortization Events     17  
Section 9.2.
  Servicer Termination Events     19  
Section 9.3.
  Remedies     19  

 

 


 

             
Section   Heading   Page  
 
           
Article X
  Indemnification     20  
 
           
Section 10.1.
  Indemnities by the Borrower Parties     20  
Section 10.2.
  Increased Cost and Reduced Return     21  
Section 10.3.
  Other Costs and Expenses     22  
 
           
Article XI
  The Agent     22  
 
           
Section 11.1.
  Authorization and Action     22  
Section 11.2.
  STRH, SunTrust Bank and Affiliates     22  
 
           
Article XII
  Assignments and Participations; Refinancing     22  
 
           
Section 12.1.
  Successors and Assigns     22  
Section 12.2.
  Participants     22  
Section 12.3.
  Assignments     22  
Section 12.4.
  Prohibition on Assignments by the Borrower Parties     23  
Section 12.5.
  Refinancing by Three Pillars     23  
 
           
Article XIII
  Miscellaneous     23  
 
           
Section 13.1.
  Waivers and Amendments     23  
Section 13.2.
  Notices     24  
Section 13.3.
  Protection of Agent’s Security Interest     24  
Section 13.4.
  Confidentiality     24  
Section 13.5.
  Limitation of Liability     25  
Section 13.6.
  No Recourse Against the Lender     25  
Section 13.7.
  Choice of Law     25  
Section 13.8.
  Consent to Jurisdiction     25  
Section 13.9.
  Waiver of Jury Trial     26  
Section 13.10.
  Integration; Binding Effect; Survival of Terms     26  
Section 13.11.
  Counterparts; Severability; Section References     26  
Section 13.12.
  Characterization; Security Interest     26  
Section 13.13.
  Increase in Commitment     26  
     
Exhibit I
  Definitions
 
   
Exhibit II
  Form of Borrowing Request
 
   
Exhibit III
  Jurisdiction of Organization of the Borrower Parties; Places of Business of the Borrower Parties; Locations of Records; Federal Employer Identification Number(s)
 
   
Exhibit IV
  Names of Collection Banks and Segregated Account Banks; Lock-Boxes, Segregated Accounts and Collection Accounts
 
   
Exhibit V
  Form of Compliance Certificate
 
   
Exhibit VI
  [Reserved]
 
   
Exhibit VII
  Form of Monthly Report
 
   
Exhibit VIII
  Form of Weekly Report
 
   
Exhibit IX
  Form of Prepayment Notice
 
   
Exhibit X
  Form of Assignment and Acceptance
 
   
Schedule A
  Documents to be Delivered to the Agent on or Prior to the Initial Loan

 

-ii-


 

Receivables Loan Agreement
This Receivables Loan Agreement , dated as of December 30, 2009 (this “Agreement” ), is entered into by and among:
(a) ABF Freight Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”),
(b) ABF Freight System, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ ABF ” or the “ Servicer ”), as initial Servicer (the Servicer together with the Borrower, the “ Borrower Parties ” and each, a “ Borrower Party ”),
(c) SunTrust Bank, a Georgia banking corporation ( “SunTrust” or the “ Lender ”), and
(d) SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., a Tennessee corporation ( “STRH” ), as agent and administrator for the Lender and its assigns under the Transaction Documents (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).
Unless defined elsewhere herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Exhibit I.
Preliminary Statements
Whereas , Borrower desires that the Lender extend financing to Borrower on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
Whereas , the Lender is willing to provide such financing on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
Whereas, STRH has been requested and is willing to act as agent and administrator on behalf of the Lender and its assigns in accordance with the terms hereof.
Article I
Commitment; Borrowing Procedures
Section 1.1. Commitment . (a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Article VI), the Lender agrees to make loans to Borrower on a revolving basis from time to time (the “Commitment” ) prior to the Facility Termination Date in such amounts as may be from time to time requested by Borrower pursuant to Section 1.2; provided that no Loans shall be made by the Lender if, after giving effect thereto, the Aggregate Loan Amount would exceed the lesser of (a) the Facility Limit and (b) the Net Pool Balance less the Required Reserve. The Borrower will pay Interest on Loans made pursuant to this Agreement at the Alternate Base Rate or the LIBO Rate, selected in accordance with Article IV hereof. Within the limits of the Commitment, Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow under this Section 1.1.
(b) The Borrower may, upon at least ten (10) Business Days’ notice to the Agent, terminate in whole or reduce in part, the unused portion of the Facility Limit, without premium or penalty; provided that each partial reduction of the Facility Limit shall be in an amount equal to $5,000,000 (or a larger integral multiple of $1,000,000 if in excess thereof) and shall not reduce the Facility Limit below $10,000,000.
Section 1.2. Borrowing Procedures . The Borrower (or the Servicer, on its behalf) may request a Loan hereunder by giving notice to Agent of a proposed borrowing not later than 12:00 noon (Atlanta, Georgia time), at least (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of such borrowing (or such lesser period of time as Lender may consent) in the case of a Loan which is to bear interest at the LIBO Rate, and (ii) one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed date of such borrowing (or such lesser period of time as Lender may consent) in the case of a Loan which is to bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate, in a form set forth as Exhibit II hereto (each, a “ Borrowing Request ”). Each Borrowing Request shall be subject to Section 6.2 hereof and shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower. Each Borrowing Request shall specify the requested Loan amount (which shall not be less than $1,000,000 or a larger integral multiple of $100,000 ) , whether the Loan is to be made at the LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate, and the Borrowing Date (which shall be on a Business Day). There shall not be more than four (4) Loans which are accruing interest at the LIBO Rate outstanding at any time. On each Borrowing Date, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Article VI and this Section 1.2, the Lender shall deposit to the Facility Account, in immediately available funds, no later than 2:00 p.m. (Atlanta time), an amount equal to the requested Loan.

 

 


 

Section 1.3. Prepayments . (a) The Borrower shall provide the Agent with prior written notice in conformity with the Required Notice Period in the form of Exhibit IX hereto (a “ Prepayment Notice ”) of any proposed prepayment of any Loan or, in the case of any Loan bearing interest at the Alternate Base Rate, any portion thereof. The Borrower shall only deliver a Prepayment Notice if Collections are available in an amount sufficient to make the proposed prepayment of a Loan plus any related accrued and unpaid Interest and Broken Funding Costs. Such Prepayment Notice shall designate (i) the date (the “ Proposed Prepayment Date ”) upon which any such prepayment shall occur (which date shall give effect to the applicable Required Notice Period and need not be a Settlement Date), (ii) the amount of the Loan or Loans to be prepaid, and (iii) to which Loan or Loans such prepayment shall apply (in the absence of direction from the Borrower as to which Loans shall be prepaid such prepayment shall be applied as the Agent shall determine in its reasonable discretion) (the “ Aggregate Prepayment ”). Only one (1) Prepayment Notice shall be outstanding at any time. The Borrower shall pay any Broken Funding Costs and accrued and unpaid Interest on the portion of the Aggregate Loan Amount which has been prepaid on the Proposed Prepayment Date, provided, however , that unpaid accrued Interest on such prepaid amount shall only be paid on such date if so requested by the Administrator, on behalf of the Lender, in its sole discretion, otherwise such Interest shall be payable on the next occurring Settlement Date.
(b) If on any day the Aggregate Loan Amount exceeds the amount obtained by subtracting the Required Reserve from the Net Pool Balance (such an event, a “Borrowing Base Deficiency” ), the Borrower, upon notice from Lender or Agent of such Borrowing Base Deficiency or upon the knowledge of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower thereof, shall make a prepayment of the Aggregate Loan Amount in an amount equal to such excess, plus any Broken Funding Costs and accrued and unpaid Interest on the portion of the Aggregate Loan Amount which has been prepaid, provided, however , that unpaid accrued Interest on such prepaid amount shall only be paid on such date if so requested by the Administrator, on behalf of the Lender, in its sole discretion, otherwise such Interest shall be payable on the next occurring Settlement Date
Section 1.4. Deemed Collections . If on any day:
(i) the Outstanding Balance of any Receivable that was included as an Eligible Receivable in the most recent Monthly Report or Weekly Report provided to the Agent is reduced or cancelled as a result of any defective, returned or rejected goods or services, any cash discount or any other adjustment by the Originator or any Affiliate thereof, or as a result of any governmental or regulatory action, or
(ii) the Outstanding Balance of any Receivable that was included as an Eligible Receivable in the most recent Monthly Report or Weekly Report provided to the Agent is reduced or canceled as a result of a setoff in respect of any claim by the Obligor thereof (whether such claim arises out of the same or a related or an unrelated transaction), or
(iii) the Outstanding Balance of any Receivable that was included as an Eligible Receivable in the most recent Monthly Report or Weekly Report provided to the Agent is reduced on account of the obligation of the Originator or any Affiliate thereof to pay to the related Obligor any rebate or refund, or
(iv) the Outstanding Balance of any Receivable that was included as an Eligible Receivable in the most recent Monthly Report or Weekly Report provided to the Agent is less than the amount included in calculating the Net Pool Balance for purposes of any Monthly Report or Weekly Report (for any reason other than receipt of Collections or such Receivable becoming a Defaulted Receivable), or
(v) any of the representations or warranties of the Borrower set forth in Section 5.1(g), Section 5.1(i), Section 5.1(j), Section 5.1(q), Section 5.1(r), Section 5.1(s), Section 5.1(t), Section 5.1(u) or Section 5.1(y) were not true when made with respect to any Purchased Receivable,
then, on such day as notice has been given to Borrower by Lender or Agent of such occurrence or an Authorized Officer of the Borrower shall have knowledge thereof, the Borrower shall be deemed to have received a Collection of such Receivable (A) in the case of clauses (i)-(iv) above, in the amount of such reduction or cancellation or the difference between the actual Outstanding Balance and the amount included in calculating such Net Pool Balance, as applicable; and (B) in the case of clause (v) above, in the amount of the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable, and (in either case), (1) at all times prior to an Amortization Event, if as a result of such Deemed Collection a Borrowing Base Deficiency would occur, not later than two Business Days thereafter the Borrower shall pay to the Agent’s Account an amount necessary to cure such Borrowing Base Deficiency and (2) at all times after an Amortization Event has occurred, not later than two Business Days thereafter the Borrower shall pay an amount equal to such Deemed Collection to the Agent’s Account to be distributed in the same manner as actual cash collections are distributed pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof.
If the Borrower pays the Outstanding Balance of any Purchased Receivable under clause (B) above, the Agent agrees to release all right, title and interest it may have in and to such Purchased Receivable and the Related Security relating solely to such Receivable to the extent the Originator is required to repurchase such Receivable from the Borrower, and does repurchase such Receivable, in accordance with the terms of Receivables Sale Agreement.

 

-2-


 

Section 1.5. Payment Requirements and Computations . All amounts to be paid or deposited by a Borrower Party pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be paid or deposited in accordance with the terms hereof no later than 12:00 noon (Atlanta time) on the day when due in immediately available funds, and if not received before 12:00 noon (Atlanta time) shall be deemed to be received on the next succeeding Business Day. If such amounts are payable to the Agent for the account of the Lender, they shall be paid to the Agent’s Account, for the account of the Lender until otherwise notified by the Agent. All computations of Interest which accrues at the Alternate Base Rate shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as applicable, for the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Period. All computations of Interest (other than Interest which accrues at the Alternate Base Rate), per annum fees hereunder and per annum fees under the Fee Letter shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Period. If any amount hereunder shall be payable on a day which is not a Business Day, such amount shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day.
Article II
Payments and Collections
Section 2.1. Payments of Recourse Obligations . The Borrower hereby promises to pay the following (collectively, the “ Recourse Obligations ”):
(a) all amounts due and owing under Section 1.3 or Section 1.4 on the dates specified therein or in order to cure a Borrowing Base Deficiency within two (2) Business Days of knowledge of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower or notice from Agent or Lender of the occurrence thereof;
(b) the fees set forth in the Fee Letter on the dates specified therein;
(c) all accrued and unpaid Interest on the Loans accruing Interest at the Alternate Base Rate or the Default Rate on each Settlement Date applicable thereto;
(d) all accrued and unpaid Interest on the Loans accruing Interest at the LIBO Rate on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto; and
(e) all Broken Funding Costs and Indemnified Amounts upon demand.
Section 2.2. Collections Prior to the Facility Termination Date . (a) Prior to the Facility Termination Date, any Deemed Collections and any Collections received by the Servicer shall be set aside in the Master Collection Account and held in trust by the Servicer for the payment of any accrued and unpaid Recourse Obligations as provided in this Section 2.2. Any Collections not required to be set aside pursuant to the foregoing sentence may be distributed prior to the next Settlement Date to the Servicer in respect of the Servicing Fee or to the Borrower for purposes of purchasing new Receivables pursuant to the Receivables Sale Agreement or paying down the Subordinated Note or, to the extent that the amount in the Master Collection Account available for distribution on any day exceeds the sum of (i) the purchase price of the Receivables to then be purchased under the Receivables Sale Agreement, (ii) the amounts outstanding and payable under the Subordinated Note and (iii) any other Recourse Obligations payable on or prior to the next scheduled Settlement Date, such excess amount may be distributed by the Borrower to the Originator in accordance with the terms of the Borrower’s limited liability company agreement so long as a Borrowing Base Deficiency will not result from such proposed distribution.
(b) On each Settlement Date and, with respect to clause “ first” and “ fourth” below, on the last day of each Interest Period for a LIBO Loan and on the date any prepayment of the Loans is required pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof, prior to the Facility Termination Date, the Servicer shall apply the amounts set aside in the Master Collection Account that are not permitted to be distributed to the Borrower under Section 2.2(a) (if not previously paid in accordance with Section 2.1) in the order specified below:
first, ratably to the payment of all accrued and unpaid Interest and Broken Funding Costs (if any) that are then due and owing,
second , to the extent funds are available therefor after payment of clause first , to the accrued and unpaid Servicing Fee,
third, to the extent funds are available therefor after payment of clauses first and second , ratably to the payment of all accrued and unpaid fees under the Fee Letter (if any) that are then due and owing,
fourth, to the extent funds are available therefor after payment of clauses first through third , if required under Section 1.3 or Section 1.4 or in order to avoid an Amortization Event or Unmatured Amortization Event under Section 9.1(n), to the ratable reduction of the Aggregate Loan Amount, provided, that such application shall be made to such Loans as will, and otherwise in a manner reasonably calculated to, minimize the Borrower’s liability for Broken Funding Costs as a result of such application of such funds in reduction of the Aggregate Loan Amount,
fifth, to the extent funds are available therefor after payment of clauses first through fourth , for the ratable payment of all other unpaid Recourse Obligations, if any, that are then due and owing, and

 

-3-


 

sixth, to the extent funds are available therefor after payment of clauses first through fifth , the balance, if any, to the Borrower or otherwise in accordance with the Borrower’s instructions, provided, however, that if any event has occurred and is continuing that would constitute an Amortization Event, Unmatured Amortization Event, Unmatured Servicer Termination Event or a Servicer Termination Event, any funds available to be applied pursuant to this clause sixth shall be retained in the Master Collection Account (unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Agent) until such time as the event that would constitute an Amortization Event, Unmatured Amortization Event, Unmatured Servicer Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event has been cured or waived in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(c) In the event that a Collection Notice has been delivered pursuant to any Collection Account Agreement, all amounts received in any Collection Account shall at the sole discretion of the Agent, either (i) be retained in such Collection Account or other account of the Agent for such day, Interest Period or part thereof and applied on the next following Settlement Date or the last day of any Interest Period occurring prior to the next following Settlement Date in accordance with the terms of this Agreement until the Aggregate Loan Amount and all other amounts owing hereunder are paid in full or (ii) be released to the Borrower and applied in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Section 2.3. Application of Collections After the Facility Termination Date . (a) On the Facility Termination Date and on each day thereafter, the Servicer shall set aside and hold in trust, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, all Collections received on each such day. On and after the Facility Termination Date, the Servicer shall, on each Settlement Date and on each other Business Day specified by the Agent remit to the Agent’s Account the amounts set aside pursuant to the preceding sentence. The Agent shall apply such amounts on each Settlement Date, and, with respect to clause “ second” and “ fifth ” below, on the last day of each Interest Period for a LIBO Loan, and on each other Business Day it so chooses in the order specified below:
first, to the reimbursement of the Agent’s costs of collection and enforcement of this Agreement,
second, to the extent funds are available therefor after payment of clause first , ratably to the payment of all accrued and unpaid Interest and Broken Funding Costs,
third , to the extent funds are available therefor after payment of clauses first and second , to the accrued and unpaid Servicing Fee,
fourth , to the extent funds are available therefor after payment of clauses first through third , ratably to the payment of all accrued and unpaid fees under the Fee Letter,
fifth , to the extent funds are available therefor after payment of clauses first through fourth , to the ratable reduction of the Aggregate Loan Amount, provided, that such application shall be made to such Loans as will, and otherwise in a manner reasonably calculated to, minimize the Borrower’s liability for Broken Funding Costs as a result of such application of such funds in reduction of the Aggregate Loan Amount,
sixth , to the extent funds are available therefor after payment of clauses first through fifth , for the ratable payment of all other Aggregate Unpaids, and
seventh , to the extent funds are available therefor after payment of clauses first through sixth , to the Borrower.
Section 2.4. Payment Rescission . No payment of any of the Aggregate Unpaids shall be considered paid or applied hereunder to the extent that, at any time, all or any portion of such payment or application is rescinded by application of law or judicial authority, or must otherwise be returned or refunded for any reason. The Borrower shall remain obligated for the amount of any payment or application so rescinded, returned or refunded, and shall promptly pay to the Agent (for application to the Person or Persons who suffered such rescission, return or refund) the full amount thereof, plus interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date of any such rescission, return or refunding.
Section 2.5. Clean Up Call; Release of Security Interests . (a) The Servicer (so long as the Servicer is an Affiliate of the Borrower) shall have the right (after providing written notice to the Agent in accordance with the Required Notice Period), at any time following the reduction of the Aggregate Loan Amount to a level that is less than 10.0% of the highest Aggregate Loan Amount outstanding during the term of this Agreement, to purchase all of the remaining Purchased Receivables from the Borrower for the fair and reasonably equivalent value thereof, but in no event shall the amount paid pursuant to any such purchase be less than the Aggregate Unpaids through the date of such purchase, provided, however , that any portion of the Aggregate Unpaids consisting of unpaid accrued Interest shall only be paid on such date if so requested by the Administrator, on behalf of the Lender, in its sole discretion, otherwise such Interest shall be payable on the next occurring Settlement Date. Such payment shall be payable in immediately available funds to the Agent’s Account. Upon such prepayment, the Agent shall release any Adverse Claim on such Receivables, Related Security and Collections with respect thereto created by the Agent. Such release shall be without representation, warranty or recourse of any kind by, on the part of, or against the Lender or the Agent.

 

-4-


 

(b) On the Final Payout Date, the Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties shall be considered to have released, free and clear of any Adverse Claim created by the Agent (but otherwise shall be without representation, warranty or recourse of any kind by, on the part of, or against the Secured Parties or the Agent) to the Borrower the Agent’s (on behalf of the Secured Parties) security interest in the Purchased Receivables, Related Security and Collections with respect thereto and shall at the request, and sole cost and expense, of the Borrower, execute and deliver to the Borrower, all such documents or instruments as are necessary to terminate the Agent’s security interest on behalf of the Secured Parties in the Purchased Receivables, Related Security and Collections with respect thereto.
Article III
[Reserved]
Article IV
Loans
Section 4.1. Loans . Prior to the occurrence of an Amortization Event, the outstanding principal amount of each Loan shall accrue Interest for each day during the related Interest Period at either the LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate, as applicable, in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Until the Borrower gives the required notice to the Agent of another Interest Rate in accordance with Section 4.3, the initial Interest Rate for any Loan shall be the LIBO Rate (unless the Default Rate is then applicable).
Section 4.2. Interest Payments . On each Settlement Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the benefit of the Lender) an aggregate amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Interest on each Loan for the entire Interest Period of each Loan in accordance with Article II.
Section 4.3. Loan Interest Rates . At the date of each borrowing of a Loan and at the commencement of each Interest Period (with the required prior notice described in this Section 4), the Borrower may select the LIBO Rate (subject to Section 4.4 below) or the Alternate Base Rate as the Interest Rate applicable for each Loan during such Interest Period. The Borrower shall by 12:00 noon (Atlanta time): (a) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period with respect to which the LIBO Rate is being requested as a new Interest Rate and (b) at least one (1) Business Day prior to the commencement of any Interest Period with respect to which the Alternate Base Rate is being requested as a new Interest Rate, give the Agent irrevocable notice of the new Interest Rate for the Loan associated with such new Interest Period and the duration of such Interest Period.
Section 4.4. Suspension of the LIBO Rate . (a) If the Lender notifies the Agent that it has determined that funding its Loans at a LIBO Rate would violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, or directive of any governmental or regulatory authority, whether or not having the force of law, or that (i) deposits of a type and maturity appropriate to match fund its Loan at such LIBO Rate are not available or (ii) such LIBO Rate does not accurately reflect the cost of acquiring or maintaining a Loan at such LIBO Rate, then the Agent will promptly notify the Borrower Parties and the Agent shall suspend the availability of such LIBO Rate and require the Borrower to select the Alternate Base Rate for any Loans accruing Interest at such LIBO Rate; provided , however , the failure to so notify any Borrower Party shall not result in the non-suspension of the availability of such LIBO Rate.
(b) Upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 4.4(a) with respect to the Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, to the extent permissible under applicable law, endeavor in good faith to change the funding office at which it books its ratable share of any Loan accruing Interest at a LIBO Rate hereunder if such change would make it lawful for the Lender to fund such Loan at a LIBO Rate; provided, however, that such change may be made in such manner that the Lender, in its sole and reasonable determination, suffers no unreimbursed cost or expense or any disadvantage whatsoever.
Section 4.5. Default Rate . From and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, all Loans shall accrue Interest at the Default Rate.

 

-5-


 

Article V
Representations and Warranties
Section 5.1 . Representations and Warranties of the Borrower Parties . Each Borrower Party hereby represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lender, as to itself, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each Loan that:
(a) Existence and Power. Such Borrower Party’s jurisdiction of organization is correctly set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and such jurisdiction is its sole jurisdiction of organization. Such Borrower Party is duly organized under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is a “registered organization” as defined in the UCC in effect in such jurisdiction. Such Borrower Party is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and no other state or jurisdiction, and such jurisdiction must maintain a public record showing the organization to have been organized. Such Borrower Party is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign entity, and has and holds all organizational power and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted except where the failure to so qualify or so hold could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Power and Authority; Due Authorization, Execution and Delivery. The execution and delivery by such Borrower Party of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and, in the case of the Borrower, the Borrower’s use of the proceeds of Loans made hereunder, are within its entity power and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary entity action on its part. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which such Borrower Party is a party has been duly executed and delivered by such Borrower Party.
(c) No Conflict. The execution and delivery by such Borrower Party of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder do not contravene or violate (i) its organizational documents, (ii) any law, rule or regulation applicable to it, (iii) any restrictions under any agreement, contract or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, or (iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or its property, and do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim on assets of such Borrower Party or its Subsidiaries (except as created hereunder) except, in any case, where such contravention or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no transaction contemplated hereby requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar law.
(d) Governmental Authorization. Other than the filing of the financing statements required hereunder, no authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution and delivery by such Borrower Party of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.
(e) Actions, Suits. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending, or to the best of such Borrower Party’s knowledge, threatened, against it, or any of its properties, in or before any court, arbitrator or other body, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Borrower Party is not in default with respect to any order of any court, arbitrator or governmental body which default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(f) Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which such Borrower Party is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Borrower Party enforceable against such Borrower Party in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
(g) Accuracy of Information. All information (other than any projection or other forward-looking information) heretofore furnished by such Borrower Party or any of its Affiliates to the Agent or the Lender for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby is, and all such information (other than any projection or other forward-looking information) hereafter furnished by such Borrower Party or any of its Affiliates to the Agent or the Lender will be, true and accurate in every material respect on the date such information is stated or certified (unless such representations and warranties are made as of an earlier date) and does not and will not contain any material misstatement of fact.
(h) Use of Proceeds. No proceeds of any Loan hereunder will be used by such Borrower Party (i) for a purpose that violates, or would be inconsistent with, (A) Section 7.2(e) of this Agreement or (B) Regulation T, U or X promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System from time to time or (ii) to acquire any security in any transaction which is subject to Section 12, 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended other than the repurchase of equity securities of the Parent so long as such repurchase does not violate Sections 12, 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

-6-


 

(i) Good Title. The Borrower is (i) the legal and beneficial owner of the Purchased Receivables and (ii) is the legal and beneficial owner of the Related Security with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, except as created by the Transaction Documents. There have been duly filed all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the Borrower’s ownership interest in each Purchased Receivable and all other items of Collateral in which an interest therein may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under Article 9 of the UCC and proceeds of the foregoing.
(j) Perfection. This Agreement is effective to create a valid security interest in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Pledged Assets to secure payment of the Aggregate Unpaids, free and clear of any Adverse Claim except as created by the Transaction Documents. There have been duly filed all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the applicable UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the Agent’s (on behalf of the Secured Parties) security interest in the Purchased Receivables, and all other items of Collateral in which a security interest therein may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under Article 9 of the applicable UCC and the proceeds of the foregoing. Such Borrower Party’s jurisdiction of organization is a jurisdiction whose law generally requires information concerning the existence of a nonpossessory security interest to be made generally available in a filing, record or registration system as a condition or result of such a security interest’s obtaining priority over the rights of a lien creditor which respect to collateral.
(k) Places of Business and Locations of Records. The jurisdiction of organization, principal places of business and chief executive office of such Borrower Party and the offices where it keeps all of its Records are located at the address(es) listed on Exhibit III or such other locations of which the Agent has been notified in accordance with Section 7.2(a) in jurisdictions where all action required by Section 13.3(a) has been taken and completed. The Borrower’s Federal Employer Identification Number is correctly set forth on Exhibit III.
(l) Collections. The conditions and requirements set forth in subclauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of Section 7.1(j) and Section 8.2 have at all times since the Closing Date, been satisfied and duly performed. The conditions and requirements set forth in subclause (v) of Section 7.1(j) have been satisfied from and after the Closing Date. The names and addresses of all Collection Banks, together with the account numbers of the Collection Accounts at each Collection Bank and the post office box number of each Lock-Box, are listed on Exhibit IV (as the same may be updated from time to time in accordance with Section 7.1(m) hereof). The names and addresses of all Segregated Account Banks, together with the account numbers of the Segregated Accounts at each Segregated Account Bank and the post office box number of each Lock-Box, are listed on Exhibit IV (as the same may be updated from time to time in accordance with Section 7.1(m) hereof). The Borrower has not granted any Person, other than the Agent as contemplated by this Agreement, dominion and control of any Lock-Box, Segregated Account or Collection Account, or the right to take dominion and control of any such Lock-Box, Segregated Account or Collection Account at a future time or upon the occurrence of a future event.
(m) Material Adverse Effect. (i) The initial Servicer represents and warrants that since September 30, 2009, no event has occurred that would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or operations of the initial Servicer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or the ability of the initial Servicer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and (ii) the Borrower represents and warrants that since the Closing Date, no event has occurred that would have a material adverse effect on (A) the financial condition or operations of the Borrower, (B) the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents, or (C) the collectibility of the Purchased Receivables generally or any material portion of the Purchased Receivables, in the case of both (i) and (ii), other than any events or matters relating to multi-employer pension contingencies, of the type disclosed and discussed in the Parent’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 as filed with the SEC.
(n) Names. The name in which the Borrower has executed this Agreement is identical to the name of the Borrower as indicated on the public record of its state of organization which shows the Borrower to have been organized. In the past five (5) years, the Borrower has not used any entity names, trade names or assumed names other than the name in which it has executed this Agreement.
(o) Ownership of the Borrower. The Originator owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the equity member interests of the Borrower, free and clear of any Adverse Claim. There are no options, warrants or other rights to acquire securities of the Borrower.
(p) Not an Investment Company. Such Borrower Party is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any successor statute.
(q) Compliance with Law. Such Borrower Party has complied in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Purchased Receivable, together with the Contract related thereto, does not contravene any laws, rules or regulations applicable thereto (including, without limitation, laws, rules and regulations relating to truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy), and no part of such Contract is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation, except where such contravention or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

-7-


 

(r) Compliance with Credit and Collection Policy. Such Borrower Party has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Purchased Receivable and the related Contract, and has not made any material change to such Credit and Collection Policy, except such material change as to which the Agent has been notified in accordance with Section 7.1(a)(vii).
(s) Payments to Originator. With respect to each Purchased Receivable transferred to the Borrower under the Receivables Sale Agreement, the Borrower has given reasonably equivalent value to the Originator in consideration therefor and such transfer was not made for or on account of an antecedent debt. No transfer by the Originator of any Purchased Receivable under the Receivables Sale Agreement is or may be voidable under any section of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq. ), as amended.
(t) Enforceability of Contracts. Each Contract with respect to each Purchased Receivable is effective to create, and has created, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor to pay the Outstanding Balance of the Purchased Receivable created thereunder and any accrued interest thereon, enforceable against the Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
(u) Eligible Receivables. Each Receivable included in the Net Pool Balance as an Eligible Receivable on the date of any Monthly Report or Weekly Report was an Eligible Receivable on such date.
(v) Facility Limit and Maximum Loan Amount. Immediately after giving effect to each Loan hereunder, the Aggregate Loan Amount is less than or equal to the lesser of (i) the Facility Limit and (ii) the Net Pool Balance minus the Required Reserves.
(w) Accounting. The Borrower Parties will treat the transfer of the Purchased Receivables to the Borrower pursuant to the Receivables Sale Agreement as an absolute conveyance and true sale on their respective books and records; provided that, the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries will disclose that the Purchased Receivables have been purchased by the Borrower in transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement.
(x) Separateness. From the date of the formation of the Borrower, the Borrower has complied with all provisions of Section 7.1(i) applicable to it.
Article VI
Conditions of Loans
Section 6.1. Conditions Precedent to Initial Loan . The obligation of the Lender to make the initial Loan under this Agreement is subject to the conditions precedent that (a) the Agent shall have received on or before the Closing Date the documents listed on Schedule A and (b) the Agent shall have received all fees and expenses required to be paid on such date pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Fee Letter.
Section 6.2. Conditions Precedent to All Loans . The making of the initial Loan under this Agreement and each subsequent Loan are subject to the following further conditions precedent (a)  the Servicer shall have delivered to the Agent on or prior to the date of such Loan, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, all Monthly Reports as and when due under Section 8.5, (b) upon the Agent’s request, the Servicer shall have delivered to the Agent at least three (3) days prior to such Loan an interim Monthly Report showing the amount of Eligible Receivables; (c) the Agent shall have received such other approvals, opinions or documents as it may reasonably request and (d) on each Borrowing Date, the following statements shall be true (and acceptance of the proceeds of such Loan shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Borrower that such statements are then true):
(i) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.1 are true and correct in all material respects (unless such representation and warranty is already qualified as to materiality) on and as of the date of such Loan as though made on and as of such Borrowing Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties are expressly limited to an earlier date;
(ii) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Loan, that will constitute an Amortization Event or a Servicer Termination Event and no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Loan, that would constitute an Unmatured Amortization Event;
(iii) the Facility Termination Date shall not have occurred; and

 

-8-


 

(iv) the Aggregate Loan Amount does not exceed the lesser of (i) the Facility Limit in effect on such Borrowing Date and (ii) the Net Pool Balance less the Required Reserves.
Article VII
Covenants
Section 7.1. Affirmative Covenants of the Borrower Parties . Until the date on which the Aggregate Unpaids have been indefeasibly paid in full and this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, each Borrower Party hereby covenants, as to itself, as set forth below:
(a) Financial Reporting. Such Borrower Party will maintain, for itself and each of its Subsidiaries, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and furnish or cause to be furnished to the Agent:
(i) Annual Reporting. Within 90 days after the close of each of its fiscal years, audited, unqualified consolidated financial statements (which shall include balance sheets, statements of income and retained earnings and a statement of cash flows) for the Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries for such fiscal year certified in a manner acceptable to the Agent by Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, or any other independent public accountants of recognized national standing.
(ii) Quarterly Reporting. Within 45 days after the close of the first three (3) quarterly periods of each of its respective fiscal years, balance sheets of each of the Borrower Parties as at the close of each such period and consolidated statements of income and a statement of cash flows for the Parent and its consolidated subsidiaries for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such quarter, all certified by its respective chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or corporate controller.
(iii) Compliance Certificate. Together with the financial statements required hereunder, a compliance certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit V which shall include, without limitation, calculations of the Consolidated Net Worth of the Parent and the Borrower, which is signed by an Authorized Officer of the Parent, and which is dated the date of such annual financial statement or such quarterly financial statement, as the case may be.
(iv) Shareholders Statements and Reports. Promptly after being mailed to the shareholders of the Parent copies of all financial statements, reports and proxy statements so furnished to them.
(v) S.E.C. Filings. Promptly after becoming publicly available, copies of all registration statements and annual and quarterly periodic reports which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries files with the SEC. For so long as the Parent is subject to the periodic reporting obligations of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or files any registration statement with the SEC by means of the SEC’s EDGAR system, the Borrower Parties may comply with the covenants set forth in this clause (v) by filing of such registration statements and its Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q required by such act on the SEC’s EDGAR system; provided, that one or more of the Borrower Parties shall notify, or cause to be notified, the Agent promptly upon any such electronic filing.
(vi) Copies of Notices. Promptly upon its receipt of any notice, request for consent, financial statements, certification, report or other communication under or in connection with any Transaction Document from any Person other than the Agent or the Lender, copies of the same.
(vii) Change in Credit and Collection Policy. At least thirty (30) days prior to the effectiveness of any material change in or material amendment to the Credit and Collection Policy, a copy of the Credit and Collection Policy then in effect and a notice (A) indicating such change or amendment, and (B) requesting the Agent’s consent thereto.
(viii) Other Information. Promptly, from time to time, such other information, documents, records or reports relating to (A) the financial condition or operations of such Borrower Party as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request in order to protect the interests of the Agent, for the benefit of the Lender, under or as contemplated by this Agreement or (B) the Receivables as the Agent may reasonably request.

 

-9-


 

(b) Notices. Such Borrower Party will notify the Agent in writing of any of the following promptly upon learning of the occurrence thereof, describing the same and, if applicable, the steps being taken with respect thereto:
(i) Amortization Events, Servicer Termination Event, Unmatured Servicer Termination Events or Unmatured Amortization Events. The occurrence of each Amortization Event, Servicer Termination Event, Unmatured Servicer Termination Event and each Unmatured Amortization Event, by a statement of an Authorized Officer of such Borrower Party.
(ii) Judgments and Proceedings. (A) The entry of any judgment or decree against the Servicer or its Subsidiaries if the amount of such judgment or decree then outstanding against the Servicer and its Subsidiaries exceeds $10,000,000 after deducting (1) the amount with respect to which the Servicer or any such Subsidiary, as the case may be, is insured and with respect to which the insurer has not disclaimed responsibility in writing, and (2) the amount for which the Servicer or any such Subsidiary is otherwise indemnified if the terms of such indemnification are satisfactory in the reasonable discretion of the Agent, and (B) the institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding against the Servicer which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (C) the entry of any judgment or decree or the institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding against the Borrower.
(iii) Material Adverse Effect. The occurrence of any event or condition that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
(iv) Termination Date. The occurrence of the “Termination Date” under and as defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement.
(v) Defaults Under Other Agreements. The occurrence of a default or an event of default under any other financing arrangement pursuant to which the Borrower is a debtor or an obligor; or the occurrence of a default that could lead to an event of default or an event of default under any other financing arrangement in a principal amount greater than or equal to $10,000,000 pursuant to which the Servicer is a debtor or an obligor.
(vi) Notices under Receivables Sale Agreement. Copies of all notices delivered under the Receivables Sale Agreement.
(vii) Appointment of Independent Director . The decision to appoint a new director of the Borrower as the “Independent Director” for purposes of this Agreement, such notice to be issued not less than ten (10) days prior to the effective date of such appointment and to certify that the designated Person satisfies the criteria set forth in the definition herein of “Independent Director.”
(c) Compliance with Laws and Preservation of Existence. Such Borrower Party will comply in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Borrower Party will preserve and maintain its entity existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its organization, and qualify and remain qualified in good standing as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction where its business is conducted, except where the failure to so preserve and maintain or qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(d) Audits. In addition to information that may be required pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(viii), each Borrower Party will furnish to the Agent from time to time such information with respect to it and the Receivables as the Agent may reasonably request. Such Borrower Party will, from time to time during regular business hours as requested by the Agent upon reasonable notice and at the sole cost of such Borrower Party, permit the Agent, or its agents or representatives (and shall cause the Originator to permit the Agent or its agents or representatives): (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all Records in the possession or under the control of such Person relating to the Pledged Assets, including, without limitation, the related Contracts, and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of such Person for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i) above, and to discuss matters relating to such Person’s financial condition or the Pledged Assets or any Person’s performance under any of the Transaction Documents or any Person’s performance under the Contracts and, in each case, with any of the officers or employees of the Borrower or the Servicer having knowledge of such matters (each of the foregoing examinations and visits, a “ Review ”). A Review of each Borrower Party shall occur no less frequently than annually.
(e) Keeping and Marking of Records and Books. (i) The Servicer will (and will cause the Originator to) maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records and other information, in each such case as reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the immediate identification of each new Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable). The Servicer will (and will cause the Originator to) give the Agent notice of any material change in the administrative and operating procedures referred to in the previous sentence.

 

-10-


 

(ii) Such Borrower Party will (and will cause the Originator to) on or prior to the date hereof, mark its master data processing system and all accounts receivable reports generated thereby with a legend, reasonably acceptable to the Agent, describing the Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Assets.
(f) Compliance with Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy. Such Borrower Party will (and will cause the Originator to) timely and fully (i) perform and comply in all material respects with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Purchased Receivables, in each case to the same extent as though such Contracts had not been transferred to the Agent and (ii) comply in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy in regard to each Receivable and the related Contract.
(g) Performance and Enforcement of Receivables Sale Agreement. The Borrower will, and will require the Originator to, perform each of their respective obligations and undertakings under and pursuant to the Receivables Sale Agreement, will purchase Receivables thereunder in strict compliance with the terms thereof and will vigorously enforce the rights and remedies accorded to the Borrower under the Receivables Sale Agreement. The Borrower will take all actions to perfect and enforce its rights and interests (and the rights and interests of the Agent, as the Borrower’s assignee) under the Receivables Sale Agreement as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request, including, without limitation, making claims to which it may be entitled under any indemnity, reimbursement or similar provision contained in the Receivables Sale Agreement.
(h) Ownership. The Borrower will (or will cause the Originator to) take all necessary action to establish and maintain, irrevocably in Borrower (i) legal and equitable title to the Purchased Receivables and the Collections and (ii) all of the Originator’s right, title and interest in the Related Security associated with the Purchased Receivables, in each case, free and clear of any Adverse Claims, other than Adverse Claims in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (including, without limitation, the filing of all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the Agent’s (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) security interest in the Pledged Assets and such other action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interest of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as the Agent may reasonably request); provided, however, that unless and until an Amortization Event, a Servicer Termination Event, an Unmatured Servicer Termination Event or an Unmatured Amortization Event has occurred, no Borrower Party shall be required to take any actions to establish, maintain or perfect the Agent’s ownership interest in the Related Security other than the filing of financing statements under the UCC of all appropriate jurisdictions.
(i) Separate Identity. The Borrower acknowledges that the Agent and the Lender are entering into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in reliance upon the Borrower’s identity as a legal entity that is separate from the Originator. Therefore, from and after the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Borrower shall take all reasonable steps, including, without limitation, all steps that the Agent or the Lender may from time to time reasonably request, to maintain the Borrower’s identity as a separate legal entity and to make it manifest to third parties that the Borrower is an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of the Originator and any Affiliates thereof (other than the Borrower) and not just a division of the Originator or any such Affiliate. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to the other covenants set forth herein, the Borrower will:
(i) hold itself out to the public and conduct its own business in its own name and require that all full-time employees of the Borrower, if any, identify themselves as such and not as employees of the Originator (including, without limitation, by means of providing appropriate employees with business or identification cards identifying such employees as the Borrower’s employees);
(ii) compensate all employees, consultants and agents directly, from the Borrower’s own funds, for services provided to the Borrower by such employees, consultants and agents and, to the extent any employee, consultant or agent of the Borrower is also an employee, consultant or agent of the Originator or any Affiliate thereof, allocate the compensation of such employee, consultant or agent between the Borrower and the Originator or such Affiliate, as applicable, on a basis that reflects the services rendered to the Borrower and the Originator or such Affiliate, as applicable;
(iii) maintain separate stationery, invoices, checks and other business forms in its own name;

 

-11-


 

(iv) conduct all transactions with the Originator and the Servicer (including, without limitation, any delegation of its obligations hereunder to the Servicer) strictly on an arm’s-length basis, allocate fairly and reasonably all overhead expenses (including, without limitation, telephone and other utility charges) for items shared between the Borrower and the Originator on the basis of actual use to the extent practicable and, to the extent such allocation is not practicable, on a basis reasonably related to actual use;
(v) at all times have a Board of Directors consisting of at least one member that is an Independent Director;
(vi) observe all organizational formalities as a distinct entity, and ensure that all entity actions relating to (A) the selection, maintenance or replacement of the Independent Director, (B) the dissolution or liquidation of the Borrower or (C) the initiation of, participation in, acquiescence in or consent to any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding involving the Borrower, are duly authorized by unanimous vote of its Board of Directors (including the Independent Director);
(vii) maintain the Borrower’s books and records separate and distinct from those of the Originator and any Affiliate thereof and otherwise in such a manner so that the assets of the Borrower are readily identifiable as its own assets rather than assets of the Originator or any Affiliate thereof;
(viii) prepare its financial statements separately from those of the Originator and insure that any consolidated financial statements of the Parent or any Affiliate thereof that include the Borrower and that are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental agency have notes clearly stating that the Borrower is a separate legal entity and that its assets will be available only to satisfy the claims of the creditors of the Borrower;
(ix) except as herein specifically otherwise provided, maintain the funds and other assets of the Borrower separate from, and not commingled with, those of the Originator or any Affiliate thereof and only maintain bank accounts or other depository accounts to which the Borrower alone is the account party, into which the Borrower alone makes deposits and from which the Borrower alone (or the Agent hereunder) has the power to make withdrawals;
(x) pay all of the Borrower’s operating expenses from the Borrower’s own assets (except for certain payments by the Originator or other Persons pursuant to allocation arrangements that comply with the requirements of this Section 7.1(i)) and pay its own liabilities out of its own funds;
(xi) operate its business and activities such that: it does not engage in any business or activity of any kind, or enter into any transaction or indenture, mortgage, instrument, agreement, contract, lease or other undertaking, other than the transactions contemplated and authorized by this Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement; and does not create, incur, guarantee, assume or suffer to exist any indebtedness or other liabilities, whether direct or contingent, other than (A) as a result of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business, (B) the incurrence of obligations under this Agreement, (C) the incurrence of obligations, as expressly contemplated in the Receivables Sale Agreement, to make payment to the Originator thereunder for the purchase of Receivables from the Originator under the Receivables Sale Agreement, and (D) the incurrence of operating expenses in the ordinary course of business of the type otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;
(xii) maintain its organizational documents in conformity with this Agreement, such that it does not amend, restate, supplement or otherwise modify its Certificate of Formation or Limited Liability Company Agreement in any respect that would impair its ability to comply with the terms or provisions of any of the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, Section 7.1(i) of this Agreement;
(xiii) maintain the effectiveness of, and continue to perform under the Receivables Sale Agreement, such that it does not amend, restate, supplement, cancel, terminate or otherwise modify the Receivables Sale Agreement, or give any consent, waiver, directive or approval thereunder or waive any default, action, omission or breach under the Receivables Sale Agreement or otherwise grant any indulgence thereunder, without (in each case) the prior written consent of the Agent;
(xiv) maintain its entity separateness such that it does not merge or consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions, and except as otherwise contemplated herein) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person, nor at any time create, have, acquire, maintain or hold any interest in any Subsidiary;

 

-12-


 

(xv) maintain at all times the Required Capital Amount (as defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement) and refrain from making any dividend, distribution, redemption of capital stock or payment of any subordinated indebtedness which would cause the Required Capital Amount to cease to be so maintained;
(xvi) operate its business and activities such that it (A) does not hold itself out as having agreed to guarantee or be obligated for the debts of the Originator or any Affiliate thereof, (B) does not hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of the Originator or any Affiliate thereof and (C) has not pledged assets for the benefit of the Originator or any Affiliate thereof; and
(xvii) take such other actions as are necessary on its part to ensure that the facts and assumptions set forth in the opinion issued by Andrews Kurth LLP as counsel for the Borrower, in connection with the closing or initial Loan under this Agreement and relating to substantive consolidation issues, and in the certificates accompanying such opinion, remain true and correct in all material respects at all times; and
(xviii) maintain its organizational documents in conformity with this Agreement, such that its organizational documents, at all times that this Agreement is in effect, provides for not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the Agent of the replacement or appointment of any director that is to serve as an Independent Director for purposes of this Agreement and the condition precedent to giving effect to such replacement or appointment that the Borrower certify that the designated Person satisfied the criteria set forth in the definition herein of Independent Director and the Agent’s written acknowledgement that in its reasonable judgment the designated Person satisfies the criteria set forth in the definition herein of Independent Director;
(j) Collections. Such Borrower Party will cause (i) all Collections to be deposited into a Lock-Box, Segregated Account, or a Collection Account, (ii) all proceeds from all Lock-Boxes, if any, to be directly deposited into a Segregated Account or a Collection Account, (iii) all amounts in each Segregated Account to be deposited into the Master Collection Account within two (2) Business Days following receipt thereof, (iv) all amounts in each Collection Account (other than the Master Collection Account) to be deposited into the Master Collection Account within two (2) Business Days following receipt thereof and (v) on and after the date specified by Section 7.3 hereof, each Collection Account to be subject at all times to a Collection Account Agreement that is in full force and effect. In the event any payments relating to the Pledged Assets are remitted directly to any Borrower Party, such Borrower Party will remit such payments (or will cause all such payments to be remitted) directly to a Segregated Account or the Collection Bank at which the Master Collection Account is maintained and deposited into such Segregated Account or the Master Collection Account within two (2) Business Days following receipt thereof, and, at all times prior to such remittance, such Borrower Party will itself hold or, if applicable, will cause such payments to be held in trust for the exclusive benefit of the Agent and the Lender. The Borrower, FreightValue or the Servicer will maintain exclusive ownership, dominion and control (subject to the terms of this Agreement) of each Lock-Box and each Segregated Account and shall not grant the right to take dominion and control of any Lock-Box, Segregated Account or Collection Account at a future time or upon the occurrence of a future event to any Person, except to the Agent as contemplated by this Agreement. At all times after the date specified by Section 7.3 hereof, the Borrower will maintain exclusive ownership, dominion and control (subject to the terms of this Agreement and each applicable Collection Account Agreement) of each Collection Account and shall not grant the right to take dominion and control of any such Collection Account at a future time or upon the occurrence of a future event to any Person, except to the Agent as contemplated by this Agreement.
(k) Taxes. Such Borrower Party will file all tax returns and reports required by law to be filed by it and will promptly pay all taxes and governmental charges at any time owing, except any such taxes which are not yet delinquent or are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books. The Borrower will pay when due any taxes payable in connection with the Purchased Receivables, exclusive of taxes on or measured by income or gross receipts of the Agent or the Lender.
(l) Payment to the Originator. With respect to any Receivable purchased by the Borrower from the Originator, such sale shall be effected under, and in compliance with the terms of, the Receivables Sale Agreement, including, without limitation, the terms relating to the amount and timing of payments to be made to the Originator in respect of the purchase price for such Receivable.

 

-13-


 

(m) Updates to Exhibit IV. In connection with each Monthly Report delivered by the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.5 hereof, the Servicer will provide the Agent with the account number and the name of the corresponding Segregated Account Bank of each Segregated Account that has been opened during the related Calculation Period, if any, and an updated listing of the Collection Banks and Segregated Account Banks; Lock-Boxes, Segregated Accounts and Collection Accounts in the form of Exhibit IV to the extent any new Segregated Account has been so opened.
Section 7.2. Negative Covenants of the Borrower Parties . Until the date on which the Aggregate Unpaids have been indefeasibly paid in full and this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, each Borrower Party hereby covenants, as to itself, that:
(a) Change in Name, Jurisdiction of Organization. Such Borrower Party will not change (i) its name as it appears in official filings in its jurisdiction of organization, (ii) its status as a “registered organization” (within the meaning of any applicable enactment of the UCC), (iii) its organizational identification number, if any, issued by its jurisdiction of organization, or (iv) its jurisdiction of organization unless it shall have: (A) given the Agent at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof and (B) delivered to the Agent all financing statements, instruments and other documents requested by the Agent in connection with such change or relocation.
(b) Change in Collection Accounts. Except as may be required by the Agent pursuant to Section 8.2(b), such Borrower Party will not add or terminate any bank as a Collection Bank unless the Agent shall have received, at least ten (10) days before the proposed effective date therefor, (i) written notice of such addition or termination and (ii) an executed Collection Account Agreement with respect to the new Collection Account.
(c) Modifications to Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy. Except as may be required in order for such Borrower Party to comply with applicable law, such Borrower Party will not, and will not permit the Originator to, make any material change or material amendment to the Credit and Collection Policy unless, at least 30 days prior to such material change or material amendment, it has delivered to the Agent a copy of the Credit and Collection Policy then in effect and notice (i) indicating such proposed change or amendment, and (ii) requesting the Agent’s consent thereto. Except as provided in Section 8.2(d), the Servicer will not, and will not permit the Originator to, extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any Purchased Receivable which at any time is or has been an Eligible Receivable or any Contract related thereto other than in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy.
(d) Sales, Liens. The Borrower will not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim upon (including, without limitation, the filing of any valid and effective financing statement) or with respect to, any of the Pledged Assets, or assign any right to receive income with respect thereto (other than, in each case, the creation of a security interest therein in favor of the Agent as provided for herein or in any Transaction Document), and the Borrower will defend the right, title and interest of the Secured Parties in, to and under any of the foregoing property, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under the Borrower or the Originator.
(e) Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will not use the proceeds of the Loans for any purpose other than (i) paying for Receivables and Related Security under and in accordance with the Receivables Sale Agreement, including without limitation, making payments on the Subordinated Note to the extent permitted thereunder and under the Receivables Sale Agreement, (ii) paying its ordinary and necessary operating expenses when and as due, and (iii) making Restricted Junior Payments to the extent permitted under this Agreement.
(f) Termination Date Determination. The Borrower will not designate the Termination Date (as defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement), or send any written notice to the Originator in respect thereof, without the prior written consent of the Agent, except with respect to the occurrence of such Termination Date arising pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Receivables Sale Agreement.
(g) Restricted Junior Payments. The Borrower will not make any Restricted Junior Payment if after giving effect thereto, the Borrower’s Consolidated Net Worth would be less than the amount required pursuant to Section 9.1(r) hereof.
(h) Borrower Indebtedness. The Borrower will not incur or permit to exist any Indebtedness or liability on account of deposits except: (i) the Aggregate Unpaids, (ii) the Subordinated Loans (as defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement), (iii) other current accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business and not overdue, (iv) the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business, (v) the incurrence of obligations under this Agreement, (vi) the incurrence of obligations, as expressly contemplated in the Receivables Sale Agreement, to make payment to the Originator thereunder for the purchase of Receivables from the Originator under the Receivables Sale Agreement, and (vii) the incurrence of operating expenses in the ordinary course of business of the type otherwise contemplated by this Agreement. The Borrower shall not hold out its credit as available to satisfy the obligations of others, pledge its assets for the benefit of any other entity, make loans or advances to any other entity or acquire obligations or securities of its members.

 

-14-


 

(i) Prohibition on Additional Negative Pledges. No such Borrower Party will enter into or assume any agreement (other than this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents) prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Adverse Claim upon the Pledged Assets except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, or otherwise prohibiting or restricting any transaction contemplated hereby or by the other Transaction Documents, and no such Borrower Party will enter into or assume any agreement creating any Adverse Claim upon the Subordinated Note.
Section 7.3. Affirmative Post-Closing Covenants of the Borrower Parties . Each Borrower Party hereby covenants within 90 days of the Closing Date to ensure that each Collection Account (other than the Master Collection Account) is in the name of the Borrower and subject at all times to a Collection Account Agreement that is in full force and effect. The Master Collection Account shall be in the name of the Borrower and subject to a Collection Account Agreement that is in full force and effect at all times after the Closing Date.
Article VIII
Administration and Collection
Section 8.1. Designation of Servicer . (a) The servicing, administration and collection of the Purchased Receivables shall be conducted by such Person (the “ Servicer ”) so designated from time to time in accordance with this Section 8.1. ABF is hereby designated as, and hereby agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, the Servicer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Agent may, upon the occurrence of an Unmatured Servicer Termination Event (other than one arising as a result of a Voluntary Termination, unless another Unmatured Servicer Termination Event occurs), designate as Servicer any Person to succeed ABF or any successor Servicer.
(b) Without the prior written consent of the Agent, ABF shall not be permitted to delegate any of its duties or responsibilities as Servicer to any Person other than (i) the Borrower, (ii) the Originator, and (iii) with respect to certain Defaulted Receivables, outside collection agencies in accordance with its customary practices. Neither the Borrower nor the Originator shall be permitted to further delegate to any other Person any of the duties or responsibilities of the Servicer delegated to it by ABF. If at any time the Agent shall designate as Servicer any Person other than ABF, all duties and responsibilities theretofore delegated by ABF to the Borrower or the Originator may, at the discretion of the Agent, be terminated forthwith on notice given by the Agent to ABF and to the Borrower and the Originator.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing subsection (b): (i) ABF shall be and remain primarily liable to the Agent and the Lender for the full and prompt performance of all duties and responsibilities of the Servicer hereunder and (ii) the Agent and the Lender shall be entitled to deal exclusively with ABF in matters relating to the discharge by the Servicer of its duties and responsibilities hereunder. The Agent and the Lender shall not be required to give notice, demand or other communication to any Person other than ABF in order for communication to the Servicer and its sub-servicer or other delegate with respect thereto to be accomplished. ABF, at all times that it is the Servicer, shall be responsible for providing any sub-servicer or other delegate of the Servicer with any notice given to the Servicer under this Agreement.
Section 8.2. Duties of Servicer . (a) The Servicer shall take or cause to be taken all such actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to collect each Receivable from time to time, all in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, with reasonable care and diligence, and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy.
(b) The Servicer shall cause (i) all Collections from all Lock-Boxes to be directly deposited into a Collection Account, (ii) all amounts in each Segregated Account to be deposited into the Master Collection Account within two (2) Business Days following such funds becoming available to the party in whose name such Segregated Account is held, (iii) all amounts in each Collection Account (other than the Master Collection Account) to be deposited into the Master Collection Account within two (2) Business Days following receipt thereof and (iv) on and after such date as specified by Section 7.3 hereof, each Collection Account to be subject at all times to a Collection Account Agreement that is in full force and effect. In the case of any remittances received in any Lock-Box, Segregated Account or Collection Account that shall have been identified, to the satisfaction of the Servicer, to not constitute Collections or other proceeds of the Receivables or the Related Security, the Servicer shall promptly remit such items to the Person identified to it as being the owner of such remittances. From and after the date the Agent delivers to any Collection Bank a Collection Notice pursuant to Section 8.3, the Agent may request that the Servicer, and the Servicer thereupon promptly shall instruct all Obligors with respect to the Purchased Receivables, to remit all payments thereon to a new depositary account specified by the Agent and, at all times thereafter, the Borrower and the Servicer shall not deposit or otherwise credit, and shall not take any affirmative action to permit or assist any other Person to deposit or otherwise credit to such new depositary account any cash or payment item other than Collections.

 

-15-


 

(c) The Servicer shall administer the Collections in accordance with the procedures described herein and in Article II. The Servicer shall set aside and hold in trust for the account of the Borrower and the Lender their respective shares of the Collections in accordance with Article II. The Servicer shall, upon the request of the Agent during the occurrence of an Unmatured Amortization Event, segregate, in a manner acceptable to the Agent, all cash, checks and other instruments received by it from time to time constituting Collections from the general funds of the Servicer or the Borrower prior to the remittance thereof in accordance with Article II. If the Servicer shall be required to segregate Collections pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Servicer shall segregate and deposit with a bank designated by the Agent such allocable share of Collections of Purchased Receivables set aside for the Lender on the first Business Day following receipt by the Servicer of such Collections, duly endorsed or with duly executed instruments of transfer.
(d) The Servicer may, in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy, extend the maturity of any Receivable or adjust the Outstanding Balance of any Receivable as the Servicer determines to be appropriate to maximize Collections thereof; provided, however, that such extension or adjustment shall not alter the status of such Receivable as a Delinquent Receivable or Defaulted Receivable or limit the rights of the Agent or the Lender under this Agreement. The Agent shall have the right to direct the Servicer to commence or settle any legal action with respect to any Receivable (whether or not such Receivable is a Defaulted or Delinquent Receivable) of an Obligor which is an Obligor under any Defaulted or Delinquent Receivable; provided, however, that the Servicer shall not be required to comply with such direction if the Borrower determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that it is preferable not to enforce or settle any Delinquent or Defaulted Receivable, in which case such Defaulted or Delinquent Receivable (and, at the option of the Agent, any other Receivable of such Obligor) shall be treated as a Deemed Collection, and payment shall be made thereon in a manner consistent with Section 1.4.
(e) The Servicer shall hold in trust for the Borrower and the Agent and the Lender all Records that (i) evidence or relate to the Purchased Receivables, the related Contracts (other than the Master Contracts) and Related Security or (ii) are otherwise necessary or desirable to collect the Purchased Receivables (other than the Master Contracts) and shall, as soon as practicable upon demand of the Agent during the occurrence of an Unmatured Servicer Termination Event or Unmatured Amortization Event, deliver or make available to the Agent all such Records (other than any Record that contains confidentiality provisions (except for Records as to which the related Obligor has consented to such delivery) that cannot be satisfied by the execution and delivery of a confidentiality agreement), at a place selected by the Agent. The Servicer shall, as soon as practicable following receipt thereof turn over to the Borrower any cash collections or other cash proceeds received with respect to Indebtedness owing to the Borrower not constituting Purchased Receivables. The Servicer shall, from time to time at the request of the Agent or the Lender, furnish to the Lender (promptly after any such request) a calculation of the amounts set aside for the Lender pursuant to Article II.
(f) Any payment made by an Obligor that is not specified by such Obligor to relate to a particular invoice or other obligation of such Obligor to the Originator, FreightValue or the Borrower, , except as otherwise required by contract or law and unless otherwise instructed by the Agent, shall be applied as a Collection of any Receivable of such Obligor (starting with the oldest such Receivable) to the extent of any amounts then due and payable thereunder before being applied to any other receivable or other obligation of such Obligor.
Section 8.3. Collection Notices . The Agent is authorized at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Amortization Event to date and to deliver to the Collection Banks the Collection Notices. The Borrower hereby transfers to the Agent for the benefit of the Lender, effective when the Agent delivers such notice, the exclusive dominion and control of each Lock-Box and the Collection Accounts. In case any authorized signatory of the Borrower whose signature appears on a Collection Account Agreement shall cease to have such authority before the delivery of such notice, such Collection Notice shall nevertheless be valid as if such authority had remained in force. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Agent, and agrees that the Agent shall be entitled (a) at any time after delivery of the Collection Notices, to endorse the Borrower’s name on checks and other instruments representing Collections, (b) at any time after the occurrence of an Amortization Event, to enforce the Purchased Receivables, the related Contracts (other than any Master Contract which contains a prohibition against the assignment thereof) and the Related Security, and (c) at any time after the occurrence of an Amortization Event, to take such action as shall be necessary or desirable to cause all cash, checks and other instruments constituting Collections of Purchased Receivables to come into the possession of the Agent rather than the Borrower.
Section 8.4. Responsibilities of the Borrower . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the exercise by the Agent, on behalf of the Lender, of the Agent’s rights hereunder shall not release the Servicer, the Originator, FreightValue or the Borrower from any of their duties or obligations with respect to any Purchased Receivables or under the related Contracts. The Agent and the Lender shall have no obligation or liability with respect to any Receivables or related Contracts, nor shall any of them be obligated to perform the obligations of the Borrower or the Originator thereunder.

 

-16-


 

Section 8.5. Receivables Reports . (a) Monthly. The Servicer shall prepare and forward to the Agent (i) on each Monthly Reporting Date, a Monthly Report and an electronic file of the data contained therein, and (ii) at such times as the Agent may request upon reasonable advance notice, a listing by Obligor of all Purchased Receivables together with an aging of such Receivables.
(b)  Weekly. Additionally, the Servicer may, but shall not be required to, prepare and forward to the Agent a Weekly Report showing calculations as of the end of each prior week on each Weekly Reporting Date. Failure to provide any such Weekly Report shall result in the imposition of the Reporting Frequency Modifier until the next Weekly Reporting Date with respect to which the Servicer provides a Weekly Report.
Section 8.6. Servicing Fee . As compensation for the Servicer’s servicing activities on their behalf, the Servicer shall be paid the Servicing Fee in arrears on each Settlement Date out of Collections.
Article IX
Amortization Events
Section 9.1. Amortization Events . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Amortization Event:
(a) Any of the Borrower Parties shall fail to make any payment or deposit required to be made by it under the Transaction Documents when due and such failure shall continue for two (2) Business Days.
(b) (i) Any representation or warranty made by any of the Borrower Parties in this Agreement or the Receivables Sale Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect (solely in cases where such representation and warranty is not already qualified by materiality) or in any respect (in all other cases) when made or deemed made, (ii) any information contained in any Monthly Report or Weekly Report shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made, or (iii) any representation, warranty, certification or statement (other than relating to projections or other forward-looking information) made by any of the Borrower Parties in any other Transaction Document or in any other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto (other than in a Monthly Report or Weekly Report) shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; provided, that no such event shall constitute an Amortization Event if the Borrower shall have timely paid to the Agent the Deemed Collection required to be paid as a result of such event in accordance with Section 1.4.
(c) Any of the Borrower Parties shall fail to perform or observe any covenant contained in Section 7.1(a) or (b), Section 7.2 or Section 8.5 when required.
(d) Any of the Borrower Parties shall fail to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement under any Transaction Documents (after giving effect to all cure periods and notice requirements) and such failure shall continue for fifteen (15) consecutive Business Days.
(e) Failure of the Borrower to pay any Indebtedness (other than the Aggregate Unpaids) in excess of $10,000 when due or the default by the Borrower in the performance of any term, provision or condition contained in any agreement under which any such Indebtedness was created or is governed, the effect of which is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness to cause, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or any such Indebtedness of the Borrower shall be declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled payment) prior to the date of maturity thereof.
(f) Failure of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries other than the Borrower to pay Indebtedness in excess of $10,000,000 in aggregate principal amount (Indebtedness in such amount being referred to hereinafter as “ Material Indebtedness ”) when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods with respect thereto and whether or not such failure to pay is waived); or the default by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries other than the Borrower in the performance of any term, provision or condition contained in any agreement under which any Material Indebtedness was created or is governed, the effect of which is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness to cause, such Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or any Material Indebtedness of the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries other than the Borrower shall be declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled payment) prior to the date of maturity thereof.
(g) An Event of Bankruptcy shall occur with respect to any Borrower Party or the Parent.
(h) As at the end of any Calculation Period (other than any Special Calculation Period):
(i) the three-month rolling average Delinquency Ratio shall be greater than or equal to 2.00%,
(ii) the three-month rolling average Default Ratio shall be greater than or equal to 1.00%,

 

-17-


 

(iii) the three-month rolling average Dilution Ratio shall be greater than or equal to 3.50%, or
(iv) the Accounts Receivable Turnover Ratio shall be less than 10.00.
(i) As at the end of any Special Calculation Period:
(i) the three-month rolling average Delinquency Ratio shall be greater than or equal to 4.00%,
(ii) the three-month rolling average Default Ratio shall be greater than or equal to 2.00%,
(iii) the three-month rolling average Dilution Ratio shall be greater than or equal to 5.50%, or
(iv) the Accounts Receivable Turnover Ratio shall be less than 8.00.
(j) A Change of Control shall occur.
(k) (i) One or more final judgments of a court of competent jurisdiction for the payment of money in an aggregate amount of $10,000 or more shall be entered against the Borrower or (ii) one or more final judgments of a court of competent jurisdiction for the payment of money in an amount in excess of $10,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, shall be entered against the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Borrower) on claims not covered by insurance or as to which the insurance carrier has denied its responsibility, and such judgment shall continue unsatisfied and in effect for thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of execution.
(l) The “Termination Date” under and as defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement shall occur under the Receivables Sale Agreement or the Originator shall for any reason cease to transfer, or cease to have the legal capacity to transfer, or otherwise be incapable of transferring Receivables to the Borrower under the Receivables Sale Agreement.
(m) This Agreement shall terminate in whole or in part (except in accordance with its terms), or shall cease to be effective or to be the legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Borrower, or the Originator shall directly or indirectly contest in any manner such effectiveness, validity, binding nature or enforceability, or the Agent for the benefit of the Lender shall cease to have a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Purchased Receivables and all other items of Collateral in which an interest therein may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under Article 9 of the applicable UCC and the proceeds of the foregoing.
(n) On any day, the Aggregate Loan Amount shall exceed the Facility Limit or a Borrowing Base Deficiency shall exist, and such event shall continue unremedied for two (2) Business Days after notice has been given to the Borrower by Lender or Agent of such occurrence or an Authorized Officer of the Borrower shall have knowledge thereof.
(o) The Internal Revenue Service shall file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Tax Code with regard to any of the Purchased Receivables or the Related Security or the PBGC shall, file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA with regard to any of the Purchased Receivables or the Related Security, and any such lien shall not have been released within the earlier to occur of (i) seven (7) days after the date of such filing and (ii) the day on which the Agent becomes aware of such filing.
(p) the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any member of its Controlled Group, shall fail to pay by the final date on which any such payment may be made without penalty or without attachment of liens on its assets an amount or amounts aggregating in excess of $10,000,000 which it shall have become liable to pay to the PBGC or to a Plan under Title IV of ERISA;
(q) Any event shall occur which has, or could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (excluding any events or matters, including, without limitation, multi-employer pension contingencies of the type disclosed and discussed in the Parent’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 as filed with the SEC)).
(r) (i) The Consolidated Net Worth of the Parent shall be less than or equal to $375,000,000 or (ii) the Consolidated Net Worth of the Borrower shall be less than $10,000.
(s) Any Person shall be appointed as an Independent Director of the Borrower without prior notice thereof having been given to the Agent in accordance with Section 7.1(b)(vii).

 

-18-


 

Section 9.2. Servicer Termination Events . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a Servicer Termination Event:
(a) The Servicer shall fail to make any payment or deposit required to be made by it under the Transaction Documents and such failure shall continue for two (2) Business Days.
(b) (i) Any representation or warranty made by the Servicer in this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect (solely in cases where such representation and warranty is not already qualified by materiality) or in any respect (in all other cases) when made or deemed made, (ii) any information contained in any Monthly Report or Weekly Report shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made, or (iii) any representation, warranty, certification or statement (other than relating to projections or other forward-looking information) made by the Servicer in any other Transaction Document or in any other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto (other than in a Monthly Report or Weekly Report) shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; provided, that no such event shall constitute a Servicer Termination Event if the Borrower shall have timely paid to the Agent the Deemed Collection required to be paid as a result of such event in accordance with Section 1.4.
(c) An Event of Bankruptcy shall occur with respect to the Servicer.
(d) A Change of Control shall occur.
(e) (i) One or more final judgments of a court of competent jurisdiction for the payment of money in an amount in excess of $10,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, shall be entered against the Servicer on claims not covered by insurance or as to which the insurance carrier has denied its responsibility, and such judgment shall continue unsatisfied and in effect for thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of execution.
(f) Any event shall occur with respect to the Servicer which has, or could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (excluding any events or matters, including, without limitation, multi-employer pension contingencies of the type disclosed and discussed in the Servicer’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 as filed with the SEC).
(g) Failure of the Servicer to pay any Material Indebtedness when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods with respect thereto and whether or not such failure to pay is waived); or the default by the Servicer in the performance of any term, provision or condition contained in any agreement under which any Material Indebtedness was created or is governed, the effect of which is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness to cause, such Material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or any Material Indebtedness of the Servicer shall be declared to be due and payable or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled payment) prior to the date of maturity thereof.
(h) The Servicer shall fail to perform or observe any covenant of the Servicer contained in Section 7.1(a) or (b), Section 7.2 or Section 8.5 when required.
(i) The Servicer shall fail to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement under any Transaction Document (after giving effect to all cure periods and notice requirements) and such failure shall continue for fifteen (15) consecutive Business Days.
Section 9.3. Remedies . (a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Amortization Event, the Agent may, or upon the direction of the Lender shall, take any of the following actions: (i) declare the Facility Termination Date to have occurred, whereupon the Facility Termination Date shall forthwith occur, all without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower Parties; provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to a Borrower Party, the Facility Termination Date shall automatically occur, without demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by such Borrower Party and (ii) deliver the Collection Notices to the Collection Banks.
(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, the Agent may, or upon the direction of the Lender shall, take any of the following actions: (i) exercise all rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC and other applicable laws, and (ii) notify Obligors of the Agent’s security interest in the Purchased Receivables and other Pledged Assets. The aforementioned rights and remedies shall be without limitation, and shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies of the Agent and the Lender otherwise available under any other provision of this Agreement, by operation of law, at equity or otherwise, all of which are hereby expressly preserved, including, without limitation, all rights and remedies provided under the UCC, all of which rights shall be cumulative.
(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Servicer Termination Event, the Agent may, or upon the direction of the Lender shall, replace the Person then acting as Servicer.

 

-19-


 

Article X
Indemnification
Section 10.1. Indemnities by the Borrower Parties . Without limiting any other rights that the Agent or the Lender may have hereunder or under applicable law, (a) the Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify (and pay upon demand to) the Agent, the Lender and each of the respective assigns, officers, directors, agents and employees of the foregoing (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all damages, losses, claims, taxes, liabilities, costs, expenses and for all other amounts payable, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as “ Indemnified Amounts ”) awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of or as a result of this Agreement or the acquisition, either directly or indirectly, by the Lender of any security interest or other interest in the Purchased Receivables, and (b) the Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify (and pay upon demand to) each Indemnified Party for Indemnified Amounts awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of the Servicer’s activities as Servicer hereunder excluding, however, in all of the foregoing instances under the preceding clauses (a) and (b):
(i) Indemnified Amounts to the extent a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holds that such Indemnified Amounts resulted from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Indemnified Party seeking indemnification;
(ii) Indemnified Amounts to the extent the same includes losses in respect of Purchased Receivables that are uncollectible on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of creditworthiness of the related Obligor; or
(iii) taxes imposed by the United States, the Indemnified Party’s jurisdiction of organization (or in the case of an individual, his or her jurisdiction of primary residence) or any other jurisdiction in which such Indemnified Party has established a taxable nexus other than in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, on or measured by the overall net income or gross receipts of such Indemnified Party to the extent that the computation of such taxes is consistent with the characterization for tax purposes of the acquisition by the Lender of a security interest in the Purchased Receivables as a loan or loans by the Lender to the Borrower secured by the Collateral;
provided, however, that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the liability of the Borrower Parties or limit the recourse of the Lender to the Borrower Parties for amounts otherwise specifically provided to be paid by the Borrower Parties under the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing indemnification, the Borrower shall indemnify the Agent and the Lender for Indemnified Amounts (including, without limitation, losses in respect of uncollectible receivables, regardless of whether reimbursement therefor would constitute recourse to the Borrower or the Servicer) resulting from:
(i) any representation or warranty made by a Borrower Party or the Originator (or any officers of any such Person) under or in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other information or report delivered by any such Person pursuant hereto or thereto, which shall have been false or incorrect when made or deemed made;
(ii) the failure by the Borrower, the Servicer or the Originator to comply in any material respect with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Receivable or Contract related thereto, or the nonconformity of any Receivable or Contract included therein with any such applicable law, rule or regulation or any failure of the Originator to keep or perform any of its obligations, express or implied, with respect to any Contract;
(iii) any failure of the Borrower, the Servicer or the Originator to perform in any material respect its duties, covenants or other obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;
(iv) any products liability, personal injury or damage suit, or other similar claim arising out of or in connection with services or provision of equipment that are the subject of any Contract or any Receivable;
(v) any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment of any Eligible Receivable (including, without limitation, a defense based on such Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from the provision of the service related to such Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such services;
(vi) the commingling of Collections of Purchased Receivables at any time with other funds;

 

-20-


 

(vii) any investigation, litigation or proceeding arising from this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated hereby, the use of the proceeds of any Loan, the Pledged Assets or any other investigation, litigation or proceeding relating to the Borrower, the Servicer or the Originator in which any Indemnified Party becomes involved as a result of any of the transactions contemplated hereby (other than any litigation or proceeding in which an Indemnified Party is a plaintiff or complaining party and a Borrower Party is a defendant and such Indemnified Party shall not prevail in such litigation or proceeding);
(viii) any inability to litigate any claim against any Obligor in respect of any Receivable as a result of such Obligor being immune from civil and commercial law and suit on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action, suit or proceeding;
(ix) any Amortization Event of the type described in Section 9.1(g);
(x) any failure of the Borrower to acquire and maintain legal and equitable title to, and ownership of any of the Pledged Assets from the Originator, free and clear of any Adverse Claim (other than as created hereunder); or any failure of the Borrower to give reasonably equivalent value to the Originator under the Receivables Sale Agreement in consideration of the transfer by the Originator of any Receivable, or any attempt by any Person to void such transfer under statutory provisions or common law or equitable action (except as created by the Transaction Documents);
(xi) any failure to vest and maintain vested in the Agent for the benefit of the Lender, or to transfer to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a valid first priority perfected security interests in the Pledged Assets, free and clear of any Adverse Claim (except as created by the Transaction Documents);
(xii) the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any Pledged Assets, and the proceeds thereof, whether at the time of any Loan or at any subsequent time;
(xiii) any action or omission by a Borrower Party which reduces or impairs the rights of the Agent or the Lender with respect to any Pledged Assets or the value of any Pledged Assets;
(xiv) any attempt by any Person to void any Loan or the Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Assets under statutory provisions or common law or equitable action;
(xv) the failure of any Receivable included in the calculation of the Net Pool Balance as an Eligible Receivable to be an Eligible Receivable at the time so included;
(xvi) the failure of any Loan to occur after any Borrowing Request has been given hereunder;
(xvii) the failure of the Parent to properly calculate of the Consolidated Net Worth of the Parent and the Borrower or to provide a properly completed compliance certificate as required by Section 7.1(a) hereof; and
(xviii) any provision in any Contract that either (i) permits or provides for any reduction in the Outstanding Balance of the Receivable created under such Contract and any accrued interest thereon or (ii) could otherwise materially hinder the ability to receive Collections with respect to such Receivable.
Section 10.2. Increased Cost and Reduced Return . If after the date hereof, the Lender shall be charged any fee, expense or increased cost (other than taxes) on account of the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation (including any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy) or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency or on account of the adoption of any change in (or change in the interpretation of) any generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting principles applicable to the Lender (a “Regulatory Change” ): (a) that subjects (or has the effect of subjecting) the Lender to any charge or withholding on or with respect to this Agreement or the Lender’s obligations under this Agreement, or on or with respect to the Purchased Receivables, or (b) that imposes, modifies or deems applicable (or has the effect of imposing, modifying or deeming applicable) any reserve, assessment, insurance charge, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of the Lender, or credit extended by the Lender pursuant to this Agreement or (c) that imposes (or has the effect of imposing) any other condition the result of which is to increase the cost to the Lender of performing its obligations under this Agreement, or to reduce the rate of return on the Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations under this Agreement, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Lender under this Agreement or to require any payment calculated by reference to the amount of interests or loans held or interest received by it, then, promptly upon demand by the Agent, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lender, such amounts charged to the Lender or such amounts to otherwise compensate the Lender for such increase costs or such reduction; provided, however, that the Lender shall not be entitled to any compensation for any increased costs under this Section 10.2 unless the Agent or the Lender delivers a reasonably detailed certificate to the Borrower setting forth the amounts and the basis for such increased costs.

 

-21-


 

Neither the Borrower nor any other Borrower Party shall be required to compensate the Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.2 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that the Lender notifies Borrower of the Regulatory Change giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor.
Section 10.3. Other Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay to the Agent and the Lender promptly on demand all reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration of the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby, including without limitation, the cost of the Lender’s auditors auditing the books, records and procedures of the Borrower, reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of legal counsel for the Lender and the Agent with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Lender and the Agent as to their respective rights and remedies under this Agreement. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent promptly on demand any and all reasonable costs and expenses of the Agent and the Lender, if any, including reasonable counsel fees and expenses in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other documents delivered hereunder and in connection with any restructuring or workout of this Agreement or such documents, or the administration of this Agreement following an Amortization Event.
Article XI
The Agent
Section 11.1. Authorization and Action . The Lender, on behalf of itself and its assigns, hereby designates and appoints STRH to act as its agent and administrator under this Agreement and under each other Transaction Document, and authorizes the Agent to take such actions as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, including, without limitation, the power to perfect all security interests granted under the Transaction Documents.
Section 11.2. STRH, SunTrust Bank and Affiliates . STRH, SunTrust Bank and their Affiliates may generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower, the Servicer, any Obligor, any of their respective Affiliates and any Person who may do business with or own securities of any of the foregoing, all as if STRH were not Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lender.
Article XII
Assignments and Participations; Refinancing
Section 12.1. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon each Borrower Party and their successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Agent and the Lender and the benefit of their respective successors and assigns, including any subsequent holder of any of the Loans. No Borrower Party may assign any of its rights or obligations under any Transaction Document without the written consent of each of the Agent and the Lender.
Section 12.2. Participants . The Lender shall have the right at its own cost to grant participations (to be evidenced by one or more agreements or certificates of participation) in the Loans made or the Commitment held by the Lender at any time and from time to time to one or more other Persons; provided that no such participation shall relieve the Lender of any of its obligations under this Agreement, and, provided, further that no such participant shall have any rights under this Agreement except as provided in this Section, and the Agent shall have no obligation or responsibility to such participant. Any agreement pursuant to which such participation is granted shall provide that the Lender shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents including, without limitation, the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Transaction Documents, except that such agreement may provide that the Lender will not agree to any modification, amendment or waiver of the Transaction Documents that would reduce the amount of or postpone any fixed date for payment of any Loan in which such participant has an interest. Any party to which such a participation has been granted shall have the benefits of Article 10 (solely to the extent such cost or expense accrues only after such participation is made) and Section 1.3 hereof.
Section 12.3. Assignments . (a) The Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i)  Minimum Amounts . (A) In the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the Commitment and the Loans or in the case of an assignment to an Affiliate of the Lender, no minimum amount need be assigned; and (B) in any case not described in subsection (a)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Agent or, if “Effective Date” is specified in the Assignment and Acceptance, as of the Effective Date) shall not be less than $5,000,000, unless each of the Agent and, so long as no Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

-22-


 

(ii)  Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all of the Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned.
(iii)  Required Consents .
(a) The consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such assignment is to an Affiliate of the Lender (provided such assignment does not result in any liability, cost or expense for which the Borrower is liable or must reimburse or indemnify such assignee Lender pursuant to Section 10); and
(b) the consent of the Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments if such assignment is to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Lender.
(iv)  Assignment and Acceptance . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Assignment and Acceptance.
(v)  No Assignment to Borrower or Parent . No such assignment shall be made to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries.
(vi)  No Assignment to Natural Persons . No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Agent pursuant to Section 12.3(b) hereof, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of the Lender under this Agreement, and the Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, the Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.1 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Any assignment or transfer by the Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by the Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 12.2 hereof.
(b) The Lender may at any time pledge or grant a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of the Lender, including any such pledge or grant to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or grant of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or grant of a security interest shall release the Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or secured party for the Lender as a party hereto; provided further, however, the right of any such pledgee or grantee (other than any Federal Reserve Bank) to further transfer all or any portion of the rights pledged or granted to it, whether by means of foreclosure or otherwise, shall be at all times subject to the terms of this Agreement.
Section 12.4. Prohibition on Assignments by the Borrower Parties . No Borrower Party may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of each of the Agent and the Lender.
Section 12.5. Refinancing by Three Pillars . In the event that the commercial paper notes of Three Pillars Funding LLC ( “TPF” ) are rated both A-1 by S&P and P-1 by Moody’s, each party to this Agreement agrees that it will discuss in good faith the refinancing of the credit facility contemplated by this Agreement with a securitization facility funded primarily with commercial paper notes issued by TPF (it being understood that TPF would concurrently enter into credit and liquidity arrangements with other lenders to fund its obligations under any such securitization facility upon the occurrence of certain events including, but not limited to, TPF’s inability to issue commercial paper notes).
Article XIII
Miscellaneous
Section 13.1. Waivers and Amendments . No failure or delay on the part of the Agent or the Lender in exercising any power, right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy preclude any other further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. Any waiver of this Agreement shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No provision of this Agreement may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived except in writing in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.1. The Lender, the Borrower and the Agent, may enter into written modifications or waivers of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

-23-


 

Section 13.2. Notices . Except as provided in this Section 13.2, all communications and notices provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including bank wire, telecopy or electronic facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to the other parties hereto at their respective addresses or telecopy numbers set forth on the signature pages hereof or at such other address or telecopy number as such Person may hereafter specify for the purpose of notice to each of the other parties hereto. Each such notice or other communication shall be effective (a) if given by telecopy, upon the receipt thereof, (b) if given by mail, three (3) Business Days after the time such communication is deposited in the mail with first class postage prepaid or (c) if given by any other means, when received at the address specified in this Section 13.2. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Agent to effect Loans and Interest Period and Interest Rate selections based on telephonic notices made by any Person whom the Agent in good faith believes to be acting on behalf of the Borrower. The Borrower agrees to deliver promptly to the Agent a written confirmation of each telephonic notice signed by an authorized officer of the Borrower; provided, however, the absence of such confirmation shall not affect the validity of such notice. If the written confirmation differs from the action taken by the Agent, the records of the Agent shall govern absent manifest error.
Section 13.3. Protection of Agent’s Security Interest . (a) The Borrower agrees that from time to time, at its expense, it will promptly execute and deliver all instruments and documents, and take all actions, that may be necessary or desirable, or that the Agent may request, to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the Agent’s security interest in the Pledged Assets, or to enable the Agent or the Lender to exercise and enforce their rights and remedies hereunder; provided, however, that unless and until an Amortization Event or an Unmatured Amortization Event has occurred, no Borrower Party shall be required to take any actions to establish, maintain or perfect the Borrower’s ownership interest in the Related Security other than the filing of financing statements under the UCC of all appropriate jurisdictions. During the occurrence and continuance of an Unmatured Amortization Event or an Amortization Event, the Agent may, or the Agent may direct the Borrower or the Servicer to, notify the Obligors of Purchased Receivables, at the Borrower’s expense, of the ownership or security interests of the Lender under this Agreement. During the occurrence and continuance of an Unmatured Amortization Event or an Amortization Event, the Agent may direct the Borrower or the Servicer to direct (and, if the Borrower or the Servicer fails to do so, the Agent may direct) that payments of all amounts due or that become due under any or all Purchased Receivables be made directly to an account specified by the Agent or its designee which may be an account of the Agent or its designee. The Borrower or the Servicer (as applicable) shall, at the Agent’s request, withhold the identities of the Agent and the Lender in any such notification.
(b) If any Borrower Party fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, the Agent or the Lender may (but shall not be required to) upon notice to such Borrower Party perform, or cause performance of, such obligations, and the Agent’s or the Lender’s costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Borrower as provided in Section 10.3. Each Borrower Party (i) irrevocably authorizes and appoints the Agent as its attorney-in-fact, at any time and from time to time in the sole discretion of the Agent, to execute on behalf of the Borrower as debtor and to file financing statements and other filing or recording documents necessary or desirable in the Agent’s sole discretion, in such offices and in such form, including carbon, photographic or other reproduction, as the Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection and priority of Agent’s interest in the Purchased Receivables and Related Security (including any amendments thereto, or continuation or termination statements thereof) including, without limitation, financing statements naming Borrower as debtor and describing the collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property of the debtor, whether now owned and existing or hereafter arising or acquired”, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that it is not authorized to, and will not, file financing statements or other filing or recording documents with respect to the Purchased Receivables or Related Security (including any amendments thereto, or continuation or termination statements thereof), without the express prior written approval by the Agent, consenting to the form and substance of such filing or recording document, and (iii) approves, authorizes and ratifies any filings or recordings made by or on behalf of the Agent in connection with the perfection of the security interests in favor of the Borrower or the Agent. The appointment of Agent as attorney-in-fact as described herein is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.
Section 13.4. Confidentiality . (a) Each of the Borrower Parties shall maintain and shall cause each of its employees and officers to maintain the confidentiality of any confidential or proprietary information with respect to the Agent and the Lender and their respective businesses obtained by it or them in connection with the structuring, negotiating and execution of the transactions contemplated herein, except that the Borrower Parties and their respective officers and employees may disclose such information to such Borrower Party’s directors, external accountants and attorneys and in accordance with any applicable law, rule, regulation, direction, request or order of any judicial, administrative or regulatory authority or proceeding (whether or not having the force or effect of law).

 

-24-


 

(b) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower Parties hereby consent to the disclosure of any nonpublic information with respect to it (i) to the Agent or the Lender by each other, and (ii) by the Agent or the Lender to any prospective or actual assignee or participant of any of them and to any officers, directors, employees, outside accountants and attorneys of any of the foregoing, provided that each such Person is informed of the confidential nature of such information. In addition, the Lender and the Agent may disclose any such nonpublic information in accordance with any law, rule, regulation, direction, request or order of any judicial, administrative or regulatory authority or proceedings (whether or not having the force or effect of law).
(c) The Lender and the Agent shall each maintain and shall cause each of its employees and officers to maintain the confidentiality of any confidential or proprietary information with respect to the Originator, the Obligors and their respective businesses obtained by it in connection with the due diligence evaluations, structuring, negotiating and execution of the Transaction Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and any other activities of the Lender or the Agent arising from or related to the transactions contemplated herein provided, however, that each of the Lender and the Agent and its employees and officers shall be permitted to disclose such confidential or proprietary information: (i) to the other Secured Parties, (ii) to any prospective or actual assignee or participant of the Lender, the Agent or the other Secured Parties who execute a confidentiality agreement for the benefit of the Originator and the Borrower on terms comparable to those required of the Lender and the Agent hereunder with respect to such disclosed information, (iii) to any rating agency, provider of a surety, guaranty or credit or liquidity enhancement to the Lender, (iv) to any officers, directors, employees, outside accountants and attorneys of any of the foregoing, and (v) to the extent required pursuant to any applicable law, rule, regulation, direction, request or order of any judicial, administrative or regulatory authority or proceedings with competent jurisdiction (whether or not having the force or effect of law).
(d) Notwithstanding any other express or implied agreement to the contrary contained herein, the parties agree and acknowledge that each of them and each of their employees, representatives, and other agents may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transaction and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to any of them relating to such tax treatment and tax structure, except to the extent that confidentiality is reasonably necessary to comply with U.S. federal or state securities laws.  For purposes of this paragraph, the terms “tax treatment” and “tax structure” have the meanings specified in Treasury Regulation section 1.6011-4(c).
Section 13.5. Limitation of Liability . Except with respect to any claim arising out of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Lender or the Agent, no claim may be made by a Borrower Party or any other Person against the Lender or the Agent or their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agents for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith; and the Borrower Parties hereby waive, release, and agree not to sue upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.
Section 13.6. No Recourse Against the Lender . The obligations of the Lender under this Agreement are solely the obligations of the Lender. No recourse shall be had for any obligation, covenant or agreement (including, without limitation, the payment of any amount owing in respect to this Agreement or the payment of any Fee hereunder or for any other obligation or claim) arising out of or based upon this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or Transaction Document entered into pursuant hereto or in connection herewith against any member, employee, officer, director, manager, Agent or organizer of the Lender, as such, by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, by virtue of any statute or otherwise.
Section 13.7. Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations law and except to the extent that the perfection of the Ownership Interest of Borrower or the Security Interest of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any of the Collateral is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of New York .
Section 13.8. Consent to Jurisdiction . E ach party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any United States Federal or New York State Court sitting in New York, New York, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any document executed by such person pursuant to this Agreement, and each such party hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court and irrevocably waives any objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court or that such court is an inconvenient forum . N othing herein shall limit the right of the Agent or any Secured Party to bring proceedings against any Borrower Party in the courts of any other jurisdiction. Any judicial proceeding by any Borrower Party against the Agent or any Secured Party or any affiliate of the Agent or any Secured Party involving, directly or indirectly, any matter in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with this Agreement or any document executed by such Borrower Party pursuant to this Agreement shall be brought only in a court in New York, New York .

 

-25-


 

Section 13.9. Waiver of Jury Trial . E ach party hereto hereby waives trial by jury in any judicial proceeding involving, directly or indirectly, any matter (whether sounding in tort, contract or otherwise) in any way arising out of, related to, or connected with this Agreement, any document executed by any Borrower Party pursuant to this Agreement or the relationship established hereunder or thereunder .
Section 13.10. Integration; Binding Effect; Survival of Terms . (a) This Agreement and each other Transaction Document contain the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings.
(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns (including any trustee in bankruptcy). This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms and shall remain in full force and effect until terminated in accordance with its terms; provided, however, that the rights and remedies with respect to (i) any breach of any representation and warranty made by the Borrower Parties pursuant to Article V, (ii) the indemnification and payment provisions of Article X, and the provisions of Section 13.4 through and including Section 13.8 shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
Section 13.11. Counterparts; Severability; Section References . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by fax or other means of electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement. Any provisions of this Agreement which are prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Unless otherwise expressly indicated, all references herein to “Article,” “Section,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” shall mean articles and sections of, and schedules and exhibits to, this Agreement.
Section 13.12. Characterization; Security Interest . (a) It is the intention of the parties hereto that each Loan hereunder shall constitute and be treated as a secured loan. The Borrower shall be liable to the Lender and the Agent for all representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) the transaction contemplated by this Agreement do not constitute and are not intended to result in an assumption by the Lender or the Agent or any assignee thereof of any obligation of the Borrower or the Originator or any other person arising in connection with the Purchased Receivables, the Related Security, or the related Contracts, or any other obligations of the Borrower or the Originator. It is the intention of the parties hereto that for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes the Lender’s acquisition of its interest in the Purchased Receivables, Related Security and Collections shall be treated as a secured loan by the Lender to the Borrower, and each party hereto agrees to characterize all Loans hereunder as secured loans on all tax returns filed by such party.
(b) In addition to any security interest or other interest which the Agent or the Lender may from time to time acquire pursuant hereto, the Borrower hereby grants to the Agent for the benefit of the Lender a valid security interest in all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in, to and under (i) all Purchased Receivables now existing or hereafter arising, (ii) the Collections as and when received, (iii) each Lock-Box and each Segregated Account, (iv) each Collection Account, (v) all Related Security, (vi) all other rights of the Borrower and payments relating to such Purchased Receivables, (vii) all proceeds of the foregoing, (viii) the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables Sale Agreement and (ix) all other assets of the Borrower (collectively, the “Collateral” ) prior to all other liens on and security interests therein to secure the prompt and complete payment of the Aggregate Unpaids. The Agent, on behalf of the Lender, shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies that it may have under this Agreement, all other rights and remedies provided to a secured creditor under the applicable UCC and other applicable law, which rights and remedies shall be cumulative.
Section 13.13. Increase in Commitment . Increase in Commitment At any time the Borrower may request (in consultation with the Agent), an increase of the aggregate amount of the Commitment by delivering a written request therefor in a form acceptable to the Agent at least 30 Days prior to the desired effective date of such increase (the “Increase” ), identifying an additional Lender(s), which additional Lenders shall be reasonably acceptable to the Agent and the amount of such additional Lender’s Commitment; provided, however , that (i) the aggregate amount of all such Increases shall not exceed $50,000,000 without the written consent of the existing Lender, (ii) any such Increase shall be in an amount not less than $5,000,000, (iii) no Amortization Event or Unmatured Amortization Event shall exist at the time of such request or on the effective date of the Increase after giving effect to the additional Loans made pursuant to such Increase, (iv) the Borrower may exercise an Increase under this Section 13.13 only once during the term of this Agreement. The effective date (the “Increase Date” ) of the Increase shall be agreed upon by the Borrower and the Agent (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Borrower agrees to pay any reasonable expenses of the Agent relating to any Increase. The parties hereto shall effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 13.13.
[Signature pages follow]

 

-26-


 

In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers or attorneys-in-fact as of the date hereof.
         
  ABF Freight Funding LLC
 
 
  By:   ABF Freight System, Inc., its sole member    
     
  By:   /s/ Judy R. McReynolds    
    Name:   Judy R. McReynolds   
    Title:   Assistant Treasurer   
         
  Address:
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, Arkansas 72903
Attention: Don Pearson
Phone: 479-785-6136
Fax: 479-785-8650

ABF Freight System, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Judy R. McReynolds    
    Name:   Judy R. McReynolds   
    Title:   Assistant Treasurer   
 
 
  Address:
3801 Old Greenwood Road
Fort Smith, Arkansas 72903
Attention: Don Pearson
Phone:479-785-6136
Fax: 479-785-8650

 

S-1


 

         
  SunTrust Bank
 
 
  By:   /s/ David Fourniter    
    Name:   David Fourniter   
    Title:   Vice President   
         
  Address:
SunTrust Bank
Mail Code GA-Atlanta-1921
303 Peachtree Street, 3rd Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Attention: Robert Anderson
Phone: (404) 588-7762
Fax: (404) 588-8833

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc ., as Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kecia P. Howson    
    Name:   Kecia P. Howson   
    Title:   Director   
Address:
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.
Mailcode GA-3950
303 Peachtree Street NE, 24th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Attention: Kecia Howson
Phone: 404-813-5207
Fax: 404-813-5000

 

S-2


 

Exhibit I
Definitions
As used in the Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules thereto, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth in this Exhibit I (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined). If a capitalized term is used in the Agreement, or any Exhibit or Schedule thereto, and is not otherwise defined therein or in this Exhibit I, such term shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Exhibit I to the Receivables Sale Agreement (hereinafter defined):
“ABF” as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Accounts Receivable Turnover Ratio” As of any Cut-Off Date, the ratio computed by dividing (a) the aggregate amount of Credit Sales during the 12 Calculation Periods ending on such Cut-Off Date by (b) the average of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables as of the last 12 Cut-Off Dates.
“Adverse Claim” A lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance, or other right or claim in, of or on any Person’s assets or properties in favor of any other Person, provided, however, that the following shall not constitute “Adverse Claims” (a) liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in good faith in appropriate proceedings, or (b) judgment liens and carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue or are being contested in good faith in appropriate proceedings.
“Affiliate” With respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person owns 10% or more of any class of voting securities of the controlled Person or possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled Person, whether through ownership of stock, by contract or otherwise.
“Agent” As defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Agent’s Account” Agent’s Account # [***] , ABA No.  [***] , at SunTrust Bank’s office at 25 Park Place, in Atlanta, Georgia, Attn: [***] .
“Aggregate Loan Amount” On any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Loans from time to time outstanding hereunder.
“Aggregate Prepayment” As defined in Section 1.3(a).
“Aggregate Unpaids” At any time, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Aggregate Loan Amount, plus (ii) all Recourse Obligations (whether due or accrued) at such time.
“Agreement” This Receivables Loan Agreement, as it may be amended or modified and in effect from time to time.
“Alternate Base Rate” For any day, the rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) the higher as of such day of (i) the Prime Rate, or (ii) one-half of one percent (0.50%) above the Federal Funds Effective Rate, plus (b) the Applicable Margin. For purposes of determining the Alternate Base Rate for any day, changes in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the date of each such change.
“Amortization Date” The earliest to occur of (i)  the Business Day immediately prior to the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to a Borrower Party, (ii) the Business Day specified in a written notice from the Agent following the occurrence of any other Amortization Event, and (iii) the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the Agent’s receipt of written notice from the Borrower that it wishes to terminate the facility evidenced by this Agreement.
“Amortization Event” As defined in Article IX.
“Applicable Margin” As defined in the Fee Letter.
“Assignment and Acceptance” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by the Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 12.3 hereof), and accepted by the Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit X or any other form approved by the Agent.
“Authorized Officer” With respect to any Person, its president, chief executive officer, general counsel, corporate controller, treasurer or chief financial officer; provided, however, in the case of Borrower, the Authorized Officers shall be the president, chief executive, general counsel, corporate controller, treasurer or chief financial officer of the Originator.

 

 


 

“Borrower” As defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Borrower Parties” As defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Borrowing Base Deficiency” As defined in Section 1.3(b).
“Borrowing Date” Each Business Day on which a Loan is made hereunder.
“Borrowing Request” As defined in Section 1.2.
“Broken Funding Costs” For any LIBO Loan that: (i) does not become subject to an Aggregate Prepayment following the delivery of any Prepayment Notice with respect to such LIBO Loan or (ii) is terminated prior to the date on which the Interest Period ends; an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the Interest that would have accrued during the remainder of the Interest Period determined by the Agent to relate to such Loan subsequent to the date of such reduction or termination (or in respect of clause (i) above, the date such Aggregate Prepayment was designated to occur pursuant to the Prepayment Notice) of the Loan if such reduction or termination had not occurred or such Prepayment Notice had not been delivered, over (B) the Interest actually accrued during the remainder of such Interest Period on such Loan.
“Business Day” Any day on which banks are not authorized or required to close in New York, New York or Atlanta, Georgia, and The Depository Trust Company of New York is open for business, and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any computation or payment to be made with respect to the LIBO Rate, any day on which dealings in dollar deposits are carried on in the London interbank market.
“Calculation Period” A calendar month.
“Canadian Obligors” means an Obligor who has agreed to pay for a Receivable at a location in Canada.
“Change of Control” (i) (a)  a change in control is reported by the Parent in response to either Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act” ), or (b) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator or any such plan) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of voting capital stock of the Parent (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such capital stock) representing the Control Percentage or more of the combined voting power of the Parent’s then outstanding capital stock, (ii) the Parent ceases to own 100% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the Originator, or (iii) the Originator ceases to own 100% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the Borrower.
“Charge-Offs” All Receivables that are written off by the Servicer or should, in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy, be written off as uncollectible.
“Closing Date” December 30, 2009.
“Collateral” As defined in Section 13.12(b).
“Collection Account” Each concentration account, depositary account, lock-box account or similar account in which any Collections are collected or deposited which is listed on Exhibit IV (as the same may be updated from time to time in accordance with Section 7.1(m) hereof) and which is in the name of the Borrower and subject to a Collection Account Agreement at all times on and after the dated specified in Section 7.3 hereof, including the Master Collection Agreement; provided, however, that prior to the date specified in Section 7.3, the Collection Account may be in the name of the Servicer.
“Collection Account Agreement” An agreement in form reasonably acceptable to the Agent among the Originator, the Servicer and/or the Borrower, the Agent and a Collection Bank establishing control over a Collection Account.
“Collection Bank” At any time, any of the banks holding one or more Collection Accounts.
“Collection Notice” A notice, in substantially the form attached to a Collection Account Agreement from the Agent to a Collection Bank.
“Collections” With respect to any Receivable, all cash collections and other cash proceeds in respect of such Receivable, including, without limitation, all Finance Charges or other related amounts accruing in respect thereof and all cash proceeds of Related Security with respect to such Receivable.
“Commitment” As defined in Section 1.1.

 

-2-


 

“Concentration Limit”
(a) For any Special Obligor, 6.0% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables.
(b) For any Obligor who is not a Special Obligor but is a Rated Obligor, 2.5% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables.
(c) For any Obligor who is not a Special Obligor or a Rated Obligor, 2.0% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables.
(d) For all Canadian Obligors in the aggregate, 5.0% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables.
“Consolidated Net Worth” means at any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the consolidated stockholders’ equity of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, plus the principal amount of subordinated debt of such Person, minus (to the extent reflected in determining such consolidated stockholders’ equity) all intangible assets other than, with respect to the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, the computer software and all rights and interests therein and licenses therefor that have been capitalized by one or more of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries and which are reflected in the determination of the consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, all as determined in accordance with GAAP and as reported in the audited consolidated financial statements of such Person for such Person’s most recently ended fiscal year.
“Contingent Obligation” Of a Person means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which such Person assumes, guarantees, endorses, contingently agrees to purchase or provide funds for the payment of, or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon, the obligation or liability of any other Person, other than a Pension Plan Obligation, or agrees to maintain the net worth or working capital or other financial condition of any other Person, or otherwise assures any creditor of such other Person against loss, including, without limitation, any comfort letter, operating agreement, take-or-pay contract or application for a letter of credit.
“Contract” With respect to any Receivable, any and all instruments, agreements, invoices or other writings pursuant to which such Receivable arises or which evidences such Receivable.
Control Percentage ” means, with respect to any Person, the percentage of the outstanding capital stock of such Person having ordinary voting power which gives the direct or indirect holder of such stock the power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or individuals or body or group of individuals performing the same or substantially similar functions as the board of directors of a corporation) of such Person.
“Controlled Group” means all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with the Borrower, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
“Credit and Collection Policy” Each Borrower Party’s credit and collection policies and practices relating to Contracts and Receivables existing on the date hereof, as modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
“Credit Sales” For any Calculation Period, the aggregate amount of all Receivables with credit terms of any kind originated or purchased by the Originator during such Calculation Period.
“Cut-Off Date” The last day of a Calculation Period.
“Days Sales Outstanding Ratio” On any date of determination, the ratio computed as of the most recent Cut-Off Date by dividing (a) 360 by (b) the Accounts Receivable Turnover Ratio for the Calculation Period ending on such Cut-Off Date.
“Deemed Collections” Collections deemed received by the Borrower under Section 1.4.
“Default Rate” For any day, the rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) the higher as of such day of (i) the Prime Rate, or (ii) one-half of one percent (0.50%) above the Federal Funds Effective Rate, plus (b) 3.0%. For purposes of determining the Default Rate for any day, changes in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the date of each such change.
“Default Ratio” As of any Cut-Off Date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) computed by dividing (i) the aggregate amount (without double-counting) of Receivables which became Defaulted Receivables or Charge-Offs during the Calculation Period that includes such Cut-Off Date, by (b) Credit Sales for the Calculation Period occurring four (4) months prior to the Calculation Period ending on such Cut-Off Date.

 

-3-


 

“Defaulted Receivable” A Receivable: (i) as to which the Obligor thereof has suffered an Event of Bankruptcy; (ii) which is a Charge-Off; or (iii) as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for 120 days or more from the date of billing applicable to such payment.
“Delinquency Ratio” As of any Cut-Off Date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) computed by dividing (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Receivables that were Delinquent Receivables as of such Cut-Off Date, by (ii) the Outstanding Balance of all Receivables as of such Cut-Off Date.
“Delinquent Receivable” A Receivable (i) as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for 90 days or more from the date of billing applicable to such payment and (ii) which does not constitute a Defaulted Receivable.
“Dilution” The amount of any reduction or cancellation of the Outstanding Balance of a Receivable as described in Section 1.4, provided, that Dilution shall not include the amount of any write-down, reserve or other reduction due to a Receivable subsequently becoming a Defaulted Receivable on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy, lack of credit worthiness or financial inability to pay off such Defaulted Receivable of the applicable Obligor.
“Dilution Horizon Ratio” As of any Cut-Off Date, a ratio (expressed as a decimal), computed by dividing (i) the aggregate Credit Sales for the Calculation Period ending on such Cut-Off Date, by (ii) the Net Pool Balance as of such Cut-Off Date.
“Dilution Ratio” As of any Cut-Off Date, a ratio (expressed as a percentage), computed by dividing (i) the total amount of decreases in Outstanding Balance of Receivables due to Dilution during the Calculation Period ending on such Cut-Off Date, by (ii) the Credit Sales for the Calculation Period ending on the previous Cut-Off Date.
“Dilution Reserve” On any date of determination, computed as of the most recent Cut-Off Date, the product (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the sum of (i) the product of (x) the Stress Factor times (y) the Expected Dilution Ratio, plus (ii) the Dilution Volatility Component, times (b) the Dilution Horizon Ratio.
“Dilution Spike Rate” means the highest Dilution Ratio over the past 12 Calculation Periods.
“Dilution Volatility Component” The product (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the positive difference (if any) between (A) the Dilution Spike Rate and (B) the Expected Dilution Ratio, and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the Dilution Spike Rate and the denominator of which is the Expected Dilution Ratio.
“Eligible Assignee” A commercial bank having a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 with a rating of its (or its parent holding company’s) short-term securities equal to or higher than (i) A-1 by S&P and (ii) P-1 by Moody’s.
“Eligible Receivable” At any time, a Receivable:
(i) the Obligor of which (A) if a natural person, is a resident of the United States or Canada, or, if a corporation or other business organization, is organized under the laws of the United States or Canada or any political subdivision thereof, or is any other business organization that has a significant presence in the United States or Canada, and has agreed pay for such Receivable at a location in the United States or Canada, and (B) is not an Affiliate of any of the parties hereto;
(ii) that arises under a Contract;
(iii) which is not a Defaulted Receivable and is not a Delinquent Receivable;
(iv) which is not a Government Receivable;
(v) which by its terms is due and payable within 30 days of the date of billing therefore, provided, however, any Receivable which by its terms is due and payable within 31-60 days of the date of billing therefore may be considered an “Eligible Receivable” so long as such Receivables satisfies all of the other criteria set forth in this definition of “Eligible Receivable” and the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable, when added to the Outstanding Balance of all other Receivables which are due and payable within 31-60 days of the date of billing therefore, would not cause the Outstanding Balance of Receivables which are due and payable within 31-60 days of the date of billing therefore to exceed 40% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables;
(vi) which is an “account” within the meaning of Section 9-102(a)(2) of the UCC of all applicable jurisdictions;

 

-4-


 

(vii) which is denominated and payable only in United States dollars in the United States;
(viii) which arises under a Contract which, together with such Receivable, is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms;
(ix) which arises under a Contract that contains an obligation to pay a specified sum of money, contingent only upon the provision of services or the use of equipment by the Originator or FreightValue;
(x) which, together with the Contract related thereto, does not contravene any law, rule or regulation applicable thereto (including, without limitation, any law, rule and regulation relating to truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy) and with respect to which no part of the Contract related thereto is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation except any such contravention or violation which does not have an adverse effect on the Receivables;
(xi) which satisfies all applicable requirements of the Credit and Collection Policy;
(xii) which was generated in the ordinary course of the Originator’s or FreightValue’s business and is documented consistent with the Originator’s or FreightValue’s standard administration and documentation policies and procedures;
(xiii) which arises from the provision of services or the use of equipment, to the related Obligor by the Originator or FreightValue, and except for incidental amounts, not from the provision of services by any other Person (in whole or in part);
(xiv) which is not subject to any current dispute, right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or any other defense (including defenses arising out of violations of usury laws) of the applicable Obligor against the Originator or FreightValue or any other Adverse Claim;
(xv) as to which the Originator or FreightValue has satisfied and fully performed all obligations on its part with respect to such Receivable required to be fulfilled by it, and no further action is required to be performed by any Person with respect thereto other than payment thereon by the applicable Obligor (excluding warranty obligations for which no claim exists);
(xvi) as to which each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.1(g), Section 5.1(i), Section 5.1(j), Section 5.1(r), Section 5.1(s), and Section 5.1(t) is true and correct;
(xvii) all right, title and interest to and in which has been validly transferred by the Originator directly to the Borrower under and in accordance with the Receivables Sale Agreement, and the Borrower has good and marketable title thereto free and clear of any Adverse Claim (other than as created by the Transaction Documents);
(xviii) which is not owing from an Obligor as to which more than 25% of the balance of all Receivables for which such Obligor is obligated remain unpaid for 90 or more days past the date of billing;
(xix) the Obligor of which at the time the Receivable was initially pledged to the Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) has not, as a result of a deterioration of such Obligor’s financial condition or creditworthiness, been required by the Originator or FreightValue at any time during the immediately preceding 12 months for a period of more than 30 days to pay for services rendered on a cash basis;
(xx) the Obligor of which is not the Obligor on any Receivables which have been sold or pledged to any person other than the Borrower or, in the case of Receivables acquired by the Originator from FreightValue, the Originator;
(xxi) with respect to which the Servicer is in possession of the related Contract file, or in the case of electronic purchases, the applicable computer data files, with respect to such Receivable; and
(xxii) if such Receivable was sold or otherwise transferred to the Originator by FreightValue, the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable, when added to the Outstanding Balance of all other Receivables which were sold or otherwise transferred to the Originator by FreightValue, would not cause the Outstanding Balance of Receivables which were sold or otherwise transferred to the Originator by FreightValue to exceed 2% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables.

 

-5-


 

“ERISA” The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any rule or regulation issued thereunder.
“ERISA Affiliate” Any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Parent within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Tax Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Tax Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Tax Code).
“Event of Bankruptcy” Shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to a Person if either:
(i) a case or other proceeding shall be commenced, without the application or consent of such Person, in any court, seeking the liquidation, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution, winding up, or composition or readjustment of debts of such Person, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator, assignee, sequestrator or the like for such Person or all or substantially all of its assets, or any similar action with respect to such Person under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition or adjustment of debts, and such case or proceeding shall continue undismissed, or unstayed and in effect, for a period of 60 consecutive days; or an order for relief in respect of such Person shall be entered in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect; or
(ii) such Person shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee (other than a trustee under a deed of trust, indenture or similar instrument), custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) for, such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall be adjudicated insolvent, or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or, if a corporation or similar entity, its board of directors shall vote to implement any of the foregoing.
“Event of Default” Any Amortization Event described in Sections 9.1(a)-(g), Section 9.1(j) (only if such Amortization Event arises due to an event of the type described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the definition of “Change of Control”), Section 9.1(k), Sections 9.1(m)-(q), or Section 9.1(s).
“Excess Concentration Amount” At any time with respect to any Obligor or group of Obligors described in the definition of “Concentration Limit”, the amount, if any, by which the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables of such Obligor or group of Obligors exceeds the Concentration Limit applicable to such Obligor or group of Obligors at such time.
“Expected Dilution Ratio” At any time, the rolling average of the Dilution Ratio for the 12 Calculation Periods then most recently ended.
“Facility Account” The Borrower’s account no. [***] at [***] .
“Facility Limit” $75,000,000.
“Facility Termination Date” The earliest to occur of (i) the Amortization Date, and (ii) December 30, 2011.
“Federal Bankruptcy Code” Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as amended and any successor statute thereto.
“Federal Funds Effective Rate” Means, for any day the greater of (i) the average rate per annum as determined by SunTrust Bank at which overnight Federal funds are offered to SunTrust Bank for such day by major banks in the interbank market, and (ii) if SunTrust Bank is borrowing overnight funds from a Federal Reserve Bank that day, the average rate per annum at which such overnight borrowings are made on that day.  Each determination of the Federal Funds Effective Rate by SunTrust Bank shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower except in the case of manifest error. 
“Fee Letter” That certain letter agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Borrower, ABF, the Lender and the Agent, as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time.
“Final Payout Date” The date on which all Aggregate Unpaids have been paid in full and the Facility Limit has been reduced to zero.
“Finance Charges” With respect to a Contract, any finance, interest, late payment charges or similar charges owing by an Obligor pursuant to such Contract.

 

-6-


 

“FreightValue” Freight Value, Inc., a subsidiary of the Parent.
“GAAP” Generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States of America as in effect from time to time. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Transaction Document, and either any Borrower Party, Agent or the Lender shall so request, the Agent, the Lender and each Borrower Party affected shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) each Borrower Party shall provide to the Agent and the Lender financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
“Government Receivable” A Receivable as to which the Obligor is any nation or government, any federal, state, local or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative authority or functions of or pertaining to government including any authority or other quasi-governmental entity established to perform any of such functions.
“Indebtedness” Of a Person means such Person’s (i) obligations for borrowed money, (ii) obligations representing the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of such Person’s business payable on terms customary in the trade, which shall include, but not be limited to all Pension Plan Obligations), (iii) obligations, whether or not assumed, secured by liens or payable out of the proceeds or production from property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such Person, (iv) obligations which are evidenced by notes, acceptances, or other instruments, (v) capitalized lease obligations, (vi) net liabilities under interest rate swap, exchange or cap agreements, and (vii) Contingent Obligations.
“Indemnified Amounts” As defined in Section 10.1.
“Indemnified Party” As defined in Section 10.1.
Independent Manager ” shall mean a manager of the Borrower who (i) shall not have been at the time of such Person’s appointment or at any time during the preceding five years, and shall not be as long as such Person is a manager of the Borrower, (A) a director, officer, employee, partner, shareholder, member, manager or Affiliate of any of the following Persons (collectively, the “ Independent Parties ”): Servicer, Originator, or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates (other than Borrower), (B) a supplier to any of the Independent Parties, (C) a Person controlling or under common control with any partner, shareholder, member, manager, Affiliate or supplier of any of the Independent Parties, or (D) a member of the immediate family of any director, officer, employee, partner, shareholder, member, manager, Affiliate or supplier of any of the Independent Parties; (ii) has prior experience as an independent director for a corporation or limited liability company whose charter documents required the unanimous consent of all independent directors or managers thereof before such corporation or limited liability company could consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or could file a petition seeking relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy and (iii) has at least three years of employment experience with one or more entities that provide, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, advisory, management or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities.
“Interest” For each Interest Period relating to a Loan, an amount equal to the product of the applicable Interest Rate for such Loan multiplied by the principal amount of such Loan for each day elapsed during such Interest Period, annualized on (i) a 360 basis for Interest accruing at the LIBO Rate, or (ii) a 365 or 366 day basis, as applicable, for Interest accruing at the Alternate Base Rate.
“Interest Period” means with respect to any Loan:
(a) for any Loan accruing Interest at the Alternate Base Rate, (i) the period commencing on the date of the initial funding of such Loan and ending on, but excluding, the next following Settlement Date; and thereafter, (ii) each period commencing on, and including, a Settlement Date and ending on, but excluding, the next following Settlement Date;
(b) for any LIBO Loan, the period commencing on the date on which such LIBO Loan is funded under the Agreement or the date on which any Loan bearing interest at the Alternate Base Rate commences bearing interest at the LIBO Rate and ending on the last day of the period selected by a Borrower pursuant to the provisions below and Section 1.2 or 4.3 of the Agreement and, thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the last day of the period selected by such Borrower pursuant to the provisions below and Section 1.2 or 4.3 of the Agreement . The duration of each such Interest Period shall be 28 days, one month, or such other period which does not exceed 35 days as may be mutually agreeable to the Agent and the Borrower, in each case as the Borrower may, upon notice received by the Agent not later than 12:00 noon (Atlanta, Georgia time) on the third Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period (except as otherwise provided in Section 1.2 and 4.3 of the Agreement (as applicable ), select; provided , however , that:

 

-7-


 

(i) whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day, provided that if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the next preceding Business Day;
(ii) any Interest Period which begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month in which it would have ended if there were a numerically corresponding day in such calendar month; and
(iii) no Interest Period with respect to any LIBO Loan shall extend beyond the scheduled Facility Termination Date.
“Interest Rate” With respect to each Loan, the LIBO Rate, the Alternate Base Rate or the Default Rate, as applicable.
“Interest Reserve” For any Calculation Period, the product (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the Stress Factor, (ii) the Prime Rate as of the immediately preceding Cut-Off Date, (iii) the highest Days Sales Outstanding Ratio for the most recent 12 Calculation Periods, and (iv) 1/360.
“Lender” As defined in the preamble to this Agreement.
LIBO Loan ” Any Loan bearing interest at a LIBO Rate.
“LIBO Rate” For any Interest Period with respect to a LIBO Loan, the rate per annum determined on the basis of (i) the offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars of amounts equal or comparable to the principal amount of such Loan offered for a term comparable to such Interest Period, which rates appear on Telerate page 3750 (or any successor page) effective as of 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period (the “Rate Setting Day” ) or if such rate is unavailable, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of one percent) based on the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for one month are displayed on page LIBOR of the Reuters Screen as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Rate Setting Day (it being understood that if at least two (2) such rates appear on such page, the rate will be the arithmetic mean of such displayed rates), provided that if no such offered rates appear on such pages, the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period will be the arithmetic average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) of rates quoted by not less than two major banks in New York, New York, selected by the Agent, at approximately 10:00 a.m.(Atlanta time), two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, for deposits in U.S. dollars offered by leading European banks for a period comparable to such Interest Period in an amount comparable to the principal amount of the Loan, divided by (ii) one minus the maximum aggregate reserve requirement (including all basic, supplemental, marginal or other reserves) which is imposed against the Agent in respect of Eurocurrency liabilities, as defined in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect from time to time (expressed as a decimal), applicable to such Interest Period plus (iii) the Applicable Margin.
“Loan” means any amount disbursed as principal by Lender to Borrower under this Agreement.
“Lock-Box” Each locked postal box with respect to which a Collection Bank or a Segregated Account Bank has been granted exclusive access for the purpose of retrieving and processing payments made on the Receivables and which is listed on Exhibit IV (as the same may be updated from time to time in accordance with Section 7.1(m) hereof).
“Loss Horizon Ratio” As of any Cut-Off Date, the ratio (expressed as a decimal) computed by dividing (a) the aggregate Credit Sales for the four (4) most recent Calculation Periods (including the Calculation Period ending on such Cut-Off Date), by (b) the Net Pool Balance as of such Cut-Off Date.
“Loss Reserve” For any Calculation Period, the product (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the Stress Factor, times (ii) the highest three-month rolling average Default Ratio during the 12 Calculation Periods ending on the immediately preceding Cut-Off Date, times (iii) the Loss Horizon Ratio as of the immediately preceding Cut-Off Date.
“Master Collection Account” means the Collection Account designated as such on Exhibit IV hereto.

 

-8-


 

“Master Contract” A Contract between an Obligor and the Originator or FreightValue that contains the terms upon which the carriage of freight performed by the Originator for such Obligor or each instance of provision of equipment provided by FreightValue to an Obligor over the term of the Master Contract will be governed.
“Material Adverse Effect” A material adverse effect on (i) the financial condition or operations of the Parent or ABF and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of any Borrower Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement, (iii) the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (iv) the Agent’s security interest, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in the Purchased Receivables generally or in any significant portion of the Purchased Receivables, the Related Security or the Collections with respect thereto, or (v) the collectibility of the Purchased Receivables generally or of any material portion of the Purchased Receivables.
“Material Indebtedness” As defined in Section 9.1(f).
“Monthly Report” A report, in substantially the form of Exhibit VII hereto (appropriately completed), furnished by the Servicer to the Agent pursuant to Section 8.5.
“Monthly Reporting Date” With respect to any calendar month, the second Business Day occurring before the Settlement Date for such calendar month, or such other days of any month as Agent may request in connection with Section 8.5 hereof.
“Moody’s” Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
“Net Pool Balance” At any time, the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables and all amounts on deposit in the Collection Accounts and the Agent’s Account at such time reduced by the Excess Concentration Amount.
“Obligor” A Person obligated to make payments pursuant to a Contract.
“Originator” ABF Freight System, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
“Other Costs” As defined in Section 10.3.
“Other Customers” As defined in Section 10.4.
“Outstanding Balance” Of any Receivable at any time means the then outstanding principal balance thereof.
“Parent” means Arkansas Best Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
“PBGC” The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.
“Pension Plan” A pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA which the Originator sponsors or maintains, or to which it makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions, or in the case of a multiple employer plan (as described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA) has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.
“Pension Plan Obligation” An obligation to contribute to a Pension Plan, as required by a collective bargaining agreement.
“Person” An individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.
“Plan” An employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) which the Originator or any of its ERISA Affiliates sponsors or maintains or to which the Originator or any of its ERISA Affiliates makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions and includes any Pension Plan, other than a Plan maintained outside the United States primarily for the benefit of Persons who are not U.S. residents.
“Pledged Assets” All of the Borrower’s right, title and interest, whether now owned and existing or hereafter arising in and to all of the Purchased Receivables, the Related Security, the Collections and all proceeds of the foregoing.
“Prepayment Notice” As defined in Section 1.3.
“Prime Rate” A rate per annum equal to the prime rate of interest announced from time to time by SunTrust Bank (which is not necessarily the lowest rate charged to any customer), changing when and as said prime rate changes.

 

-9-


 

“Proposed Prepayment Date” As defined in Section 1.3(a).
“Purchased Receivable” All Receivables purchased by the Borrower from the Originator pursuant to the Receivables Sale Agreement and not otherwise repurchased by the Originator in accordance with the terms thereof.
“Rated Obligor” An Obligor who has a senior unsecured long-term debt rating by either of S&P or Moody’s.
“Receivable” All indebtedness and other obligations owed to the Borrower or the Originator or FreightValue (at the time it arises, and before giving effect to any transfer or conveyance under the Receivables Sale Agreement or, in the case of FreightValue, any transfer or conveyance to the Originator) or in which the Borrower or the Originator or FreightValue has a security interest or other interest, including, without limitation, any indebtedness, obligation or interest constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with any carriage of freight or other services in relation to such carriage of freight (including, without limitation, refrigeration, loading, unloading, diversion, switching and weighting charges, demurrage, and detention) by the Originator or the rental or other provision of the use of trucks, tractors and trailers or other transportation equipment to third parties on a contract basis by FreightValue (including, without limitation, any rents, fees, commissions, and refrigeration, loading, unloading, diversion, switching and weighting charges, demurrage, and detention) and further includes, without limitation and in either case, the obligation to pay any Finance Charges with respect thereto.
“Receivables Sale Agreement” That certain Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2009, among the Originator and the Borrower, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
“Records” With respect to any Receivable, all Contracts and other documents, books, records and other information (including, without limitation, tapes, disks, punch cards, and related property and rights (but not any right, title or interest to any information on any such tapes, disks, or punch cards not relating to a Receivable or any related property or rights thereto and not any right, title or interest in any computer program or data processing software or any license for the use thereof) relating to such Receivable, any Related Security therefor and the related Obligor
“Recourse Obligations” As defined in Section 2.1.
“Regulatory Change” As defined in Section 10.2.
“Related Security” All of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under and with respect to any Receivable:
(i) all security interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time, if any, purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all financing statements and security agreements describing any collateral securing such Receivable,
(ii) all guaranties, letters of credit (to the extent they may be pledged), insurance and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise,
(iii) all service contracts and other contracts and agreements associated with such Receivable other than Master Contracts,
(iv) all Records other than Master Contracts related to such Receivable,
(v) all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables Sale Agreement,
(vi) any other items constituting Supporting Obligations (as defined in Article 9 of the UCC in effect in each relevant jurisdiction) to the extent not included in clauses (i)-(v) above,
(vii) all proceeds of any of the foregoing.
“Reporting Frequency Modifier” At any time, if the Servicer has not provided a Weekly Report for the previous calendar week within the time frame required by Section 8.5 hereof, 5%.

 

-10-


 

“Required Notice Period” The number of days required notice set forth below applicable to the Aggregate Prepayment indicated below:
     
Aggregate Prepayment
  Required Notice Period
 
   
Loans accruing Interest at the LIBO Rate
  3 Business Days
 
   
Loans accruing Interest at the Alternate Base Rate
  1 Business Day
“Required Reserve” On any day during a Calculation Period, the product of (A) (i) the greater of (a) the Required Reserve Factor Floor and (b) the sum of the Loss Reserve, the Interest Reserve, the Dilution Reserve and the Servicing Reserve, plus (ii) the Reporting Frequency Modifier (if any), and (B) the Net Pool Balance as of the Cut-Off Date immediately preceding such Calculation Period.
“Required Reserve Factor Floor” For any Calculation Period, the sum (expressed as a percentage) of (i) 15% plus (ii) the product of the Expected Dilution Ratio and the Dilution Horizon Ratio, in each case, as of the immediately preceding Cut-Off Date.
“Restricted Junior Payment” (i) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend payable solely in shares of that class of stock or in any junior class of stock of the Borrower, (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, (iii) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, fees or other charges on or with respect to, and any redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment and any claim for rescission with respect to the Subordinated Loans (as defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement), (iv) any payment made to redeem, purchase, repurchase or retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of capital stock of the Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, and (v) any payment of management fees by the Borrower (except for the Servicing Fee and reasonable management fees to the Originator or its Affiliates in reimbursement of actual management services performed).
“Review” As defined in Section 7.1(d)(ii).
“S&P” Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America and any successor commission or agency thereof.
“Secured Parties” The Indemnified Parties.
“Segregated Account” means an account in the name of the Originator, Freight Value, the Borrower or the Servicer in which no monies other than amounts constituting Collections are deposited at any time and which is listed on Exhibit IV (as the same may be updated from time to time in accordance with Section 7.1(m) hereof).
“Segregated Account Bank” means at any time, any of the banks holding one or more Segregated Accounts.
“Servicer” At any time the Person (which may be the Agent) then authorized pursuant to Article VIII to service, administer and collect Purchased Receivables.
“Servicer Termination Event” A s defined in Section 9.2.
“Servicing Fee” For each day in a Calculation Period:
(i) an amount equal to (A) the Servicing Fee Rate (or, at any time while ABF or one of its Affiliates is the Servicer, such lesser percentage as may be agreed between the Borrower and the Servicer on an arms’ length basis based on then prevailing market terms for similar services), times (B) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Purchased Receivables at the close of business on the Cut-Off Date immediately preceding such Calculation Period, times (C) 1/360; or
(ii) on and after the Servicer’s reasonable request made at any time when ABF or one of its Affiliates is no longer acting as Servicer hereunder, an alternative amount specified by the successor Servicer not exceeding (A) 110% of such Servicer’s reasonable costs and expenses of performing its obligations under this Agreement during the preceding Calculation Period, divided by (B) the number of days in the current Calculation Period.
“Servicing Fee Rate” 2.40% per annum.

 

-11-


 

“Servicing Reserve” For any Calculation Period, the product (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the highest Days Sales Outstanding Ratio during the most recent 12 Calculation Periods, (b) the Stress Factor, (c) the Servicing Fee Rate, and (d) 1/360.
“Settlement Date”  The 12th day of each month or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately thereafter.
“Special Calculation Period” means any Calculation Period that commences 60-180 days after the occurrence of a Yellow Roadway Event.
“Special Obligor” As identified in the Fee Letter.
“Stress Factor” 2.50.
“Subordinated Note” As defined in the Receivables Sale Agreement.
“Subsidiary” Of a Person means (i) any corporation more than 50% of the outstanding securities having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) any partnership, association, limited liability company, joint venture or similar business organization more than 50% of the ownership interests having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be so owned or controlled.
“Tax Code” The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended from time to time.
“Transaction Documents” Collectively, this Agreement, each Borrowing Request, the Receivables Sale Agreement, each Collection Account Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Subordinated Note and all other instruments, documents and agreements executed and delivered in connection herewith.
“UCC” The Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the specified jurisdiction.
“Unfunded Vested Liabilities” means, for any Plan at any time, the amount (if any) by which the present value of all vested nonforfeitable accrued benefits under such Plan exceeds the fair market value of all Plan assets allocable to such benefits, all determined as of the then most recent valuation date for such Plan, but only to the extent that such excess represents a potential liability of a member of the Controlled Group to the PBGC or the Plan under Title IV of ERISA
“Unmatured Amortization Event” An event which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Amortization Event.
“Unmatured Servicer Termination Event” An event which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a Servicer Termination Event.
“Voluntary Termination” The occurrence of an Amortization Event resulting from the occurrence of the “Termination Date” pursuant to subclause (iv) of the definition of “Termination Date” in the Receivables Sale Agreement.
“Weekly Report” A certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit VIII hereto (appropriately completed), furnished by the Servicer to the Agent pursuant to Section 8.5(b).
“Weekly Reporting Date” The second Business Day of each calendar week.
“Yellow Roadway Event” The occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to YRC Worldwide Inc. or any of its Subsidiaries within one year of the date of this Agreement.
All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. Unless otherwise specified, all terms used in Article 9 of the UCC in the State of New York, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9.

 

-12-


 

Exhibit II
Form of Borrowing Request
ABF Freight Funding LLC
Borrowing Request
dated ______________, 20__
for Loan on ________________, 20__
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as Agent
Mailcode GA-3950
303 Peachtree Street NE, 24th Floor
Atlanta, Georgia 30308
Attention: Kecia Howson,
Fax No. (404) 813-5000
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Receivables Loan Agreement dated as of December 30, 2009 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Receivables Loan Agreement ”) among ABF Freight Funding LLC (the “ Borrower ”), ABF Freight System, Inc., as initial Servicer, SunTrust Bank (the “Lender” ), and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as Agent. Capitalized terms defined in the Receivables Loan Agreement are used herein with the same meanings.
1. The Borrower hereby certifies, represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lender that on and as of the Borrowing Date (as hereinafter defined):
(a) all applicable conditions precedent set forth in Article VI of the Receivables Loan Agreement have been satisfied;
(b) each of its representations and warranties contained in Section 5.1 of the Receivables Loan Agreement will be true and correct, in all material respects, as if made on and as of the Borrowing Date;
(c) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the requested Loan, that constitutes an Amortization Event, Servicer Termination Event, Unmatured Servicer Termination Event or Unmatured Amortization Event; and
(d) the Facility Termination Date has not occurred.
2. The Borrower hereby requests that the Lender make a Loan on  _____, 20_____ (the “Borrowing Date” ) as follows:
(a) Amount of Loan: $_____
(b) The Borrower requests that the Loan (which will initially accrue Interest at the LIBO Rate) begin to accrued Interest at the  _____ Rate on  _____).
(c) If the Loan is a LIBO Loan, the Interest Period shall be (check period elected):
 _____  28 days
 _____  one month
 _____  [_____] days (not to exceed 35 days)
3. Please disburse the proceeds of the Loan as follows:
[Apply $_____  to payment of Aggregate Unpaids due on the Borrowing Date]. [Wire transfer $_____  to account no.  _____  at  _____  Bank, in [city, state], ABA No.  _____, Reference:  _____].
In Witness Whereof , the Borrower has caused this Borrowing Request to be executed and delivered as of this  _____ day of  _____,  _____.

 

 


 

             
    ABF Freight Funding LLC, as Borrower    
 
           
    By: ABF Freight System, Inc., its sole member    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     Name:      
 
     Title:      

 

-2-


 

Exhibit III
Jurisdiction of Organization of the Borrower Parties;
Places of Business of The Borrower Parties; Locations of Records;
Federal Employer Identification Number(s)
ABF Freight System, Inc.
Jurisdiction of Organization: Delaware
Principal places of business:
3801 Old Greenwood Road Fort Smith,
Arkansas 72903
Location(s) of Records:
3801 Old Greenwood Road Fort
Smith, Arkansas 72903
Federal employer identification number: 71-0249444
Legal, Trade & Assumed Names: ABF Freight System, Inc.
ABF Freight Funding LLC
Jurisdiction of Organization:      Delaware
Organization Number (if any): 4764479
Principal Place(s) of Business:     Ft. Smith, Arkansas
Location(s) of Records:     3801 Old Greenwood Road Fort Smith, Arkansas 72903
Federal Employer Identification Number: 27-1518269
Legal, Trade and Assumed Names: ABF Freight Funding LLC

 

 


 

Exhibit IV
Names of Collection Banks and Segregated Account Banks; Lock-Boxes, Segregated Accounts and
Collection Accounts
     
Master Collection Account
   
[***]
   
Account Number: [***]
   
 
   
Collection Accounts [***]
   
Account Number:
  [***]
 
   
[***]
   
Account Number:
  [***]
 
   
[***]
   
Account Number:
  [***]
Segregated Accounts
[To Be Attached]

 

 


 

Exhibit V
Form of Compliance Certificate
To: SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as Agent
This Compliance Certificate is furnished pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(iii) of that certain Receivables Loan Agreement dated as of December 30, 2009 among ABF Freight Funding LLC (the “ Borrower ”), ABF Freight System, Inc. (the “ Servicer ”), SunTrust Bank and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as Agent (the “ Agreement ”).
The undersigned hereby certifies that :
1. I am the duly elected  _____  of Arkansas Best Corporation.
2. I have reviewed the terms of the Agreement and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and financial conditions of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements.
3. I have calculated the Consolidated Net Worth (as such term is defined under the Agreement) of the Parent and the Borrower as further set forth on Schedule I hereto.
4. The examinations described in paragraphs 2 and 3 did not disclose, and I have no knowledge of, the existence of any condition or event which constitutes an Amortization Event, Servicer Termination Event, Unmatured Servicer Termination Event or Unmatured Amortization Event, as each such term is defined under the Agreement, during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements or as of the date of this Certificate [, except as set forth in paragraph 5 below] .
[5. Described below are the exceptions, if any, to paragraph 4 by listing, in detail, the nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and the action which the Borrower has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect to each such condition or event:  _____]
The foregoing certifications, and the financial statements delivered with this Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered as of  _____, 20_____.
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

 

 


 

         
Schedule I to Compliance Certificate
Calculations of Consolidated Net Worth
[Attach Calculations of Consolidated Net Worth]

 

 


 

Exhibit VI
[Reserved]

 

 


 

Exhibit VII
Form of Monthly Report

 

 


 

__________________ 2010

MONTHLY REPORT
                 
Seller:
  ABF Freight Funding LLC       Purchaser:   SunTrust Bank
Sevicer:
  ABF Freight System, Inc.       Administrator:   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.
Pursuant to Section 8.5 (a) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2009, as amended from time to time, among: ABF Freight Systems, Inc., ABF Freight Fudning, LLC, SunTrust Bank, and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., the Servicer is required to prepare certain information each Calculation Period regarding the Receivables. The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of the Servicer, does hereby certify that the information provided is true and as of the date hereof, to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the Servicer has performed in all material respects all of its obligations under the Receivables Loan Agreement.
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ACTIVITY
         
    (in $)  
Beginning Outstanding Balance of all Receivables:
       
+ Net Credit Sales:
       
- Collections:
       
- Dilution:
       
- Write-offs:
       
- Recon Items:
       
+ Manual Adjustments:
       
Ending Outstanding Balance of all Receivables:
       
Active Accounts:
       
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AGING
                         
            Total  
            (in $)     (% of Total)  
1-30 days past billing
                       
31-60 days past billing
                       
61-90 days past billing
                       
91-120 days past billing
                       
121-150 days past billing
                       
151-180 days past billing
                       
181+ days past billing
                       
Total
                       
 
  Diff:                
EXCESS CONCENTRATIONS
     
Rating   Limit
Rated
  2.5%
Non Rated   2.0%
                                                 
                    Concentration Limit             Excess  
Special Obligor   Rating     Rating     %     Dollar     Balance     Concentration  
[***]
                    6.0 %                        
 
                                               
Top Obligors
                                               
 
                                               
Other Obligor concentrations
                                               
Canadian Obligors
                    5.0 %                        
Gvt. Receivables
                    2.0 %                        
Pmt Terms 31-60 days
                    40.0 %                        
                            Total Excess Concentrations        
         
ABF Freight System, Inc.    
 
       
     
Name:
  ____________________    
Title:
  ____________________    
Date:
  ____________________    
RESERVE CALCULATION
         
Default Ratio
       
LTM Max. 3-Mo. Avg. Default Ratio
       
Loss Horizon Ratio
       
Loss Reserve
       
 
       
Dilution Ratio
       
LTM Avg. Dilution Ratio
       
LTM Max. 3-Mo. Avg. Dilution Ratio
       
Dilution Horizon Ratio
       
Dilution Reserve
       
 
       
Days Sales Outstanding Ratio
       
LTM Max Days Sales Outstanding Ratio
       
Prime Rate
       
Backup Servicing Rate
       
Yield Reserve
       
Servicing Reserve
       
Dynamic Calculation
       
Reserve Floor
    15.00 %
Reporting Frequency Modifier
       
Reserve Percentage
       
Required Reserve (RR)
       
NET POOL BALANCE
         
    (in $)  
Outstanding Receivables Balance
       
– Receivables >90 days past billing
       
– Bankrupt < 90 days past billing
       
– Unpermitted Foreign (Mexican)
       
– Disputes
       
– Unapplied Cash
       
– Unearned A/R
       
– Contra A/R
       
– Terms >60 days
       
– Other Ineligibles
       
Eligible Receivables
       
– Excess Obligor Concentrations
       
– Excess Canadian Concentrations
       
– Excess Government Concentrations
       
– Excess Payment Term Concentrations
       
Net Pool Balance (NPB)
       
INVESTED AMOUNT INFORMATION
         
    (in $)  
Aggregate Loan Amount (ALA) as of: ____________________
       
Facility Limit:
    75,000,000  
Borrowing Base:
       
Addtl Amt Avail. / (Required Paydown) as of: ____________________
       
Borrowing Base in Compliance as of: ____________________
       
 
       
Increases after ____________________
       
(Paydowns) after ____________________
       
Requested Increases on ____________________
       
ALA following Increase / Paydown as of: ____________________
       
Addtl Amt Avail. / (Required Paydown) as of: ____________________
       
Borrowing Base in Compliance as of: ____________________
       
AMORTIZATION EVENTS
                 
    Actual     In Compliance  
NPB - (ALA + RR) < 0
               
3M Avg. Default Rate > 1.00%
               
3M Avg. Delinquency Rate > 2.00%
               
3M Avg. Dilution Rate > 4.5%
               
Account Receivable Turnover < 10.0:1
               
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth Covenent
               

 

 


 

Exhibit VIII
Form of Weekly Report

 

 


 

______2010

WEEKLY REPORT
                 
Seller:
  ABF Freight Funding LLC       Purchaser:   SunTrust Bank
Sevicer:
  ABF Freight System, Inc.       Administrator:   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.
Pursuant to Section 8.5 (b) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2009, as amended from time to time, among: ABF Freight Systems, Inc., ABF Freight Fudning, LLC, SunTrust Bank, and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., the Servicer is required to prepare certain information each Calculation Period regarding the Receivables. The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of the Servicer, does hereby certify that the information provided is true and as of the date hereof, to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the Servicer has performed in all material respects all of its obligations under the Receivables Loan Agreement.
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AGING
                         
            Total  
            (in $)     (% of Total)  
1-30 days past billing
                       
31-60 days past billing
                       
61-90 days past billing
                       
91-120 days past billing
                       
121-150 days past billing
                       
151-180 days past billing
                       
181+ days past billing
                       
Total
                       
 
  Diff:                
EXCESS CONCENTRATIONS
     
Rating   Limit
Rated
  2.5%
Non Rated   2.0%
                                                 
                    Concentration Limit             Excess  
Special Obligor   Rating     Rating     %     Dollar     Balance     Concentration  
[***]
                    6.0 %                        
 
                                               
Top Obligors
                                               
 
                                               
Other Obligor concentrations
                                               
Canadian Obligors
                    5.0 %                        
Gvt. Receivables
                    2.0 %                        
Pmt Terms 31-60 days
                    40.0 %                        
                            Total Excess Concentrations        
         
ABF Freight System, Inc.    
 
       
     
Name:
  _______    
Title:
  _______    
Date:
  _______    
RESERVE CALCULATION
         
Dynamic Calculation
       
Reserve Floor
    15.00 %
Reporting Frequency Modifier
       
Reserve Percentage
       
Required Reserve (RR)
       
NET POOL BALANCE
         
    (in $)  
Outstanding Receivables Balance
       
– Receivables >90 days past billing
       
– Other Ineligible Receivables (prior month end)
       
Eligible Receivables
       
– Excess Obligor Concentrations
       
– Excess Canadian Concentrations (prior month end)
       
– Excess Government Concentrations (prior month end)
       
– Excess Payment Term Concentrations (prior month end)
       
Net Pool Balance (NPB)
       
INVESTED AMOUNT INFORMATION
         
    (in $)  
Aggregate Loan Amount (ALA) as of: ______
       
Facility Limit:
    75,000,000  
Borrowing Base:
       
Addtl Amt Avail. / (Required Paydown) as of: ______
       
Borrowing Base in Compliance as of: ______
       
 
       
Increases after ______
       
(Paydowns) after ______
       
Requested Increases on ______
       
ALA following Increase / Paydown as of: ______
       
Addtl Amt Avail. / (Required Paydown) as of: ______
       
Borrowing Base in Compliance as of: ______
       

 

 


 

Exhibit IX
Form of Prepayment Notice
ABF Freight Funding LLC
Prepayment Notice
dated ______________, 20__
for a prepayment on ________________, 20__
     
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as Agent
   
 
   
 
 
 
    
Attention:                                           ,
Fax No. ( )  _____ 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Receivables Loan Agreement dated as of December 30, 2009 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Receivables Loan Agreement ”) among ABF Freight Funding LLC (the “ Borrower ”), ABF Freight System, Inc., as initial Servicer, SunTrust Bank, and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as Agent. Capitalized terms defined in the Receivables Loan Agreement are used herein with the same meanings.
1. The Borrower hereby requests that the Lender reduce the Aggregate Loan Amount in an amount equal to $_____  the ( “Aggregate Prepayment” ) on [  _____, 20_____  Insert Date of prepayment which complies with Required Notice Period] (the “Proposed Prepayment Date” ).
2. All payments to SunTrust Bank must be made by 12:00 pm Eastern Time.
In Witness Whereof , the Borrower has caused this Prepayment Notice to be executed and delivered as of this  _____  day of  _____,  _____.
                 
    ABF Freight Funding LLC, as the Borrower
 
               
    By: ABF Freight System, Inc., its sole member
 
               
 
  By:            
             
 
      Name:        
 
      Title:  
 
   
 
         
 
   

 

 


 

Exhibit X
Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Dated ____________, 20__
Reference is made to the Receivables Loan Agreement dated as of December 30, 2009 (as amended heretofore, the “Agreement” ) among ABF Freight Funding LLC (the “Borrower” ), ABF Freight System, Inc., as initial Servicer, SunTrust Bank (the “Lender” ) and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as Agent (the “Agent” ). Terms defined in the Agreement are used herein with the same meaning.
SunTrust Bank (the “Assignor” ) and  _____  (the “Assignee” ) agree as follows:
1. The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, the amount and specified percentage interest shown on Schedule 1 hereto of the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Agreement as of the date hereof, including, without limitation, the Assignor’s Commitment as in effect as of the date hereof, and the Loans, if any, owing to the Assignor on the date hereof.
2. The Assignor (i) represents and warrants that it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; (ii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; and (iii) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower or the performance or observance by the Borrower of any of its obligations under the Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto.
3. The Assignee (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Agreement, together with copies of the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1(a) thereof and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Agreement; (iii) confirms that it has satisfied all the requirements applicable to an assignee provided in the Agreement; (iv) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (v) agrees that it will perform, in accordance with their terms, all of the obligations which by the terms of the Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender; (vi) specifies as its lending office the office (and address for notice) set forth beneath its name on the signature pages hereof; and (vii) attaches the forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service of the United States certifying as to the Assignee’s status for purposes of determining exemption from United States withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to the Assignee under the Agreement and the Notes or such other documents as are necessary to indicate that all such payments are subject to such taxes at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty.
4. Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance by the Assignor and the Assignee, it will be delivered to the Agent for acceptance and recording by the Agent. The effective date of this Assignment and Acceptance shall be the date of acceptance thereof by the Agent, unless otherwise specified on Schedule 1 hereto (the “Effective Date” ).
5. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Agent, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Assignee shall be a party to the Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Agreement.
6. Upon such acceptance and recording by the Agent, from and after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments under the Agreement in respect of the interest assigned hereby (including, without limitation, all payments of principal, interest and fees with respect thereto) to the Assignee. The Assignor and Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments under the Agreement for periods prior to the Effective Date directly between themselves.
7. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

 


 

In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto have caused this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written, such execution being made on Schedule 1 hereto.
             
    SunTrust Bank, as Assignor    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     Title:      
 
        ,  
 
     
 
as Assignee
 
 
           
 
  By:         
 
     Title:      
 
           
    [Lending Office:]    
    [Address]    
Accepted this  _____  day of
 _____,  _____ by:
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., as Agent
         
By:  
       
 
 Title:      

 

-2-


 

Schedule 1
to
Assignment and Acceptance
Dated __________, ____
         
AggregateCommitment/Loans   Amount of Commitment / Loans   Percentage Assigned of
for all Lenders   Assigned   Commitment/Loans
 
       
$                     
  $                                             %

 

 


 

Schedule A
Documents to Be Delivered to the Agent
on or Prior to the Initial Loan
1. Executed copies of the Receivables Sale Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto.
2. Subordinated Note in favor of the Originator.
3. Executed copies of the Receivables Loan Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto complete with all Exhibits and Schedules thereto.
4. A certificate of the Secretary of the Originator, the Servicer and the Borrower certifying:
(a) a copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of such Person certified by its Secretary authorizing such Person’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered by it hereunder;
(b) the names and signatures of the officers authorized on its behalf to execute this Agreement and any other documents to be delivered by it hereunder;
(c) a copy of such Person’s By-Laws or Operating Agreement, as applicable;
(d) such Person’s articles or certificate of incorporation or formation, as applicable, certified by the secretary of state of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation on or within thirty (30) days prior to the initial Loan; and
(e) a good standing certificate for such Person issued by the secretary of state of its state of incorporation/formation.
5. Pre-filing state and federal tax lien, judgment lien and UCC lien searches against the Originator and the Borrower from its jurisdiction of organization and from the jurisdiction where its chief executive office is located.
6. UCC financing statements in form suitable for filing under the UCC naming each of the Originator and the Borrower, as a debtor, and Agent, as secured party or total assignee.
7. UCC termination statements, if any, necessary to release all security interests and other rights of any Person in the Receivables, Contracts or Related Security previously granted by the Borrower or the Originator, together with authorization to file the same.
8. Executed copies of the Collection Account Agreement for the Master Collection Account.
9. Opinions of legal counsel for the Borrower Parties reasonably acceptable to the Agent:
(a) Enforceability, Non-Contravention and Corporate Matters
(b) True Sale/Non-consolidation
(c) UCC Opinion
(d) In House Counsel Opinion
10. Certificates of the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Originator as to the absence of an Amortization Event or an Unmatured Amortization Event under the Receivables Sale Agreement, a certificates of the chief financial officer or treasurer of Borrower as to the absence of an Amortization Event, a Servicer Termination Event, an Unmatured Servicer Termination Event or an Unmatured Amortization Event under the Receivables Loan Agreement
11. The Fee Letter, duly executed by each of the parties thereto.
12. Borrowing Request, duly executed by Borrower.

 

 

Exhibit 10.25
BB&T EQUIPMENT FINANCE CORPORATION
MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Lease ”) is made as of December 30, 2009, between BB&T EQUIPMENT FINANCE CORPORATION, its successors and assigns (“ Lessor ”), and ABF FREIGHT SYSTEM, INC., its successors and permitted assigns (“ Lessee ”).
Lessee desires to lease from Lessor the equipment and other property (the “ Equipment ”) described in each Equipment Schedule executed pursuant to this Lease (each, a “ Schedule ”) incorporating by reference the terms and conditions of this Lease (the term “ Lease ” shall also include any Riders to this Lease entered into with respect to such Schedule). Certain definitions and construction of certain of the terms used in this Lease are provided in Section 19 hereof.
For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Lease agree as follows:
1.  AGREEMENT TO LEASE; TERM . This Lease is effective as of the date specified above. By entering into a Schedule, Lessor leases the Equipment described therein to Lessee, and Lessee leases such Equipment from Lessor, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions in this Lease and such Schedule and all of the other documents and agreements executed in connection herewith (collectively, the “ Lease Documents ”). Each Schedule, incorporating the terms and conditions of this Lease, will constitute a separate instrument of lease. The term of lease with respect to each item of Equipment leased under a Schedule shall commence on the date of execution of such Schedule and continue for the term provided in that Schedule.
2.  RENT . Lessee shall pay Lessor (a) the rental installments (“ Basic Rent ”) as and when specified in each Schedule, without demand, and (b) all of the other amounts payable in accordance with this Lease, such Schedule and/or any of the other Lease Documents (“ Other Payments ”, and together with the Basic Rent, collectively, the “ Rent ”). Upon Lessee’s execution thereof, the related Schedule shall constitute a non-cancelable net lease, and Lessee’s obligation to pay Rent, and otherwise to perform its obligations under or with respect to such Schedule and all of the other Lease Documents, are and shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances whatsoever, including any right of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, deduction, defense or other right which Lessee may have against Lessor, the manufacturer or vendor of the Equipment (the “ Suppliers ”), or anyone else, for any reason whatsoever (each, an “ Abatement ”). Lessee agrees that all Rent shall be paid in accordance with Lessor’s or Assignee’s written direction. Time is of the essence. If any Rent is not paid within five (5) days of the due date, Lessee shall pay a late charge equal to five (5) percent of the amount in arrears.
3.  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF LESSEE . Lessee represents, warrants and agrees that, as of the effective date of this Lease and of each Schedule: (a) Lessee has the form of business organization indicated, and is and will remain duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the state specified, under Lessee’s signature and is duly qualified to do business wherever necessary to perform its obligations under the Lease Documents, including each jurisdiction in which the Equipment is or will be located. Lessee’s legal name is as shown in the preamble of this Lease; and Lessee’s Federal Employer Identification Number and organizational number are as set forth under Lessee’s signature. Within the previous six (6) years, Lessee has not changed its name, done business under any other name, or merged or been the surviving entity of any merger, except as disclosed to Lessor in writing. (b) The Lease Documents (1) have been duly authorized by all necessary action consistent with Lessee’s form of organization, (2) do not require the approval of, or giving notice to, any governmental authority, (3) do not contravene or constitute a default under any applicable law, Lessee’s organizational documents, or any agreement, indenture, or other instrument to which Lessee is a party or by which it may be bound, and (4) constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Lessee enforceable against Lessee, in accordance with the terms thereof. (c) Other than Lessee’s obligations for Lessee’s contractual employees as provided by existing multiemployer plans, there are no pending actions or proceedings to which Lessee is a party, and there are no other pending or threatened actions or proceedings of which Lessee has knowledge, before any court, arbitrator or administrative agency, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect. As used herein, “ Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (i) a materially adverse effect on the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance or properties of Lessee, or on Lessor’s rights and remedies under this Lease, or (ii) a material impairment of the ability of Lessee to perform its obligations under or remain in compliance with such Schedule or any of the other Lease Documents. Further, Lessee is not in default under any financial or other material agreement that, either individually, or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect. (d) Under the applicable laws of each such jurisdiction, such Equipment consists (and shall continue to consist) solely of personal property and not fixtures. Such Equipment is removable from and is not essential to the premises at which it is located. (e) The financial statements of Lessee (copies of which have been furnished to Lessor) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (“ GAAP ”), and fairly present Lessee’s financial condition and the results of its operations as of the date of and for the period covered by such statements, and since the date of such statements there has been no material adverse change in such conditions or operations. (f) With respect to any Collateral, Lessee has good title to, rights in, and/or power to transfer all of the same. (g) The Supplier is not an affiliate of Lessee. (h) The Supply Contract (as such term is hereinafter defined) represents an arms’ length transaction and the purchase price for the Equipment specified therein is the amount obtainable in an arms’ length transaction between a willing and informed buyer and a willing and informed seller under no compulsion to sell.
LEASE AGREEMENT — TRUE LEASE

 

 


 

4.  FURTHER ASSURANCES AND OTHER COVENANTS . Lessee agrees as follows: (a) Lessee shall obtain and deliver to Lessor and/or promptly execute or otherwise authenticate any documents, filings, waivers (including any landlord and mortgagee waivers), releases and other records, and will take such further action as Lessor may reasonably request in furtherance of Lessor’s rights under any of the Lease Documents. Lessee irrevocably authorizes Lessor to file UCC financing statements (“ UCCs “), and other filings with respect to the Equipment or any Collateral. Without Lessor’s prior written consent, Lessee agrees not to file any corrective or termination statements or partial releases with respect to any UCCs filed by Lessor pursuant to this Lease. (b) Lessee shall provide written notice to Lessor: (1) thirty (30) days prior to any change in Lessee’s name or jurisdiction or form of organization; (2) promptly upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (as defined in Section 15) or event which, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default (a “ Default ”); and (3) promptly upon Lessee becoming aware of any alleged violation of applicable law relating to the Equipment or this Lease. (c) Lessee has been advised by Lessor that the USA Patriot Act establishes minimum standards of account information to be collected and maintained by Lessor, and that to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account; and specifically, this means that when Lessee executes this Lease, Lessor may ask for Lessee’s name and address, the date of birth of the officers executing this Lease, and other information that will allow Lessor to identify Lessee; and that Lessor may also ask to see the driver’s license or other identifying documents of the officers of Lessee executing this Lease. (d) Lessee is and will remain in full compliance with all applicable laws including, without limitation, (i) ensuring that no person who owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls Lessee is or shall be (A) listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Person List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), Department of the Treasury, and/or any other similar lists maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, Executive Order or regulation, or (B) a person designated under Sections 1(b), (c) or (d) of Executive Order No. 13224 (September 23, 2001), any related enabling legislation or any other similar Executive Orders, and (ii) compliance with all applicable Bank Secrecy Act (“ BSA ”) laws, regulations and government guidance on BSA compliance and on the prevention and detection of money laundering violations.
5.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT . Lessor’s agreement to purchase and lease any Equipment under a Schedule, is conditioned upon Lessor’s determination that all of the following have been satisfied: (a) Lessor having received the following, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lessor: (1) evidence as to due compliance with the insurance provisions of Section 11; (2) if requested, lien searches in the jurisdiction of Lessee’s organization, and wherever else Lessor deems appropriate; (3) UCCs, real property waivers and all other filings required by Lessor; (4) a certificate of an appropriate officer of Lessee certifying: (A) resolutions duly authorizing the transactions contemplated in the applicable Lease Documents, and (B) the incumbency and signature of the officers of Lessee authorized to execute such documents; (5) an opinion of counsel for Lessee as to each of the matters set forth in sub-parts (a) through (c) of Section 3; (6) the only manually executed original of the Schedule, and counterpart originals of all other Lease Documents; (7) all purchase documents pertaining to the Equipment (collectively, the “ Supply Contract ”); (8) if requested by Lessor, good standing certificates from the jurisdiction of Lessee’s organization and the location of the Equipment, and evidence of Lessee’s organizational number; (9) the Master Lease Guaranty (the “ Guaranty ”), in form and substance satisfactory to Lessor, duly executed by Arkansas Best Corporation (the “ Guarantor ”); (10) a certificate of Guarantor’s secretary certifying: (A) resolutions duly authorizing the undertaking to guarantee the payment and performance of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, and (B) the incumbency and signature of the officers of Guarantor authorized to execute the Guaranty; (11) an opinion of counsel for Guarantor as to each of the matters set forth in Subparts (a)(1) and (2), (b) and (c) of Section 4 of the Guaranty; and (12) such other documents, agreements, instruments, certificates, opinions, and assurances, as Lessor reasonably may require. (b) All representations and warranties provided by Lessee in favor of Lessor in any of the Lease Documents shall be true and correct on the effective date of the related Schedule (Lessee’s execution and delivery of the Schedule shall constitute Lessee’s acknowledgment of the same). (c) There shall be no Default or Event of Default under the Schedule or any other Lease Documents. The Equipment shall have been delivered to and accepted by Lessee, as evidenced by the Schedule, and shall be in the condition and repair required hereby; and on the effective date of such Schedule Lessor shall have received good title to the Equipment described therein, free and clear of any claims, liens, attachments, rights of others and legal processes (“ Liens ”).
LEASE AGREEMENT — TRUE LEASE

 

2


 

6.  ACCEPTANCE UNDER LEASE. Upon delivery, Lessee shall inspect and, if conforming to the condition required by the applicable Supply Contract, accept the Equipment and execute and deliver to Lessor a Schedule describing such Equipment. The Schedule will evidence Lessee’s unconditional and irrevocable acceptance under the Schedule of the Equipment described therein. However, if Lessee fails to accept delivery of any item of the Equipment, or accepts such Equipment but fails to satisfy any or all of the other conditions set forth in Section 5, Lessor shall have no obligation to purchase or lease such Equipment. In such event, Lessor’s rights shall include, among other things, the right to demand that Lessee (a) fully assume all obligations as purchaser of the Equipment, with the effect of causing Lessor to be released from any liability relating thereto, (b) immediately remit to Lessor an amount sufficient to reimburse it for all advance payments, costs, taxes or other charges paid or incurred with respect to the Equipment (including any of such amounts paid by Lessor to Supplier under the Supply Contract or as a reimbursement to Lessee), together with interest at the Default Rate accruing from the date or dates such amounts were paid by Lessor until indefeasibly repaid by Lessee in full, and (c) take all other actions necessary to accomplish such assumption.
7.  USE AND MAINTENANCE . (a) Lessee shall (1) use the Equipment solely in the continental United States (provided, however, that without limiting Lessee’s indemnification obligations pursuant to Section 14(b) hereof, Lessee may use the Equipment on an occasional basis in Mexico and/or Canada so long as such use does not cause the Equipment to be deemed to constitute tangible property “used predominantly outside the United States”, within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as now or hereafter amended (the “ Code ”)) and in the conduct of its business, for the purpose for which the Equipment was designed, in a careful and proper manner, and shall not permanently discontinue use of the Equipment; (2) operate, maintain, service and repair the Equipment, and maintain all records and other materials relating thereto, (A) in accordance and consistent with (i) the Supplier’s recommendations and all maintenance and operating manuals or service agreements, whenever furnished or entered into, including any subsequent amendments or replacements thereof, issued by the Supplier or service provider, (ii) the requirements of all applicable insurance policies, (iii) the Supply Contract, so as to preserve all of Lessee’s and Lessor’s rights thereunder, including all rights to any warranties, indemnities or other rights or remedies, (iv) all applicable laws, and (v) the prudent practice of other similar companies in the same business as Lessee, but in any event, to no lesser standard than that employed by Lessee for comparable equipment owned or leased by it; and (B) without limiting the foregoing, so as to cause the Equipment to be in good repair and operating condition and in at least the same condition as when delivered to Lessee hereunder, except for ordinary wear and tear resulting despite Lessee’s full compliance with the terms hereof; (3) provide written notice to Lessor not less than thirty (30) days after any change of the location of any Equipment (or the location of the principal garage of any Equipment, to the extent that such Equipment is mobile equipment) as specified in the Schedule; and (4) not attach or incorporate the Equipment to or in any other property in such a manner that the Equipment may be deemed to have become an accession to or a part of such other property. (b) Within a reasonable time, Lessee will replace any parts of the Equipment which become worn out, lost, destroyed, damaged beyond repair or otherwise unfit for use, by new or reconditioned replacement parts which are free and clear of all Liens and have a value, utility and remaining useful life at least equal to the parts replaced (assuming that they were in the condition required by this Lease). Any modification or addition to the Equipment that is required by this Lease shall be made by Lessee. Title to all such parts, modifications and additions to the Equipment immediately shall vest in Lessor, without any further action by Lessor or any other person, and they shall be deemed incorporated in the Equipment for all purposes of the related Schedule. Unless replaced in accordance with this Section, Lessee shall not remove any parts originally or from time to time attached to the Equipment, if such parts are essential to the operation of the Equipment, are required by any other provision of this Lease or cannot be detached from the Equipment without materially interfering with the operation of the Equipment or adversely affecting the value, utility and remaining useful life which the Equipment would have had without the addition of such parts. Except as permitted in this Section, Lessee shall not make any material alterations to the Equipment. (c) Upon forty-eight (48) hours’ notice, Lessee shall afford Lessor and/or its designated representatives access to the premises where the Equipment is located for the purpose of inspecting such Equipment and all applicable maintenance or other records relating thereto at any reasonable time during normal business hours; provided, however, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and then be continuing, no notice of any inspection by Lessor shall be required. If any discrepancies are found as they pertain to the general condition of the Equipment, Lessor will communicate these discrepancies to Lessee in writing. Lessee shall then have thirty (30) days to rectify these discrepancies at its sole expense. Lessee shall pay all expenses of a re-inspection by Lessor’s appointed representative, if corrective measures were required.
LEASE AGREEMENT — TRUE LEASE

 

3


 

8.  DISCLAIMER; QUIET ENJOYMENT. (a) THE EQUIPMENT IS LEASED HEREUNDER “AS IS, WHERE IS”. LESSOR SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE, AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ANY PART, OR ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, AS TO EACH ITEM OF EQUIPMENT, ITS DESIGN, CONDITION, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, ABSENCE OF ANY PATENT, TRADEMARK OR COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT OR LATENT DEFECT (WHETHER OR NOT DISCOVERABLE BY LESSEE), COMPLIANCE OF SUCH ITEM WITH ANY APPLICABLE LAW, CONFORMITY OF SUCH ITEM TO THE PROVISIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF ANY PURCHASE DOCUMENT OR TO THE DESCRIPTION SET FORTH IN THE RELATED SCHEDULE OR ANY OF THE OTHER LEASE DOCUMENTS, OR ANY INTERFERENCE OR INFRINGEMENT (EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN SECTION 8(b) ), OR ARISING FROM ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, NOR SHALL LESSOR BE LIABLE, FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR FOR STRICT OR ABSOLUTE LIABILITY IN TORT; AND LESSEE HEREBY WAIVES ANY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING. Without limiting the foregoing, Lessor will not be responsible to Lessee or any other person with respect to, and Lessee agrees to bear sole responsibility for, any risk or other matter that is the subject of Lessor’s disclaimer; and Lessor’s agreement to enter into this Lease and any Schedule is in reliance upon the freedom from and complete negation of liability or responsibility for the matters so waived or disclaimed herein or covered by the indemnity in this Lease. So long as no Event of Default has occurred, Lessee may exercise Lessor’s rights, if any, under any warranty with respect to the Equipment. Lessee’s exercise of such rights shall be at its sole risk, shall not result in any prejudice to Lessor, and may be exercised only during the term of the related Schedule. Lessee shall not attempt to enforce any such warranty by legal proceeding without Lessor’s prior written approval. (b) Lessor warrants that during the term of each Schedule, so long as no Event of Default has occurred, Lessee’s possession and use of the Equipment leased thereunder shall not be interfered with by Lessor or anyone rightfully claiming an interest through Lessor. The preceding warranty is in lieu of all other warranties by Lessor, whether written, oral or implied, with respect to this Lease or the Equipment. Any actual or purported breach of this warranty shall not give rise to any Abatement, but Lessee may bring a direct cause of action against Lessor for any actual damages directly resulting from any such breach.
9.  FEES AND TAXES . Lessee agrees to: (a) (1) if permitted by law, file in Lessee’s own name or on Lessor’s behalf, directly with all appropriate taxing authorities all declarations, returns, inventories and other documentation with respect to any personal property taxes (or any other taxes in the nature of or imposed in lieu of property taxes) due or to become due with respect to the Equipment, and if not so permitted by law, to promptly notify Lessor and provide it with all information required in order for Lessor to timely file all such declarations, returns, inventories, or other documentation, and (2) pay on or before the date when due all such taxes assessed, billed or otherwise payable with respect to the Equipment directly to the appropriate taxing authorities; (b) (1) pay when due as requested by Lessor, and (2) defend and indemnify Lessor on a net after-tax basis against liability for all license and/or registration fees, assessments, and sales, use, property, excise, privilege, value added and other taxes or other charges or fees now or hereafter imposed by any governmental body or agency upon the Equipment or with respect to the manufacture, shipment, purchase, ownership, delivery, installation, leasing, operation, possession, use, return, or other disposition thereof or the Rent hereunder (other than taxes on or measured solely by the net income of Lessor (except as and to the extent expressly addressed in Section 14(b) hereof)); and (c) indemnify Lessor against any penalties, charges, interest or costs imposed with respect to any items referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above (the items referred to in clauses (a), (b), and (c) above being referred to herein as “ Impositions ”). Any Impositions which are not paid when due and which are paid by Lessor shall, at Lessor’s option, become immediately due from Lessee to Lessor.
10.  TITLE; GRANTING CLAUSE. (a) Lessee and Lessor intend that: (1) each Schedule, incorporating by reference the terms of this Lease, constitutes a true “lease” and a “finance lease” as such terms are defined in Article 2A and not a sale or retention of a security interest; and (2) Lessor is and shall remain the owner of each item of Equipment (unless sold by Lessor pursuant to any Lease Document), and Lessee shall not acquire any right, title or interest in or to such Equipment except the right to use it in accordance with the terms of the related Schedule. (b) In order to secure the prompt payment of the Rent and all of the other amounts from time to time outstanding with respect hereto and to each Schedule, and the performance and observance by Lessee of all of the provisions hereof and thereof and of all of the other Lease Documents, Lessee hereby collaterally assigns, grants, and conveys to Lessor, a security interest in and lien on all of Lessee’s right, title and interest in and to all of the following (whether now existing or hereafter created, and including any other collateral described on any rider hereto; the “ Collateral ”): (1) (if contrary to the parties’ intentions a court determines that such Schedule is not a true “lease” under the UCC) the Equipment described in such Schedule or otherwise covered thereby (including all inventory, fixtures or other property comprising the Equipment), together with all related software (embedded therein or otherwise) and general intangibles, all additions, attachments, accessories and accessions thereto whether or not furnished by the Supplier; (2) all subleases, chattel paper, accounts, security deposits, and general intangibles relating thereto, and any and all substitutions, replacements or exchanges for any such item of Equipment or other collateral, in each such case in which Lessee shall from time to time acquire an interest; and (3) any and all insurance and/or other proceeds of the property and other collateral in and against which a security interest is granted hereunder. The collateral assignment, security interest and lien granted herein shall survive the termination, cancellation or expiration of each Schedule until such time as Lessee’s obligations thereunder and under the other Lease Documents are fully and indefeasibly discharged. (c) If contrary to the parties’ intentions a court determines that any Schedule is not a true “lease”, the parties agree that in such event Lessee agrees that: (1) with respect to the Equipment, in addition to all of the other rights and remedies available to Lessor hereunder upon the occurrence of a Default, Lessor shall have all of the rights and remedies of a first priority secured party under the UCC; and (2) any obligation to pay Basic Rent or any Other Payment, to the extent constituting the payment of interest, shall be at an interest rate that is equal to the lesser of the maximum lawful rate permitted by applicable law or the effective interest rate used by Lessor in calculating such amounts.
LEASE AGREEMENT — TRUE LEASE

 

4


 

11.  INSURANCE . Upon acceptance under a Schedule, until the Equipment is returned to Lessor in accordance with this Lease, Lessee shall maintain all-risk insurance coverage with respect to the Equipment insuring against, among other things: (a) any casualty to the Equipment (or any portion thereof), including loss or damage due to fire and the risks normally included in extended coverage, malicious mischief and vandalism, for not less than the full replacement value of the Equipment; and (b) any commercial liability arising in connection with the Equipment, including both bodily injury and property damage with a combined single limit per occurrence of not less than the amount specified in the Schedule; having a deductible or self-insured retention in a maximum amount of $1,000,000.00 or such greater amount as may be mutually agreed to by Lessor and Lessee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that no Event of Default has then occurred, Lessee may self-insure with respect to the coverage required pursuant to Clause (a) of the immediately preceding sentence. The required insurance policies (including endorsements) or self-insurance shall (i) be in form and amount generally acceptable under industry standards, and written by insurers of recognized reputation and responsibility satisfactory to Lessor (but such insurer shall carry a current rating by A.M. Best Company of at least “A” for a general policyholder and a financial rating of at least “VIII”), (ii) be endorsed to name Lessor as an additional insured (but without responsibility for premiums), (iii) provide that any amount payable under the required physical damage coverage shall be paid directly to Lessor as sole loss payee, and (iv) provide for thirty (30) days’ written notice by such insurer of cancellation, material change, or non-renewal. Lessee agrees that it shall obtain and maintain such other coverages (including pollution coverage), or cause adjustments to be made to the scope, amount or other aspects of the existing coverages, promptly upon Lessor’s request, as and when Lessor and Lessee agree that such additional coverages or modifications to be appropriate in light of any changes in applicable law, prudent industry practices, Lessee’s anticipated use of the Equipment or other pertinent circumstances.
12.  LOSS AND DAMAGE . (a) At all times until the Equipment is returned to Lessor in accordance with this Lease, Lessee shall bear the risk of loss, theft, confiscation, taking, unavailability, damage or partial destruction of the Equipment and shall not be released from its obligations under any Schedule or other Lease Document in any such event. (b) Lessee shall provide prompt written notice to Lessor of any Total Loss or any material damage to the Equipment. Any such notice must be provided together with any damage reports provided to any governmental authority, the insurer or Supplier, and any documents pertaining to the repair of such damage, including copies of work orders, and all invoices for related charges. (c) Without limiting any other provision hereof, Lessee shall repair all damage to any item of Equipment from any and all causes, other than a Total Loss, so as to cause it to be in the condition and repair required by this Lease. (d) A “ Total Loss ” shall be deemed to have occurred to an item of Equipment upon: (1) the actual or constructive total loss of any item of the Equipment, (2) the loss, disappearance, theft or destruction of any item of the Equipment, or damage to any item of the Equipment that is uneconomical to repair or renders it unfit for normal use, or (3) the condemnation, confiscation, requisition, seizure, forfeiture or other taking of title to or use of any item of the Equipment or the imposition of any Lien thereon by any governmental authority. On the next rent payment date following a Total Loss (a “ Loss Payment Date ”), Lessee shall pay to Lessor the Basic Rent due on that date plus the Stipulated Loss Value of the item or items of the Equipment with respect to which the Total Loss has occurred (the “ Lost Equipment ”), together with any Other Payments due hereunder with respect to the Lost Equipment. Upon making such payment, (i) Lessee’s obligation to pay future Basic Rent shall terminate solely with respect to the items of Lost Equipment so paid for, but Lessee shall remain liable for, and pay as and when due, all Other Payments, and (ii) Lessor shall convey to Lessee all of Lessor’s right, title and interest in the Lost Equipment, “ AS IS WHERE IS ”, but subject to the requirements of any third party insurance carrier in order to settle an insurance claim. As used in this Lease, “ Stipulated Loss Value ” shall mean the product of the Total Invoice Cost of the Lost Equipment, times the percentage factor applicable to the Loss Payment Date, as set forth in the Schedule of Stipulated Loss Values incorporated in such Schedule. After the final rent payment date of the original term or any renewal term of a Schedule, the Stipulated Loss Value shall be determined as of the last rent payment date during the applicable term of such Schedule, and the applicable percentage factor shall be the last percentage factor set forth in the Schedule of Stipulated Loss Values incorporated in such Schedule. (e) Lessor shall be under no duty to Lessee to pursue any claim against any person in connection with a Total Loss or other loss or damage. (f) If Lessor receives a payment under an insurance policy required under this Lease in connection with any Total Loss or other loss of or damage to an item of Equipment, and such payment is both unconditional and indefeasible, then provided Lessee shall have complied with the applicable provisions of this Section, Lessor shall either (1) if received pursuant to a Total Loss, remit such proceeds to Lessee up to an amount equal to the amount paid by Lessee to Lessor as the Stipulated Loss Value, or credit such proceeds against any amounts owed by Lessee pursuant to Section 12(d), or (2) if received with respect to repairs made pursuant to Section 12(c), remit such proceeds to Lessee up to an amount equal to the amount of the costs of repair actually incurred by Lessee, as established to Lessor’s satisfaction.
LEASE AGREEMENT — TRUE LEASE

 

5


 

13.  REDELIVERY . (a) Lessee shall provide written notice to Lessor not less than one hundred eighty (180) days and not more than two hundred forty (240) days prior to the expiration of the term of any Schedule (or of any renewal thereof, if applicable) of Lessee’s intent to return the Equipment described on such Schedule to Lessor upon the expiration of the term of such Schedule. IF LESSEE FAILS TO PROVIDE THE FOREGOING NOTICE IN A TIMELY MANNER, THE TERM OF THE APPLICABLE SCHEDULE AUTOMATICALLY SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN EXTENDED, WHICH EXTENSION SHALL CONTINUE UNTIL ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY (180) DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH LESSEE PROVIDES THE REQUIRED NOTICE, DURING WHICH EXTENSION PERIOD LESSEE SHALL CONTINUE TO PAY TO LESSOR PER DIEM RENT AT THE LAST PREVAILING LEASE RATE UNDER THE APPLICABLE SCHEDULE; provided, however that Lessor may elect to terminate such extension at any time upon ten (10) days written notice to Lessee. During such extension period, the terms and conditions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the provisions of this Section 13) shall continue to be applicable. Solely for purposes of the definition of Stipulated Loss Value in Section 12(d) hereof, any such extension shall be deemed a renewal of the term of such Schedule. (b) Upon the expiration or earlier cancellation or termination of any Schedule, Lessee shall return the Equipment described on such Schedule to Lessor free and clear of all Liens whatsoever, to any of Lessee’s distribution center locations within the continental United States. Lessee shall provide, at its expense, transit insurance for the redelivery period in an amount equal to the replacement value of such Equipment and Lessor shall be named as the loss payee on all such policies of insurance. Lessee shall cause: (1) the Supplier’s representative or other qualified person acceptable to Lessor (the “ Designated Person ”) to de-install such Equipment in accordance with the Supplier’s specifications (as applicable) and pack such Equipment properly and in accordance with the Supplier’s recommendations (as applicable); and (2) such Equipment to be transported in a manner consistent with the Supplier’s recommendations and practices (as applicable). Upon return, such Equipment shall be: (i) in the same condition as when delivered to Lessee under the related Schedule, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (ii) mechanically and structurally sound, capable of performing the functions for which such Equipment was originally designed, in accordance with the Supplier’s published and recommended specifications (as applicable); (iii) redelivered with all component parts in good operating condition (and all components must meet or exceed the Supplier’s minimum recommended specifications, unless otherwise agreed by Lessor in writing); (iv) redelivered with all software and documentation necessary for the operation of such Equipment for the performance of the functions for which such Equipment was originally designed (whether or not such software is embedded in or otherwise is a part of such Equipment); and (v) cleaned and cosmetically acceptable, with all Lessee-installed markings removed and all rust, corrosion or other contamination having been removed or properly treated, and in such condition so that it may be immediately installed and placed in service by a third party. Upon delivery, such Equipment shall be in compliance with all applicable Federal, state and local laws, and health and safety guidelines. Lessee shall be responsible for the cost of all repairs, alterations, inspections, appraisals, storage charges, insurance costs, demonstration costs and other related costs necessary to cause such Equipment to be in full compliance with the terms of this Lease. (c) If requested by Lessor, Lessee shall also deliver all related records and other data to Lessor, including all records of maintenance, modifications, additions and major repairs, computerized maintenance history, and any maintenance and repair manuals (collectively, the “ Records ”). All manuals or other documents delivered to Lessor that are subject to periodic revision will be fully up-to-date and current to the latest revision standard of any particular manual or document. In the event any such Records are missing or incomplete, Lessor shall have the right to cause the same to be reconstructed at Lessee’s expense. (d) In addition to Lessor’s other rights and remedies hereunder, if such Equipment and the related Records are not returned in a timely fashion, or if repairs are necessary to place any item of Equipment in the condition required in this Section, Lessee shall (i) continue to pay to Lessor per diem rent at the last prevailing lease rate under the applicable Schedule with respect to such item of Equipment, for the period of delay in redelivery, and/or for the period of time reasonably necessary to accomplish such repairs, and (ii) pay to Lessor an amount equal to the aggregate cost of any such repairs. Lessor’s acceptance of such rent on account of such delay and/or repair does not constitute an extension or renewal of the term of the related Schedule or a waiver of Lessor’s right to prompt return of such Equipment in proper condition. Such amount shall be payable upon the earlier of Lessor’s demand or the return of such Equipment in accordance with this Lease. (e) Without limiting any other terms or conditions of this Lease, the provisions of this Section are of the essence of each Schedule, and upon application to any court of equity having jurisdiction, Lessor shall be entitled to a decree against Lessee requiring Lessee’s specific performance of its agreements in this Section.
LEASE AGREEMENT — TRUE LEASE

 

6


 

14.  INDEMNITY . (a) General . Lessee shall indemnify, defend and keep harmless Lessor and any Assignee (as defined in Section 17), and their respective agents and employees (each, an “ Indemnitee ”), from and against any and all Claims (other than such as may directly and proximately result from the actual, but not imputed, negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee), by paying, on a net after-tax basis, or otherwise discharging same, when and as such Claims shall become due. Lessee agrees to further indemnify each such Indemnitee with respect to Claims for which such Indemnitee is strictly liable. Lessor shall give Lessee prompt notice of any Claim hereby indemnified against and Lessee shall be entitled to control the defense of and/or to settle any Claim, in each case, so long as (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, (2) Lessee confirms, in writing, its unconditional and irrevocable commitment to indemnify each Indemnitee with respect to such Claim, (3) Lessee is financially capable of satisfying its obligations under this Section, (4) Lessor approves the defense counsel selected by Lessee, and (5) there is no reasonable risk of criminal liability being imposed on Lessor or any of its directors, officers or employees as a result of such Claim. The term “ Claims ” shall mean all claims, allegations, harms, judgments, settlements, suits, actions, debts, obligations, direct damages, demands (for compensation, indemnification, reimbursement or otherwise), losses, penalties, fines, liabilities (including strict liability), charges that Lessor has incurred or for which it is responsible, in the nature of interest, Liens, and costs (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and any other legal or non-legal expenses of investigation or defense of any Claim, whether or not such Claim is ultimately defeated or enforcing the rights, remedies or indemnities provided for hereunder, or otherwise available at law or equity to Lessor), of whatever kind or nature, contingent or otherwise, matured or unmatured, foreseeable or unforeseeable, by or against any person, arising on account of (A) any Lease Document, including the performance, breach (including any Default or Event of Default) or enforcement of any of the terms thereof, or (B) the Equipment, or any part or other contents thereof, any substance at any time contained therein or emitted therefrom, including any hazardous substances, or the premises at which the Equipment may be located from time to time, or (C) the ordering, acquisition, delivery, installation or rejection of the Equipment, the possession of any property to which it may be attached from time to time, maintenance, use, condition, ownership or operation of any item of Equipment, and by whomsoever owned, used, possessed or operated, during the term of any Schedule with respect to that item of Equipment, the existence of latent and other defects (whether or not discoverable by Lessor or Lessee) any claim in tort for negligence or strict liability, and any claim for patent, trademark or copyright infringement, or the loss, damage, destruction, theft, removal, return, surrender, sale or other disposition of the Equipment, or any item thereof, including, Claims involving or alleging environmental damage, or any criminal or terrorist act, or for whatever other reason whatsoever. If any Claim is made against Lessee or an Indemnitee, the party receiving notice of such Claim shall promptly notify the other, but the failure of the party receiving notice to so notify the other shall not relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder.
(b)  Tax Indemnity . (1) Lessee represents and warrants that: (A) it believes that it is reasonable to estimate that the useful life of the Equipment exceeds the lease term (including any interim and fixed rental renewal periods) by the greater of one (1) year or twenty (20) percent of such estimated useful life, and that said Equipment will have a value at the end of the lease term, including any fixed rate renewal period, of at least twenty (20) percent of the Total Invoice Cost of the Equipment, without including in such value any increase or decrease for inflation or deflation during the original lease term; and (B) the Equipment is, and will be used by Lessee so as to remain, property eligible for the MACRS Deductions (as defined below).
(2) (A) If by reason of (i) any act or failure to act of Lessee (including a breach of any covenant or agreement of Lessee set forth in this Lease), or (ii) the misrepresentation of or breach by Lessee of any of the warranties and representations set forth in Section 14(b) (1) of this Lease and Section 6(b) of the Schedule (if applicable), Lessor in computing its taxable income or liability for tax, shall lose, or shall not have, or shall lose the right to claim or there shall be disallowed or recaptured for Federal and/or state income tax purposes, in whole or in part, the benefit of MACRS Deductions; or (B) Lessor shall become liable for additional tax as a result of Lessee having added an attachment or made an alteration to the Equipment, including (without limitation) any such attachment or alteration which would increase the productivity or capability of the Equipment so as to violate the provisions of Rev. Proc. 2001-28, 2001-1 C.B. 1156 (as it may hereafter be modified or superseded); or (C) Lessor shall be entitled to claim a lesser credit for foreign taxes against its Federal income tax liability than that to which Lessor would have been entitled if each item of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to the Equipment had been treated as income from sources within the United States pursuant to Section 861 of the Code; hereinafter referred to as a “ Loss ”; then Lessee shall pay Lessor the Tax Indemnification Payment as additional rent and Lessor shall revise the Schedule(s) of Stipulated Loss Values to reflect the Loss. As used herein, “ MACRS Deductions ” shall mean the deductions under Section 167 of the Code, determined in accordance with the modified Accelerated Cost Recovery System with respect to the Total Invoice Cost of any item of the Equipment using the accelerated method set forth in Section 168(b)(1) or 168(b)(2) of the Code as in effect on the date of this Lease for property assigned to the class of property specified in the Schedule pertaining thereto and (if the applicable Schedule specifies that bonus depreciation is available) taking into account the fifty (50) percent special depreciation allowance and basis adjustment under Section 168(k)(1) of the Code; “ Lessor ” shall be deemed to include the consolidated Federal taxpayer group of which Lessor is a member; and “ Tax Indemnification Payment ” shall mean such amount as, after consideration of (i) all taxes required to be paid by Lessor in respect of the receipt thereof under the laws of any governmental or taxing authority in the United States, and (ii) the amount of any interest or penalty which may be payable by Lessor in connection with the Loss, shall be required to cause Lessor’s after-tax net return (the “ Net Return ”) to be equal to, but no greater than, the Net Return computed consistently with current tax laws (and with the assumption that Lessor is taxed at the highest marginal Federal and state tax rates) as of the date of this Lease that would have been available to Lessor had the Loss not occurred.
LEASE AGREEMENT — TRUE LEASE

 

7


 

(c) Lessor promptly shall notify Lessee in writing of such Loss and Lessee shall pay to Lessor the Tax Indemnification Payment within thirty (30) days of such notice. For these purposes, a Loss shall occur upon the earliest of: (A) the happening of any event (such as disposition or change in use of any item of the Equipment) which will cause such Loss, (B) the payment by Lessor to the Internal Revenue Service or state taxing authority of the tax increase (including an increase in estimated taxes) resulting from such Loss; (C) the date on which the Loss is realized by Lessor; or (D) the adjustment of the tax return of Lessor to reflect such Loss.
15.  DEFAULT . A default shall be deemed to have occurred hereunder and under a Schedule upon the occurrence of any of the following (each, an “ Event of Default ”): (a) non-payment of Basic Rent on the applicable rent payment date; (b) non-payment of any Other Payment within five (5) days after it is due; (c) failure to maintain, use or operate the Equipment in compliance with applicable law; (d) breach by Lessee of its covenants pursuant to Section 4(d) hereof; (e) failure to obtain, maintain and comply with all of the insurance coverages required under this Lease; (f) any transfer or encumbrance, or the existence of any Lien, that is prohibited by this Lease; (g) a payment or other default by Lessee under any loan, lease, guaranty or other financial obligation to Lessor or its affiliates which default has been declared; (h) a payment or other default by Lessee under any material (that is, for an amount in excess of $10,000,000) loan, lease, guaranty or other material financial obligation to any third party which default has been declared; (i) an inaccuracy in any representation or breach of warranty by Lessee (including any false or misleading representation or warranty) in any financial statement or Lease Document, including any omission of any substantial contingent or unliquidated liability or claim against Lessee; (j) the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding by or against Lessee or any of its properties or business (unless, if involuntary, the proceeding is dismissed within sixty (60) days of the filing thereof) or the rejection of this Lease or any other Lease Document in any such proceeding; (k) the failure by Lessee generally to pay its debts as they become due or its admission in writing of its inability to pay the same; (l) Lessee shall (1) enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, unless Lessee shall be the surviving entity (such actions being referred to as an “ Event ”), unless the surviving entity is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state, and prior to such Event: (A) such person executes and delivers to Lessor (x) an agreement satisfactory to Lessor, in its sole discretion, containing such person’s effective assumption, and its agreement to pay, perform, comply with and otherwise be liable for, in a due and punctual manner, all of Lessee’s obligations having previously arisen, or then or thereafter arising, under any and all of the Lease Documents, and (y) any and all other documents, agreements, instruments, certificates, opinions and filings requested by Lessor; and (B) Lessor is satisfied as to the creditworthiness of such person, and as to such person’s conformance to the other standard criteria then used by Lessor when approving transactions similar to the transactions contemplated in this Lease; (2) cease to do business as a going concern, liquidate, or dissolve; or (3) sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or property; (m) effective control of Lessee’s voting capital stock, issued and outstanding from time to time, is not retained by the present holders (unless Lessee shall have provided thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Lessor of the proposed disposition and Lessor shall have consented thereto in writing); (n) there occurs a default or anticipatory repudiation under the Guaranty; or (o) breach by Lessee of any other covenant, condition or agreement (other than those in items (a)-(n)) under this Lease or any of the other Lease Documents that continues for thirty (30) days after Lessor’s written notice to Lessee (but such notice and cure period will not be applicable unless such breach is curable by practical means within such notice period). The occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to any Schedule shall, at the sole discretion of Lessor, constitute an Event of Default with respect to any or all Schedules to which it is then a party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Lessor may exercise all rights and remedies hereunder independently with respect to each Schedule.
LEASE AGREEMENT — TRUE LEASE

 

8


 

16.  REMEDIES . (a) If an Event of Default occurs with respect to any Schedule, the Lessor thereunder may (in its sole discretion) exercise any one or more of the following remedies with respect to such Schedule and any or all other Schedules to which such Lessor is then a party: (1) proceed at law or in equity, to enforce specifically Lessee’s performance or to recover damages; (2) declare each such Schedule in default, and cancel each such Schedule or otherwise terminate Lessee’s right to use the Equipment and Lessee’s other rights, but not its obligations, thereunder and Lessee shall immediately assemble, make available and, if Lessor requests, return the Equipment to Lessor in accordance with the terms of this Lease; (3) enter any premises where any item of Equipment is located and take immediate possession of and remove (or disable in place) such item (and/or any unattached parts) by self-help, summary proceedings or otherwise without liability (except for liability for loss or damage to cargo or other property located in the Equipment); provided, however, Lessor shall not be entitled to any lien with regard to any cargo or other property located in the Equipment and Lessee shall have the absolute right to remove such cargo or property prior to any such taking; (4) use Lessee’s premises for storage without liability; (5) sell, re-lease or otherwise dispose of any or all of the Equipment, whether or not in Lessor’s possession, at public or private sale, with or without notice to Lessee, and apply or retain the net proceeds of such disposition, with Lessee remaining liable for any deficiency and with any excess being retained by Lessor; (6) enforce any or all of the preceding remedies with respect to any related Collateral, and apply any deposit or other cash collateral, or any proceeds of any such Collateral, at any time to reduce any amounts due to Lessor; (7) demand and recover from Lessee all Liquidated Damages and all Other Payments whenever the same shall be due; and (8) exercise any and all other remedies allowed by applicable law, including the UCC. As used herein, “ Liquidated Damages ” shall mean the liquidated damages (all of which, Lessee hereby acknowledges, are damages to be paid in lieu of future Basic Rent and are reasonable in light of the anticipated harm arising by reason of an Event of Default, and are not a penalty) described in the first sentence of parts (1) or (2) of Section 16(b), depending upon the recovery and disposition of the Equipment leased under the applicable Schedule. Upon the occurrence of the Event of Default described in Section 15(j) hereof, the remedy provided in Clause (7) above shall be automatically exercised without the requirement of prior written notice to Lessee or of any other act or declaration by Lessor, and the Liquidated Damages described therein shall be immediately due and payable.
(b) (1) If an Event of Default occurs with respect to any Schedule, if Lessor recovers the Equipment and disposes of it by a lease or elects not to dispose of the Equipment after recovery, upon demand, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to the sum of (A) any accrued and unpaid Rent as of the date Lessor recovers possession of the Equipment, plus (B) the present value as of such date of the total Basic Rent for the then remaining term of such Schedule, minus (C) either, as applicable, (i) the present value, as of the commencement date of any substantially similar re-lease of the Equipment, of the re-lease rent payable for that period, commencing on such date, which is comparable to the then remaining term of such Schedule or (ii) the present value, as of that certain date which may be determined by taking into account Lessor’s having a reasonable opportunity to remarket the Equipment, of the “market rent” for such Equipment (as computed pursuant to Article 2A) in the continental United States on that date, computed for that period, commencing on such date, which is comparable to the then remaining term of such Schedule; provided, however, Lessee acknowledges that if Lessor is unable after reasonable effort to dispose of the Equipment at a reasonable price and pursuant to other reasonable terms, or the circumstances reasonably indicate that such an effort will be unavailing, the “market rent” in such event will be deemed to be $0.00, but in the event that Lessor does eventually re-lease or otherwise dispose of the Equipment, it will apply the net proceeds of such disposition, to the extent received in good and indefeasible funds, as a credit or reimbursement, as applicable, in a manner consistent with the applicable provisions of Article 2A. Any amounts discounted to present value, shall be discounted at the rate of three percent (3%) per annum, compounded annually.
(2) If an Event of Default occurs with respect to any Schedule, if Lessee fails to return the Equipment in the manner and condition required by this Lease, or Lessor recovers and sells the Equipment, upon demand, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount calculated as the Stipulated Loss Value of the Equipment (determined as of the next rent payment date after the date of the occurrence of the subject Event of Default), together with all other Rent due with respect to the related Schedule as of such determination date, any amount due from Lessee pursuant to Rider No. 1 attached to the Schedule, and all Enforcement Costs (defined in Section 16(c)), less a credit for any disposition proceeds, if applicable pursuant to the application provisions in the next sentence. If Lessor demands the Liquidated Damages under this part (2), and recovers and sells the Equipment, any proceeds received in good and indefeasible funds shall be applied by Lessor, with respect to the related Schedule: first , to pay all Enforcement Costs, to the extent not previously paid; second , to pay to Lessor an amount equal to any unpaid Rent due and payable, together with the Liquidated Damage amounts specified in this part (2), to the extent not previously paid; third , to pay to Lessor any interest accruing on the amounts covered by the preceding clauses, at the Default Rate, from and after the date the same becomes due, through the date of payment; and fourth , (A) if the Lessor under such Schedule is also the Lessor under any other Schedules (whether by retaining the same, or as Assignee), to satisfy any remaining obligations under any or all such other Schedules, or (B) if such Lessor is not the Lessor under any other Schedule, or if Lessee’s obligations to such Lessor under such other Schedules have been fully and indefeasibly satisfied, to reimburse Lessee for such amounts to the extent paid by Lessee as Liquidated Damages pursuant to this part (2).
LEASE AGREEMENT — TRUE LEASE

 

9


 

(c) A cancellation of any Schedule shall occur only upon written notice by Lessor to Lessee. Unless already specifically provided for in Section 16(b), if an Event of Default occurs with respect to any Schedule, Lessee shall also be liable for all of the following (“ Enforcement Costs ”): (1) all unpaid Rent due before, during or after exercise of any of the foregoing remedies, and (2) all reasonable legal fees (including consultation, drafting notices or other documents, expert witness fees, sending notices or instituting, prosecuting or defending litigation or arbitration) and other enforcement costs and expenses incurred by reason of any Default or Event of Default or the exercise of Lessor’s rights or remedies, including all expenses incurred in connection with the return or other recovery of any Equipment in accordance with the terms of this Lease or in placing such Equipment in the condition required hereby, or the sale, re-lease or other disposition (including but not limited to costs of transportation, possession, storage, insurance, taxes, lien removal, repair, refurbishing, advertising and brokers’ fees), and sales or use taxes incurred by Lessor in connection with any disposition of the Equipment after the occurrence of an Event of Default, and all other pre-judgment and post-judgment enforcement related actions taken by Lessor or any actions taken by Lessor in any bankruptcy case involving Lessee, the Equipment, or any other person. From and after the date on which an Event of Default occurs, Lessee shall pay interest to Lessor with respect to all amounts due hereunder until such amounts are received by Lessor in good funds at a per annum interest rate that is the lesser of ten (10) percent or the maximum rate permitted by applicable law (the “ Default Rate ”). No right or remedy is exclusive and each may be used successively and cumulatively. Any failure to exercise the rights granted hereunder upon any Default or Event of Default shall not constitute a waiver of any such right. No extension of time for payment or performance of any of Lessee’s obligations hereunder shall operate to release, discharge, modify, change or affect the original liability of Lessee for such obligations, either in whole or in part. In any action to repossess any Equipment or other Collateral, Lessee waives any bonds and any surety or security required by any applicable laws as an incident to such repossession. Notices of Lessor’s intention to accelerate, acceleration, nonpayment, presentment, protest, dishonor or any other notice whatsoever (other than as expressly set forth herein) are waived by Lessee. Any notice given by Lessor of any disposition of the Equipment or any Collateral or other intended action of Lessor which is given in accordance with this Lease at least five (5) business days prior to such action, shall constitute fair and reasonable notice of such action. The execution of a Schedule shall not constitute a waiver by Lessor of any pre-existing Default or Event of Default. With respect to any disposition of any Equipment or Collateral pursuant to this Section, (i) Lessor shall have no obligation, subject to the requirements of commercial reasonableness, to clean-up or otherwise prepare the same for disposition, (ii) Lessor may comply with any applicable law in connection with any such disposition, and any actions taken in connection therewith shall not be deemed to have adversely affected the commercial reasonableness of any disposition thereof, (iii) Lessor may disclaim any title or other warranties in connection with any such disposition, and (iv) Lessee shall remain responsible for any deficiency remaining after Lessor’s exercise of its remedies and application of any funds or credits against Lessee’s obligations under any Schedule, and Lessor shall retain any excess after such application.
17.  ASSIGNMENT . (a) LESSEE SHALL NOT ASSIGN, DELEGATE, TRANSFER OR ENCUMBER ANY OF ITS RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY SCHEDULE, OR ITS LEASEHOLD INTEREST OR ANY COLLATERAL, SUBLET THE EQUIPMENT OR OTHERWISE PERMIT THE EQUIPMENT TO BE OPERATED OR USED BY, OR TO COME INTO OR REMAIN IN THE POSSESSION OF, ANYONE BUT LESSEE. Without limiting the foregoing, (1) Lessee may not attempt to dispose of any of the Equipment, and (2) Lessee shall (A) maintain the Equipment free from all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, (B) notify Lessor immediately upon receipt of notice of any Lien affecting the Equipment, and (C) defend Lessor’s title to the Equipment. A “ Permitted Lien ” shall mean any Lien for Impositions, Liens of mechanics, materialmen, or suppliers and similar Liens arising by operation of law, provided that any such Lien is incurred by Lessee in the ordinary course of business, for sums that are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith and with due diligence, by negotiations or by appropriate proceedings which suspend the collection thereof and, in Lessor’s sole discretion, (i) do not involve any substantial danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of the Equipment or any interest therein, and (ii) for the payment of which adequate assurances or security have been provided to Lessor. No disposition referred to in this Section shall relieve Lessee of its obligations, and Lessee shall remain primarily liable under each Schedule and all of the other Lease Documents. (b) Lessor may at any time with or without notice to Lessee grant a security interest in, sell, assign, delegate or otherwise transfer (an “ Assignment ”) all or any part of its interest in the Equipment, this Lease or any Schedule and any related Lease Documents or any Rent thereunder, or the right to enter into any Schedule, and Lessee shall perform all of its obligations thereunder, to the extent so transferred, for the benefit of the beneficiary of such Assignment (such beneficiary, including any successors and assigns, an “ Assignee ”). Lessee agrees not to assert against any Assignee any Abatement (without limiting the provisions of Section 2) or Claim that Lessee may have against Lessor, and Assignee shall not be bound by, or otherwise required to perform any of Lessor’s obligations, unless expressly assumed by such Assignee. Lessor shall be relieved of any such assumed obligations. If so directed in writing, Lessee shall pay all Rent and all other sums that become due under the assigned Schedule and other Lease Documents directly to the Assignee or any other party designated in writing by Lessor or such Assignee. Lessee acknowledges that Lessor’s right to enter into an Assignment is essential to Lessor and, accordingly, waives any restrictions under applicable law with respect to an Assignment and any related remedies. Upon the request of Lessor or any Assignee, Lessee also agrees (i) to promptly execute and deliver to Lessor or to such Assignee an acknowledgment of the Assignment in form and substance satisfactory to the requesting party, an insurance certificate and such other documents and assurances reasonably requested by Lessor or Assignee, and (ii) to comply with all other reasonable requirements of any such Assignee in connection with any such Assignment. Upon such Assignment and except as may otherwise be provided herein, all references in this Lease to “Lessor” shall include such Assignee. (c) Subject always to the foregoing, this Lease and each Schedule shall inure to the benefit of, and are binding upon, Lessee’s and Lessor’s respective successors and assigns.
LEASE AGREEMENT — TRUE LEASE

 

10


 

18.  MISCELLANEOUS . (a) This Lease, each Schedule, any Riders hereto or thereto and any commitment letter between the parties, constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and shall not be amended or modified in any manner except by a document in writing executed by both parties. (b) Any provision of this Lease that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. (c) The representations, warranties and agreements of Lessee herein shall be deemed to be continuing and to survive the execution and delivery of this Lease, each Schedule and any other Lease Documents. With respect to each Schedule, the obligations of Lessee under Sections 8, 9, 10, 12, 13 and 14 hereof, together with any of Lessee’s obligations under the other provisions of this Lease (as incorporated therein) which have accrued but not been fully satisfied, performed or complied with prior to the expiration or earlier cancellation or termination of such Schedule, shall survive the expiration or earlier cancellation or termination thereof. (d) All of Lessee’s obligations hereunder and under any Schedule shall be performed at Lessee’s sole expense. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor promptly upon demand for all expenses incurred by Lessor in connection with (1) any action taken by Lessor at Lessee’s request, or in connection with any option, (2) the filing or recording of real property waivers and UCCs, (3) any Enforcement Costs not recovered pursuant to Section 16, (4) all inspections, and (5) all lien search reports (and copies of filings) requested by Lessor. If Lessee fails to perform any of its obligations with respect to a Schedule, Lessor shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to effect such performance, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for all expenses incurred by Lessor in connection with such performance. Lessor’s effecting such compliance shall not be a waiver of Lessee’s default. (e) Lessee irrevocably appoints Lessor as Lessee’s attorney-in-fact (which power shall be deemed coupled with an interest) to: (1) make minor corrections to manifest errors in factual data in any Schedule and/or any addenda, attachments, exhibits and/or riders to this Lease or any Schedule; and (2) execute, endorse and deliver any documents and checks or drafts relating to or received in payment for any loss or damage under the policies of insurance required by this Lease, but only to the extent that the same relates to the Equipment, or are required by titling agencies in order to reflect Lessor as the owner and/or lienholder with respect to certificates of title pertaining to motor vehicles (if any) comprising the Equipment. (f) LESSOR AND LESSEE HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO WHICH LESSEE AND/OR LESSOR MAY BE PARTIES ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY PERTAINING TO THIS LEASE. (g) All notices (excluding billings and communications in the ordinary course of business) hereunder shall be in writing, personally delivered, delivered by overnight courier service, sent by facsimile transmission (with confirmation of receipt), or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the other party at its respective address stated below the signature of such party or at such other address as such party shall from time to time designate in writing to the other party; and shall be effective from the date of receipt. (h) This Lease shall not be effective unless and until accepted by execution by an officer of Lessor at the address, in the State of Maryland (the “ State ”), as set forth below the signature of Lessor. THIS LEASE AND ALL OF THE OTHER LEASE DOCUMENTS, AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER, SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES OF THE STATE), INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, REGARDLESS OF THE LOCATION OF THE EQUIPMENT. The parties agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Lease may be commenced in any state or Federal court in the State, and agree that a summons and complaint commencing an action or proceeding in any such court shall be properly served and shall confer personal jurisdiction if served personally or by certified mail to it at the mailing address below Lessee’s signature, or as it may provide in writing from time to time, or as otherwise provided under the laws of the State. (i) This Lease and all of the other Lease Documents may be executed in counterparts. Photocopies or facsimile transmissions of signatures shall be deemed original signatures and shall be fully binding on the parties to the same extent as original signatures. The transfer or possession of the “Original” of this Lease shall be irrelevant to the full or collateral assignment of, or grant of security interest in, any Schedule; provided, however, no security interest in any Schedule may be created through the transfer, possession or control, as applicable, of any counterpart of such Schedule other than the original thereof, which shall be identified as the document or record (as applicable) marked “Original” and all other counterparts shall be marked “Duplicate”. (j) If Lessor is required by the terms hereof to pay to or for the benefit of Lessee any amount received as a refund of an Imposition or as insurance proceeds, Lessor shall not be required to pay such amount, if any Default has occurred and not been cured or any Event of Default shall have occurred and not been waived by Lessor. In addition, if Lessor is required by the terms hereof to cooperate with Lessee in connection with certain matters, such cooperation shall not be required if a Default or Event of Default has then occurred and is continuing. (k) To the extent Lessor is required to give its consent or approval with respect to any matter, the reasonableness of Lessor’s withholding of such consent shall be determined based on the then existing circumstances; provided, that Lessor’s withholding of its consent shall be deemed reasonable for all purposes if (i) the taking of the action that is the subject of such request, might result (in Lessor’s discretion), in (A) an impairment of Lessor’s rights, title or interests hereunder or under any Schedule or other Lease Document, or to the Equipment, or (B) expose Lessor to any Claims or Impositions, or (ii) Lessee fails to provide promptly to Lessor any filings, certificates, opinions or indemnities required by Lessor as a condition to such consent. (l) There is no restriction (either express or implied) on any disclosure or dissemination of the tax treatment or tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Lease or any documents executed in connection herewith. Further, each party hereto acknowledges that it has no proprietary rights to any tax matter or tax idea or to any element of the transaction structure contemplated by this Lease; and each party hereto (and any employee, representative or agent of any party hereto) may disclose to any and all persons (without limitation of any kind), the Federal tax treatment and Federal tax structure of the transaction contemplated by this Lease. This Section 18(l) is intended to cause the transaction contemplated by this Lease to be treated as not having been offered under conditions of confidentiality for purposes of Section 1.6011-4(b)(3) (or any successor provision) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 6011 of the Code and Section 6111 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder; and shall be construed in a manner consistent with such purpose.
LEASE AGREEMENT — TRUE LEASE

 

11


 

19.  DEFINITIONS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION . (a) The following terms when used in this Lease or in any of the Schedules have the following meanings: (1) “ affiliate ”: with respect to any given person, shall mean (i) each person that directly or indirectly owns or controls, whether beneficially or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary, five (5) percent or more of the voting stock, membership interest or similar equity interest having ordinary voting power in the election of directors or managers of such person, (ii) each person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person, or (iii) each of such person’s officers, directors, members, joint venturers and partners. For the purposes of this definition, “control” of a person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of its management or policies, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; (2) “ applicable law ” or “ law ”: any law, rule, regulation, ordinance, order, code, common law, interpretation, judgment, directive, decree, treaty, injunction, writ, determination, award, permit or similar norm or decision of any governmental authority; (3) “AS IS, WHERE IS” : AS IS, WHERE IS , without warranty, express or implied, with respect to any matter whatsoever; (4) “ business day ”: any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday for commercial banks under the laws of the state of the Lessor’s notice address; (5) “ governmental authority ”: any federal, state, county, municipal, regional or other governmental authority, agency, board, body, instrumentality or court, in each case, whether domestic or foreign; (6) “ person ”: any individual, corporation, limited liability entity, partnership, joint venture, or other legal entity or a governmental authority, whether employed, hired, affiliated, owned, contracted with, or otherwise related or unrelated to Lessee or Lessor; and (7) “ UCC ” or “ Uniform Commercial Code ”: the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State or in any other applicable jurisdiction; and any reference to an article (including Article 2A) or section thereof shall mean the corresponding article or section (however termed) of any such applicable version of the Uniform Commercial Code. (b) The following terms when used herein or in any of the Schedules shall be construed as follows: (1) “ herein ,” “ hereof ,” “ hereunder ,” etc.: in, of, under, etc. this Lease or such other Lease Document in which such term appears (and not merely in, of, under, etc. the section or provision where the reference occurs); (2) “ including ”: means including without limitation unless such term is followed by the words “and limited to,” or similar words; and (3) “ or ”: at least one, but not necessarily only one, of the alternatives enumerated. Any defined term used in the singular preceded by “any” indicates any number of the members of the relevant class. Any Lease Document or other agreement or instrument referred to herein means such agreement or instrument as supplemented and amended from time to time. Any reference to Lessor or Lessee shall include their permitted successors and assigns. Any reference to an applicable law shall also mean such law as amended, superseded or replaced from time to time.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
LEASE AGREEMENT — TRUE LEASE

 

12


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Master Lease Agreement to be duly executed, under seal, as of the day and year first above set forth.
                   
BB&T EQUIPMENT FINANCE CORPORATION       ABF FREIGHT SYSTEM, INC.  
Lessor       Lessee  
 
                 
By:
  /s/ Stephen Gray            [SEAL]     By:   /s/ Judy R. McReynolds           [SEAL]
 
                 
 
  Name: Stephan Gray           Name: Judy R. McReynolds  
 
  Title:   Senior Vice President           Title:   Assistant Treasurer  
 
                 
 
  600 Washington Avenue           3801 Old Greenwood Road  
 
  Suite 201           Fort Smith, Arkansas 72903  
 
  Towson, Maryland 21204           Facsimile: 479-785-8650  
 
  Facsimile: 410-825-1691              
 
                 
            Form of Organization: Corporation  
            Jurisdiction of Organization: Delaware  
            Organizational No.: 0937905  
            Federal Employer Identification No.: 71-0249444  
LEASE AGREEMENT — TRUE LEASE

 

13


 

BB&T EQUIPMENT FINANCE CORPORATION
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SERIES ____ NO. _____
executed pursuant to that certain Master Lease Agreement dated as of December 30, 2009 (the “Lease”; which is incorporated herein by reference). This Equipment Schedule, incorporating by reference the terms and conditions of the Lease, constitutes a separate instrument of lease. To the extent of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Equipment Schedule and the Lease, the terms of this Equipment Schedule shall prevail.
1. EQUIPMENT. The Equipment leased hereunder shall be as set forth in the schedule attached hereto.
TOTAL INVOICE COST: $________________________
2. TERM. Upon and after the date of execution hereof, the Equipment shall be subject to the terms and conditions provided herein and in the Lease.
A full term of lease with respect to said Equipment shall commence on the date hereof and shall extend for thirty-six (36) months after the first day of  _____, 2010 (the “Base Lease Commencement Date”).
3. RENT.
(a) During the period from the date hereof to the Base Lease Commencement Date (the “Interim Term”), the pro-rated daily rent for said Equipment shall be $______ per day; computed as  _____% of the Total Invoice Cost specified above. This pro-rated payment shall be made on the last day of the month for each month during the Interim Term.
(b) From and after the Base Lease Commencement Date, the monthly rent for said Equipment during the term of this Lease shall be $_____, computed as  _____% of the Total Invoice Cost specified above. Rent payments shall be made, in advance, on the first day of the month for each month during the term of this Lease.
4. LESSEE’S CONFIRMATION. Lessee hereby confirms and warrants to Lessor that the Equipment: (a) was duly delivered to Lessee at the location specified in Section 5 hereof; (b) has been received, inspected and determined to be in compliance with all applicable specifications and that the Equipment is hereby accepted for all purposes of the Lease; and (c) is a part of the “Equipment” referred to in the Lease and is taken subject to all terms and conditions therein and herein provided.
5. LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT. The location of the Equipment is specified on the Schedule of Equipment attached hereto.
6. TAX ATTRIBUTES. (a) The class of property to which the Equipment is assigned (as referenced in Section 14(b)(2) of the Lease) is 3-year property.
(b) The bonus depreciation [is/is not] available with respect to the Equipment. [IF BONUS DEPRECIATION IS AVAILABLE, INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: Lessee represents and warrants that: (1) each item of Equipment constitutes “qualified property” pursuant to Section 168(k) of the Code and is eligible for the additional first-year depreciation deduction equal to fifty (50) percent of the Total Invoice Cost of the Equipment contemplated by the Code, as specified on this Schedule; (2) the Equipment shall be treated as originally placed in service not earlier than the date of the execution and delivery of this Schedule, or in the event the transaction is a sale-leaseback transaction, Lessee shall not have placed in service the Equipment subject to this Lease at any time prior to three (3) months before the execution and delivery of this Schedule; (3) Lessee has not arranged to purchase, and Lessor is not purchasing, the Equipment pursuant to a binding written contract entered into before January 1, 2008; and (4) each item of Equipment shall be placed in service before January 1, 2010.]

 

 


 

7. COMMERCIAL LIABILITY INSURANCE. The amount of commercial liability insurance referenced in Section 11 of the Lease is $10,000,000.00.
8. PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES.
Please choose one of the options below by initialing where indicated. Initial ONLY ONE choice of option:
OPTION 1 Lessee’s Initials:  _____ 
(Applicable in Jurisdictions Requiring Lessor to List Equipment): Lessee agrees that it will not list any of such Equipment for property tax purposes or report any property tax assessed against such Equipment until otherwise directed in writing by Lessor. Upon receipt of any property tax bill pertaining to such Equipment from the appropriate taxing authority, Lessor will pay such tax and will invoice Lessee for the expense. Upon receipt of such invoice, Lessee will promptly reimburse Lessor for such expense;
OPTION 2 Lessee’s Initials:  _____ 
(Applicable in Jurisdictions Permitting Lessee to List Equipment): Lessee agrees that it will (a) list all such Equipment, (b) report all property taxes assessed against such Equipment, and (c) pay all such taxes when due directly to the appropriate taxing authority until Lessor shall otherwise direct in writing.
9. SCHEDULE OF STIPULATED LOSS VALUES. This Schedule of Stipulated Loss Values shall be applicable solely to the Equipment described in this Equipment Schedule.
     
Rent   Percent of Total
Payment No.   Invoice Cost
     
10. RIDER. Rider No. 1 attached hereto is incorporated in this Equipment Schedule.
11. PAYMENT AUTHORIZATION. Lessor is hereby irrevocably authorized and directed to pay the Total Invoice Cost specified above as follows:
         
Company Name   Address   Amount
         
Lessor is hereby authorized to insert such factually correct information as is necessary to complete this Equipment Schedule, including (without limitation) the date of execution, and the rental payment amount(s) and factor(s).
[OPTIONAL: USE ONLY IF ALL EQUIPMENT ON THIS SCHEDULE IS SALE-LEASEBACK]
12. BILL OF SALE. In consideration of the payment by Lessor of the amount specified herein as the Total Invoice Cost of the items of Equipment listed on the Schedule of Equipment attached hereto, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lessee does hereby bargain, sell, assign, transfer and set over to Lessor such Equipment, together with whatever claims and rights Lessee may have against the manufacturer and/or supplier of such Equipment, including (but not limited to) all warranties with respect thereto.

 

15


 

Lessee represents and warrants that: (a) Lessee has good and marketable title to such Equipment conveyed hereunder and does hereby transfer an interest therein free and clear of any and all encumbrances, liens, charges or defects; (b) the transfer of an interest in such Equipment (1) has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Lessee, (2) does not require the consent of any stockholder, member, trustee or holders of any indebtedness of Lessee, except such as have been duly obtained, and (3) does not and will not contravene any law, governmental rule, regulation or order now binding on Lessee, or the organizational documents of Lessee, or contravene the provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any lien or encumbrance upon the property of Lessee under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other agreement to which Lessee is a party or by which it or its property is bound; and (c) no filing or recordation must be made, no notice must be given, and no other action must be taken with respect to any state or local jurisdiction, or any person, in order to preserve to Lessor all the rights transferred hereby.
DATE OF EXECUTION: __________________, 20_____
                   
BB&T EQUIPMENT FINANCE CORPORATION       ABF FREIGHT SYSTEM, INC.  
Lessor       Lessee  
 
                 
By: 
                        [SEAL]     By:                         [SEAL]
 
             
 
Name:            Name:     
 
Title:            Title:     

 

16


 

BB&T EQUIPMENT FINANCE CORPORATION
RIDER NO. 1 TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE SERIES ___ NO. _____
To and part of Equipment Schedule Series ______ No.  _____  dated as of the  _____  day of  _____, 20_____  (the “Schedule”), executed pursuant to that certain Master Lease Agreement dated as of the 30th day of December, 2009 (the “Lease”), each between BB&T EQUIPMENT FINANCE CORPORATION, its successors and assigns (“Lessor”), and ABF FREIGHT SYSTEM, INC., its successors and permitted assigns (“Lessee”).
A. TERMINAL RENTAL ADJUSTMENT. It is presently anticipated that the fair market value of the Equipment upon the expiration of the original lease term relating thereto will be an amount equal to the Estimated Residual Value of the Equipment specified on this Schedule. Upon expiration of the original lease term, Lessor will attempt to sell the Equipment. If the Net Proceeds of Sale (as hereafter defined) is less than thirty (30) percent of the Total Invoice Cost of the Equipment (the “Estimated Residual Value”), promptly upon demand Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the difference. If the Net Proceeds of Sale exceeds the Estimated Residual Value, the amount of the difference promptly shall be paid by Lessor to Lessee. If the Equipment has not been sold on the expiration date of the original lease term relating thereto, then the Net Proceeds of Sale shall be deemed to be zero; and promptly upon demand Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to the Estimated Residual Value of the Equipment. If Lessor thereafter shall sell the Equipment, the Net Proceeds of Sale promptly shall be paid by Lessor to Lessee. Any such payment by either Lessee or Lessor shall be deemed to be a Terminal Rental Adjustment with respect to the Equipment. As used herein, “Net Proceeds of Sale” shall mean the gross selling price actually received by Lessor less all (i) selling expenses incurred by Lessor, (ii) amounts which (if not paid) would constitute a lien on the Equipment for which Lessee is responsible under the Lease, and (iii) applicable sales or other transfer taxes paid by Lessor. As used herein, “Equipment” shall mean the Equipment described on all Schedules of this series.
As required by Section 7701(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as now or hereafter amended, Lessee shall execute and deliver to Lessor the Certification by Lessee in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit No. 1. Lessee acknowledges that the Truth in Mileage Act of 1986 (and the regulations promulgated thereunder) requires the lessee of motor vehicles (at the time such motor vehicles are terminated from the lease) to provide a written disclosure to the lessor regarding the mileage of such motor vehicles. Under this law, the “failure to complete or providing false information may result in fines and/or imprisonment”. Therefore, Lessee agrees to provide to Lessor (on a form provided by Lessor) upon termination of a motor vehicle from the Lease the mileage disclosure information required by the Federal regulations.
B. OPTION TO PURCHASE. Provided that no Default or Event of Default has then occurred, Lessee shall have the option to purchase, upon the expiration of the term of the Lease, all but not less than all of the Equipment upon the following terms and conditions: If Lessee desires to exercise this option it shall, at least two hundred forty (240) days before expiration of the term of the Lease with respect to the first Schedule of this series to terminate in accordance with its terms, give Lessor written notice of its intention to exercise this option to purchase and shall engage in negotiations with Lessor to determine the purchase price for the Equipment. Not less than one hundred eighty (180) days before expiration of the term of the Lease with respect to the first Schedule of this series to terminate in accordance with its terms, Lessee shall give Lessor written notice of its election to purchase on the terms mutually agreed upon during negotiations. Such election shall be effective with respect to all Equipment leased under all Schedules of this series. At the expiration of the term of the Lease, Lessee shall pay to Lessor in cash any Rent due on that date plus the purchase price for the Equipment so purchased, determined as hereinafter provided. Lessee’s exercise of the purchase option contained herein shall constitute a sale of the Equipment pursuant to Section A above and Lessee shall be responsible for the performance of its obligations pursuant to Section A above.
The purchase price of the Equipment shall be an amount equal to its then Fair Market Value, together with all taxes and charges upon sale. For purposes of this Section, “Fair Market Value” shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the sale price obtainable in an arms’ length transaction between a willing and informed buyer and a willing and informed seller under no compulsion to sell (and assuming that, as of the date of determination, the Equipment is in at least the condition required by Section 13 of the Lease). If the parties are unable to agree on the Fair Market Value of the Equipment, then Lessor and Lessee shall at Lessee’s expense obtain appraisal values from three independent appraisers (one to be selected by Lessor, one by Lessee, and the other by the two selected by Lessor and Lessee; each of whom must be associated with a professional organization of equipment or personal property appraisers, such as the American Society of Appraisers) and the average Fair Market Value as determined by such appraisers shall be binding on the parties hereto.

 

 


 

Notwithstanding any election of Lessee to purchase, the provisions of the Lease shall continue in full force and effect until the passage of ownership of the Equipment upon the date of purchase. On the date of purchase, Lessor shall deliver to Lessee a bill of sale transferring and assigning to Lessee, without recourse or warranty, except (with respect to the status of title conveyed) in respect of Lessor’s acts, all of Lessor’s right, title and interest in and to the Equipment. Lessor shall not be required to make and may specifically disclaim any representation or warranty as to the condition of the Equipment or any other matters.
                   
BB&T EQUIPMENT FINANCE CORPORATION       ABF FREIGHT SYSTEM, INC.  
Lessor       Lessee  
 
                 
By: 
                        [SEAL]     By:                         [SEAL]
 
             
 
Name:            Name:     
 
Title:            Title:     

 

18


 

EXHIBIT NO. 1
CERTIFICATION BY LESSEE
This Certification is provided by the undersigned (“Lessee”) in connection with that certain Master Lease Agreement dated as of December  _____, 2009 (the “Lease”), with BB&T EQUIPMENT FINANCE CORPORATION. The parties intend and agree that the Lease constitute a “qualified motor vehicle operating agreement” within the meaning of Section 7701(h) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as now or hereafter amended, and this Certification is required to be provided pursuant to that Section.
Lessee hereby certifies, under penalty of perjury, that it intends that more than fifty (50) percent of the use of the Equipment (as such term is defined in the Lease) is to be in a trade or business of the Lessee.
Lessee acknowledges that it has been advised that it will not be treated as the owner of the Equipment for Federal income tax purposes.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessee has caused this Certification to be duly executed, under seal, as of the  _____  day of December, 2009.
         
  ABF FREIGHT SYSTEM, INC.
Lessee
 
 
  By:                [SEAL]
    Name:      
    Title:      

 

 

Exhibit 10.26
BB&T EQUIPMENT FINANCE CORPORATION
MASTER LEASE GUARANTY
THIS MASTER LEASE GUARANTY (this “ Guaranty ”) is executed and delivered by ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION (“ Guarantor ”) in favor of BB&T EQUIPMENT FINANCE CORPORATION, its successors and assigns (“ Lessor ”), in connection with that certain Master Lease Agreement dated as of December 30, 2009, together with all Equipment Schedules executed or to be executed pursuant thereto (the “ Lease ”), by and between Lessor and ABF Freight System, Inc., its successors and permitted assigns (“ Lessee ”).
In order to induce Lessor to enter into the Lease (execution and delivery hereof being a condition precedent to Lessor’s obligations under the Lease), and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Guarantor hereby UNCONDITIONALLY GUARANTEES (a) to pay Lessor in lawful money of the United States all Rents and other sums reserved in the Lease Documents (as such term is defined in the Lease), or any substitutions therefor, in the amounts, at the times and in the manner set forth in the Lease Documents; and (b) to perform, at the time and in the manner set forth in the Lease Documents, all of the terms, covenants and conditions therein required to be kept, observed or performed by Lessee (collectively, the “ Obligations ”).
1. This Guaranty is a continuing one and shall terminate only upon full payment of all rents and all other sums due under the Lease Documents and the performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions therein required to be kept, observed or performed by Lessee, including such payment and performance under all schedules made a part of said Lease Documents, whether to be performed before or after the last rent payment has been made under the Lease Documents. Guarantor expressly waives the right to revoke or terminate this Guaranty, including any statutory right of revocation under the laws of any state. This Guaranty is a guaranty of prompt payment and performance (and not merely a guaranty of collection).
2. Guarantor authorizes Lessor, with Lessee’s consent where required, without notice or demand, and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to: (a) change the amount, time or manner of payment of rent or other sums reserved in the Lease Documents; (b) change any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of the Lease Documents; (c) amend, modify, change or supplement the Lease Documents; (d) consent to Lessee’s assignment of the Lease Documents or to the sublease of all, or any portion, of the equipment covered by the Lease Documents; (e) receive and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the performance of the Lease Documents, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and (f) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as Lessor in its discretion may determine.
3. Guarantor waives any right to require Lessor to: (a) proceed against Lessee, any other guarantor or any other person directly or contingently liable for the payment of any of the Obligations; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Lessee, any other guarantor or any other person directly or contingently liable for the payment of any of the Obligations; (c) pursue any other remedy in Lessor’s power whatsoever; or (d) notify Guarantor of any adverse change in Lessee’s financial condition or of any default by Lessee in the payment of any rent or other sums reserved in the Lease Documents or in the performance of any term, covenant or condition therein required to be kept, observed or performed by Lessee. Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Lessee (except to the extent the Obligations have been paid), any lack of authority of Lessee with respect to the Lease Documents, the invalidity, illegality or lack of enforceability of the Lease Documents from any cause whatsoever, the failure of Lessor to acquire title to the equipment subject to the Lease Documents or to perfect or maintain perfection of any interest therein or the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Lessee (including, without limitation, discharge in bankruptcy), and any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge, release or defense of a guarantor or surety, or that might otherwise limit recourse against Guarantor; provided, however, that Guarantor does not waive any defense arising from the due performance by Lessee of the terms and conditions of the Lease Documents. Upon demand, Guarantor agrees to pay and perform the Obligations regardless of any existing or future offset or claim which may be asserted by Guarantor. This Guaranty and Guarantor’s payment obligations hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by Lessor, all as though such payment had not been made. Lessor’s good faith determination as to whether a payment must be restored or returned shall be binding on Guarantor. Until the payment and performance of all Obligations due or to be performed by Lessee, Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation against Lessee, and waives any right to enforce any remedy which Lessor now has or hereafter may have against Lessee, and waives any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security now or hereafter held by Lessor. Guarantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of dishonor, and notices of acceptance of this Guaranty.

 

 


 

4. Guarantor represents and warrants to Lessor that:
(a) (1) Guarantor has the form of business organization indicated under Guarantor’s signature. (2) The execution, delivery and performance hereof: (x) have been duly authorized by all necessary action consistent with Guarantor’s form of organization; (y) do not require the approval of any trustee or holder of any obligations of Guarantor except such as have been duly obtained; and (z) do not contravene any law, governmental rule, regulation or order now binding on Guarantor, or the organizational documents of Guarantor, or contravene the provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation of any lien or encumbrance upon the property of Guarantor under, any material agreement, indenture, or other instrument to which Guarantor is a party or by which it or its property is bound. (3) The financial statements of Guarantor (copies of which have been furnished to Lessor) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (“ GAAP ”), and fairly present Guarantor’s financial condition and the results of its operations as of the date of and for the period covered by such statements, and since the date of such statements there has been no material adverse change in such conditions or operations.
(b) This Guaranty constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with the terms hereof, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and by applicable laws (including any applicable common law and equity) and judicial decisions which may affect the remedies provided herein.
(c) There are no pending actions or proceedings to which Guarantor is a party, and there are no other pending or threatened actions or proceedings of which Guarantor has knowledge, before any court, arbitrator or administrative agency, which, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect. As used herein, “ Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (1) a materially adverse effect on the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance or properties of Guarantor, or on Lessor’s rights and remedies under this Guaranty, or (2) a material impairment of the ability of Guarantor to perform its obligations under or to remain in compliance with this Guaranty. Further, Guarantor is not in default under any financial or other material agreement that, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect.
(d) Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it will enjoy a substantial economic benefit by virtue of the extension of credit by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to the Lease Documents.
5. Guarantor covenants and agrees as follows: (a) Guarantor will furnish Lessor with (1) Guarantor’s balance sheet, statement of income and statement of retained earnings, prepared in accordance with GAAP, certified by a recognized firm of certified public accountants, within one hundred twenty (120) days of the close of each fiscal year of Guarantor, (2) Guarantor’s quarterly financial report certified by the chief financial officer of Guarantor, within sixty (60) days of the close of each fiscal quarter of Guarantor, and (3) all of Guarantor’s Forms 10-K and 10-Q, if any, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) as and when filed (by furnishing these SEC forms, or making them publicly available in electronic form, in each case, within the time periods set forth in clauses (1) and (2), Guarantor shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of clauses (1), (2) and (3)). (b) Guarantor will promptly execute and deliver to Lessor such further documents, instruments and assurances and take such further action as Lessor from time to time may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and purpose of this Guaranty and to establish and protect the rights and remedies created or intended to be created in favor of Lessor hereunder. (c) Guarantor has been advised by Lessor that the USA Patriot Act establishes minimum standards of account information to be collected and maintained by Lessor, and that to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account; and specifically, this means that when Guarantor executes this Guaranty, Lessor may ask for Guarantor’s name and address, the date of birth of the officers executing this Guaranty, and other information that will allow Lessor to identify Guarantor; and that Lessor may also ask to see the driver’s license or other identifying documents of the officers of Guarantor executing this Guaranty. (d) Guarantor is and will remain in full compliance with all applicable laws including, without limitation, (i) ensuring that no person who owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls Guarantor is or shall be (A) listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Person List maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”), Department of the Treasury, and/or any other similar lists maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, Executive Order or regulation, or (B) a person designated under Sections 1(b), (c) or (d) of Executive Order No. 13224 (September 23, 2001), any related enabling legislation or any other similar Executive Orders, and (ii) compliance with all applicable Bank Secrecy Act (“ BSA ”) laws, regulations and government guidance on BSA compliance and on the prevention and detection of money laundering violations.

 

2


 

6. A default shall be deemed to have occurred under this Guaranty upon the occurrence of any of the following (each, an “ Event of Default ”): (a) breach by Guarantor of its covenant pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof; or (b) Guarantor shall fail to perform or observe any other covenant, condition or agreement to be performed or observed by it hereunder and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of ten (10) days after the earlier of the actual knowledge of Guarantor or written notice thereof to Guarantor by Lessor; or (c) Guarantor shall (1) be generally not paying its debts as they become due, (2) take action for the purpose of invoking the protection of any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any such law is invoked against or with respect to Guarantor or its property, and such petition filed against Guarantor is not dismissed within sixty (60) days; or (d) there is an anticipatory repudiation of Guarantor’s obligations pursuant to this Guaranty; or (e) any certificate, statement, representation, warranty or audit contained herein or furnished with respect to this Guaranty by or on behalf of Guarantor proving to have been false in any material respect at the time as of which the facts therein set forth were stated or certified, or having omitted any substantial contingent or unliquidated liability or claim against Guarantor; or (f) a payment or other default by Guarantor under any loan, lease, guaranty or other financial obligation to Lessor or its affiliates which default entitles the other party to such obligation to exercise remedies; or (g) a payment or other default by Guarantor under any material loan, lease, guaranty or other material financial obligation to any third party which default has been declared; or (h) Guarantor shall (1) enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, unless Guarantor shall be the surviving entity (such actions being referred to as an “ Event ”), unless the surviving entity is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any state, and prior to such Event: (A) such person executes and delivers to Lessor (x) an agreement satisfactory in form and substance to Lessor, in its sole discretion, containing such person’s effective assumption, and its agreement to pay, perform, comply with and otherwise be liable for, in a due and punctual manner, all of Guarantor’s obligations having previously arisen, or then or thereafter arising, under this Guaranty, and (y) any and all other documents, agreements, instruments, certificates and opinions requested by Lessor; and (B) Lessor is satisfied as to the creditworthiness of such person, and as to such person’s conformance to the other standard criteria then used by Lessor for such purposes; (2) cease to do business as a going concern, liquidate or dissolve; or (3) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or property; or (i) there is a material change in the ownership of Guarantor’s capital stock, unless Lessor is satisfied as to the creditworthiness of Guarantor and as to Guarantor’s conformance to the other standard criteria then used by Lessor for such purpose immediately after such change of ownership.
Upon an Event of Default hereunder, Lessor may, at its option, declare this Guaranty to be in default by written notice to Guarantor (without election of remedies), and at any time thereafter, may do any one or more of the following, all of which are hereby authorized by Guarantor:
A. declare the Lease Documents to be in default and thereafter sue for and recover all liquidated damages, accelerated rentals and/or other sums otherwise recoverable from Lessee thereunder; and/or
B. sue for and recover all damages then or thereafter incurred by Lessor as a result of such Event of Default; and/or
C. seek specific performance of Guarantor’s obligations hereunder.
In addition, Guarantor shall be liable for all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred by reason of any Event of Default or the exercise of Lessor’s remedies hereunder and/or under the Lease Documents. No right or remedy referred to in this Section is intended to be exclusive, but each shall be cumulative, and shall be in addition to any other remedy referred to above or otherwise available at law or in equity, and may be exercised concurrently or separately from time to time.
The failure of Lessor to exercise the rights granted hereunder upon any Event of Default shall not constitute a waiver of any such right upon the continuation or reoccurrence of any such Event of Default.
The obligations of Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of Lessee. A separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor whether an action is brought against Lessee or whether Lessee be joined in any such action or actions.

 

3


 

7. GUARANTOR AGREES THAT THIS GUARANTY AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF LESSOR AND GUARANTOR HEREUNDER SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES OF SUCH STATE), INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE. Guarantor agrees that any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty may be commenced in any state or Federal court in the State of Maryland, and agrees that a summons and complaint commencing an action or proceeding in any such court shall be properly served and shall confer personal jurisdiction if served personally or by certified mail to it at its address hereinbelow set forth, or as it may provide in writing from time to time, or as otherwise provided under the laws of the State of Maryland.
8. GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO WHICH GUARANTOR AND LESSOR MAY BE PARTIES ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY PERTAINING TO THIS GUARANTY OR THE LEASE DOCUMENTS. THIS WAIVER IS KNOWINGLY, WILLINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY MADE BY GUARANTOR AND GUARANTOR HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT NO REPRESENTATIONS OF FACT OR OPINION HAVE BEEN MADE BY ANY INDIVIDUAL TO INDUCE THIS WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY OR IN ANY WAY TO MODIFY OR NULLIFY ITS EFFECT. GUARANTOR FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN REPRESENTED IN THE SIGNING OF THIS GUARANTY AND IN THE MAKING OF THIS WAIVER BY INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, SELECTED OF ITS OWN FREE WILL, AND THAT IT HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO DISCUSS THIS WAIVER WITH COUNSEL.
9. This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of Lessor, its successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of Guarantor. The obligations of Guarantor hereunder may not be assigned or delegated without the prior written consent of Lessor.
10. All notices hereunder shall be in writing, personally delivered, delivered by overnight courier service, sent by facsimile transmission (with confirmation of receipt), or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:
         
 
  If to Guarantor:   Arkansas Best Corporation
 
      3801 Old Greenwood Road
 
      Fort Smith, Arkansas 72903
 
      Facsimile: 479-785-8650
 
       
 
  If to Lessor:   BB&T Equipment Finance Corporation
 
      600 Washington Avenue
 
      Suite 201
 
      Towson, Maryland 21204
 
      Facsimile: 410-825-1691
or to such other address as such party shall from time to time designate in writing to the other party; and shall be effective from the date of receipt.
11. This Guaranty constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be rescinded, amended or modified in any manner except by a document in writing executed by both parties. Any provision of this Guaranty which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor has caused this Master Lease Guaranty to be duly executed, under seal, as of the 30 th day of December, 2009.
               
ATTEST:   ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION  
 
             
/s/ Donald W. Pearson
      By:   Judy R. McReynolds                      [SEAL]
 
             
 
          Name: Judy R. McReynolds  
 
          Title:   Senior Vice President — CFO & Treasurer  
 
             
        Form of Organization: Corporation  
        Jurisdiction of Organization: Delaware  
        Federal Employer Identification No.: 71-0673405  
        Headquarters Address: 3801 Old Greenwood Road  
 
          Fort Smith, Arkansas 72903  

 

5

EXHIBIT 21
LIST OF SUBSIDIARY CORPORATIONS
ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
The Company owns and controls the following subsidiary corporations. Certain subsidiaries which do not qualify as significant in accordance with the applicable rules have not been listed.
             
    Jurisdiction of   % of Voting  
Name   Incorporation   Securities Owned  
 
       
Subsidiaries of Arkansas Best Corporation:
           
ABF Freight System, Inc.
  Delaware     100  
Transport Realty, Inc.
  Arkansas     100  
Data-Tronics Corp.
  Arkansas     100  
ABF Cartage, Inc.
  Delaware     100  
Land-Marine Cargo, Inc.
  Puerto Rico     100  
ABF Freight System Canada, Ltd.
  Canada     100  
ABF Freight System de Mexico, Inc.
  Delaware     100  
Motor Carrier Insurance, Ltd.
  Bermuda     100  
Tread-Ark Corporation
  Delaware     100  
ABF Farms, Inc.
  Arkansas     100  
FreightValue, Inc.
  Arkansas     100  
Global Supply Chain Services, Inc.
  Arkansas     100  
 
           
Subsidiaries of ABF Freight System, Inc.:
           
ABF Freight System (B.C.), Ltd.
  British Columbia     100  
ABF Aviation, LLC
  Arkansas     100  
ABF Freight Funding, LLC
  Delaware     100  
 
           
Subsidiaries of Tread-Ark Corporation (formerly Treadco, Inc.):
           
FleetNet America, Inc.
  Arkansas     100  

 

 

EXHIBIT 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1)  
Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-127055) pertaining to the Arkansas Best Corporation 2005 Ownership Incentive Plan,
(2)  
Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-102816) pertaining to the Arkansas Best Corporation Supplemental Benefit Plan,
(3)  
Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-102815) pertaining to the 2002 Arkansas Best Corporation Stock Option Plan,
(4)  
Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-52970) pertaining to the Arkansas Best Corporation Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan,
(5)  
Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-93381) pertaining to the Arkansas Best Corporation Supplemental Benefit Plan,
(6)  
Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-69953) pertaining to the Arkansas Best Corporation Voluntary Savings Plan,
(7)  
Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-61793) pertaining to the Arkansas Best Corporation Stock Option Plan,
(8)  
Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 333-31475) pertaining to the Arkansas Best Corporation Stock Option Plan, and
(9)  
Registration Statement (Form S-8, No. 033-52877) pertaining to the Arkansas Best Employees’ Investment Plan;
of our reports dated February 24, 2010, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Arkansas Best Corporation, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Arkansas Best Corporation, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2009.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Rogers, Arkansas
February 24, 2010

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Judy R. McReynolds, certify that:
1.  
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Arkansas Best Corporation;
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
Date: February 24, 2010  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds    
  Judy R. McReynolds   
  President — Chief Executive Officer and
Principal Executive Officer 
 
 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2
Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Donald W. Pearson, certify that:
1.  
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Arkansas Best Corporation;
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
Date: February 24, 2010  /s/ Donald W. Pearson    
  Donald W. Pearson   
  Vice President — Treasurer and
Principal Financial Officer 
 
 

 

 

EXHIBIT 32
Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the filing of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “Report”) by Arkansas Best Corporation (the “Registrant”), each of the undersigned hereby certifies that:
1.  
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and
2.  
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.
         
  ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
(Registrant)
 
 
Date: February 24, 2010  /s/ Judy R. McReynolds    
  Judy R. McReynolds   
  President — Chief Executive Officer and
Principal Executive Officer 
 
 
  ARKANSAS BEST CORPORATION
(Registrant)
 
 
Date: February 24, 2010  /s/ Donald W. Pearson    
  Donald W. Pearson   
  Vice President — Treasurer and
Principal Financial Officer